Crawler Crane: SCC600A-5

-1 3 -1 3 Quality Changes the World
13
-10 -10 0-
02 3 02 3 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
Crawler Crane
3-1
0-13
3-1
0-13
3-1
0-13
202 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
SCC600A-5
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation Manual
0-13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
Operation3-Manual 3-1
0-
202 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
WARNING
Read and follow the safety precautions and instructions in this manual and on the machine dec-
als. Failure to 3do can cause serious injury, death or property
0 - 1 0 - 13 damage. Keep this manual with 3
-1
3 -1 for reading and future reference. -1
the machine
3 3-10
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
Operation Manual- 1
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Sany Group
Sany Automobile Hoisting Machinery Co., Ltd.
No.168, Jinzhou Avenue, Jinzhou Development Zone, Changsha, Hunan, China
Tel: 0086-4006098318
0-13 0-1
E-mail:crd@sany.com.cn3
0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
Website: www.sanyglobal.com 202
_d _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
Scan here to download the Service Cloud APP
gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Android gui IOS gui
2018 by Sany Group. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, used, distributed
or disclosed except during normal operation of the machine as described herein. All information included
1 0 -13was accurate at the time of publication. Product

within this publication
1 0 -13 improvements, revisions, etc., may 10-13
2 0 23- between your machine and what is 2presented
result in differences
0 23- here. Sany Group assumes no liability. 2 0 23-
For more d information, contact Sany Group. d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
Operation Manual-
3 13 13
Preface-10-1 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 023-1
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
u
g Dear Customers: gui gui
Zhejiang SANY Equipment Co., Ltd. sincerely welcomes you as a new user of SANY Hydraulic
Crawler Crane! We will try our best to provide you first-class product, first-class quality and
first-class service. Before operating the crane, please pay attention to the following issues:
• This manual is compiled for safe and proper operation of the crane. Please read the correspond-
ing chapters and sections in this manual carefully before operating the crane. There must be
one copy of this manual available in the operator’s cab.
• Observe the relative regulations & specifications in the country or region where the crane is in
use. 0- 13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
• 202trained and qualified personnel are allowed
Only
d 202 to operate the crane! If the operators
d 202are not
d
i d o_trained, o_ increase significantly. Therefore, thiso_is absolutely
the possibility of accidents will
d d
gu prohibited. gui gui
• During the operation of this crane, pay attention to the system prompts and alarms at all times.
Operate the crane with extreme caution when there is any danger. Otherwise, it may lead to seri-
ous accidents.
• Strictly follow the Load Charts when lifting a load.
• When ordering the components, please refer to Parts Book.
• Keep this manual properly for reference in the future. When transferring the crane, this manual
should be transferred together with the crane. Please purchase from the authorized dealer of
SANY if this manual is lost or damaged.
13
- manual may vary from the actual product 13
- due to continuous update. The actual
- 13
• 10this
Content-in
3 -10 3 -10 3
d202 shall comply with instructions on the
operation 202control panel inside the operator’s cab.2If02there is
d d
i d o_any further question, please contact Zhejiang
i d o_ SANY Equipment Co., Ltd. Sincerely
i d o_ apology for
gu the inconvenience caused you.
gu gu
• This manual is published in two copies: the soft copy and the hard copy, which are identical with
each other in content. The user shall not make any modification to either copy. If there is any dif-
ference from the original copy as a result of such modifications, we take no responsibility for any
consequence caused hereby.
• We only provide the Operation and Maintenance Manual in Chinese version and English ver-
sion and take no responsibility for any version other than these two original copies.
• Store the manuals properly in case it is damaged.
• The manual is3 a general version applicable for the full-up
3 configuration machine. Since the ma- 3
-1 -1 -1
-10
chine configuration
23 -10orders, the manual may not be exactly-spe-
may vary slightly due to different
23
10 3
0 0 02
_ d 2 to the machine. If there is any questions,
cific
_ d 2please contact your dealer or SANY. d2
i do i do d o_
u u
g Thanks again for your trust on our company!
g gui
Operation Manual- 1
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2 Operation Manual-
0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 02 02
Responsibility Statement 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Responsibility Statement:
Crawler crane is designed only to lift or lower loads through equipped hook blocks or ball hooks，
which can be widely used for lifting or lowering steel structures or parts in the construction of large
stadiums, bridges, subways, shipbuilding, wind power, thermal power, petrochemical and so on. It
is strictly prohibited to use the crane for grabbing, scraping, dynamic compaction, concrete bucket
work, vibration, piling, extracting or any other purposes. SANY takes no responsibility for results of
crane use out of the specifition in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
SANY expressly3bears no liability for any consequence due

0 - 1 0 - 13 to any use not observing the informa-0 -13
tion on this-1manual. - 1 - 1
023 02 3 02 3
d2 d2 d2
i o_Consequences caused by failure to use
d1. i
_
doproperly, maintain and inspect regularlyi o_
daccording to
u
g this manual. g u g u
2. It is forbidden to convert the crawler crane without authorization. SANY expressly bears no li-
ability for any consequence.
3. Use genuine spare parts from SANY. SANY expressly bears no liability for any machine damage
or accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.
4. SANY expressly bears no liability for any machine failure or damage due to force majeure of nat-
ural disasters (earthquake, typhoon) and wars.
13 13 13
10- caused by other reasons except SANY.
5. Consequence
- 10- 3- 3-1
0-
2 023 02 02
d instructions on LMI: d2 _d
2
o_ o_
Special
d d o
gu i gui g uid
1. LMI cannot be used as the tool determining capacity. The accurate load weight is required be-
fore lifting work, otherwise, operating without a known load weight may destroy the machine or
cause machine tipping-over.
2. LMI cannot provide overload protection in all cases. It only protects the machine from overload
of overload on the position perpendicular to the plane ground, but not from tipping over accident
under the cases of inclined lifting, wind load, slope, or sinking ground. The customer and all rele-
vant operators should not pay less attention to safety because of LMI, instead, they should strictly
3 instructions and other safety rules and3 precautions.

follow the operating
-1 -1 -13
- 1 0 1 0 1 0
3. Lifting23
2 23- is not allowed, otherwise, accidents
0 work under assembly mode or override20mode 2
3-
02may
d due to disabled safety protection. _d d
i d o_
happen
i d o i d o_
gu SANY cannot predict every circumstancegu that might involve a potential hazard gu in operation or
maintenance. Operators and owners should highly attach importance to safety.
Operation Manual- 1
13 13 13
3 10- rules of the countries may be stricter.
Local specific safety
- 3 - 10If- they differ from the regulations on this
3 - 10-
202 the stricter one.
manual, observe 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Duty of SANY
1. Ensures that the quality of the crawler crane provided fulfills specifications, and that the
literature provided with the crane is accurate.
2. Commits to providing after-sales services for the crane in the field and documents all
the maintenance and repair works performed by its service personnel.
3. Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.
- 13 0-13 0- 13
-10or Other Authorized Personnel
Duty of Owners
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
d2 d
_ after the relevant people is thoroughly trained,
_ d
_ under-
do do do
1. Only especially with safety items, and fully
u i
gstand the content of manuals with the crawler u i
g crane, safety related content in particular,u i
g and clearly
realize the risks of operating without following the rules, can they operate and maintain the crawler
crane.
2. Ensures that crawler crane operation and maintenance personnel are qualified for the works
and that they know their corresponding responsibilities very well.
3. Periodically checks the safety awareness of relevant personnel at the worksite.
4. Stops crane operation immediately in case of any fault which may affect safe operation.
3 3 13
0-1 inspections to the crane in accordance
5. Carries out required 0-1 with national regulations as well as 0-
requirements 3-1
02 of the manufacturer. And retain the inspection
02 3-1
recording as required. 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do crawler crane. do
gui uithe gui
6. Ensures timely maintenance and repair of
g
7. Reports to the manufacturer every accident of the crawler crane which has caused serious inju-
ries or heavy loss.
8. Allows service personnel from the manufacturer to inspect the crawler crane without limit in ac-
cordance with the requirements of production inspection responsibilities.
9. Prepares a careful and safe operation schedule of the crawler crane.
Duty of all working personnel
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

23- 2 -
1. Quickly inform the supervisor of any abnormal case 3that might affect the safe operation of the 3-
2 0 2 0
crane ord cause potential risk and correct the casedif possible. d 202
_ _ _
u i do u i do u i do
g2. All the operation personnel around the gcrane must abide by all warning signals and g pay atten-
tion to the safety of himself and other people.
2 Operation Manual-
13 13 13
10-to any dangerous situation which may arise,
3. Keep alert
3- 10- and immediately inform operator and10-
3- 3-
2
signal20person 202 irrelevant equipment, obvious abnormal
of the danger, e.g. high voltage wire, 202equip-
d d _d
i d o_ poor ground conditions, etc. i d o_ do
gui
ment,
gu gu
4. All personnel should know their working tasks and procedures.
Duty of managers
1. Ensure that the operator is trained, is competent to work, is healthy and has the operation cer-
tificate, and that the certificate is valid.
2. Ensure that the operator has good judgement, exhibits cooperative demeanor, and is psycho-
logically fit to operate the crane. An operator is not allowed to operate or repair the crane if he can-
3
-1above requirements. 13 13
not fulfill any0of 0- 0-
0 23-1 0 23-1 0 23-1
d 2 that the signal person has good vision
3. Ensure d 2 and hearing abilities, is familiar with standard
d2
i o_ command signals, is able to give clear
dcrane i
_
do and accurate signals, has experience i
_
dino identifying
g u g u g u
dangerous situations, and is able to inform the operator quickly for prevention.
4. Ensure that the assistant hoisting personnel are able to correctly determine weight and distance
and select proper load handling devices.
5. Distribute safety responsibilities to each member of the operation team, and demand each
member to report dangerous factors to the supervisor quickly.
6. Ensure assistant workers can identify the model and working condition to choose a proper
crane.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- safety consciousness to working personnel, - and make them aware of safety precau--
023 023 023
7. Publicize
2
d and their related responsibilities. d 2 d 2
o_ o_ o_
tions
i d i d i d
gu gu gu
Responsibilities unlisted above for the personnel concerned shall accord with Item 12 ‘Per-
sonnel selection, their obligations and requirements’ within GB6067.1-2010 Cranes Safety
Protocol Part 1 General Principles and regulations in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation Manual- 3
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4 Operation Manual-
SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Table of Contents
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 2 3-1 02 3-1
do
_d
2 Table dof
o_
d 20Contents
do
_d
2
gui gui gui
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Documentation Contents .....................................................................................................1-3
1.3 Documentation Storage .......................................................................................................1-5
1.4 Recommendations on using the documentation ..............................................................1-5
1.5 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
1.5.1 New Machine Break-in ................................................................................................1-5
1.5.2 Operation
0 - 13 During the Break-in Period .......................................................................1-6
0 -13 0 -13
3-
1.6 Machine 1 Direction - 1
Reference..............................................................................................1-6 - 1
202
1.7dMachine 2 023 2 023
Information .............................................................................................................1-7
d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Safety Alert Information and Machine decal .....................................................................2-3
2.1.1 Overview........................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.2 Safety alert information................................................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Machine Decals ............................................................................................................2-4
2.2 Operation Range and Liability.......................................................................................... 2-17
2.2.1 Proper Use ................................................................................................................. 2-17
2.2.2 Examples of Improper Use....................................................................................... 2-18
1 0 -13 Distribution ...................................................................................................

2.2.3 Liability
1 0 -13 2-2913
10-
-
2.2.43Liabilities -
of Manufacturer and Crane 3Owner........................................................ 3 -
2-30
d 202 Crane Operator..........................................................................................................
2.2.5 d 202 d 202 2-30
_ _ _
u i do 2.2.6 Liabilities and Hand Signalsuiof doSignal Person.......................................................
u i do 2-33
g g g
2.2.7 Liabilities of the Operation Crew ............................................................................. 2-52
2.2.8 Liabilities of Managing Personnel ........................................................................... 2-52
2.3 Operation Conditions and Service Life of the Crane .................................................... 2-53
2.3.1 Introduction................................................................................................................. 2-53
2.3.2 Design Grade and Rated Load................................................................................ 2-53
2.3.3 Necessary Environment Conditions ....................................................................... 2-54
2.3.4 Service Life................................................................................................................. 2-54
2.4 Safety Rules........................................................................................................................ 2-55
1 0 -13 protection equipment (PPE)....................................................................

2.4.1 Personal
1 0 -13 2-55
1 0 -13
- - -
023Safety requirements..................................................................................................
2.4.2
2 2 023 2 023 2-57
_d2.4.3 Special Dangers of the Crane..................................................................................
_d _d 2-59
do do do
gui gui Parts of the Crane ..............................................
2.4.3.1 Injuries Caused by Moving gui 2-59
2.4.3.2 Injury Hazards from Pressurized Hydraulic Oil.............................................. 2-62
Operation Manual- I
Table of Contents SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
3 3 3
1
2.4.3.3 Burn
- 0-1Injury Hazard .............................................................................................
- 1 0-1 2-6310-1
-
2 023Chemical Burn Injury Hazard ...........................................................................
2.4.3.4 2 023 2 023
2-64
_d o_
d _d
gu ido2.4.3.5 Fire and Explosion Hazardsid.............................................................................
gu ido 2-65
gu
2.4.3.6 Poisoning and Suffocation Hazards ................................................................ 2-69
2.4.3.7 Hazards to Environment.................................................................................... 2-69
2.4.3.8 High Voltage Wire Hazard................................................................................. 2-71
2.4.3.9 Hazard during Operation in High Frequency Radiation Area ...................... 2-73
2.4.3.10 Inclement Weather Hazards........................................................................... 2-74
2.4.3.11 Safeguard Measures in Case of Earthquake ............................................... 2-77
2.4.3.12 Safeguard Measures for Lightning ................................................................ 2-77
2.4.4 Selecting the Operation Site .................................................................................... 2-77
2.4.4.1 Ground
1 0 -13 Operation Site ......................................................................................
1 0 -13 2-77 0-13
2 3 - Operation Site...............................................................................................
2 3 - 2 3 -1
0
2.4.4.2 Air
20 0
2-82
_ d 2Combined operation by two or more_dcranes.......................................................... _ d 22-82
do
2.4.5
do do
gui 2.4.6 Preparation for crane operation...............................................................................
gui gui 2-85
2.4.7 Crane operation process .......................................................................................... 2-90
2.4.8 After crane operation ................................................................................................ 2-99
2.5 Safety parts ....................................................................................................................... 2-101
2.6 Safety exit.......................................................................................................................... 2-104
2.7 Fire extinguishers in the cab........................................................................................... 2-105
2.8 Maintenance and Service Safety Information .............................................................. 2-105
2.8.1 Operation Safety...................................................................................................... 2-105
2.8.2 Maintenance Safety ................................................................................................ 2-106
13 13 13
2.9 Using a Chain 10- Sling Safety .............................................................................................
3- 3- 10- 2-10810-
3-
02 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
ido
3 System
u
g3.1 ido ido
Function .............................................................................................................3-1
gu gu
Machine Terms ......................................................................................................................3-4
3.2 Cab Layout.............................................................................................................................3-7
3.3 Operation and Display Device Layout................................................................................3-8
3.3.1 Operation and Display Device Layout .......................................................................3-8
3.3.2 Function Lockout Control Lever .................................................................................3-9
3.3.3 Winch Control Lever.................................................................................................. 3-10
3.3.4 Function Buttons on the Right Control Lever .........................................................3-11
3.3.5 Function Buttons on the Left Control Levers ......................................................... 3-12
0 - 13 Lever..................................................................................................
3.3.6 Travel Control
0 - 13 3-13
0 -13
1
3.3.7 Free-Fall - 1
Control Pedal(s) (Optional)...................................................................... 3-14- 1
3.3.8 2 023 Throttle Control Pedal......................................................................................
Foot 2 023 2 023
3-15
d d d
3.4i d o_
Switches and Pedal Functions i d o_ i d o_ 3-16
.........................................................................................
gu gu gu
3.4.1 Switches and Panel Overview ................................................................................. 3-16
3.4.2 Right Front Indicator Panel ...................................................................................... 3-17
II Operation Manual-
3 3 3
1
3.4.3 Right
- 0-1Console Switch Panel.....................................................................................
- 1 0-1 - 1
3-180-1
2 023Left Console Switch Panel .......................................................................................
3.4.4 2 023 2 023 3-24
d d d
i d o_ Display and Operation System.........................................................................................
3.5 i d o_ i d o_ 3-26
gu g u g u
3.5.1 Display and Operation System................................................................................ 3-26
3.5.2 Operating Condition Setting..................................................................................... 3-29
3.5.3 Parameters Display 1................................................................................................ 3-33
3.5.4 Display Function Description ................................................................................... 3-33
3.5.5 Configuration Details................................................................................................. 3-37
3.5.6 Menu Function Setting.............................................................................................. 3-41
3.5.7 Parameters Display 2................................................................................................ 3-45
3.5.8 Ground Pressure and Levelness Display .............................................................. 3-46
3.6 Menu Function Setting ...................................................................................................... 3-47 3
0 - 13 0 - 13 0-1
-
3.6.1 Menu
3 1 - 1
Function Setting Overview ............................................................................
3 3 - 1
3-47
202 System Setting...........................................................................................................
3.6.2 202 202 3-48
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3.6.2.1 System Setting Overview.................................................................................. 3-48
3.6.2.2 Common Configuration Selection.................................................................... 3-48
3.6.2.3 Load Moment Indicator (LMI) Parameters Setting ........................................ 3-50
3.6.2.4 Factory Setting ................................................................................................... 3-56
3.6.3 Auxiliary Function ...................................................................................................... 3-60
3.6.3.1 Auxiliary Function............................................................................................... 3-60
3.6.3.2 Auxiliary Setting.................................................................................................. 3-61
3.6.3.3 Machine Lock...................................................................................................... 3-65
3.6.3.4 Three-wrap Protector......................................................................................... 3-65
3.6.3.5 0 13 Area Limit (Optional) ...............................................................................
-Work 0 -13 0
3-65 -13
- 1 3- 1 3- 1
023 GPS (Optional) ...................................................................................................
23.6.3.6 202 202 3-67
_d o_
d _ d
do 3.6.3.7 Free Fall Brake MomentidSelection do
.................................................................. 3-67
gui g u g u i
3.6.3.8 Winch Calibration ............................................................................................... 3-68
3.6.3.9 Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 3-69
3.6.3.10 Data Export ....................................................................................................... 3-69
3.6.3.11 Virtual EPAD Key ............................................................................................. 3-69
3.6.3.12 Time Setting...................................................................................................... 3-70
3.6.4 Information Inquiry..................................................................................................... 3-71
3.6.4.1 Information Inquiry ............................................................................................. 3-71
3.6.4.2 IO Query .............................................................................................................. 3-72
13 Chart Query...............................................................................................
3.6.4.30-Load 0 -13 3-740 -13
- 1 - 1 - 1
2 023 Icon Description..................................................................................................
3.6.4.4
2 023 2 023 3-76
d _d d
d o_ 3.6.4.5 Configuration Informationo.................................................................................
id ido_ 3-77
gui gu gu
3.6.4.6 Logic Self-diagnosis........................................................................................... 3-77
3.6.4.7 Mechanism Work Time...................................................................................... 3-78
Operation Manual- III

3 3 3
1 0-1 Information............................................................................................
3.6.4.8 Version
- - 1 0-1 3-7910-1
-
023
3.6.5 2Language 2 023
and Unit Setting....................................................................................... 2 023
3-79
d d d
i d o_ Air Conditioner ...........................................................................................................
3.6.6 i d o_ i d o_ 3-80
gu 3.6.7 FM Radio ....................................................................................................................
gu gu 3-82
3.7 Swing Limit Device (Optional) .......................................................................................... 3-84
3.7.1 Swing Limit Device Overview .................................................................................. 3-84
3.7.2 Description on the Swing Limit Area Parameters (Not Available) ...................... 3-85
3.7.3 Swing Limit Mode ...................................................................................................... 3-87
3.7.4 Mode Setting Function.............................................................................................. 3-87
3.7.5 A Mode Setting .......................................................................................................... 3-87
3.7.6 L+A Mode Setting...................................................................................................... 3-90
3.7.7 Example Introduction ................................................................................................ 3-94
0 - 13 0 - 13 0 -13
3.8 Monitoring - 1System
3 - 1
.............................................................................................................
3 3-95
3 - 1
02 02 02
_d2 _ d2 _ d2
ido uid
o
uid
o
4uOperation.............................................................................................................................4-1
g4.1 Basic Operation of Crane.....................................................................................................4-3
g g
4.1.1 Basic Operation of Crane ............................................................................................4-3
4.1.2 Adjust seat.....................................................................................................................4-4
4.1.3 Enter In and Exit of the Cab ........................................................................................4-6
4.1.4 Start and Stop Engine..................................................................................................4-7
4.1.5 Function Lockout Control Lever ...............................................................................4-11
4.2 Travel Operation................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.2.1 Travel Preparation..................................................................................................... 4-12
4.2.2 Traveling13Speed Adjustment....................................................................................
1 0 - 1 0 -13 4-13 13
10-
3 -
4.2.3 Traveling 3 -
Direction (Optional).................................................................................. 3
4-14 -
02 with Load.........................................................................................................
2Travel 202 02
24-17
d
4.2.4 d d
i o_ Travel On/Off a Slope ...............................................................................................
d4.2.5 i do
_
i
_
do 4-19
g u g u g u
4.3 Swing Operation................................................................................................................. 4-20
4.3.1 Swing Preparation ..................................................................................................... 4-20
4.3.2 Swing Operation ........................................................................................................ 4-22
4.4 Load Hoist Operation......................................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.1 Main Load Hoist Operation ...................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.1.1 Main Load Hoist Preparation............................................................................ 4-23
4.4.1.2 Main Load Hoist Unlock .................................................................................... 4-24
4.4.1.3 Safety Control ..................................................................................................... 4-24
4.4.1.4 Main
1 0 -13Load Hoist Operation ...............................................................................
1 0 -13 4-26 0-1
1
3
- - -
2 023 Load Hoist Operation .......................................................................................
4.4.2 Aux.
2 023 2 023
4-27
_d
o4.4.2.1 Auxiliary Load Hoist Preparation d d
o_ .....................................................................
o_ 4-27
d uid uid
gui g g
4.4.2.2 Auxiliary Load Hoist Unlock.............................................................................. 4-28
4.4.2.3 Safety Control ..................................................................................................... 4-28
IV Operation Manual-
1 3 3 3
1
4.4.2.4
- 0-Auxiliary 1 0-1
Load Hoist Operation.........................................................................
- 1
4-30
- 0-1
2
4.5 Boom023 Hoist Operation .......................................................................................................
2 023 2 023 4-31
d d d
i d o_ 4.5.1 Boom Hoist Preparation ...........................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-31
gu g u g u
4.5.2 Boom Hoist Unlock.................................................................................................... 4-32
4.5.3 Safety Control ............................................................................................................ 4-33
4.5.4 Boom Hoist Operation .............................................................................................. 4-34
4.6 Free Fall Operation (Optional) ......................................................................................... 4-36
4.6.1 Mode Switchover (Work Mode to Free Fall) .......................................................... 4-36
4.6.2 Free Fall Operation ................................................................................................... 4-37
4.6.3 Lifting Operation ........................................................................................................ 4-37
4.6.4 Mode Switchover (Free Fall Mode to Work Mode) ............................................... 4-37
4.6.5 Free Fall Modes......................................................................................................... 4-38 3
0 - 13 0 - 13 0-1
1
4.7 Work -Instruction - 1
................................................................................................................. - 1
4-39
2 023Overview.....................................................................................................................
4.7.1 2 023 2 023 4-39
d d d
i d o_ 4.7.2 Wind Force Influence ................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-39
gu g u g u
4.7.3 Operation in Wind...................................................................................................... 4-42
4.8 LMI Bypass Key Switch (in Electrical Control Cabinet) ................................................ 4-47
4.9 Machine Parking................................................................................................................. 4-47
4.9.1 Requirements for the Ground .................................................................................. 4-47
4.9.2 Boom System............................................................................................................. 4-48
5 Wire Rope............................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Wire Rope Handling..............................................................................................................5-3
1 - 3 Handling .....................................................................................................5-3
5.1.1 Wire1Rope
0 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
2 2 - Rope Specifications ............................................................................................5-4
5.1.23Wire
0 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
o _d5.1.3 Winding Capacity on Each Drum o _d...............................................................................5-5
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 5.1.4 Wire Rope
gu gu
Length.........................................................................................................5-6
5.1.5 Cautions in Handling Wire Rope ................................................................................5-8
5.2 Wire Rope Reeving...............................................................................................................5-9
5.2.1 Winding Wire Rope to the Drum.................................................................................5-9
5.2.2 Winding Boom Hoist Rope ....................................................................................... 5-13
5.3 Correction Method of Entangled Wire Rope .................................................................. 5-17
5.4 Rope Socket Installation ................................................................................................... 5-20
5.5 Wire Rope Replacement................................................................................................... 5-22
5.5.1 Replacement Standards of Wire Rope................................................................... 5-22
-13
5.5.2 Replacement
0 13
Standards of Pendant Cable-...........................................................
0
5-26 -13
0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
0 0 0
d2 _d
2
_d
2
6 _Maintenance.......................................................................................................................6-1
o
d6.1 do do
gui gui gui
Maintenance Safety Notice..................................................................................................6-5
6.1.1 Maintenance Personnel Qualification........................................................................6-5
6.1.2 Risks in Maintenance...................................................................................................6-5
Operation Manual- V
3 3 3
6.1.3 Cautions
- 1 0-1before Maintenance.....................................................................................6-7
- 1 0-1 - 1 0-1
023 Prevention..............................................................................................................6-8
6.1.4 2Fire 202
3
202
3
_d
o6.1.4.1
d d
o_...........................................................................6-8
o_
i d Fire Risk Preventive Measures
i d i d
gu gu gu
6.1.4.2 Other Checks and Replacement.........................................................................6-9
6.1.5 Precautions during Maintenance ...............................................................................6-9
6.1.5.1 Maintenance Safety ..............................................................................................6-9
6.1.5.2 Preparation before Maintenance ........................................................................6-9
6.1.5.3 Precautions during Maintenance ..................................................................... 6-10
6.1.5.4 Precautions after Maintenance ........................................................................ 6-12
6.1.6 Safety during Repair ................................................................................................. 6-13
6.1.7 Precautions in the Long-time Storage .................................................................... 6-13
6.1.8 Bolts, Nuts
1 0 -13 and Hydraulic Piping - Tighten ............................................................
1 0 -13 6-14 -13
10
3 -
6.2 Fluid Recommendation and Volume 3 -
............................................................................... 3
6-16 -
02
2Oil 202 02
26-16
d d d
o_ _ _
6.2.1 Volume Table........................................................................................................
u i d6.2.2 u i do u i do 6-17
g Recommend Fluid g g
.....................................................................................................
6.3 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule........................................................................... 6-20
6.3.1 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule .................................................................. 6-20
6.3.2 Lubrication Schedule ................................................................................................ 6-24
6.4 Maintenance Procedure.................................................................................................... 6-25
6.4.1 Daily or Every 8 Hours .............................................................................................. 6-25
6.4.1.1 Daily or Every 8 Hours....................................................................................... 6-25
6.4.1.2 Engine.................................................................................................................. 6-27
6.4.1.3 Swing and Winch Mechanism .......................................................................... 6-48
3 3 3
- 0-1
6.4.1.4 Hydraulic
1 0-1
System ...............................................................................................
- 1 6-5110-1
-
2 023Cab.......................................................................................................................
6.4.1.5 2 023 2 023
6-57
_d
o6.4.1.6 o_
d d
o_ 6-64
i d i d
Boom Accessories .............................................................................................i d
gu 6.4.2 Weekly or Every 50 Hours........................................................................................
gu gu 6-70
6.4.2.1 Weekly or Every 50 hours................................................................................. 6-70
6.4.2.2 Battery - Check................................................................................................... 6-71
6.4.2.3 Inspect the Winch Fasteners............................................................................ 6-71
6.4.2.4 Check the Winch Reducer Oil Level................................................................ 6-73
6.4.2.5 Hydraulic Tank Sediment - Drain ..................................................................... 6-75
6.4.2.6 Pressure Hose - Check ..................................................................................... 6-75
6.4.2.7 Sprocket and Idler - Inspect.............................................................................. 6-76
6.4.2.8 Inspect
1 0 -13 the Crawler Rollers...............................................................................
1 0 -13 6-77 0-13
2
6.4.3 Every 3 - 100 Hours ........................................................................................................
2 3 - 2
6-773 -1
0 0 0
_ d 2 Every 100 Hours.................................................................................................
_ d2 _ d 26-77
do6.4.3.1 o id id o
gui gu gu
6.4.3.2 Radiator - Clean ................................................................................................. 6-79
6.4.3.3 Engine Mounting Bolts - Inspect ...................................................................... 6-80
VI Operation Manual-
1 3 3 3
1
6.4.3.4
- 0-Inspect 1 0-1
and Clean the Cab Air Filters..............................................................
- 1
6-80
- 0-1
2 023 Check the Swing Reducer Oil 2Level................................................................
6.4.3.5 023 2 023 6-81
_d _d ....................................................................
_d
gu ido 6.4.3.6 Swing Bearing - Check/Lubricate
ido gu ido gu
6-81
6.4.3.7 Swing Bearing and the Swing Reducer Bolt - Check.................................... 6-82
6.4.3.8 Check the Central Swivel Joint ........................................................................ 6-83
6.4.3.9 Valve Group - Check ......................................................................................... 6-83
6.4.3.10 Hydraulic Pump - Check ................................................................................. 6-83
6.4.3.11 Check the Travel Reducer Oil Level.............................................................. 6-84
6.4.3.12 Check the Track Shoes and Tension Device ............................................... 6-85
6.4.3.13 Check the Crawler Pins................................................................................... 6-89
6.4.3.14 Lowerworks Cylinders - Check ...................................................................... 6-89
6.4.4 Every
1 0 -13250 Hours ........................................................................................................
1 0 -13 6-90
1 0 -13
- - -
2 023 Every 250 Hours.................................................................................................
6.4.4.1
2 023 2 023 6-90
_d _d _d
do 6.4.4.2 Fuel Filter Strainer - Clean................................................................................
do do 6-90
gui ui
6.4.4.3 Boom Hoist Reducer gOil Level - Check ..........................................................
g ui 6-91
6.4.4.4 Lubricate the Winch Bearing ............................................................................ 6-91
6.4.5 Every 500 Hours ........................................................................................................ 6-92
6.4.5.1 Every 500 Hours................................................................................................. 6-92
6.4.5.2 Air Filter - Replace ............................................................................................. 6-93
6.4.5.3 Fuel Tank - Drain ................................................................................................ 6-96
6.4.5.4 Fuel-water Separator - Replace....................................................................... 6-97
6.4.5.5 Engine Oil – Replace ......................................................................................... 6-98
0 13
6.4.5.6 -Engine -13
Oil Filter Element – Replace ...............................................................
0
6-99
0 -13
- 1 - 1 - 1
2 023 Accumulator - Check .........................................................................................
6.4.5.7
2 023 2 023 6-99
d _d d 6-100
i d o_ 6.4.5.8 Check the Major Structure i d i d o_
oParts....................................................................
gu gu gu
6.4.6 Every 1000 Hours.................................................................................................... 6-102
6.4.6.1 Every 1000 Hours ............................................................................................ 6-102
6.4.6.2 Winch Brake Operation - Check .................................................................... 6-102
6.4.6.3 Change the Main/Auxiliary Hoist Reducer Oil.............................................. 6-103
6.4.6.4 Boom Reducer Oil - Change .......................................................................... 6-103
6.4.6.5 Hydraulic Oil Quality - Check.......................................................................... 6-104
6.4.6.6 Replace the Hydraulic System Filters ........................................................... 6-105
6.4.6.7 Change the Swing Reducer Oil...................................................................... 6-108
13
6.4.6.8 Change
- 13
the Travel Reducer Oil .....................................................................
-
6-10913
- 0
6.4.73Every 3 - 0
3 - 10-
1 1500 Hours.....................................................................................................6-110
1
02 02 02
d 26.4.7.1 Every 1500 Hours .............................................................................................6-110
d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui 6.4.7.2 Cooling Fan Belt - Check gui and Replace..........................................................6-110
gui
6.4.8 Every 2000 Hours.....................................................................................................6-112
6.4.8.1 Every 2000 Hours .............................................................................................6-112
Operation Manual- VII

3 3 3
1
6.4.8.2 Fuel
- 0-1Tank - Clean ..............................................................................................6-112
- 1 0-1 - 1 0-1
2 023Coolant - Change ..............................................................................................6-113
6.4.8.3 2 023 2 023
_d
o6.4.8.4 o_
d
o_
d
i d i d i d
Hydraulic Oil - Change .....................................................................................6-115
gu 6.4.9 Every 4000 Hours.....................................................................................................6-116
gu gu
6.4.9.1 Every 4000 Hours and Above .........................................................................6-116
6.4.9.2 Swing Bearing Bolts - Check/Replace ...........................................................6-117
6.4.9.3 Wire Rope - Replace ........................................................................................6-117
6.4.9.4 Pressure Hose - Replace.................................................................................6-118
6.5 Lubricate Schedule ...........................................................................................................6-119
6.5.1 Lubrication Schedule ...............................................................................................6-119
6.5.2 Lubricate Every 50 Hours....................................................................................... 6-120
6.5.2.1 Boom
1 0 -13Root Hinge Pin - Lubricate ..................................................................
1 0 -13 6-120 -13
10
2
6.5.2.2 3 -
Lifting Hook Sheave and Bearing - 2 3 -
Lubricate .............................................. 2 3
6-120 -
20 20 20
_d
o6.5.2.3 Boom Hoist Guide Sheave Shaft d
o_ - Lubricate ...............................................
d
o_ 6-121
i d i d i d
gu 6.5.2.4 Wire Rope - Lubricate......................................................................................
gu gu 6-121
6.5.3 Lubricate Every 100 Hours..................................................................................... 6-122
6.5.3.1 Swing Bearing - Lubricate............................................................................... 6-122
6.5.3.2 Winch Bearing .................................................................................................. 6-123
6.5.4.1 Sheave Block Bearing ..................................................................................... 6-125
6.5.4.2 Crawler Shoes and Pins.................................................................................. 6-127
6.5.5.1 Extension
0 - 13 Beam Pin ........................................................................................
0 - 13 6-128
0 -13
1 1 1
2 - 23- 23-
6.5.5.23Cylinder Bearing............................................................................................... 6-129
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d _d _d
6.6 Electrical system .............................................................................................................. 6-129
o o
d6.6.1 Electrical System - Inspect.....................................................................................
d o
d 6-129
gui gui gui
6.6.2 LMI System - Inspect .............................................................................................. 6-131
6.6.3 Battery Maintenance ............................................................................................... 6-131
6.6.3.1 Battery - Check................................................................................................. 6-131
6.6.3.2 Battery - Store................................................................................................... 6-133
6.6.3.3 Battery - Replace.............................................................................................. 6-133
6.6.4 Preventive Measures to Prevent Fire on Cables ................................................ 6-133
6.6.4.1 Causes of Electrical Cable Fires.................................................................... 6-133
6.6.4.2 Precautions ....................................................................................................... 6-134
3 3 3
- 1 0-1
6.6.4.3 Electrical System after a Thunderstorm -0Inspect
- 1 -1 ....................................... 6-135 0-1
-1
2
6.7 Hook 0and 3 Sheave Device ...............................................................................................
0 2 3 2 3
d 2Hook - Inspect ..........................................................................................................
d2 20
6-135
d 6-135
_ _ _
do
6.7.1
do do
gui 6.7.2 Routine Maintenance..............................................................................................
gui gui 6-137
6.7.3 Sheave - Inspect...................................................................................................... 6-138
VIII Operation Manual-

3 3 3
1 0-1 of Wire Rope and Slings..........................................................................
6.8 Maintenance
- - 1 0-1 - 1
6-1390-1
2 023Precautions before Inspection...............................................................................
6.8.1 2 023 2 0236-139
_d _d _d 6-140
gu ido 6.8.2 Wire Rope Inspection..............................................................................................
ido g u ido g u
6.8.2.1 Wire Rope - Check........................................................................................... 6-140
6.8.2.2 Wire Rope - Replace ....................................................................................... 6-143
6.8.3 Wire Rope - Transfer............................................................................................... 6-148
6.8.4 Wire Rope - Store.................................................................................................... 6-148
6.8.5 Wire Rope - Install ................................................................................................... 6-149
6.8.6 Wire Rope - Lubricate ............................................................................................. 6-153
6.8.7 Wire Rope - Cut ...................................................................................................... 6-153
6.9 Inspection and maintenance under special work environment ................................. 6-154
6.9.1 Muddy3 and Snowy Environment ...........................................................................
0 - 1 0 - 13 6-154 3
0-1
- 1
6.9.23Seaside - 1
Operations................................................................................................. - 1
6-155
2 2 023
02 Dusty Environment..................................................................................................
2 0236-155
d6.9.3 d d
i d o_ 6.9.4 Stony Environment..................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
6-155
6.9.5 Rock-fall Scenes...................................................................................................... 6-155
6.9.6 High Temperature Environment ............................................................................ 6-155
6.9.7 Low Temperature Environment ............................................................................. 6-155
6.9.8 Other Working Environment .................................................................................. 6-156
6.10 Maintenance of Band-Type Free Fall (If Equipped) .................................................. 6-156
6.10.1 Band-Type Free Fall Winch Overview................................................................ 6-156
6.10.2 Winch Bolt Inspection ........................................................................................... 6-157
6.10.3 Winch Reducer Oil Level - Inspect ..................................................................... 6-158
6.10.4 Winch
1 0 -13 Bearing - Lubricate ...................................................................................
1 0 -13 6-158
1 0 -13
-Adjustment and Maintenance of Clutch - .............................................................236-159
-
023 023
6.10.5
2 2 2 0
d6.10.6 Adjustment and Maintenance _ofd Clutch ............................................................. d 6-160
i d o_ i d o i d o_
gu 6.11 Crane - Store ..................................................................................................................
gu gu 6-162
7 Troubleshooting ..............................................................................................................7-1
7.1 Jump-starting the Engine .....................................................................................................7-3
7.1.1 General Information .....................................................................................................7-3
7.1.2 Connecting the Jumper Cables ..................................................................................7-4
7.1.3 Starting the Engine.......................................................................................................7-4
7.1.4 Disconnecting the Jumper Cables .............................................................................7-5
7.2 Guidance on Troubleshooting .............................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Engine
1 0 -13 troubleshooting reference table ....................................................................7-5
1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - reference table ............................... -
023Electrical system common troubleshooting
7.2.2
2 2 023 2 023 7-14
d d d
i d o_ 7.2.3 Air Conditioning Common Troubleshooting
i d o_ Reference Table.............................
i d o_ 7-26
gu 7.2.4 Auxiliary System CommonguFailure Reference Table............................................ gu 7-28
7.2.5 Hydraulic System Troubleshooting Reference Table ........................................... 7-30
Operation Manual- IX
1 3 1 3 3
10- Transmission Troubleshooting Reference
7.2.6 Mechanical 10- Table ............................. 7-3210-1
02 3- 02 3- 02 3-
_ d2 _ d2 d2
_
ido
8 Specifications
g8.1 ido ido
...................................................................................................................8-1
u Outline Dimensions...............................................................................................................8-3
gu gu
8.2 Major Performance & Specifications ..................................................................................8-3
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
X Operation Manual-
SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Introduction
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Introduction
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
0
1.2 Documentation
1 -13 Contents .....................................................................................................1-3
1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - -
2 023
1.3 Documentation 023 023
Storage .......................................................................................................1-5
2 2
d d d
i d o_ Recommendations on using the documentation
1.4
i d o_ i d o_
..............................................................1-5
gu 1.5 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
gu gu
1.5.1 New Machine Break-in ..............................................................................................1-5
1.5.2 Operation During the Break-in Period......................................................................1-6
1.6 Machine Direction Reference..............................................................................................1-6
1.7 Machine Information .............................................................................................................1-7
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation Manual- 1-1

Introduction SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1-2 Operation Manual-

-1 3 13 13
-10
1.Introduction 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ Overview
1.1
d do do
gui gui gui
Always keep this manual nearby to read it at anytime. Items addressed in this manual are de-
signed to help you:
• Understand the structure and performance of your crawler crane.

• Reduce improper operation and point out possible hazardous situations.
• Increase equipment efficiency during operation.
• Prolong the service life of equipment.
• Reduce maintenance costs.
Improvements
1 0 -1in3 the design of this machine can lead10to-1changes
3 in detail which may not be cov-
1 0 -13
- 23- -
2 0 3 manual. Always consult your SANY
ered in 2this
2 0distributor 023 of
(or After-Sales Service Department
2
d SANY Equipment Co. LTD) for the_d d
i d o_
Zhejiang
i d o latest information available on your machine
i d o_ or if you
gu have questions regarding informationginu this manual. gu
1.2 Documentation Contents
In order to make sure the crane can work safely and efficiently, it must be kept at good working
condition. The operator and maintenance personnel must read the documentation carefully and be
familiar with the performance of the crane.
The documentation, as part of the crane, should be thoroughly understood. People, who are not
able to read or understand the Chinese version or other foreign versions, should listen carefully to
the explanation 3of others. 3 3
- 1 0-1 - 1 0-1 - 10-1
023 documentation for this machine includes
The technical
2 2 023 the following items: 202 3
d
•o_Operation and Maintenance Manual o_d d
i d d d o_
gu gui gui
– Chapter 1 Introduction
This section provides basic introduction of the manual and machine.
– Chapter 2 Safety
This section covers basic safety information related to this equipment. Make sure you fully
understand all the precautions described in this manual and the safety labels on the machine
before operating or maintaining this machine. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or
death.
– Chapter 33System Function

0-1 describes the functions of all control0 13
-levers 0 -13
1
This -section
3- 1 and switches in the cab, as
3-
well1 as
023meaning of icons in the system.
2the 202 202
d _d _d
i d o_ do do
gu – Chapter 4 Operation gui gui
This section provides detailed operating procedures of engine, travel system, hoisting and
luffing.

13
- Rope 13 13
– Chapter 510Wire
3 - 3 - 10- 3 - 10-
2
This20sections 2 wire rope and the procedures on handling
20on
provides the detailed information 202
d
_ rope. d d
dowire o_
d o_ d
gui gui gui
– Chapter 6 Maintenance
This section provides all general maintenance and repair procedures. (Detailed rebuild re-
placement/repair information are covered in a separate shop manual.) Study and become fa-
miliar with all repair and maintenance procedures before performing any repair or
maintenance operations.
– Chapter 7 Troubleshooting
This sections provides lists of common failures of the machine as a reference for you.
3
– Chapter 8 Specifications
-1provides -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
-
This sections
023
detailed specifications of
023
-
your machine.
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
• Assembly,
o_ Disassembly and Transport
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu– Chapter 1 General Information gu gui
This sections provides overview of crane assembly and disassembly.
– Chapter 2 Assemble and Disassemble the Basic Crane

This sections provides procedures of assembling basic crane.
– Chapter 3 Assemble and Disassemble the Boom System

This sections provides procedures of assembling boom system.
– Chapter 4 Transport
3
-1provides transport plan and dimensions.-13 13
0-
This sections
0 0
3-1 3-1 3-1
• 202
Load Charts
d d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i do sheets graphically present load calculations,
These
u i do u i do
allowable wind speed, work equipment lift-
g ing height/operating range, and load limitations,
g etc. g
• Appendix
This file includes the Electrical Schematics and Hydraulic Schematics of this machine.
• Parts Book
This publication consists of parts lists and matching drawings for ordering spare parts as-
needed. If it was not shipped with your machine, the parts book for your machine is available di-
rectly from SANY.
• Memory Stick
All of the above data is stored on a memory stick already shipped with your machine or available
-13
directly from SANY.
0 -13
0 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0 -13 0 -13
0 3-1
2 NOTICE
0 23-
1
0 23-
1
2 2 2
_d keep the complete manual, both the
Always
o o _dhard copy and electronic version. o_
d
i d i d i d
gu If the machine is sold to others, keepgthe
If it is missing or damaged, place an u
order to SANY authorized dealer
manual with the machine.
for a
gu
replacement.
1.3 Documentation Storage

Always keep the operation and maintenance manual and load charts in the cab for the operator to
read.
The Transport, Assembly & Disassembly Manual is needed when shipping the machine to oth-
er places, so always keep it in the cab seat pocket.
3 3 3
The parts book
- 1 0-1is best left either shelved in the office-1or0-the
1 archives. It should always be available
- 1 0-1
023
to the maintenance
2 023
and service personnel as required.
2 023
2
d d d
o_
dAll technical documents can be printeduout
d o_ d o_
gui g i from the memory stick with machine.gui
1.4 Recommendations on using the documentation
1. This documentation applies only to this machine and should not be used with any other
machines.
2. To ensure that the documentation is always complete and up to date.
3. Keep all pages inside its binder (if shipped loose leaf).
-13 stick to print and replace any missing-1pages

4. Use the memory
10
3
0
or those made unreadable due to-13
0
- -1 -1
023grease, dirt, etc.
damage, 0 2 3 0 2 3
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
o Insert SANY replacement pages immediately
d5. do into the appropriate book; destroy o versions of
dold
gui gui gui
those pages.
6. Archive the data of memory stick immediately when take the memory stick in case it is overdue.
1.5 Your Sany Machine

1.5.1 New Machine Break-in
The machine has been thoroughly adjusted and tested before shipment. However, initial operation
of the machine13under severe conditions can adversely 1affect
1 0 - 1 0 - 3 the performance of the machine10or -13
2 0 23- machine life. Therefore, SANY recommends
shorten the
2 0 23- 2 0 23- 100
that you allow a break-in period of
d
operating hours for a new machine. d d
d o_ do_ do_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
1.5.2 Operation - During the Break-in Period 23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
ido the break-in period:
During
g•uLet g uid
o
gui
do
the machine warm up prior to any operation.
• Avoid operating with severe loads or at high speed.
• Avoid sudden starts or fast movements or stops.
• Always let the system cool down at the end of the working day.
1.6 Machine Direction Reference

The direction the cab faces is forward direc-
tion. Normally the drive wheel is at back.
0-13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 1-1 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10 Information
1.7 Machine 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 2 02
o_
The serial numbers and model numbers of _
the _d
i dmachine i do do
g u are needed when ordering g
oru inquir- gui
浙江三一装备有限公司
ing replacement parts. This information is on ZHEJIANG SANY EQUIPMENT CO.,LTD
the data plates of the machine or

履带起重机
components. Crawler Crane
产品型号
Machine Model SCC
The data plate is on the right side in front of 配置代号
Configuration Code
the operator cab. 最大起重量
Maximum Lifting Capacity t
额定功率
Rated Power kW
出厂日期
Date of Production
0-13 0- 13 出厂编号
Number
0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 d2 2
中国制造 / Made in China
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
Fig 1-2
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Safety
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Safety
0 -13 0 -13 -13

0
3-1 3-1 3-1
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2 2 2
20 Alert Information and Machineddecal
2.1dSafety 20 .....................................................................2-3
d2
0
_ _ _
do 2.1.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................2-3
do do
gui gui gui
2.1.2 Safety alert information ..............................................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Machine Decals...........................................................................................................2-4
2.2 Operation Range and Liability.......................................................................................... 2-17
2.2.1 Proper Use ................................................................................................................ 2-17
2.2.2 Examples of Improper Use ..................................................................................... 2-18
2.2.3 Liability Distribution.................................................................................................. 2-29
2.2.4 Liabilities of Manufacturer and Crane Owner....................................................... 2-30
2.2.5 Crane Operator......................................................................................................... 2-30
1 -13 and Hand Signals of Signal Person

2.2.6 Liabilities
0 1 0 -13 ..................................................... 2-33 1 0 -13
2.2.73-Liabilities of the Operation Crew ............................................................................
2 0 2 2 0 23- 2 0 23-2-52
o _d2.2.8 Liabilities of Managing Personnel..........................................................................
o _d o _d 2-52
d d d
gui 2.3 Operation Conditions and Service gui Life of the Crane ....................................................
gui 2-53
2.3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 2-53
2.3.2 Design Grade and Rated Load .............................................................................. 2-53
2.3.3 Necessary Environment Conditions ...................................................................... 2-54
2.3.4 Service Life ............................................................................................................... 2-54
2.4 Safety Rules........................................................................................................................ 2-55
2.4.1 Personal protection equipment (PPE)................................................................... 2-55
2.4.2 Safety requirements................................................................................................. 2-57
2.4.3 Special Dangers of the Crane ................................................................................ 2-59
3
2.4.3.1-1Injuries Caused by Moving Parts of the -13Crane ............................................. 2-59 -13
1 0 1 0 1 0
2 23- Injury Hazards from Pressurized
02.4.3.2 2
-
023Hydraulic Oil............................................. 2
-
023 2-62
d d d
i d o_ 2.4.3.3 Burn Injury Hazard............................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 2-63
gu 2.4.3.4 Chemical Burn InjurygHazard u gu
.......................................................................... 2-64
2.4.3.5 Fire and Explosion Hazards ............................................................................ 2-65
2.4.3.6 Poisoning and Suffocation Hazards............................................................... 2-69
Safety SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
3 3 3
1 0-1
2.4.3.7 Hazards
- 1 0-1
to Environment ..................................................................................
- 2-6910-1
-
2 023 High Voltage Wire Hazard ...............................................................................
2.4.3.8 2 023 2 023
2-71
d d d
i d o_2.4.3.9 Hazard during Operation inidHigh o_ Frequency Radiation Area..................... i d o_ 2-73
gu 2.4.3.10 Inclement Weather Hazards gu .........................................................................
gu 2-74
2.4.3.11 Safeguard Measures in Case of Earthquake.............................................. 2-77
2.4.3.12 Safeguard Measures for Lightning............................................................... 2-77
2.4.4 Selecting the Operation Site................................................................................... 2-77
2.4.4.1 Ground Operation Site ..................................................................................... 2-77
2.4.4.2 Air Operation Site.............................................................................................. 2-82
2.4.5 Combined operation by two or more cranes ........................................................ 2-82
2.4.6 Preparation for crane operation ............................................................................. 2-85
2.4.7 Crane operation process......................................................................................... 2-90
0 - 13 0 - 13 0 -13
3-
2.4.8 After 1crane operation - 1
............................................................................................... 2-99- 1
2.5 Safety 2 02parts 2 023
....................................................................................................................... 2 023
2-101
d d d
o_ exit..........................................................................................................................
2.6idSafety i d o_ i d o_ 2-104
u
g2.7 gu gu
Fire extinguishers in the cab........................................................................................... 2-105
2.8 Maintenance and Service Safety Information .............................................................. 2-105
2.8.1 Operation Safety .................................................................................................... 2-105
2.8.2 Maintenance Safety ............................................................................................... 2-106
2.9 Using a Chain Sling Safety ............................................................................................. 2-108
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10
2.Safety 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Safety Alert Information and
d2.1 do do
g u gui Machine decal gui
2.1.1 Overview
This Safety Section provides information on basic safety precautions and preventative measures
during operation and maintenance of this machine.
Safe operation and maintenance are very important.

• Avoid personal injury or machine damage caused by improper operation.
• Obtain the maximum service life of the machine.
• Reduce repair3cost and downtimes, and increase working
1 3 efficiency.
1 13
0- 0- 0-
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
DANGER 2 02
_d _ d _d
doMake sure you fully understand the precautions
do do
gui gui guisafety labels on
described in this manual and the
the machine before operating or maintaining this machine. Read and follow all safety precautions.
Failure to do so may result in equipment damage, serious injury or possibly death.
Failure to follow this requirement may cause serious accident.
CAUTION
Please strictly abide by the safety rules in this section and the standards of the local govern-
ments. If some stipulations in this manual disagree with the local laws or regulations, the stricter
prevails. 3 1 3 1 13
0- 0- 0-
0 23-1 0 2 3-1 2
03-1
Most
_ d 2accidents are usually caused by the failure
_ d 2 to follow correct rules for the operation
_ d 2and main-
o
dtenance do it is important to read and understand doall information
gui outlined in this manual before operating
guior performing maintenance on this machine. gui Carelessness
of the machine. To avoid accidents
or neglect on the part of operators, job supervisors and planners, rigging personnel, service and
maintenance staff, and job site workers can result in their death or injury and costly damage to the
crane and property.
CAUTION
• All maintenance personnel and workers especially operators must read this manual carefully
before operating or maintaining this equipment.
• 3 be kept in the cab seat pocket available
-1must
This manual -13 for the workers to read. -13
3 - 10and operate the 1 0
- with this manual. Failure to do so - 1 0
•
202 serious accident.
Maintain
023
equipment in accordance
2 2 023 may
_ d d d
i d o cause
i d o_ i d o_
gu • Under no circumstance should yougengage
u gu manual.
in prohibited uses described in this

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

-alert information - -
023 023 023
2.1.2 Safety
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ operators, job supervisors and planners,
Toialert i d o_ rigging personnel, service and maintenance
i d o_ staff,
u
gand gu practices and maintenance procedures, gu safety mes-
job site workers to hazardous operating
sages are used throughout the manual. Each safety message contains a safety alert symbol and a
signal word. The following (ANSI/ISO) signal words are used to indicate machine damage or per-
sonal injury of different degrees.
DANGER
Identifies an immediate hazard which, if not avoided, will result in serious injury or death.
0-13 0 -13 0 -13

02 3-1 WARNING
023
- 1
023
- 1
2
d potential hazards which, if not avoided, 2 2
dcould result in serious injury or possible_death.
d
o_ o_
Identifies
i d i d i d o
gu gu gu
CAUTION
Identifies potential hazards which, if not avoided, could result in minor or major injury.
NOTE：
Identifies a situation which can cause damage to the machine, personal property and/or the envi-
ronment, or cause the equipment to operate abnormally.
0 - 13 provided in this manual is only to give

The safety information
0 - 13instructions to qualified operators on 0-13
safe operation.-1SANY cannot predict every circumstance -1 that might involve a potential hazard23in-1
2 3 2 3
operation20 0 0
_ d or maintenance, so the crane operator _ d 2 and the owner will take the responsibility _ d 2 of
o Operators should note the safety alert o symbols in the manual and on the machine o
uid uid uid
safety. and
gstrictly g g
abide by the Safety Section during operation. If any procedures not specified, recom-
mended or allowed in this manual are used, you must ensure they can be performed safely and
without causing injury or equipment damage. Otherwise, contact your local SANY distributor.
2.1.3 Machine Decals
It is important that all safety, alert and warning decals are in place, not damaged, covered or re-
moved. It is also important for the operator and all personnel involved to be aware of the decal con-
tent and locations on the equipment.
13 13 13
10- can supply you with new replacement
1. Your SANY -dealer -
-10 decals if the ones on the machine are-10
-
23
0 missing. Never modify or change existing
damaged2or
23
20 decal information unless authorized by20your 23
o _d _d _d
uid distributor. do do
gui gui
SANY
g
2. When replacing damaged or missing decals, be sure they are placed in the proper locations.

- 13 13
- machine if necessary. 0- 13
10safety
3. Additional to0your
or warning decals may be added 1
3-1
2 0 23- 02 3- 02
_d on the machine
Decals d2 _d
2
o o_ do
guid gui
d
gui
2
3
16
15 0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
14 13 13 13
10-
3-13 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 02 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
d 12
do do
gui gui gui
11
4 7
1
10
4
9 8
Fig 2-1
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
17
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 15 _d
do do ido
gui gui gu16
18
19
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
8
4 21
22
27
26 13 20 18
25 14
24
11 4 10 23
Fig 2-2
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
36
28
29
30
31
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
do do
32
d
gui gui gui
33
34
35
Fig 2-3
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

1. Slip, trip23 -
0 and fall hazard 023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d given catwalks and ladders only, foro_d
othe _d
i d uid do
gui
Use
u
gthere are handrails to keep balance; allgcat-
walks are designed to prevent slip.
Fig 2-4
2. Spreader position
13 connected to the boom

After the support0-bar 0 -13 0-13
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 0 3 guide plate properly to avoid 2023
base, place2the
202
d d _d
i d o_ First separate the guide plate from
damage.
i d o_ do
u hole to avoid pinching the finger, and gthen
gthe u gui
store it aside.
Fig 2-5
3. Danger of boom assembly/disassembly
Do not stand under boom/jib when assembly

of disassembly boom/jib.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-6
4. Slipping hazard
Caution for slipping. Use the given catwalks

and ladders only, for there are handrails to
keep balance; all catwalks are designed to
prevent slip.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-7 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
023
5. Avoid -injury!
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ ware of breaking the glass. _d _d
i dBe do do
gu gui gui
Fig 2-8
6. Falling Object!
3
-1hazardous 13 13
0- 0-
Do not stay in areas. Be ware of
1 0
23-
falling loads.
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-9
7. Do not stand on A-frame(both right and

left)
It is forbidden to stand under A-frame.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-10
8. Away from drive wheel
Keep hands away from the drive wheel or oth-

er gears.
Do not operate without safety protection.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
Fig 2-11
d d
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
023
9. Do not weld -
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_weld on the part. _d _d
Do dnot
i do do
gu gui gui
Fig 2-12
10. Crushing hazard
Moving machine or crawlers could get person

1 0 -13 in, causing serious in- 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1
entangled or dragged
jury or even 3-
02death. 02 02
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-13
11. Hand crushing
Serious injury could result from being crushed

or pinched by moving machinery.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-14
12. Accumulator
Never attempt to weld, gas cut, put on fire, not

disassemble the case to avoid explosion.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 2-15 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
13. Away - power line
from
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ the minimum safety _ _d
i dKeep distance fromdothe do
gu power line. gui gui
Fig 2-16
14. Swing area(both right and left)
13 swing area.
Stay out from -crane
0 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-17
15. Do not stand under A-frame
Do not stand under boom/jib when assembly

of disassembly boom/jib.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-18
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
16. Remove2the - Pin
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the pin first when changing from o_ _d
d
Remove
i i d do
u state to transport or vise versa. Insert
gwork gu gui
after the part is in position.
0-13 0-1
Fig 2-19
3
0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 202 202
_ _d _d
do install instruction
17. Rope
i do do
g u gui gui
Install the rope socket in the correct direction.
Fig 2-20
3 13 13
0-1
18. Burning hazard 0- 0-
0 23-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 hot surface.
Do not touch,
_d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-21
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
023
19. Open -
carefully
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ open when the engine stops. _d _d
i dOnly do do
gu gui gui
Fig 2-22
20. Rotation hazard
Keep hands away

1 0 -13 from moving gears during 0-13 0- 13
23-
operation.
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-23
21. Danger of crushing
Do not stay within swing radius of machine.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-24
22. Away from counterweight
Do not stand on or under the counterweight

when assembly or disassembly.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
Fig 2-25
d d
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
23. No fire! 2
0 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-26
13
- fire extinguisher. 0- 13 0-13
10of
24. The location
3- 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-27
25. No enter
It is forbidden to enter without authorization.

0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-28
26. Data recorder!
Reminder for operator to record the data.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-29 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
0 3
- level
27. The 2noise
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ is the noise _ _d
i dThis measured do
according to do
gu ASME standards. gui gui
Fig 2-30
13
0- key during service
28. Pull out1the 0-13 0- 13
023
-
02 3-1 02 3-1
2
d the key 2 2
o_
Take _d
out during service of the _d
i d do do
gu machine. gui gui
Fig 2-31
29. Read the manual
Read operation13manual carefully before oper-

1 0 - 1 0 -13 0- 13
ating the3-machine, otherwise inappropriate
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
operation
_ will cause serious accident.
_ _d
i do i do do
u
g The manual must be stored in the cab.g u gui
Fig 2-32
30. Boom length limit
When connecting the boom base, if the boom

base and other sections are fully connected at
0 - 13 the boom length held by

four pin connectors,
0 -13 0- 13
- 1 1 3-1
23-
boom hoist wire rope must be no longer than
023
24m,2otherwise, it could cause severe dam- 20 202
d _d _d
o_ to the machine.
idage ido do
gu gu gui
Fig 2-33

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

31. Crushing
023
-
hazard
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_shrink track with counterweight. o_ _d
Do dnot
i i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 2-34
32. Delay cutoff
Take the key out

1 0 -13 during service of the 0- 13 0-13
machine. 23-
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-35
33. High-voltage cable hazard!
Stay as far as possible from the high—voltage

cable and never violate minimum clearance. 远离高压线!
0-13 0-13 Hazardous voltage
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02
The distance between the cable
3-1
d2 d2 2
and machine should be at least
_d
3m.For a cable carrying over
o_ o_ do
50kV,the distance should be
d d
gui gui gui
increasedby 10mm every 1kV.
Fig 2-36
34. Crawler Extend
Do not make any lifting when the crawlers are

not extended to right position.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 2 02
_d d
_ Fig 2-37 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
35. Do not -lift person
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ not lift people with _ _d
u i dDo
ido
the crane, otherwise
gui
do
g there may be serious injury or death. gu
Fig 2-38
36. Reading manual
13 notes and the operation

Read all the -safety
0 0 -13 0- 13
- 1 Failure to do so will cause 23- 1 3-1
0 3
manual 2carefully.
2 20 202
_d injury or loss of life.
serious _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-39
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
2.2 Operation Range and Liability 023- 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
_
o Proper Use _ _d
d2.2.1 do do
gui gui gui
The crane is designed only to lift and lower loads through the use of hook blocks or ball hooks. It is
strictly prohibited to use the crane for grabbing, scraping, power ramming, concrete bucket work,
vibration, piling, extracting or any other purposes.
Proper use of the crane is the basic requirement of safe operation.
Use of the crane should comply with instructions in this chapter. Pay attention to potential dangers
and eliminate failures which may affect safe operation of the crane immediately. Keep all safety de-
vices complete and in proper working order.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2 0 2 - authorized personnel should carry
Qualified3and
2 0
- timely and necessary maintenance 2and
23out 2 0 3- in-
_d for safety.
spection
o o_
d
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu gu gu

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

2.2.2 Examples
023
- of Improper Use
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ use of the crane may lead to: ido
_d _d
i d do
gui
● Improper
gu gu
1. Serious injury or loss of human life.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-40
2. Serious damage to the crane.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-41
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
3. Damage - to the loads.
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-42
4. The warranty won’t cover the massive

damage to machine lifting capacity due to op-
eration mistakes.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-43
● It is strictly prohibited to perform the following operations:
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3- crane structure in any form
1. Change 2the
0 0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d affect safe operation without prioro_d
which may
o _d
uid permission from the manufacturer.guid do
gwritten gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-44 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Loosen the fixed load through the hook block or the swing device.
3. Hoist a load on the ground using the luffing winch.
4. Obliquely hoist or haul a load on the

ground.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-45
5. When operating the crane:

-13 -13
0 a wrong mode (e.g. mistakenly set the-1crane
0 to the assembling mode instead of-10 -13
-1to
1) Set the crane
023 02 3 02 3
d 2 mode).
the working d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
2) Set specified safety devices to a wrong mode (e.g. a specified safety device is not set at effec-
tive status).

13 13 13
10-
3) Use an improper 10-
load chart or fail to abide by the instructions 10-
on proper use of the load charts.
2 0 23- 202
3- 02 3-
6.dSudden d
lifting or lowering will cause wire d2
i o_ deformation and damage to theidowire
drope
_
d o_
g u g u gui
rope or the hoisting mechanism, etc.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-46
7. Use the swing platform or the transporting

device to transport people.
A person hanging onto a hook block or ball

hook or rigging on a load is exposed to danger
of serious injury or death because he/she is
unable to control movement of the crane or to
0
prevent falling
1 -1or3 dropping hazards. In such a 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- a tiny mistake can lead to fatal 2023-
case, 0even 02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ o_ _d
do
injuries.
d d
gui gui gui
Fig 2-47
8. Operate in danger or explosive areas.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-13 0- 13 0-13
9. Abruptly2 -10
3apply the brake when hoisting 3-1 3-1
loads. d 2
0 202 202
_ _d _d
i do ido do
u
gThe swing u
and impulse inertia of loadsgcan gui
cause crane to tip and other mechanisms to
collapse.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-48
gui
10. Drag loads (swing or traveling) before they
are off the ground.
This can cause crane to tip and other mecha-

nisms to collapse.
This may cause crane to tip and loads to drop.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-49
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
11. Travel
0 23-or swing too fast when a load is
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
suspended.
o_ _d _d
u i d ido gui
do
g In case of sudden starts and stopsguor high
speed swing, the crane may be overturned or
broken, mechanisms may be damaged, and
the load may drop due to load swing.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-50
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
12. Hoist loads -on uneven ground.
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d cause crane to tip and loads to drop.o_d
omay _d
This
i d d do
gu gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-51
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-52
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
13. Improper- load binding.
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ may drop after hoisting _ _d
i dLoads do
and cause do
gu gui and
structural damage, the crane tipping over, gui
property loss.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-53 gui
14. Loose rope formation on winch drum.
This may cause damage to the wire ropes or

the winch.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-54
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

15. Crash into
0 23-bridges, ceilings or high-voltage 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d wires.
electrical
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
u may cause hazards of boom damage,
gThis gu gui
crane tipping over and even personnel
electrocution.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
16. Overload.
This may cause hazards of structural damage

and crane tipping over, and even jeopardize
personnel safety.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-56
● It is strictly prohibited to perform the following improper daily maintenance:
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
1. Lack2of - lubricant oil, grease or antifreeze. 23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
do CAUTION guid
o do
gui gui
20% of the crane accidents are caused by
improper maintenance.
0-13 0 -13 0- 13
3-1 1
- 2-57
3Fig 3-1
d 202 202 202
o_ Excess accumulation of dirt. _d _d
uid
2. do do
g gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d d Fig 2-58
do
gui gui gui
3. Wire rope broken and parts worn.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-59

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
4. Emergency
0 23- limit switch or load moment
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d not work.
limiter does
o _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
2 1
4 3
6 5
8 7
0 9
? ?? ? ?
0-13 0-1
Fig 2-60
3
0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 202 202
_ _d _d
do or reducer failure.
5. Brake
i do do
g u gui gui
6. Hydraulic system failure, e. g. broken
hose.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
7. Loose 3 - 10-
bolt. 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
d 202 2 02 2 02
o_ _d _d
uid do do
g gui gui
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -102-62
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
_d2 d2 _d
2
i do d o_ do
u
g 2.2.3 Liability Distribution gui gui
The crane is designed to lift and lower loads through the use of hook blocks or ball hooks. It is pro-
hibited to use the crane for grabbing, scraping, power ramming, concrete bucket work, vibration
piling and extracting or any other purposes not described in this manual. The manufacturer takes
no responsibility for results of crane use out of this specification. Operator and crane owner will
take full responsibility for such usages.
It is strictly prohibited to install any additional devices or make any alteration to the crane without
prior approval from the manufacturer. Any additional equipment out of the supply scope of the
13 be operated in accordance with related
manufacturer0-should 0 -13 safety codes and accident prevention0 -13
- 1 - 1 - 1
023
regulations.
2 023
2 023
2
d d d
o_
dThe manufacturer takes no responsibility o_
dfor all results from additional devices. uid o_
gui gui g
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
2.2.4 Liabilities- of Manufacturer and Crane Owner
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ of manufacturer o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Liabilities
gu gu
• Ensures that the quality of the crawler crane
provided fulfills specifications, and that the
literature provided with the crane is
accurate.
• Commits to providing after-sales services
for the crane in the field and documents all
the maintenance and repair works per-
formed by its service personnel.
3 13 13
• 0-1 to crane operators and
Provides training 0- 0-
3-1
02 personnel as required.
maintenance 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-63
Liabilities of the crane owner and the related authorized personnel
• Ensures that only those who have read and understood this manual and also have been prop-
erly trained are allowed to operate and maintain the crawler crane.
• Ensures that crawler crane operation and maintenance personnel are qualified for the works
and that they know their corresponding responsibilities very well.
• Periodically checks the safety awareness of relevant personnel at the work site.
• Stops crane operation immediately in case of any fault which may affect safe operation.
• 13 inspections to the crane in accordance
Carries out required
0 - 13 with national regulations as well as
0 - 0 -13
1 1 1
requirements
2 0 23- of the manufacturer. 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
• Ensures
_d timely maintenance and repair of the d
_crawler crane.
_d
i d o i d o i d o
g•uReports to the manufacturer every accident
gu of the crawler crane which has caused
gu serious inju-
ries or heavy loss.
• Allows service personnel from the manufacturer to inspect the crawler crane without limit in ac-
cordance with the requirements of production inspection responsibilities.
2.2.5 Crane Operator
CAUTION
Risk of personal injury or component damage!
0 13
65% of the crane-accidents -13
are caused by improper operation.
0 0-13
1
3- be performed as required. 1 3-1
Operations2should
2 0 23- 20 202
o _d _d _d
uid following qualified personnel are alloweddo do
gOnly gui to operate the crawler crane: gui
• Appointed operator.
• Trained people under direct instruction of the appointed operator.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
• -10 maintenance and test personnel.
Inspection,
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
do do do
Only the required personnel can operate the
gui crawler crane: gui gui
• Driver that receives the training by the pro-
fessional training institute with legal certifi-
cation, and passes the exams concerned.
• Apprentice under the direct supervision of
required driver, inspector, service or testing
personnel that operate the crawler crane
due to their normal duties.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-64
The following personnel must never operate the crawler crane:

• Anyone under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
• Anyone taking prescription medication that might impair his/her judgment or reaction speed.
Liabilities of the crane operator
• 3 wear necessary personal

Operator must
13 13
-1 0- 0-
-10equipment.
protection
3 3-1 3-1
202 must not be distracted while oper-d 202
• Operator
d 2 02
o_ o_ _d
d ating crane and must not do any idother do
gui gu gui
things which will divert his/her attention.
• Operator must control, handle and adjust
the crane in a safe manner so as not to en-
danger the operation personnel or facilities
around the crane.
Fig 2-65
• Operator should be responsible for all operations under his/her direct control.
13
0-warning sign placed on the start consoles, 13 13
• If there is1a
3- 10- the operator should not switch on the1en-
3-
0-
3-
2 the warning sign is removed by the2person
20until 02 who has placed it. 02
d2
gine
d d
i d•o_Before _
starting the engine, the operator _
ido should confirm that the following items
ido have been
gu completed: gu gu
– All daily inspection and maintenance are accomplished.

13
- in off position, and all brakes and locking 13 13
10are
– All controls
- 10- devices are applied or engaged.
- 3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202
– All _ d unauthorized people should stay away _ d
from the crane. _ d
g• Operator should report to his/her immediate
g g
supervisor of any abnormal cases which might af-
fect safe operation of the crane.
• Operator should test all brakes and limiting devices at the start of each shift. Any problem should
be solved before operation.
• If the load or the appointed signal person is out of sight or communication range, operator
should not move the crane.
• Operator must understand signals given by the hoisting director or by the appointed signal per-
son and operate in accordance with the signals. If a signal person or a hoisting assistant is not
needed, the operator himself is responsible for hoisting.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
-
023 confirm the following items:
Operator must
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d o_
d _d
dospare parts are correctly assembled and
•uAll
i i d do
g securely attached to the crane. gu gui
• All counterweights are well-placed and
have proper weight.
• If the hoisting mechanism is equipped with
a clutch, the winch pawl must be engaged
before moving the crane with load.
• During outrigger extension and retraction,
the operator or signal person should be
3
able to see each1outrigger. 13 13
0- 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1
Fig 2-66 02 3-1
d2
_ _d2 _d
2
i do i do do
u
g• For night operation, the cab must u
be gpro- gui
vided with sufficient light to ensure safe
operation.
• If the operator needs to leave the cab for
any reason, he/she must carry out following
operations before leaving:
– Stop operation. Slew and lock the

upperworks to the position with no inter-
1 3
fering other0-equipment. 13 13
0- 0-
0 2 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the load to the ground.
– Lower
_d
2
_d
2
d o_ ido do
gu–i Set all control devices in off position.gu gui
Fig 2-67

13
- winch brakes and pawls (if
– Apply10all 0-13 0- 13
023
-
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2
equipped). 2 2
o_ _d _d
d do do
gui – Stop engine. gui gui
• In severe weather, if the operator’s sight is impaired by darkness, fog or rain, and cannot see the
load or the signal person clearly, he/ she must not operate the crane.
• Wind can lead to tipping over of the crane and damage to other spare parts. Operator or quali-
fied hoisting director should compensate for effect of wind on the load and boom system by re-
ducing rated capacity, slowing down operating speed, or combination of both. If not otherwise
specified in the Load Charts or this manual, crane operation should be stopped in the following
wind conditions:
-13 the load swing forward exceeding the

– If wind makes
10 -13allowed operating radius, or swing side-
10 -13 10
3 - 3 - 3 -
02 exceeding hinge pin at either side of20the
2ways 2 main boom, the operator should lower20the
2 load
_ d _ d _ d
u i do to the ground and engage the winch u i dobrakes. u i do
g g g
– If wind speed exceeds the allowed maximum value for parking the crane, the operator must
luff down the main boom onto blockings on the ground or carry out other fixing measures,
and apply slewing and traveling brakes and other locking devices.
2.2.6 Liabilities and Hand Signals of Signal Person
If the crane operator cannot see the operation equipment (and the dangerous zone) from the cab,
a signal person must be employed. A signal person must also be used if the surrounding noise pre-
13 communication.
vents normal vocal 13 13
3 - 10- 3 - 10- 3 - 10-
202 of the signal person are:
Liabilities
d d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i d•o Effectively communicate with the operator.
u i do u i do
g • Assist the operator to operate in a safe
g and efficient manner. Be familiar withgthe standard hand
signals. Be responsible and reliable.
• Stand at a safe position. Be able to see the full operation range and enable all the operation per-
sonnel to see him clearly.
• Use markings easily identified by operator.
• Use standard crane command signal, unless he is permitted to use other methods, eg walkie-
talkies or flags.
• If jib is attached in crane operation, the owner and other authorized personnel should prepare
3 walkie-talkies for sufficiently clear view of
telescopes and
-1 -1 3 the operation site and better communi- 3
-1
-10 high capacity SCC series crawler cranes
cation. For
23 -10 (250 t or above), the operator and signal
23 -10 3
20 must be provided with telescopes and20walkie-talkies. 02
person
d d d2
i d o_ i d o_ i do
_
u u
g Signal person should use standard hand u
g signals which can be easily identifiedgand understood by
operator. Different countries have different hand signals. Please abide by the local standard.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Following are -
023 the domestic handle signals: 2023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ hand signals o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
General
gu gu
PREPARE:
With arm extended straightly overhead, fin-

gers extended naturally, palm facing forward
unmoved.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-68
USE AUXILIARY HOOK:
With one hand closed and forearm vertical,

tap elbow with the other hand.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-69
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
STOP: 3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
o_ extended, fingers extended, palm idown,
_ _d
i dArm do do
u
g move arm horizontally to one side. g u gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
EMERGENCY STOP:
Both arms horizontally extended, fingers ex-

tended, palms down, move arms to two sides
horizontally at the same time.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-71
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

HOOK HOIST:
023
-
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
oforearm o_
d _d
With
i d extended obliquely upwards, fin-
i d do
u naturally pointing up above the shoulder,
ggers gu gui
rotate with wrist as axle.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
HOOK LOWER:
Fingers straightly extending, indicate load

lowering position.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-73
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
WORK 2
0 3
-
COMPLETION:
023
-
02 3-1
2
d of both hands extended, cross hands d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i dFingers
i d do
gu in front forehead. gu gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
1. Special hand signals
RAISE BOOM:
Arm horizontally extended, fingers closed,

thumb pointing upward, and forearm waving
upward.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-75
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

LOWER BOOM:
023
-
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
ohorizontally o_
d _d
Arm
i d extended to one side, fingers
i d do
u
gclosed, thumb pointing downward, and gfore- u gui
arm waving downward.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
RAISE BOOM SLIGHTLY:
Forearm placed at one side of chest, fingers

straightly extended, palm down and kept
steady. Thumb of the other hand pointing to
palm of the former hand, other fingers closed,
move up and down.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-77
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
LOWER23
0
-
BOOM SLIGHTLY:
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i dForearm d
placed at one side of chest, fingers
i do
gu straightly extended, palm up and keptgusteady. gui
Thumb of the other hand pointing to palm of
the former hand, other fingers closed, move
up and down.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
GRAB:
Both forearms separately placed in front side,

two palms facing each other and waving from
the sides to the center.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-79
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
SWING: 3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
One
i doarm horizontally extended forward, ufin-
i do do
u
ggers naturally extended and kept steady.gThe gui
other hand placed before chest and horizon-
tally waving repeatedly.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-80 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
TRAVEL FORWARD:
Both arms horizontally extended forward,

forearms bent, fingers put together, and palm
facing the body and moving back and forth.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-81
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
-
TRAVEL23REVERSE:
0 023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ arms bent upward, _d
facingdothe _d
i dBoth palms do
gu crane and moving back and forth. gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 2-82 do
gui gui gui
RELEASE:
Both forearms separately placed in front side,

palms facing outward and separately waving
to the side.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-83
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
LUFF: 3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
One
i doforearm bent forward, palm facing uup-
i do do
u
gward. The other forearm extended forward,
g gui
palm facing downward, and two hands
turning.
CAUTION
Signals must be mutually agreed upon in ad-
vance by operator and signal person before
operation.
3 13 13
0-1 hand signals comply
Following standard
1 0- 0-
with ASME 3 -
02B30.5-2004: 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
HOIST:
With forearm vertical, forefinger pointing up,

move hand in small horizontal circle.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-85
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
LOWER:
023
-
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ arm extended _ _d
i dWith do
downward, forefinger do
gu gui
pointing down, move hand in small horizontal gui
circle.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-86 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui USE MAIN HOIST: gui gui
Tap fist on head. Then use regular signals.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-87
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
023
USE WHIPLINE - (Auxiliary Hoist):
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
Tapdo _d with one hand. Then _d _d
i elbow do
use regular do
u
gsignals. gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 2-88
Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid BOOM: do do
gRAISE gui gui
Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing
upward.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-89
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
LOWER23
0
-
BOOM:
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ extended, fingers closed, thumb pointing
o_ _d
i dArm
i d do
gu downward. gu gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-90 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui MOVE SLOWLY: gui gui
Use one hand to give any motion signal and
place other hand motionless in front of hand
giving the motion signal. (Hoist slowly is
shown in example.)
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-91
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
RAISE THE 3- BOOM AND LOWER THE 3-1 3-1
LOAD: d 202 202 202
_ _d _d
i do ido do
u
gWith arm extended, thumb pointing up,gu
flex gui
fingers in and out as long as load movement
is desired.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 2-92
Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid uid do
gLOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE gTHE gui
LOAD:
With arm extended, thumb pointing down, flex

fingers in and out as long as load movement
is desired.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-93
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
SWING:23-
0 023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ extended, point with finger in direction o_of _d
i dArm
i d do
gu swing of boom. gu gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-94 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui STOP: gui gui
Arm extended, palm down, move arm back
and forth horizontally.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-95
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

EMERGENCY
023
-STOP:
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d extended, palms down, move armso_d
oarms _d
Both
i d d do
u and forth horizontally.
gback gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 2-96
Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gTRAVEL: gui gui
Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly
raised, make pushing motion in direction of
travel.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-97
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
-
DOG EVERYTHING:
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ hands in front of body. _d _d
i dClasp do do
gu gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-98 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui TRAVEL (Both Tracks): gui gui
Use both fists in front of body, making a circu-
lar motion about each other, indicating direc-
tion of travel, forward or backward (For land
cranes only).
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-99
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

TRAVEL (One
023
-Track):
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d track on side indicated by raised fist.o_d
othe _d
Lock
i d id do
u opposite track in direction indicated
gTravel guby gui
circular motion of other fist, rotated vertically
in front of body (For land cranes only).
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 2-100
Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid
gEXTEND g u ido gui
do
BOOM (Telescoping Booms):
Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing

outward.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-101
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
RETRACT
023
- BOOM (Telescoping Booms):
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ fists in front of body with thumbs pointing
o_ _d
i dBoth
i d do
gu toward each other. gu gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-102 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui EXTEND BOOM (Telescoping Boom):g
ui gui
One Hand Signal. One fist in front of chest
with thumb tapping chest.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-103
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

RETRACT BOOM
023
- (Telescoping Boom):
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d Signal. One fist in front of chest,o_d
oHand _d
One
i d uid do
u
gthumb pointing outward and heel of fistgtap- gui
ping chest.
CAUTION
Signals must be mutually agreed upon in ad-
vance by operator and signal person before
operation.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1
02 2-104
Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2.2.7 Liabilities of the Operation Crew
1. Quickly inform the supervisor of any abnormal case that might affect the safe operation of the
crane or cause potential risk and correct the case if possible.
2. All the operation personnel around the crane must abide by all warning signals and pay attention
to the safety of himself and other people. The operation crew must be familiar with the content and
procedures of the working project.
3
-1 dangerous situation which may arise, 3 3
3. Keep alert to10any
- - 1 0-1and immediately inform operator and-10-1
023 of the danger, e. g. high voltage wire,20unauthorized
signal person
2 23 023
people or irrelevant equipment,
2
d d etc. d
o_ abnormal equipment, poor ground conditions,
obvious
d o_
d do_
gui gui gui
2.2.8 Liabilities of Managing Personnel
1. Make sure the operator is trained, is competent to work, is healthy and has the operation certifi-
cate, and that the certificate is valid.
2. Ensure that the operator has good judgement, exhibits cooperative demeanor, and is psycholog-
ically fit to operate the crane. An operator is not allowed to operate the crane if he cannot fulfill any
of above requirements.
-13
10 signal person has good vision and hearing -13 0-13
3. Ensure that -the -10 abilities, is familiar with standard 3-1
023 023 02
d2
crane command 2
signals, is able to give clear anddaccurate d2
signals, has experience in identifying
o_ o_ o_
uid
gdangerous id operator quickly for prevention.
situations, and is able to informguthe gui
d

13 13 13
10-the assistant hoisting personnel are able
4. Ensure that 10-to correctly determine weight and distance
10-
23-
20 proper load handling devices. 02 3- 02 3-
and select
d d2 d2
i d o_ i
_
domember of the operation team, and demand
i
_
do each mem-
g u 5. Distribute safety responsibilities to g u
each g u
ber to report dangerous factors to the supervisor quickly.
2.3 Operation Conditions and Service Life of the Crane

2.3.1 Introduction
The crane is designed and manufactured in accordance with relevant national standards, ISO
standards and industrial standards. Note that the crane must be operated completely following the
-13 -13
operational procedures within the allowable operation range, and proper attention must be paid to13
1 0 1 0 0-
the safety3-issues and potential dangers at all times.3- 3-1
d 202 d 202 d 202
i o_ adverse conditions, life span of the
dUnder i
_
docrane’s key parts will be shortened andi
_
dothus influence
u
g the service life of the crane. g u g u
Operation conditions and uses other than hoisting, loading and unloading are not allowed without
prior written consent from the manufacturer, and such operations will generally reduce the hoisting
capacity.
2.3.2 Design Grade and Rated Load
Rated Load is related to boom system length, configuration and operating radius, and is detailed in
the Load Charts. Each load chart strictly regulates the maximum load allowed for each operating
3 13 3
0-1load moment limiter is also programmed0-according
condition. The
1 1 to these allowable loads. 0-1 1
3- 3- 3-
202 202 202
o _d the force on each wire rope reaches
When
o _dthe allowed value, the hoisting reacheso
d effective
_the
guidload limit. uid g uid g
Cranes are classified in accordance with ISO4301-2, and cranes of different models have different
working grades and design grades. See the following table for details.
Table 2–1 Design grade and rated load table
Classification group
Classifica- Superlift
tion group luffing
Name Hoisting Luffing Swing Traveling
of whole
1 3 mechanism -13
mechanism
mechanism-13
10- crane
mechanism mechanism
- - 0
1 (when it is -1 0
2023 202
3 applicable) 20 2 3
d d d
d o_ o_ o_
gui Crawler
A1 M3 g
uid M2 (M2) M2g
uid M1
Crane

0-13 0-13 0-13

3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
202 crawler cranes of larger tonnage
Only certain
d d 202 are designed with superlift dluffing
202
o_
mechanism.
d o_ d o_ d
gui gui gui
2.3.3 Necessary Environment Conditions
1. Temperature and humidity

The permissible working temperature range is: –20°C to 40°C. The crane can be operated in rela-
tively high or low air humidity. In general, the air humidity for crane operation should not exceed
85%, short term air humidity may be allowed to reach 100%.
2. Height
The crane functions normally at an height less than 1,000 m.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - -
023
3. Special conditions
2 2 023 2 023
d is continuously operated in a corrosive d atmosphere (e. g. harbor, chemical industry
d
o_ o_ o_
If the crane
i d
u or steel plant), and relative air humidity i d i d
garea gu is high, the crane must be inspected moregu frequently
for rust and corrosion. It might be necessary to add and use special equipment.
If the crane is operating in a dusty environment, the filters should be replaced more frequently.
The crane cannot be used in flammable or explosive environment.
The vibration levels of this crane in normal operation should be in accordance with ISO 2631-1.
4. Wind
On windy days, operator must follow the maximum permissible wind speed limit and take extra
precautions.
5. Ground 3 13 -13
0-1 placement or traveling with load must
The ground for-1crane 1 0 -have 1 0
3 3- sufficient bearing capacity and
3-
202
fulfill requirements 202at heights.
of air space conditions for working 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui
2.3.4 Service Life gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of component damage or personal injury!
Use of load charts beyond the specified configuration range, such as transfer, clamshell, could
cause damage or injury.
The load charts are only applicable on the hook-type assembly and disassembly job. Transfer or
clamshell work may be allowed only with the special statement from manufacturer.
0-13 0-13 0-13

NOTE：
023-1 023-1 023-1
d 2cycle is the process which starts at the
A loading
_ _ d 2beginning of a lift and ends when the_crane
d 2 is
o o o
uid to start another lift.
ready
g uid
g uid g

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
202 Load used in the load charts refersdto20the
The term
d
2 summation weight of the load lifted,2load
d
02 han-
d o_ equipment, and riggings, i.e., load + hook
dling o_ block + wire rope.
d o_d
gui gui gui
SANY series cranes are designed in different models and different work classifications. The serv-
ice life can reach 20 years if all the following requirements are fulfilled:
1. The crane is only used for hook-type assembly and disassembly job.
2. The total number of loading cycles of the crane does not exceed 32,000 (for instance, 5 –10
cycles per day, 200 days per year).
3. The loading type of the whole crane should not be lower than any of the following proportions.
• At the 1/10 of the loading cycle, the crane is attached with the maximum load.
3
At the 4/100-of1 the loading cycle, the crane is attached
3
1 44% of the maximum load. 13
• 0-with 0-
• At the 3-1 3-1
025/10 of the loading cycle, the crane is attached
02 with 16% of the maximum load. 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
dIfo all these conditions are fulfilled and the
do do
gui gui maintenance work is carried out properly,
gui the theoretical
service life of the crane can reach 20 years.
Adverse working conditions will definitely reduce the crane service life.
Service life of some parts of the crane, such as wire rope, pendant cable/bar/rod, and pins, is
shorter than that of the crane. These parts must be replaced after using for a certain interval. For
detailed information, refer to the corresponding sections in the maintenance chapter.
2.4 Safety Rules

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
2.4.1 Personal
023
protection equipment (PPE) 3- 3-1
d 2 d 202 202
o_ personnel should wear personaldo _ _d
i dWorking i pro- do
u u
g tection equipment at all times while operating,
g gui
maintaining or starting the crawler crane.
They should also wear other necessary pro-
tection equipment according to the actual
work.
WARNING
Serious injury will occur if someone is caught
in or is dragged into a moving part of the
crane. -13
0 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 2-105 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
Precautions: -
023
-
02 3-1
2
d wear loose clothes, scarves, open _d 2 2
• Do _not
o _d
i d do do
gucoats or unbuttoned shirt sleeves. gui gui
• Do not wear jewelry (e. g. ring, bracelet or
earings) or other similar ornaments.
• Keep long hair well-bundled and keep away
from moving parts.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Personal protection equipment includes:

• Wear a safety helmet to protect the head from injuries.
• Wear safety goggles to protect the eyes from injuries.
• Wear sound-proof ear muffs if the expected noise level may exceed 90 dB(A).
• Wear a gas mask for breathing protection from gas, vapor, fog or accumulated dust near the
work site.
• Wear protective gloves if hand injury is possible.
• Wear safety shoes
1 0 -13 to protect the feet from impact or injury
1 0
3 fallen objects.
-1from 1 0 -13
- - -
023
• Wear bright-colored
2
clothing for easy identification.023
2 2 023
• Wear_dspecially equipped protective clothingoas-needed
_d d
_combus-
ido ido
to protect from injuries due to
gution, cold temperatures, corrosion, pricking id
gu or scratching. gu
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2
_d _d _d
doAll working personnel should be responsible
uid
o do
gui for:
g gui
• Wearing necessary personal protection
equipment.
• Cleaning and maintaining the PPE
regularly.
• Replacing damaged or useless PPE
quickly.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 CAUTION 3-1 3-1
d 202 protection equipment can only pro-d 202 2 02
_
Personal _ _d
i dovide a certain measure of protection, i dobut do
g u g u Fig 2-107 gui
cannot provide 100% protection. A safety
cap can protect you against small falling ob-
jects, but not against falling loads. Therefore,
keep alert and be aware of human safety at
all times.
2.4.2 Safety requirements
In addition to the Operation Manual, the operator must also obey relevant national regulations and
3 regarding accident prevention and -environmental
-1rules 13 -13
other relevant
- 1 0 1 0 0
protection. These rules and
1
regulations
2 23-
023 govern the transportation and use of0dangerous
2
articles and wearing of PPE. 023
2
-
d d d
o_
dDuring operation, the Operation Manual o_
dmust be complemented by other necessary o_
d supplemental
gui gui gui
descriptions on supervising and performing special operations, i.e. organization of works, opera-
tional procedures and personnel deployment.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

-
0 3 dark work sites, the space in 2023
In low light 2or -
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ the cab, near the crawler and the
front of
o_ _d
i d i d do
u
ghoisting gu
area must be illuminated by spot- gui
lights. Turn off the indoor light to clearly see
the load and the ambient environment of the
crane. areas near the load, the catwalk, the
slewing range and the traveling route should
be jointly illuminated by the spotlights and illu-
mination lights out of the crane. Operator
should be responsible for these necessary il-
lumination lights.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-108 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
A fire extinguisher is provided in specific posi-
tion. It is strictly prohibited to remove the fire
extinguisher from its location unless it’s used
to extinguish a fire. It is the responsibility of
the operator to know the location of the fire ex-
tinguisher and to ensure the fire extinguisher
is present before commencing crane opera-
tions. Do not operate crane if the fire extin-
-13
guisher is not present.
0 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-109
1. A safety hammer is also located in the cab
It is used for emergency escape from the cab

if the door cannot be opened. In case of an
emergency, use the hammer to break a cab
window (all cab windows are installed with
safety glass) and safely crawl through the
13 13 13
opening. 10-
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-110

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
2. Escape - route
023-1 023-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ emergency o _ _d
i dWhen happens, the operator
uiddoor
in do
gu the cab shall escape from the door. Ifgthe gui
is blocked, break the window with safety ham-
mer and escape from the opening.
WARNING
Keep the following safety notices and pre-
ventive measures in mind. Fig 2-111
Failure to do so will cause significant
accident.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2.4.32Special Dangers of the Crane 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui gu Parts of the Crane
2.4.3.1 Injuries Caused by Moving gui
Moving parts of the crane may jeopardize personal safety, and special attention must be paid dur-
ing the following operations or when approaching the following areas to prevent potential hazards:
• When assembling booms, jibs, and masts

of the crane.
• When the upperworks are swinging and the
hook block swinging.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-112
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

-
023 or lowering the hook block.
• When lifting 023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
• Wheno_ operating a winch. o_ _d
i d i d do
g•uApproaching the swing bearing whenguthe gui
upperworks are swinging.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-113 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
• When extending and retracting outrigger
cylinders.
• When approaching the hook block or the
load when the crane is out of control.
• When installing counterweight plates.
• When rotating the cab.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-114
Approaching the swing bearing when the upperworks are swinging.
Remember the following safety rules clearly:
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
• When -
023the operator stands on the crawlers, 2023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_use the ladder as the escape route toidstep
o_ _d
i d do
gu down on the ground. gu gui
• Only specified catwalks and ladders can be
used. Pay attention to slipping hazards. En-
sure that the catwalks and ladders are se-
curely installed and are free of snow, water,
ice, or any barrier before using.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 2-115 do
gui gui gui
• It is prohibited to stand under a suspended
load or move a suspended load across the
space over any personnel.
A load suspended over any personnel may
cause serious injuries in case the load
drops.
• It is prohibited to stand near the crawlers
when crane is turning.
- 13 0- 13 0- 13
• -10
During traveling,
3
far form the crawler frame,
3-1 3-1
202 pads press hard against the ground 202
crawler 202
_d _d _d
do and too be
may cause objects and water id do
gui splashed or ejected upwards
gu
from the
gui
ground. There are hazards of being hit by
the flying objects.
• It is prohibited to lie in the dangerous zone
of the crane.
• It is prohibited to put a hand inside an oper-
ating driving device or crane part.
• Do not walk on the cab top.
• 3 door and the hood door to
Restrain the cab
13 13
-1
10 from accidentally closing. 0- 0-
prevent -them
0 23 0 23-1 02 3-1
• Do
_ d 2 not d2
use damaged or incapable wire
_d
2
d o d o_ do
gui gui gui
ropes.
• Always wear protection gloves when han-
dling wire ropes.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

-
023 the engine fan by limbs or with 2023
• Do not touch -
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ Objects inserted into or dropped in-
objects.
o_ _d
i d i d do
guto the fan can be cut up and ejected, which
gu gui
may lead to serious injuries.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

2.4.3.2 Injury
023
- Hazards from Pressurized Hydraulic
023
- Oil
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ high-pressure hydraulic oil can pene- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Ejected
u
gtrate gu
clothes and skin and result in cell tissue
damage.
WARNING
Keep the following safety notices and pre-
ventive measures in mind:
– Only qualified engineers with adequate
know-how and experience in repairing
3
hydraulic components
-1
are allowed to per-
13 13
0 the hydraulic system.
form repair-1on 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 pressure before disconnecting
– Relieve
_d
2
_d
2
i o_
dpressure do do
gui gui
u hoses and components.
g
– It is usually difficult to find when there is
only a little amount of oil leaks. Fig 2-116
– DO NOT use your hands to check for oil
leaks.
– Regularly check all hoses, fittings and
screw fittings for leakage and damage.
– Damaged hoses and fittings should be
replaced immediately.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
First aid
0
- injury caused by hydraulic oil: 23-
23for 0 02 3-1
2 d2
d the wound with antibacterial (sterile) 2
wrap
_ _ _d
do do do
gui bandage and immediately seek medical
guicare. gui
Fig 2-117
1 3 13 13
10-Injury Hazard
2.4.3.3 Burn
- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 202 2 02
d d _d
o_ o_
Working temperature of some crane surfaces
i dand i d65℃. do
g u working media may reach g
over u gui
Avoid burning injury hazard.
CAUTION
Pay special attention to following safety noti-
ces and preventive measures:
– Protection gloves must be worn when op-
erating on very hot parts.
– First cool down the engine, and then
13 level of the tank.
check the-water
0 13
Fig 2-118
0- 0- 13
– Do0not 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 2 202 02
touch following objects when they
2
_dare hot: _d _d
do uid
o do
gui –
g
Coolants or hydraulic components.
gui
– Hydraulic oil or engine oil.
– Exhaust pipes or turbocharger.
– Carry out cleaning and maintaining pro-

cedures after the crane has cooled down.
First aid for burn injuries:

3
-1 onto the burnt injury to cool it down.0-1 3 13
• Pour cold 0
water 0-
• 3-1
02the wound with antibacterial (sterile) bandage
Wrap 3-1
02 and immediately seek medical care.02 3-1
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
2.4.3.4 Chemical - Burn Injury Hazard
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ from batteries o_ _d
1. idAcid i d do
g•uIf splashed into the eyes, the eyes maygube gui
blinded.
• May lead to chemical skin burn.
• May damage clothes.
0- 13 0-1
Fig 2-119 3
0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 202
_ _d _d
do do do
2. Discharged battery
u i
g• May be frozen or cracked. gui gui
• Battery must be always charged and stored in a location where the temperature is above freez-
ing point (32°F).
3. The battery should be stored

• Always horizontally.
• Away from very hot objects (e. g. radiators).
• Not exposed directly to the sunshine.
• Inspect the battery charge level once every
13 charge the battery if
four weeks and
0- 0-13 0-13
necessary.3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 202
_ _d _d
i do do do
g u CAUTION gui gui
Do not short circuit the battery.
Do not place tools on the battery.
Fig 2-120
CAUTION
Keep the following safety notices and safe-
guard measures in mind:
Following items are strictly prohibited near
3
the battery acid liquid:
-1 -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
– Smoking3-
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
– Flame 2 2 2
o _d and open flame o_
d _d
– i d i d do
gu Ignition source (e. g. electric device)
gu gui
First aid for contacting battery acid liquid:

- 13 - 13 - 13
• -10 liquid is splashed into the eyes or onto
When acid
3 -10 the skin, rinse with large amount of clean
3 -10 3
202as soon as possible. If the eyes are injured,
water
d 202 use eye cleaning liquid to rinse the20eyes
2 as
o_soon as possible. _d _d
i d do do
gu • gui
Bind up the wound with antibacterial bandage and seek medical care immediately.
gui
• Use baking soda solution to neutralize the overflowed battery acid liquid (dissolve baking soda
powder into water and carefully pour the solution into the acid liquid until the liquid stops
bubbling).
2.4.3.5 Fire and Explosion Hazards
Oil charging into the crane may produce mixed explosive gas.
Overflowed diesel or hydraulic oil may be ignited if it contacts scorching surfaces.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
2 0 23- charging or discharging, the two20batteries
In high speed
23- 23-
of the crane will both produce explosive
2 0
gas.d d d
i d o_ i d o_ i d o_
gu Steps to be taken in case of fire: gu gu
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-121 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui u position, and leave the cab.
1. Stop engine, turn the ignition key togoff gui
2. Ask for help via cell phone or walkie-talkie.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23-fire source. If your safety is not 2023-
3. Find out the
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d fight the fire with extinguisher. Useo_d
ensured,
o _d
uid d do
gshort-impact gui
bursts from the fire extinguisher.
gui
Aim at the bursts from the bottom to the top of
the burning part.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-122 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
If flames are too hot, stay back. Don’t take unnecessary risks.
In fire fighting, ask your fellow workers to:

• Call the firemen.
• Bring more correct extinguishers for fire fighting.
Engine can only be started as specified in this manual.
Do not take any flammable liquid to the crane.

-13 0-13 0-13
-10crane with any flammable liquid.
Do not clean the
3-1 3-1
2 023 202 202
d d _d
i o_
Regularly
dcables
check if the protection covers and
i do
_
do
g u
the are in good conditions. Fix g u
loose gui
cables and hoses and tightly fasten them to
prevent wear.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-123 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

Regularly
2 0 23-check the pipes, hoses and screw fittings
2 0 23-of the hydraulic system and the fuel system
2 0 23- for
o _d or possible damage. Stop the leaks
leakage
o
d once, and replace the broken part with_ad same new
_at
d d do
gui part. gui gui
Regularly check the electric system.
Remove or repair all defects and safety risks,

i. e. loose clamping connectors or charred or
worn cables. Only a small amount of abso-
lutely necessary fuel or extremely flammable
or self-ignition materials can be stored at the
crane operation site.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-124
Ensure that all the working personnel are familiar with fire alarming and fire fighting devices and
procedures.
WARNING
Keep the following safety notices and safe-
guard measures in mind:
3 13 13
• 0-1 extinguisher is prepared for
A dry-powder 0- 0-
02 3-1
emergency use. 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the
•o_Fill _ d2 _d
2
do do
fuel tank with diesel oil only in a
guid well-ventilated area. gui gui
• Before filling the fuel tank or the hydraulic
oil tank:
Fig 2-125
– Stop engine.
– Switch off the cab heater.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
g•uiWhen filling the fuel tank or the hydraulic
gui gui
oil tank:
– Smoking and use of flame or open

flame are strictly prohibited.
– To prevent accidental starting, no one

is permitted to stay in the cab during
filling.
• 13 filling, take the follow-

If oil overflows -while
0 -13 0-13
ing steps:23-1 -10
Fig 2-126
3 3-1
0 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
– o Wipe off the ido do
uid
oil from the crane
g immediately.
gu gui
– Clean the oil from the ground with oil

removal agent.
• After completion of filling, start the engine

only after the following conditions are met:
– The caps to the fuel tank and hydraulic

tank are in place.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
023
– The filling - device or induction hose are
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_safely out of the way. o_ _d
i d i d do
gu – The assisting personnel are safelygout u gui
of the way.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
2.4.3.62Poisoning and Suffocation Hazards23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o _ _ _d
dWaste do a do
gui certain amount of carbon monoxide and
gas exhausted from the crane ihas
gu other gui
harmful contents which may inhibit in breath-
ing of oxygen and lead to suffocation.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-127
WARNING
Keep the following safety notices and preventive measures in mind:
• Adequate ventilation must be guaranteed before operating the crane in an enclosed area.
• Always wear appropriate protection equipment when working in areas with dangerous articles.
• If a breathing mask is needed, it should be always worn and the filtering part should be quickly
-13 0- 13 0- 13
-10
replaced.
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_
d2.4.3.7 o do
g u i Hazards to Environment guid gui
When maintaining the equipment, please handle the waste and the exhaust gas properly.
Diesel engine exhaust
WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to cause cancer, birth defects and
other reproductive harm.
Waste 0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

02 3-1 WARNING 023
- 1
023
- 1
2 2 2
_d
Theobattery o_
d
posts, terminals and related accessories contains chemical lead and lead d
o_ com-
u i d i d i d
gpounds, chemicals known to cause cancer,gu birth defects or other reproductive harm.guHandle them
properly for environment protection.
WARNING
Keep the following safety notices and safeguard measures in mind to prevent the potential dan-
gers previously described:
• Each leakage of the crane must be stopped.
• Neutralize leaked oil or fuel with oil removal agent at once.
3 13 13
• 0-1
Abide by environmental protection rules of the country0-concerning fuel and lubricant. If there 0-
2 3-1
are any0further 3-1
02 site or return center about proper meas-
questions, consult qualified collecting 02 3-1
d 2 d 2 d 2
do_ to dispose various fuels and lubricants.o_
ures
d o_
id the con-
g•uiFuel and lubricant can only be discharged
gui into containers with adequate volume,guand
tainers should have no leakage, be oil-resistant, fuel-resistant and chemical resistant.
• Collect and dispose different fuels and lubricants with different containers.
If fuel, oil, detergent or similar liquid is dis-

charged into soil, water or the sewage pipe
system, it may damage and pollute the
environment.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-128
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
2.4.3.82High - Voltage Wire Hazard
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
Ito is very dangerous if crane boom system
d
o_or _d
i d i d do
gu wire rope directly comes in contact with
gu a high gui
voltage wire. An over-1000V wire can charge
objects through electric arc or transition if the
objects are too close to the wire. Special care
must be taken when operating near high volt-
age wires. Adequate distance must be kept
between any part of the crane and the high
voltage wire at all times. See the following ta-
bles for the minimum safe distances.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
i doThe minimum safe distance might be oaf-
uidfog, do
u
g fected by ambient conditions, e. gg. gui
smoke.
Fig 2-129
Table 2–2 Minimum safe distance from high voltage wire for crane with boom on the ground
Voltage (Kilovolt) Minimum safe distance (m)

0 to 50 > 10
50 to 200 > 15
0-13200 to 350 0-13 > 20 0- 13

02 3-1 350 to 500 02 3-1 > 25 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d 500 to 750
d > 35
do
gui 750 to 1000 gui > 45 gui
Table 2–3 Minimum safe distance from high voltage wire for cranes with boom or mast but no load
Voltage (Kilovolt) Minimum safe distance (m)

0 to 0.75 >4
0.75 to 50 >6
50 to 345 > 10
13 3 13
345 to 750 > 16
0 - -1 0-
3-1 750 to 1000 3 -10 > 20
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid the following safety notices and safe-
uid do
gui
Keep
gguard measures in mind:
g
• Contact the owners of the power lines. A
representative from their company should
de-energize the power lines.
• Install durable signs in the cab and the op-
eration site warning of the potential elec-
trocution risk.
• Have a qualified electrician to shield or
13 area.
isolate the dangerous
0 - 0 -13 0-13
1 1 3-1
23- 23-
• If these measures cannot be implemented,
2 0 2 0 202
_d distance must be kept between o_d Fig 2-130
a safety
o _d
d id do
guiany part of the crane (wire rope, hookguor gui
load) and electrical transmission lines. If
the safe distance cannot be determined or
the safe distance cannot be ensured, infor-
mation on minimum safe distance must be
obtained from the electrical company.
• When the crane is equipped with long
booms, the safe distance should be in-
creased to 20 m to ensure safety.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
• Adocertain safe distance must be kept uforido _d _d
do
guithe crane or the load from the electrical
g gui
transmission lines.
• The swing of the load or the transmission
line due to wind gusts must be taken into
consideration.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-131

13 13 13
3 10- comes in contact with the high voltage
Once the crane
- 3 - 10- wire, operator should take the following
3 - 10-
202 measures:
emergency
d d202 d 202
gu Make the crane safely leave the dangerous
gu area at once through traveling the crane
gu out, swinging
the crane outward and adjusting the boom system.
If these measures cannot be carried out, follow these steps:

• Keep calm.
• Do not leave the crane or the cab.
• Warn nearby working personnel not to come close to or touch the crane.
If the operator must leave the cab, the following measures should be taken:
• Ensure that the power lines have been cut off.
•
1 -13is to jump clear from the cab instead of -climb
The best way
0 1 0 13 down.
1 0 -13
- - -
• 0 3 far from the crane with both feet together.
Jump2as
2 2 023 Keep both feet together. The voltage
2 023differ-
d d d
i d o_ence between separated feet can be deadly.
i d o_ i d o_
gu • When on the ground, make sure that guno part of the body touches the crane. gu
• Once on the ground hop or shuffle quickly away from the crane. Do not take large steps.
WARNING
At this time, if the crane operator leaves the crane or if other working personnel come close to or
touch the crane, they are probably going to be electrically shocked. If the ground near the crane
is charged, stepping onto, coming close to or leaving the crane can all lead to potential dangers.
2.4.3.9 Hazard3during Operation in High Frequency

3 Radiation Area
0-1 0- 1 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 in the high frequency radiation aread 202
Operating
d 202
_ the transmitter can cause the crane too_be _d
do do
near
i d
u
g electrically charged. gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-132
gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

In such a case,
0 23- the following measures must 2023- 023-1
2 2
be taken:
o _d o _d _d
i d i d do
g•uDiscuss the issue with the transmitter oper-
gu gui
ator (to see if he can turn off the
transmitter).
• Ground the crane. If so, the grounding ca-
ble must be directly fixed onto the upper-
works or the boom system of the crane.
WARNING
An electrically charged crane can cause se- Fig 2-133
-1 3 -13 13
vere or fatal electrical
1 0 shock. Appropriate
1 0 0-
measures 2must
0 3- be taken to prevent the 0 23- 023-1
2 2 2
_d being electrically charged in high o_d
crane from
o _d
uid uid do
gui
frequency radiation areas.
gThe g
electronic devices of the crane may also
be affected by the electromagnetic interfer-
ence and may not function properly. The in-
terference is more intense when operating
the crane near high frequency radiation sour-
ces (e. g. radar transmitting station, radio
transmitting station, and TV station).
2.4.3.10 Inclement Weather Hazards

0-13 0-13 0-13
023-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
WARNING 2 02
_d _d _d
do to obey maximum allowable wind limits
ido during operation will lead to dangers. do
gui gui
Failure
gu
CAUTION
During a storm, operator must not come close to the crane or stay near the crane.
He/she should also warn other people near the crane to keep away.
CAUTION
0 - 13 to the weather forecast during the0thunderstorm

Pay particular attention
- 13 season and always keep
0 -13
1 1 1
23- 3- 3-
the ground terminals ready. Connect the lightning protection system as soon as possible in the
a0thunderstorm
event of 2 202
and leave the crane immediately. 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- or a storm is coming, lower the 23-
If bad weather
0 02 3-1
2
d and leave the crane. d2 2
_
boom _ _d
do uid
o do
gui If above measures cannot be carried gout, low- gui
er and release the load, stop engine and leave
the crane.
If there is no time to carry out the above

measures, operator should remain in the
crane cab.
After a storm, check electronic devices before

starting the crane, in particular the following
3 13 13
parts: 0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 02
• Load moment limiter: check for damage.
2
d
• _Limit switches: check for proper function. _ d _d
i do i do do
u
g • Winches: check for damage, in particular g u
Fig 2-134
gui
damage of ball bearings and cylinder roller
bearings.
• Swing bearing: slowly rotate the swing de-
vice to check for peculiar noise, in particular
the noise in the swing bearing rolling disc.
Operator must know weather forecast and ac-

tual wind speed at the operation site before
0 - 13
starting any operation. Operation must be
0 -13 0- 13
1
stopped if-the wind speed exceeds allowable
3- 1 3-1
value.20
23 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-135
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 must know the allowable wind speed
1. Operator
d d 202 under the current condition and thed value
202 indi-
o_ by anemometer at all times.
dcated do
_
do
_
gui gui gui
2. Operator must abide by specifications on maximum allowable wind speed in operating
condition.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

3. If the wind
2 0 23-speed exceeds the maximum allowable2 0
- operator must stop operation at once
23value, 2 0 23-
and lower
o _d or lay down the main boom. Otherwise,
o _dit will cause crane to tip and boom to collapse.
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu gu gu
CAUTION
• Stability and strength limits of the crane are crucial in lowering the boom system, and wind di-
rection is of same significance.
• Maximum allowable wind speed is the maximum value indicated in the anemometer, which is
also the limit value, see the table.
Table 2–4 Direct judgment of wind speed grade (for reference)
Wind speed 13 -13 13

3 - 10- 1 0
3- Effect of the wind (on ground) 3-1
0-
202 02 02
(meters/ Description Beaufort
d 2 2
o_
second) _d _d
uid uido ido
g 0 to 0.2 Calm 0g gu
Smoke rises vertically.
Wind motion visible in smoke. Wind vane does
0.3 to 1.5 Light air 1
not rotate.
Wind felt on exposed skin, leaves rustle, and
1.6 to 3.3 Light breeze 2
wind vane rotates.
Leaves and smaller twigs in constant motion,
3.4 to 5.4 Gentle breeze 3
and flags are extended.
Moderate Dusts and loose papers raised, and small
5.5 to 7.9 4
breeze branches begin to move.
0-13 -13
0 sway, and inland water ripples. 0-13
8 to 10.7
02 3-1 Fresh breeze 5
023
Leaf-1trees
02 3-1
d2 2 branches sway, electric wire rustles,
dLarge d 2and
d o_ to 13.8
10.8 Strong breeze 6 o _ o _
gui g uid uid
use of umbrella is difficult.
g
Whole tree sways. Effort need to walk against
13.9 to 17.1 Near gale 7
the wind.
Some twigs broken from trees. Progress on foot
17.2 to 20.7 Gale 8
is seriously impeded.
Buildings are slightly damaged (chimney cover
20.8 to 24.4 Strong gale 9
and tiles moved).
Seldom occurs on the land. Trees are uprooted,
24.5 to 28.4 Storm 10
and buildings are seriously damaged.
28.5 to 32.6-10
-13Violent storm 1 0 13 on the land. Buildings widely 0-13
Seldom -occurs
1
23- 23-
11
02 3 damaged.
d2 20
dExtremely d2
0
o_
d to 36.9 12 ido
_ seldom occurs on the
do
land. _
Buildings
gui seriously destroyed.gui
32.7 Hurricane force
gu

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0
-
2.4.3.1123Safeguard
023
Measures in Case of Earthquake -
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d d
measures must be taken if an iearth- do
gui
Following
gu quake occurs: gu
• Stop operation and lower the load to the
ground. Set the boom system onto the
ground as far as possible.
• Apply the winch brakes. Engage the swing
locking device. Stop engine. Switch off
power of the load moment limiter and limit
switches.
• 3 to leave the crane and sur-
Inform all people
13 13
0 -1
rounding-1area.
Fig0-2-136 0-
02 3 3-1 3-1
d2 d 202 202
_ an earthquake, inspect the crane before _ starting the crane: _d
do do do
After
u i u i
g • Inspect each function for proper performance.
g gui
• Inspect performance of electric components and load moment limiter for correct functioning.
2.4.3.12 Safeguard Measures for Lightning
1. When lightning storms are generated and lightning bolts are anticipated, immediately take the
following steps:
1)Stop the work, and lower the load onto the ground.
When the boom3(or tower) can be lowered, lower it onto the

3 ground.
0-1 0- 1 0- 13
3-1
02 the brakes and locks (winch and swing)
2)Engage 3-1
02and stop the engine. 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o off the power source of the load safety _d _d
dTurn do device and main switch. do
gui gui gui
3)Advise all personnel to stay away from the surrounding area of the machine.
2. If a lightning strike occurs check the machine before operating it.
1)Check for burns and damage.
2)Check the electrical devices and load safety device for performance.
3)Check each function for abnormality.
3 13 13
0-1 the Operation Site
2.4.4 Selecting 0- 0-
0 23-1 023-1 02 3-1
d 2 Ground Operation Site
2.4.4.1
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
u gui beginning, it is extremely important to select
g In order to avoid accidents from the very gui the operation
site properly.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
The operation -site should meet following requirements:
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ operation should be carried out with o_ _d
1. dCrane
i i d do
ginua radius as small as possible. gu gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-137
1. 20 m
2. There are no obstacles within the neces-

sary operation area.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-138
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3. Ground
0 23- of the operation site should be flat 2023- 02 3-1
2
andd solid, of adequate bearing capacity, and d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu capable of supporting estimated
gu
pressure.
gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-139
gui
A2
A1
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-140
A1. Distance on solid T. Ditch depth

natural soil
A2. Distance on soft
or backfilled soil
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

023- CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do most important requirement for crane
• The do do
guisafe operation is that crane must be oper-
gui gui
ated on solid ground, and the operation
site should be capable of supporting the
estimated pressure.
• Crane should not be too close to slopes or
ditches, and must be kept at a certain safe
distance to the slopes or ditches depend-
ing on the soil type. The safe distance
3 from the ditch bottom
should be measured
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
and:
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
– o_Distance on soft or backfilled soil = 2 x o_ _d
i d d do
g u ditch depth (A2 = 2 x T). gui gui
– Distance on solid natural soil = 1 x
ditch depth (A1 = 1 x T).
• Allowable ground static load:

Load-bearing capacity of different types of
ground varies. Know the load-bearing ca-
pacity of the ground and the maximum al-
lowable ground pressure during operation
3 13 13
0-1 moving the crane in.
of the site before 0- 0-
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui WARNING gui gui
• If a safe distance cannot be kept, the slope
or ditch must be flattened out and com-
pacted. Otherwise, the edges of the slope
or the ditch may collapse and lead to
danger.
• It is strictly prohibited to move the crane in-
to the operation site without adequate load
bearing capacity. Measures must be taken
13 -13 13
10- capacity of the ground.
to improve -bearing
3 -10
Fig 2-141
3 3-1
0-
202 it may cause the crane to tip
otherwise,
d2
02 202
o _d o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
over.

0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 bearing capacity
Table 2–5 Table of ground 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do d o o
uid 2
gui gui
Soil type gKg/cm
1) Soil, not artificial. 0–1
2) Natural soil, not obviously damaged. 0–1
—Silt, peat and swamp. 0
Non-sticking and hard enough soil.
—High-quality moderate sand. 1.5
—Sand and gravel layer. 2.0
Sticking soil.
—Fertile.-10
-13 0-13 0- 13
0 23 02 3-1 0
02 3-1
d2
—Soft.
_ _d
2 0.4
_d
2
i do—Solid. do do
g u gui gui 1.0
—Semi-solid. 1.0
—Hard. 4.0
Stone with thin cracks, solid, not weathered, at good position.
—At a compact soil layer. 15
—Solid or cylinder soil layer. 30
3) Artificial solid ground.
—Asphalt road. 5 – 15
-13concrete.
—Concrete0BI 0-13 50 – 250 0- 13
2 3-1
—BII 0concrete. 02 3-1 350 – 550 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d o_
d
do do d
gui gui CAUTION gui
If any question exists on load-bearing capacity of the operation site, investigation must be carried
out on ground conditions.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
-
2.4.4.2 Air2Operation Site
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_the crane is operated at highly elevated o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
When
u
glocations, gu
it may pose dangers to air traffic.
Therefore, crane operation near airports,
landing field and air traffic control areas must
be approved by the administrative department
in advance.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-142
2.4.5 Combined operation by two or more cranes
Operation areas of many cranes overlap.
If operation areas of many cranes overlap, the

cranes may collide.3The operation unit or its
1 13 13
10-
representative-must:
3 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
• 202 an operational procedure in
Complete 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido
advance.
g•uEnsure uid
gcom-
o
gui
do
that the crane operators can
municate with each other.
– If crane operators cannot communicate

with each other through talking or visible
instructions, proper methods must be
Fig 2-143
prepared, e. g. walkie-talkie and signal
person.
3
-1 is used, crane opera- 13 13
– If a signal 0
person 0- 0-
3-1
02 signal person must agree upon
tors2and 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2
_d _d _d
docontents of each signal. do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
10- must carefully and deliber-
– Operators
- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 operate the crane and control mo- 202
ately 202
d d _d
i d o_ tions of the crane to avoid collision.ido_ do
gu gu gui
– Operators must receive appropriate
training and instructions.
One load hoisted by several cranes at the

same time (not recommended).
If a load must be lifted by means of several

cranes, the operational procedure must be
determined and
0 - 13 an appropriate supervisor 0 -13 0- 13
- 1
must be appointed in advance. The operation- - 1 3-1
2 023 is a deliberate plan, and the fol- 2023
al procedure 202
d d _d
o_ must be taken into consideration:ido_
idlowing do
gu • gu
Weight and center of gravity of the load.
gui
• Prevention of accidental danger during lift-
ing in accordance with shape of the load.
• Hoisting capacity of cooperating cranes
should be the same or close.
• Dynamic load due to influence of ambient
environment (e. g. wind effects) while lifting
or lowering the load.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 CAUTION 2 2
_d _d _d
do d o do
g•uiDanger gui
always occurs when several gui
cranes jointly lower the load. Lowering
speed of all cranes should be as identical
as possible, Otherwise, the crane with
smaller lowering speed will be possibly
overloaded.
• Special attention to adequate safety coeffi-
cient should be ensured for each crane. If
a crane is equipped with slewing locking
3
device, such 0a-1device -13 13
must be engaged.
-10 0-
02
The maximum3-1
value in the load charts
Fig 2-144
023 02 3-1
d2
_ not be reached. _ d2 _d
2
do do do
must
u i u
g• If accuracy of relevant data (e. g. weight i
g or gui
center of gravity of the load) cannot be
guaranteed, the safety coefficient should
be correspondingly increased.
• Diagonal pull is absolutely not permitted.
• Combined operation is very dangerous.
Large-scale cranes should not perform
such operation.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
023-1 3-1
02 2-145 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
2.4.6 Preparation for crane operation
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d items are required before id do
gui
Following start-
gu ing the engine: gu
• Before operation, get familiar with the oper-

ation site and ambient environment.
• Clean the operation transportation areas.
Ensure no barrier obstructs the passage of
the crane and the load.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-146
If necessary, the operation site and operation

transportation areas shall be cordoned off for
safety.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-147
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

The crane 2can
0 3- be operated only when the 0 23- 02 3-1
2
ground dis flat and firm enough to support the d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do i do do
u
load.
g g u gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Operator must know the weight of the load be-

fore lifting the load.
• The LMI must not be taken as the tool for
determining the load capacity. Operating
without knowing the actual load may cause
equipment damage or crane rollover.
• When dismounting hollow parts (pipes or
-13it must be taken into con-
concrete shafts),
0 0-13 0-13
3-1
sideration2 that these parts may contain
02 3-1 02 3-1
d20 2 2
o_
residues. _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-149
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- in regulations and rules, all work- 2023-
As required
0 02 3-1
2
ingdpersonnel must wear personal protection d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu equipment (e. g. safety belt,
gu
protective cloth-
gui
ing, safety goggles and mask).
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -102-150
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ starting the crane, ensure that allidaffili-
dBefore o_ do
g u g u gui
ated devices are well stored.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-151
Sound the signal horn before starting the engine, to warn the unrelated personnel to stay away
from the crane and avoid danger.
Pay attention to the following items after the engine is started:

• Check the brakes, the control levers, the alarm devices, the limit switches, the overload limit de-
vices and the 3drum spooling limit devices for proper functions
3
0-1 0- 1 everyday before crane operation.
0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 d2
CAUTION 2
_d _ _d
i doWhen the safety devices are inoperativei doro function abnormally, please check anddo
g u g u gui repair them im-
mediately. During this time, do not use the equipment for hoisting.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Regularly check
0 23- the following items in accord- 2023- 023-1
2 2
ance with
o _d wire rope abrasion, hydraulic tanko_d _d
d id do
goiluilevel, fluid level and water drainage ofguthe gui
fuel tank, oil level of the engine oil tank, fluid
level and leakage of the water tank, loose
bolts and nuts on important parts.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Check parameters shown on the display, i. e.

load, duty, fuel level, engine start-up, hydraul-
ic pressure, battery charge status, functioning
of load moment limiter.
F1 10.7 B.le
60.0
n
J.le 18.0
F2 n
18.8
3 3 13
Du 0.0
ty
Win 1
0-1 0-1
ch
Falls 1
0-
14
X
43.8 T
3-1 3-1 3-1

1 F3
2
3
4
5
02 02 02
6
7 √
8
9
d2 d2 2
0
o_ o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-153
Keep clear communication between the oper-

ator and the signaler.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 2-154 do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- hooks and slings in accordance 2023-
Select proper
0 023-1
2
withd the load weight, the boom combination d 2
o_ etc. o_ _d
i d i d do
gu type,
gu gui
CAUTION
Only hook blocks provided by the crane
manufacturer can be used.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Inspect condition of the wire ropes, including
rope end fittings and wedge sockets.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-156
LMI precautions for safety use:
1. The load moment limiter has no any over-load protection function under commissioning or pa-
rameters setting state. Therefore, the user shall carefully operate the crane when commissioning
the machine or setting the parameters and main interface must be switched to during normal oper-
ation. The operation can be carried out only after elimination of the alarm if any.
3 3 3
0-1 limiter will display the operating condition
2. The load1moment 10-
1 parameters before power-off when0-1
1
3- 3- 3-
202The user must check that the boom length,
startup.
d 202 ratio and hook etc. operating condition20param-
d
2
o_ are consistent with the actual situation.
o_ If inconsistent, the operating condition _d
oparameters
i deters i d i d of
gu gu gu
the load moment limiter must be modified to correspond to the actual operating condition of the
crawler crane, to ensure effective over-load protection.

13 13 13
10-
3. Empty hook calibration shall be applied for load moment -
10limiter before use at site if not com-
3-1
0-
23-
20 in factory. As the empty hook calibration
pletely done
23-
20has a memory function, it is no longer applied
20 2
o _d _d _d
for d
gui
operating ido completed.
condition with such calibrationubeen
g gui
do
4. Once overload occurs, load moment limiter will issue an alarm, to cut off the crane to move to-
wards the dangerous direction (such as lifting the hook and luffing downwards). If above situation
occurs, first make the crane move to safety direction (such as, lower the hook) until the alarm does
not issue from the load moment limiter.
5. Load moment limiter only plays a protective role for overload moment of the crane boom within
the vertical plane rather than crane tipping caused by tilted lifting, wind load, ground or rail inclina-
3
tion or depression. Therefore,
-1 3 can not ignore the relevant
crane operator and relevant workers
-1 -13
- 1 0 1 0
- even if the load moment limiter is 23- 1 0
023 023
safety management and safety operation rules of the crane
2
d Safety operation rules of crane and other 2
d relevant rules and precautions must be 20
dfol-
_
equipped.
o _ _
uid strictly. do do
glowed gui gui
6. Re-calibration shall be applied for boom angle of load moment liter, empty hook and loads in
case of one of following situations.
1) Regular calibration, with interval of generally exceeding three month.
2) After change of operating condition.
3) After replacement of angle sensor.
13of force sensor.

4) After replacement
0- 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
5) After replacement of controller. 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido replacement of display.
g6)uAfter gui
do
gui
do
7) Deviation between displayed radius and measured radius exceeds ±10%.
8) Deviation between displayed weight and measured weight exceeds ±10%.
2.4.7 Crane operation process
Special attention must be paid to the following items during crane use:
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
Operator
0
- stay inside the cab when oper- 23-
23must 0 02 3-1
2 d2
d the crane. Other working personnel can- 2
ating
_ _ _d
do do do
gui not access the crane and the dangerous
gui area gui
around it except when the assisting personnel
help the operator for assembly or disassem-
bly, or for attaching the load. When such work
is finished, the assisting personnel must leave
the dangerous area around the crane at once.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-157
When engine is started and crane is actuated,

the crane operator must sound the horn. After
the horn is sounded and if there is still any
person staying in the dangerous area, stop
the crane at once.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-158
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Operator should
0 23- not start the crane until the 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
dangerous
o _d area is clearly visible. If the visibil-o_d _d
d id do
gityui is relatively low, one person must beguap- gui
pointed as the signal person before operation
starts. The person should use proper signals
to instruct the crane operator. A signal person
must also be used if the surrounding noise
prevents normal vocal communication.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Window glass of the crane cab must be kept

clean to ensure a good visibility for the
operator.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-160
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3- quickly respond to changes of the 023-
In order2to
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
environment,
_ it is prohibited to turn off the en-
_ _d
do uid
o do
gui gine or leave the cab after the load is gattached gui
to the crane.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
Fig 2-161
d d
gui gui gui
Before hoisting the load, you must ensure that
the hook block is just above the center of
gravity of the load.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-162
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3- and danger instructions of
Abide by all2safety
0 0 23- 02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
the crane.
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
u
gDuring u
crane operation, do not open orgdis- gui
mantle the safety devices on the crane.
Avoid any activity which may do harm to safe

operation of the crane.
Pay attention not to hurt other people while

slewing.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-163
Operator must start the engine in the cab, and

must not operate the control levers until he
enters the cab.
-13
10 been hoisted or the crane 10-13 0-13
Once a load has
2 3 - 3 - 3-1
has been20
d started, operator must always hold
d 202 202
o_ _ _d
theidcontrol levers. When the mechanism iis do do
u
goperating, sudden hand-off of control levers
g u gui
and high speed back to neutral position is
forbidden.
Fig 2-164
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3- attention to the load during opera- 023-
Always 2pay
0 02 3-1
2
d And pay attention to the tip of the boom d2 2
tion.
_ _ _d
do do do
gui system if no load is attached. Meanwhile,
gui pay gui
close attention to slewing radius of the
counterweight.
载荷限量
-1 3 3
Fig 2-165
1 13
-10 0- 0-
023 23-1 02 3-1
to the winch and avoid reverse 20
_ d2
Pay attention
_d _d
2
i d o i d othe do
gui
winding or loose take-up of wire rope on
gu winch. gu
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 2-166 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui guladder
Do not jump from the crane. Use the gui
and handrail.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Lock the door
0 23-of the crane cab to avoid acci- 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d
dental opening
o
or closing of the door.
o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Fig 2-168
13 13 13
Check the crane
3 - 10-at least once each shift for 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
2 change is found (including ab- 202
damage. 2If0any 202
d d _d
normal
i d o_ operation), report this condition to the
i d o_ do
u
gsupervisor at once. If necessary, shut downgu gui
the crane to prevent damage or accidents.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-169 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
If any fault code occurs, the crane should be
shut down immediately and the manufacturer
be contacted.
Ensure that the crane is started and shut

down as per the operation instructions. Check
each indicator for correct function.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-170

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- to weight and surface area of 2023-
Pay attention
0 02 3-1
2
thedload exposed to the wind. d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
CAUTION
The known load weight and measured radius
are more reliable than reading of the load
moment limiter.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-171
Failure to measure the actual load weight will

result in danger to lifting tools posed by the
load.
Avoid sudden stopping due to emergencies.
13approaching load limit.

Avoid operation
0- 0- 13 0- 13
023-1
Avoid dragging the load through hook blocks. 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
gui
dAvoid ido
the load or the load during a liftucollide
g gui
do
with other structural components.
Avoid the operator or any other person com-

ing close to the crane in thunderstorm.
Check the safety devices of the crane after a

thunderstorm.
Fig 2-172
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
-
Keep a safe2distance from slopes and ditches.
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d 2-173 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
When the crane is passing under a bridge,
through a tunnel or under an overhead power
line, an adequate distance should be
guaranteed.
Lifting and Moving a load: The crane should

not lift a load which exceeds the specified
weight in the load charts in accordance with
the crane configuration.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-174
CAUTION
Load charts provide the total weight of free hung loads for different boom and jib lengths and op-
erating radius. To determine actual allowed lifting weight (the operation load) of the crane in a cer-
tain radius, operator must subtract weight of the lifting equipment (including main hook block,
wire ropes, extension jib, auxiliary hook block and lifting tools) from the total weight listed in the
load charts.
0
Operator must1also -13 determine how much weight to be 1further0 -13 subtracted from the total weight 10-13
- 23- bad weather conditions such as wind. -
023 effects of slewing, lifting or lowering,
due to dynamic
2 2 0and 2 023
d d d
i d o_ or the qualified hoisting director should
Operator
i d o_ ensure that the load weight does notidexceed
o_ the
u value in such working conditions. gu
grated gu

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
2.4.8 After- crane operation
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the following items before leavingidthe
o_crane: _d
i d do
gui
Check
gu gu
1. The load must be detached from the crane
or placed on the ground.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-175
2. The engine must be stopped and all operation levers must be set to off or the locked position.
3. The door of 3the crane cab must be securely locked to

0 - 1 0 - 13 prevent unauthorized people from ac-
0 -13
-
cessing the
3 1cab. - 1 3 - 13
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- is parked on a hill, the slewing 2023-
4. If the crane
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d must be engaged, and the crawlero_d
lock device
o _d
uid be secured in position. d do
gmust gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-176
5. For crane parking, pay attention to the

real-time wind speed. If necessary, lower the
boom system down to the ground.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-177
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
2.5 Safety parts 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
dSome do do
gui guicrane
parts of the fully hydraulic crawler gui
cannot be reached from the ground. Neces-
sary safeguard measures should be carried
out in assembly, disassembly or repair works
to prevent people from falling off the crane.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-178
Owner/user should provide a qualified ladder

or personal lift for the workers to access the
crane parts which cannot be reached from the
ground or from 3ladders or steps provided by
1 0 -1 or lift should conform to all 1 0 -13 0- 13
3-
Sany. Such ladder
3- 3-1
202 safety laws and regulations.
applicable 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-179
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
Getting on 2or -off the crane
023
-
023-1
2
d should get on or off the crane at _d 2 2
• Personnel
o_ _d
i d
guthe designated positions only whenguthe ido gui
do
crane is stopped.
• Keep your hands free (not holding any tools
or other objects) when getting on or off the
crane using ladders or steps. Objects not
able to be placed in pockets or tools bags
should be conveyed through other safe
ways.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of serious accident or personnel injury!
Failure to observe this precaution may result
in a serious accident.
Do not leave any tools on the crane when
leaving the crane.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 2-180
gui
Climbing position
Location of steps, ladders, platforms and catwalks are shown in the figures. These positions all en-
sure safe access to the crawler crane. In order to prevent injuries to the working personnel and un-
safe operations to the crane, these climbing positions should not be obstructed. Clothes and
personal belongings should be stored elsewhere to prevent interference with crane operation.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
Tools, oil
0
-
23cans, spare parts and other neces- 23-
0 02 3-1
sary
_ d devices must be placed in the toolbox_ord 2
2
_d
2
do do do
gui other appropriate places. Do not place gui un- gui
necessary objects on the platform, catwalk or
steps or in the cab.
WARNING
Crushing hazard.
The upperworks can impact or crush person-
nel getting on or off the crane.
The moving crawlers can crush personnel
getting on or off the crane.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 2-181
In order to prevent serious injury

accidents:
1. Do not climb on or off the crane while the

upperworks are slewing or the crane is
traveling.
2. Signal the operator that you need to climb
13
on or off the crane.
0- 0- 13 0- 13
23-1 23-1 02 3-1
20 personnel are climbing on or off the 20
3. When 2
o _d _d _d
dcrane, do or do
gui gui gui
operator must not carry out slewing
traveling operations.
Fig 2-182
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 CAUTION 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uid of serious accident or personnel injury!
uid do
gui
Risk
gFailure g
to observe this precaution may result
in a serious accident.
Check at least once each week if connecting
bolts and positioning pins of all ladders,
steps, platforms and catwalks are tightly
fastened.
0-13 -13 0-13

3-1 -10
Fig 2-183
3 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_ do
uid Safety exit
g2.6 gui
d
gui
The cab has sufficient light and a wide view,
and it is equipped with safety glass all around.
The safety hammer is equipped at the right
hand behind the operator’s seat.
In an emergency, if the door is not sealed,

take the door as the exit route. If the door is
blocked, use the safety hammer to break the
safety glass of the13side window and escape 13 13
- 0- 0-
from the cab.3-10 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 2-184 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 3 13 13
10-
2.7 Fire-extinguishers in the cab
3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 202 2 02
d d _d
i o_
Ignited
dtime
hydraulic oil can cause a fire in a
i
_
short
dAofire do
g u and completely damage the g
crane. u gui
can be successfully extinguished by extin-
guisher only at the very beginning when it
starts. Therefore, do know the number and lo-
cations of the extinguisher (s) and be thor-
oughly familiar with use of it/them. This crane
is provided with a dry-powder extinguisher.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 N° 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ do
gui gui Fig 2-185
gui
2.8 Maintenance and Service Safety Information

2.8.1 Operation Safety
Inspect the crane before the start of each workday shift. Ensure that routine maintenance and lu-
brication are performed as stated in this manual. Do not operate a damaged or poorly maintained
crane to avoid danger.
13 13 13
- 10- the operator is intended to stay on
No one except
3 3 - 0- crane while the crane is functioning
1the 3 -
-
10or
202
moving.
d 202
d 202
d
gu The operator is the only part of the crane
gu that can think and reason. Thus attention
gu must be paid to
the following items:
1. It is impossible to compile a list of safety precautions covering every situation. However, there
are basic principles that must be followed during the daily routine of using this crane. Safety must
be your primary responsibility, since any piece of equipment is only as safe as the person at the
controls and in control of the job site.
2. The information in this section has been provided to assist you, the operator, in promoting a safe
working area for yourself and those around you. Please strictly abide by the daily operation rules in
- 13 0- 13 0- 13
-10
this manual.
3-1 3-1
2 023 02 202 not
d
3._Operator is an important part of the crane_that d 2 can think and reason. So, the operator _ dshould
i o
dsolely i o
dthe i do failure or
g u rely on the safety alert devices g
onu machine or some auxiliary g
facilities. u
When

13 13 13
10to- these devices, cautiousness of the operator
misuse happens
3- 10- is the best insurance of operation
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 2
safety.
o_ o_ o_d
id
g4.uOperator must make it their first priority gto d
uiassure d
gui around
the safety of themselves and those
them. This is liability of operator.
5. Remember that failure to follow even a single safety precaution could allow an accident to occur,
thus resulting in death or serious injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
6. Report all accidents, malfunctions, and equipment damages to your local SANY distributor.
Should the distributor not be immediately available, directly contact with SANY. The crane must
not be returned to service until it is thoroughly inspected throughout all accidents, malfunctions,
and equipment damage. All damaged parts must be repaired or replaced as authorized by your lo-
3 13 13
0-1 and SANY.
cal SANY distributor 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 202
2.8.2o_Maintenance Safety _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of personal injury!
Neglect or carelessness on the part of maintenance personnel could result in costly damage to
the equipment or the property, even injury or death.
Safe maintenance guideline for qualified maintenance personnel is provided in the section, while
SANY cannot predict every potential hazard on the job site. Maintenance personnel and the
crane owner should take the responsibility for safety.
-13 please ensure the following items:

Before maintenance,
0 0-13 0-13
23-1 23-1 02 3-1
20crane in a broad and well-ventilated place.
1. Park the 20 2
_d _d _d
ido all loads to the ground.
g2.uLower gui
do
gui
do
3. Lower the boom to the cushion block. If this is impossible, the boom must be locked to prevent
sudden fall.
4. Stop all control devices and prohibit any movement of the equipment or the load.
5. Stop the engine and keep the starting equipment in non-working condition.
6. Place a warning symbol on the equipment to indicate that the equipment is under repair. Do not
start the engine. Remove the symbol until the equipment is ready to return to service.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
02 the engine during maintenance or2repair
1) Never 2start 02 of the machine unless it is absolutely
202
_ d _ d _ d
ido
necessary.
gu idogu ido gu
2)When the engine is running, please maintain safe clearance from dangerous area and keep effi-
cient contact with the signal person.

13
- some items to be aware of when maintaining 13 13
10are
Listed below
- 10- - the machine:
3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202etc.
d your clothing and hair, wear protective
•o_Tight _ d equipment, e.g. safety glasses, hard _ d
helmet,
u i d• Use the handrails, steps and laddersuto
i doget on and off the crane. No climbing. uido
g g g
• If it is inconvenient to bring maintenance tools and accessories, use other facilities, such as a
light rope or an elevator, to avoid accidental fall of the tools or accessories.
• No climbing onto the boom or mast. If this is necessary during the maintenance, please lower
the boom or mast.
• Ensure the equipment has been firmly fixed when disassembling the hydraulic cylinder.
• Beware of crush hazard.
• Wear protective equipment during air compression and hydraulic oil maintenance, and release
the oil pressure slowly.
3 3 3
• 0-1 or inspecting the coolant, release 0its-1pressure and cool it down to avoid burn
When replacing
-1 1 0-1 1
023 3- 3-
202 202
hazard.
2
d smoking during battery maintenance._dNever check the electrical quantity of the
• _No _d battery by
do do do
gui shorting the cell terminal. gui gui
• Please charge and replace the battery as the methods described in this manual.
• Take care not to have your skin or eyes come into contact with the battery acid and got burnt. If
this happens, flush the area immediately with fresh water.
• Stop the engine before refilling fuel or hydraulic oil. Smoking and open flame are strictly
prohibited.
• Never assemble and disassemble the steel cable with bare hand.
• Please use the winch or jack to transport parts.
• Keep the crane clean. Handle the grease, engine oil, rag, paper scrap and other waste properly
3 13 13
0-1 environment.
to protect1the 0- 0-
3- 3-1 3-1
• 202maintenance, keep a record of the maintenance
After
d 202 02
process and result for other 2personnel
o_who should be clear about the working _d
ocondition
d
o_to prolong its
i d i d of the whole equipment, so as
i d
gu service life. gu gu
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3 13 13
0-1
2.9 Using a-1Chain Sling Safety 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 2 02
1. Chain _ sling shall not be attached with a _ _d
i doexceeding its rated capacity. i do do
g u
load g u gu1i
A
B
2
C
D 3
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d o _d 5
d d d
gui gui gui
Fig 2-186 Parameters and angles
1. 5.8 t A. 30°
2. 7 t B. 45°
3. 10 t C. 60°
4. 20 t D. 75°
5. 10 t (counterweight)
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

23-
on chain sling increases with growth 3of- the angle between each leg and perpen-
23-
2. Load applied
2 0 2 0 2 2 0
dicular dline. If the angle growth exceeds limit, d
_d
chain sling will be partially overloaded and can
o _ o _ o
d d d
gui gui gui
break.
3. Angle between each leg and perpendicular line shall not be greater than 60 degrees (i.e. angle
between two adjacent legs shall not exceed 120 degrees). An example of chain sling lifting a 10 t
load is shown in the right picture, in which the load carried by each leg at each corresponding an-
gle is illustrated. For instance, during crawler self-assembly of this crane, the recommended angle
between two adjacent legs shall not exceed 60 degrees.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- the load tilting or slipping during 2023-
4. To prevent
0 023-1
2
lift, densure that lifting point is right above the
d 2
o_ of gravity of the load or that theidsling o_ _d
i d do
gu center
gu gui
angle α is greater than angle β (ie the angle
between horizontal and a line drawn through
center of gravity of the load and securing
point). When multi-leg chain slings are used,
1
the angle between each leg and perpendicu-
lar line shall not be less than 15 degrees, ie
the angle between two adjacent legs shall not
be less than 30 degrees to ensure the stability
2 3
and balance of the load.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 2-187 Angles do
gui gui gui
1. Included 2. Included 3. Included
angle >15° angle α angle β
5. There shall be no kink, twist or knot be-

tween links. Each chain link shall hinge freely
with adjacent links.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
TY 0216
Fig 2-188
-13
10 to use the chain sling in shocking3-and -13
10 impacting conditions, severe corrosive 0
1en- -13
-
6. It is prohibited
3 3 -
202 or at extreme temperatures (i.e. below
vironment,
d d 202-30℃ or above 200℃ ). Special orderd is20required
2
o_ chain sling is attempted to operateidinosuch
idwhen
_ conditions.
ido
_
gu gu gu

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3-
7. Connect2chains only with designated con-
0 23- 02 3-1
2
nectingdcomponents. d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
-1 3 Fig 2-189 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
023 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2load to the bottom of the hook curve _d 2
8. Attach
_ _d
2
o o do
uid never to the hook tip. As a rule, position
and
ghook g uid gui
opening to face outward when lift a load.
TY 0218
Fig 2-190
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
TY 0219
Fig 2-191
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
9. Do 2not
0 3- attach the load-bearing endless 023- 02 3-1
d sling directly to the tip of crane hook_ord 2
chain
_
2
_d
2
do do do
gui wind it around crane hook. gui gui
TY 0220
Fig 2-192
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2 0 23- and stop steadily during a lift. Make
10. Lift, lower
2 0 23-sure that the load is balanced to its2center
0 23- of
_d and avoid shock loading. Do not leave
gravity
o o _d the load suspended on chain sling foro_adlong period
dof time. d d
gui gui gui
11. When an endless chain sling goes around
a load, use packing at sharp edges and cor-
ners to protect the sling and the load from
damage.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
TY 0221
Fig 2-193
12. Never attempt to pull chain sling from under loads forcefully or let loads roll on the sling.
13. Chain slings shall be handled gently and carefully. It is prohibited to fling, impact, drop, or drag
chain sling on the floor as to prevent any deformation, superficial damage or internal damage to
chain sling.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
14. Chain sling -inspection criteria
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 wear of chain sling shall not ex- _d 2 2
• Permissible
o_ _d
i d do do
guceed 10% of the chain link bar diameter guior gui
of the thickness of attachments, any chain
sling with wear greater than such a limit
1 3
must be withdrawn from service.
• Discard chain sling when torsion of its mas- 2 4
ter link exceeds 10 degrees measured from
the untwisted plane of its master link.
• Chain sling must be removed from service
when cracks, bent or twisted chain links or
-13 in any part of it, and
components exists
0 Fig 2-194
3
0-1Parameters 0-13
when chain 3-1
02 links get stuck and cannot 3-1
02L (original length) 0 2 3-1
d 2 d 21. d2
3. L (original length)
id o_ freely with adjacent links and such ao_
hinge
d d o_
guproblem cannot be rectified. gui 2. <(1+5%)L gui
4. <(1+5%)L
• Permanent elongation of chain and single
link shall not exceed 5% of the original
length.
15. Removal criteria of hook

• Cracks.
• Hazardous sectional wear or sectional corrosion reach 5% of the original dimensions.
• Torsion angle of hook body exceeds 10 degrees.
• 3 increases 10% than the original dimension.
Hook throat opening
1 3 1 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 02
16. It is prohibited to repair or re-process the
d d 2
_ in any way, including welding, heat-o_ _d
doheat treatment, and surface coatinguby do
riggings
i d
g u
ing, g i gui
chemical methods, without prior approval from
the manufacturer. 2
1
0- 13 0 -13 0-13
02 3-1 - 1
Fig 32-195 Torsion angle 3-1
2 202 d2
02
o _d o _d _
d d 1. E (original angle)
do
2. <(1+10%)E
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane System Function
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
System Function
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 Function .............................................................................................................3-1
3 System
d 202 d 202 d
i d o_ Machine Terms ......................................................................................................................3-4
3.1
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
3.2 Cab Layout.............................................................................................................................3-7
3.3 Operation and Display Device Layout................................................................................3-8
3.3.1 Operation and Display Device Layout......................................................................3-8
3.3.2 Function Lockout Control Lever ................................................................................3-9
3.3.3 Winch Control Lever ................................................................................................ 3-10
3.3.4 Function Buttons on the Right Control Lever ........................................................3-11
3.3.5 Function Buttons on the Left Control Levers........................................................ 3-12
3.3.6 Travel Control Lever ................................................................................................ 3-13
3.3.7 Free 3Fall Control Pedal(s) (Optional) .................................................................... 3-14 3
0 - 1 0 - 13 0-1
1
3.3.8 -Foot 1
Throttle Control Pedal.....................................................................................
- 1
3-15
-
2 023 and Pedal Functions .........................................................................................
3.4 Switches 2 023 2 023 3-16
d d d
i d o_ 3.4.1 Switches and Panel Overview................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 3-16
gu g u g u
3.4.2 Right Front Indicator Panel ..................................................................................... 3-17
3.4.3 Right Console Switch Panel ................................................................................... 3-18
3.4.4 Left Console Switch Panel...................................................................................... 3-24
3.5 Display and Operation System......................................................................................... 3-26
3.5.1 Display and Operation System............................................................................... 3-26
3.5.2 Operating Condition Setting ................................................................................... 3-29
3.5.3 Parameters Display 1 .............................................................................................. 3-33
3.5.4 Display Function Description.................................................................................. 3-33
13
3.5.5 Configuration
- 13
Details ...............................................................................................
-
3-3713
1 0
3.5.63-Menu 3 - 1 0
Function Setting ............................................................................................ 3 - 10-
3-41
d 202 Parameters Display 2 ..............................................................................................
3.5.7 d 202 d 202 3-45
_ _ _
u i do 3.5.8 Ground Pressure and Levelness u i do Display .............................................................
u i do 3-46
g g g
3.6 Menu Function Setting ...................................................................................................... 3-47
3.6.1 Menu Function Setting Overview........................................................................... 3-47

System Function SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
3 3 3
3.6.2 System
- 1 0-1Setting .........................................................................................................
- 1 0-1 3-4810-1
-
2 023 System Setting Overview ................................................................................
3.6.2.1 2 023 2 023
3-48
d d d
i d o_3.6.2.2 Common Configuration Selection i d o_ ..................................................................
i d o_ 3-48
gu 3.6.2.3 Load Moment Indicator (LMI) gu Parameters Setting....................................... gu 3-50
3.6.2.4 Factory Setting .................................................................................................. 3-56
3.6.3 Auxiliary Function..................................................................................................... 3-60
3.6.3.1 Auxiliary Function ............................................................................................. 3-60
3.6.3.2 Auxiliary Setting ................................................................................................ 3-61
3.6.3.3 Machine Lock .................................................................................................... 3-65
3.6.3.4 Three-wrap Protector ....................................................................................... 3-65
3.6.3.5 Work Area Limit (Optional) .............................................................................. 3-65
3.6.3.6 GPS3(Optional).................................................................................................. 3-67
0 - 1 0 - 13 0 -13
3.6.3.7-Free1 - 1
Fall Brake Moment Selection................................................................. 3-67 - 1
2 023 Winch Calibration..............................................................................................
3.6.3.8 2 023 2 023
3-68
d d d
i d o_3.6.3.9 Maintenance ......................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 3-69
gu 3.6.3.10 Data Export......................................................................................................
gu gu 3-69
3.6.3.11 Virtual EPAD Key ............................................................................................ 3-69
3.6.3.12 Time Setting .................................................................................................... 3-70
3.6.4 Information Inquiry ................................................................................................... 3-71
3.6.4.1 Information Inquiry............................................................................................ 3-71
3.6.4.2 IO Query............................................................................................................. 3-72
3.6.4.3 Load Chart Query ............................................................................................. 3-74
3.6.4.4 Icon Description ................................................................................................ 3-76
-13 -13
3.6.4.5 Configuration Information ................................................................................ 3-77 13
3.6.4.6 3 - 1 0
3 - 1 0
Logic Self-diagnosis ......................................................................................... 3
3-77 - 10-
d 202 Mechanism Work Time ....................................................................................
3.6.4.7 d 202 d
02
23-78
_ _ _
u i do 3.6.4.8 Version Information...........................................................................................
u i do u i do 3-79
g g g
3.6.5 Language and Unit Setting ..................................................................................... 3-79
3.6.6 Air Conditioner.......................................................................................................... 3-80
3.6.7 FM Radio ................................................................................................................... 3-82
3.7 Swing Limit Device (Optional) .......................................................................................... 3-84
3.7.1 Swing Limit Device Overview ................................................................................. 3-84
3.7.2 Description on the Swing Limit Area Parameters (Not Available)..................... 3-85
3.7.3 Swing Limit Mode..................................................................................................... 3-87
3.7.4 Mode Setting Function ............................................................................................ 3-87
3.7.5 A Mode-1Setting 3 -13
......................................................................................................... 3-87 -13
- 1 0 - 1 0 - 10
02 3 3 3
202 02
3.7.6 L+A Mode Setting..................................................................................................... 3-90
d 2Example d d 23-94
i o_
3.7.7
dMonitoring i do
_
Introduction...............................................................................................
i
_
do 3-95
g u
3.8 System g u g u
.............................................................................................................

-1 3 13 13
-10 Function
3.System 0- 0-
02 3 023-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10Terms
3.1 Machine 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
10
0-13 0-13 12
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 11 02 3-1
8 2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui7 gui gui
6
13
4
-1 3 -1 3 14
13
-10 -10 0-
02 3 02 3 02 3-1
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ ido
_
15
gui3 gui gu
16
2
1
17
3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 18
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
Fig 3-1
02 0 2 0 2
d 2 counterweight
1. Rear 6. Upper sheave block d 2 9. Boom pendant cable d2
14.Boom back-stop
o_Sheet metal
d2. of boom hoist ido _ o_
g u i u 10.Boom extension jib uid base
15.Boom
7. Main load ghoist wire g
3. A-frame 11.Ball hook 16.Operator’s cab
rope
4. Lower sheave block 12.Boom top 17.Swing ring
8. Auxiliary load hoist
of boom hoist
wire rope 13.Main hook 18.Travel system
5. Boom hoist wire rope
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4
3
2
1
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-2

1. Swing ring -10

-13 -13
10 load hoist winch (W1) 0-13
023
2. -Main
024.3 Boom hoist winch (W3) 02 3-1
d 2 load hoist winch (W2)
3. Auxiliary d 2
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
2
0 -131 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 4
5
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 6 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 7 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
8
9
13 -13 13
Fig 3-3
0- 0 0-
1. Fuel tank 2
0 3-1 4. Radiator
023
- 1
7. Muffler
02 3-1
_ d 2valve
2. Control 5. Air filter
2
_d8. Pump set _d
2
idocooler
g3.uOil 6. Engine gui
do 9. Hydraulic oil tank gui
do

1 3 13 13
10-
3.2 Cab-Layout
3 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ 1
do
2
do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3 4
Fig 3-4
1. Tri-color light 2. Fan 3. Right console 4. Left console
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 -1 3 13
-10 and Display Device Layout -10
3.3 Operation 0-
023 023 02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
3.3.1 _Operation
o and Display Device Layout
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
12
0-13 0-13 2
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3
11
10 4
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
9
-13 -13 13
Fig 3-5
1 0 1 0 0-
023
1. Monitor Display- 5. Right switch panel 8. Left-
023 control lever 10.Travel control 2
0 3-1
d 2 2 d2
_d9. Free fall control ped-
pedals
d o_ front panel
2. Right 6. Left switch panel
d o o_
i
g3.uRight control lever gui
7. Function lockout
al (optional) uid pedal
11.Foot throttle
g
lever 12.Camera monitor
4. Right control console

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
3.3.2 Function Lockout Control Lever
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ function lockout control lever is a isafety
o_ _d
i d d do
gui
The
gu device, which can prevent the machine gu action
if the control lever is accidentally operated
when the operator is leaving and sitting on the
seat in the cab.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2 1
Fig 3-6
1. Locked position 2. Unlocked

position
Position Function
Up Unlocked
Down Locked
13 13 13
The function
3 - 10-lockout control lever enables or disables
3 - 10- the crane controls to prevent accidental
3 - 10-
202 When the lever is in the locked (closed)
movement.
d d 202 position, the main hoist, auxiliary dhoist,
202 boom
o_ travel controls, and swing operations
dhoist,
_
doare disabled. do
_
gui gui gui
Move the function lockout control lever to the unlocked (open) position to enable crane controls for
operation.
Move the function lockout control lever to the locked (closed) position to disable crane controls
when leaving the seat, when operations are completed, and during crane transport.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Unintended movement of the control levers or crane controls could result in death or serious
injury. 3
-1the -13 (closed) position before leaving 1the-13
1 0 1 0 0
3-
Always place function lockout control lever in
3-
the locked
3-
seat.202 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

02 3-1 WARNING 023
- 1
023
- 1
2 2 2
_daccident!
Riskoof o_
d
o_
d
i d i
u the function lockout control lever at glocked
u d i d
position suddenly during operationguwill cut off all
gPut
actions, leading to dangerous situations.
Do not put the function lockout control lever to the locked position suddenly.
3.3.3 Winch Control Lever
1. The left control lever controls auxiliary load

2
hoist and swing functions.
-13 13 13
NOTE：
10 will return to the neutral po- 0- 0-
- 3-1 3-1
The control levers
3
202released.
sition when 2 02 1 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Auxiliary load hoist controls gui gui
Push forward Lower the hook
Neutral position Stop
Pull backward Raise the hook
Swing controls
Move the lever Swing the upperworks to
to the right the right
Fig 3-7
13 3
-1 lever 13
Move the lever
3 - 10- Swing the upperworks to 10control
1. Left
3- control lever 3-1
0-
to the left202 the left 2 02Right
2. 202
_d _ d _d
i do i do do
u u
g2. The right control lever controls main load
g hoist and boom hoist functions. gui
NOTE：
The control lever will return to the neutral position when released.
Main load hoist controls

Push forward Lower the hook
Pull backward Raise the hook
0-13 1 3 13
3-1 10-
Boom hoist controls
3- 3-1
0-
Push to 2 02
right 202
Lower the boom 202
_d _d _d
do position Stop ido do
gui gui
Neutral
gu
Pull to left Raise the boom

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
3.3.4 Function Buttons on the Right Control
023
-Lever
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d 3 gui
do
gu gu 1 2
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 3-8 do
gui gui gui
1. Machine inching 3. Main hoist free fall
button button
2. Mute button
1. Machine inching button
The inching function provides increased crane control and load movements when needed. The in-
ching function is also used for accurate movements and load placement to help avoid
obstructions.
0 -13 the control lever button to enable the

Press and release
1 1 0
3
-1inching 1 0
function. The inching function icon -13
23- will illuminate green when it is enabled.
on the 0monitor 023
-
023
-
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
o and release the button again to disable
dPress do the inching function. The inching function
do icon on the
gui monitor will appear gray when it is disabled.
gui gui
When the inching function is enabled, the maximum speed of the main hoist, auxiliary hoist, and
travel is approximately 20% of normal speed.
2. Mute button
It is a automatic reset button. Press it and the sound alarm of control panel inside the cab is mute.
When new warning pops up on the monitor, the buzzer will send out sound alarm again.
When the system is overloaded and the horn sends out alarm, press this button can also mute the
3 3 3
horn. 0-1
1 0-1 1 0-1 1
3- 3- 3-
202
3. dMain hoist free fall button d 202 d 202
gu When the free fall enable switch is on,gupress and release this button, and the free
gu fall of main hoist
works.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3.3.5 Function
023
- Buttons on the Left Control Levers
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu 1 2 gui 3
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-9
1. Auxiliary hoist free 3. Swing brake en-

fall button gage/disengage
button
2. Horn button
1. Auxiliary hoist free fall button
When the auxiliary hoist free fall button is on, press and release this button, and the free fall of aux-
iliary hoist works.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

2. Horn button
023
-
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_and release the horn button to sound the o_horn. _d
do
Press
i d i d
gu gu gui
CAUTION
Risk of part damage!
Do not hold the horn button for more than 20 seconds, otherwise the horn could get damaged.
Release the horn button within 20 seconds.
3. Swing brake engage/disengage button
The swing brake engage/disengage button is used to engage or disengage the swing brake.
3 3 3
Press and release
- 1 0-1the swing brake engage/disengage -button
1 0-1 to engage the swing brake. Press-10-1
23 to disengage the swing brake.
the button 0again
2 023 2 023 2
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- Control Lever
3.3.6 Travel
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ travel control lever is used to control _d
othe _d
i d i d do
gui
The
gu travel and stop of crawler and the travel
gu action
1 3
of vehicle; to achieve the above actions, the
travel control lever is used to control direction.
Lever action Function
Push forward Travel forward
Neutral position Travel stop
Pull backward Travel backward
1 0 - 3 directions and the opening

By controlling 1the
1 0 -13 0- 13
23- the two crawlers can travel in 2023-
of each lever,
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d
different
o
directions and speeds, and realize
o_
d _d
i d i d do
u u g4ui
different turning radius.
g g 2
When the control lever is released at any posi-
tion, the lever will be back to the neural posi-
tion automatically.
Fig 3-10
1. Left travel control lever

2. Left travel control pedal
0 -13 13
- travel control lever
10Right 0- 13
3-1 3-1
3.
02 02 3- 02
d2 d2 4. Right travel control pedal
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
3.3.7 Free 2Fall - Control Pedal(s) (Optional)
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d control pedals include the main hoisto_d
ofall _d
i d uid do
gui
Free
u
gfree fall pedal and may be auxiliary hoistgfree
1
fall pedal.
2
The free fall control pedals are used to control
the operation and brake functions of the free
fall winch.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-11 Pedals (if dual free falls equipped)
1. Main hoist free fall pedal (if equipped)

2. Auxiliary hoist free fall pedal (if equipped)
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-12 Pedal (if only main free fall equipped)
1. Main hoist free fall pedal (if equipped)
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
3.3.8 Foot - Throttle Control Pedal
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ foot throttle control pedal is used to iadjust
o_ _d
i d d do
gui
The
gu engine speed (rpm). Press the throttlegucontrol
1
pedal to increase speed. Release the throttle
control pedal to decrease engine speed.
NOTE：
The operator can also adjust engine speed
(rpm) with the throttle control dial. Turn the
throttle control dial clockwise to increase the
engine rpm, or counterclockwise to decrease
the engine rpm.13 13 13
0- 0- 0-
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-13
1. Foot throttle control

pedal
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-14
1. Released position
2. Step-down position
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10 and Pedal Functions
3.4 Switches 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 202
3.4.1 _Switches and Panel Overview _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
1. Right front indicator panel
See “Right Front Indicator Panel” on page 3-

1
17.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3
Fig 3-15
1. Right front indicator 3. Left console switch

panel panel
2. Right console switch
panel
2. Right console switch panel

3 13 13
0-1 Switch Panel” on page 3-18.
See “Right Console 0- 0-
23-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
20
3. Leftdconsole 2 2
_d _d
switch panel
_
i do uid
o do
u
gSee “Left Console Switch Panel” on pageg3-24. gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
3.4.2 Right- Front Indicator Panel
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Fault warning indicator o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1.
gu gu
The fault warning indicator flashes when an
electrical control system fault is shown, or if
1 2
the activation of a safety device has occurred.
3 5
0- 13 0 -13 0- 13
02 3-1 02
1
- 3-16
3Fig 3-1
2 2 202
_d _d _ d
do do 1. Fault warning 4. Engine do preheat
gui gui indicator g u i
indicator
2. Fault warning alarm 5. Cigarette lighter (12
(buzzer) V)
3. Engine failure
indicator
2. Fault warning alarm (buzzer)
The fault warning alarm will sound when an electrical control system fault is shown, or if the activa-
tion of a safety device has occurred.
-13 indicator (not applicable to all machines)

3. Engine failure
0 -13 0 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
In case
d 202of engine failure, the red failure indicator
d
2 on. The indicator turns off after the20problem
20turns d
2
_ _ _
u i diso solved. u i do u i do
g 4. Engine preheat indicator (not applicable g to all machines) g
While in the preheat cycle, the engine preheat indicator is illuminated. The preheat indicator turns
off when the preheat cycle is complete.
5. Cigarette lighter (12 V)
NOTICE
Risk of cigarette lighter damage!
Continuous operation of the cigarette lighter (12 V) for more than 30 seconds could result in an
13 damage to the cigarette lighter. 0-13
electrical fire -and
0 0 -13
1 1 1
20 23- lighter does not release after 30 seconds,
If the cigarette
2023- pull the lighter out. 23- 20
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

0- 13 0 -13 0 -13
3-1
02
NOTICE
023
- 1
023
- 1
2 2 2
Risk of
o _dpart damage! d
o_ and control panels could cause damage
d
o_ to the
i d i d i d
gu
Dropping ashes and/or
electrical component.
cigarettes into
gu
the monitor
gu
Do not drop ashes and cigarettes into the monitor and A/C control panel.
Press the cigarette lighter (12 V) in to activate it. The lighter will heat up and pop out when ready to
be used. With the lighter removed, the (12 V) power outlet can be used to charge or operate (12 V)
electronic devices.
Cigarette lighter is allowed to connect 12 V DC external electrical apparatus with rated current low-
er than 10 A. Since the voltage fluctuates in a certain range, it is generally between 10 V DC to
13.5 V DC.
0-13 -13 0 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 Console Switch Panel
3.4.3 _Right _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 113 2
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
4
do do do
gui gui gui
3
9
5 10
6 11
7 12
8 13
Fig 3-17
-1 3 13
1. Key switch
-
5. Assembly mode 13
-10 10throttle 0-
3-1
switch
3 3
2. Hand- control
02 02 202
d2 2dial 6. Wiper switch (roof
o_ _d o_
d
d do window)
id
gui gui
3. Crawler in/out ena-
ble dial u
7. Wipergswitch (front
window)
4. Free fall enable
switch (optional) 8. Washer switch

13 13 13
10-
1. Key switch 0- load hoist lock 11.Boom hoist lock-10-
9.1Main
2 0 23- 02 3 -
switch switch 023
_ _ d2
Thedkey switch is used to turn on the electrical d 2
do do
10.Auxiliary load hoist o_ travel
12.High-speed
id
gui system and start or stop the engine. guiThere lock switch gu light switch
13.Work
are four positions on the key switch:
Posi-
Function
tion
HEAT Not used
When the key switch is turned to
OFF, the engine is shut down,
OFF power to the electrical system is
shut off, and the key can be re-
0-13 moved or inserted. 0- 13 0- 13

02 3-1When the key switch is turned to 023-1 02 3-1
2 d2 2
_d ON, it allows the engine to remain _ _d
do ON do do
gui g i
running (if already started)uand
gui
the electrical system is energized.
When the key switch is turned to
START, the starter motor will turn
on and engage the engine fly-
wheel. Release the key after the
START
engine has started and the key
switch will return to ON, allowing
the engine to run and maintain
power to the electrical systems.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
NOTE：
023
-
023
-
02 3-1
2
d weather, the engine may automatically d 2 2
In_cold
o o_ _d
i d i d do
gu enter an engine preheat cycle whenguthe key gui
switch is turned to ON. Engine preheat is con-
trolled by the engine control unit (ECU) when
engine intake air temperature is below a pre-
set value.
Fig 3-18
2. Hand throttle control dial
The hand throttle control dial is used to control

3
-1(RPM). -13 13
engine speed
1 0 Turn the hand throttle
1 0 0-
3- clockwise to increase the speed, 023-
control02dial 02 3-1
2 2 2
_dturn it counterclockwise to decrease it. _d
and _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-19

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- control dial has 12 detent 2023-
The hand throttle
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d that control the engine throttle valueo_d
positions
o _d
uid d do
gbetween 900 rpm and 1800 rpm.
gui gui
CAUTION
The maximum setting speed of engine is
1800 rpm.
3. Crawler in/out enable dial
When the dial turns to left, the crawlers are

locked. When the dial turns to right, the
3
crawlers are able0-to1 telescope. 13 13
0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d CAUTION o _d _d
d uid do
gui
Turn this dial left to lock the crawlers gafter gui
they move into right position.
Fig 3-20
4. Free fall enable switch (optional)
When the free fall enable switch is turned to

the right side, the free fall enable switch is on
to allow free fall. When the key switch is back
to the neutral position, the free fall will not op-
erate. This function
1 0 -13works only with the free 0- 13 0-13
23-
fall equipped.
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-21
5. Assembly mode switch
With the icon side pressed, the assembly

mode is on.
With the non-icon side pressed, the working

mode is on.
The assembly mode switch can be selected

-13 conditions are met: 13 13
Fig 3-22
only when the following
-10 0- 0-
3 3-1 3-1
The assembly
d 202 mode switch can be en- d 202 202
_ only when the followingo_ _d
do
abled/disabled
i d do
u
gconditions are met: gui gui

- 13 0- 13 0- 13
• -10 displays the boom lower limit
The monitor
3 3-1 3-1
202lower limit alarm.
or jib 202 202
_d _d _d
d•o The Bypass key switch in the cab isuturned
ido do
gui on.
g gui
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the assembly mode conditions are not met,
the assembly mode will not be enabled and
the working mode will be automatically en-
abled. The assembly mode is only used for
the assembly and disassembly process.
Failure to follow
1 0 -13 this warning could damage 1 0 -13 0- 13
the crane
0 23- or cause it to operate improperly, 2023- 02 3-1
2
d could result in death or serious injury. d 2
o_
and
o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui
6. Wiper switch (roof window)
This is three position switch.
With icon side pressed, the wiper will act

intermittently.
With the switch on middle position, the wiper

will act continuously. Fig 3-23
With blank side 3
pressed, the wiper stops.
0- 1 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
202 02
NOTE：
d 2 2
_d
o_ not use the wiper to remove dust iindodry _d
do
Do
i d
gu weather, otherwise this may cause damage
gu to gui
the wiper.
7. Wiper switch (front window)
With icon side pressed, the wiper will act

intermittently.
With the switch on middle position, the wiper

-13
will act continuously.
0 13
10-3-24 0- 13
3-1 3-1
Fig
With 2 02 side pressed, the wiper stops. 02 3- 02
d2 2
blank
o _d o_ _d
d d do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
NOTE：
2 3-1 23-1 02 3-1
20 the wiper to remove dust in dry d 20
Do not duse 2
_ _ _d
i do otherwise this may cause damageuito
do do
gui
weather,
u
gthe wiper. g
8. Washer switch
With icon side pressed, the roof washer acts.
With the switch on middle position, the washer

stops.
0 13
With blank side -pressed, the front washer Fig 3-25-13
0 0-13
- 1 3-1 3-1
acts. 23
2 0 2 02 202
o _d o _d _d
uid uid do
gui
NOTE：
gBefore g
startup, please check whether there is
enough cleaning agent in the watering can!
9. Main load hoist lock switch
With icon side pressed, the main load hoist is

locked.
With blank side pressed, the main load hoist

is unlocked.
3 13 13
1 0-1the main load hoist winch 10- 0-
3-1
If at the lock state,
3 - -
Fig 33-26
202
action is disabled. 202 202
o _d _d _d
uidAuxiliary load hoist lock switch do do
g10. gui gui
With icon side pressed, the auxiliary load hoist
is locked.
With blank side pressed, the auxiliary load

hoist is unlocked.
If at the lock state, the auxiliary load hoist

Fig 3-27
winch action is disabled.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
023
11. Boom -hoist lock switch
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ icon side pressed, the _ _d
i dWith do
boom hoist is do
gu locked. gui gui
With blank side pressed, the boom hoist is
unlocked.
When the switch is at the lock state, the boom Fig 3-28
hoist does not move.
12. High-speed travel
With icon side pressed, the high-speed travel

is on. -13
0 0-13 0- 13
3-1
02 side pressed, the high-speed travel 202 3-1 02 3-1
With 2 blank 2
_ d _d _d
gu idiso off. gu ido gui
do
NOTE： Fig 3-29
Only when the moment percentage is less
than 70%, the switch can be enabled.
13. Work light switch
Press down the side with icon, the work light

is on.
Press down the side without icon, the work

light is off. 10-
13 0-13 0- 13
02 3- 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ d o Fig 3-30
do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
023
-
3.4.4 Left Console Switch Panel
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
1. idEmergency do do
gui gui
stop switch
gu
If an emergency stop and quick shutdown is
required, or the engine cannot be stopped
normally, push the emergency stop switch.
Turn the emergency stop switch clockwise, as
indicated on the switch face, to reset the
switch from the stopped position.
1 2
3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 d2
_d _d _
do do o
4
gui gui guid
3 5
0-13 0-1
Fig 3-31 3
0-13
02 3-1 3-1
2 02 3-1
2 21.0Emergency d 2 bea-
_d _ d stop 3. Aircraft warning
_
do do idoswitch
gui gui
switch con (pharos)
2. Auxiliary load hoist
gu
4. Fuel heating dial
winch speed dial (not (not used)
used)
5. Bypass key switch
(in the cab)
2. Auxiliary load hoist winch speed dial (not used)
3. Aircraft warning beacon (pharos)

switch
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-32

0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 WARNING 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doMake ido do
gui gui
sure the aircraft warning beacon
g u
(pharos) is installed during the assembly
process and operates properly before begin-
ning work operations. Failure to follow this
warning may result in death or serious injury.
The aircraft warning beacon (pharos) is a red

flashing beacon light on the boom tip or jib tip
that alerts low-flying aircraft of the boom dur-
ing dark or overcast conditions. It also serves
as a boom height
1 0 -13 indicator for the operator 0-13 0- 13
3- or overcast operating conditions.
during dark 3-1 3-1
d 202 d2
02 202
o_ the o _ _d
uid
Turn aircraft warning beacon (pharos)
uidTurn do
g switch to the right to turn the beacon gon. gui
the switch to the left to turn the beacon off.
NOTE：
Turn the aircraft warning beacon (pharos)
switch off when crane operations have been
completed and when the crane will be shut
down to avoid discharging the batteries.
4. Fuel heating dial (not used)
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
5. Bypass - key switch (in the cab)
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ the bypass key switch is turned ito _d
othe _d
do
When
i d d
gu right (unlocked icon) position, the load
gu mo- gui
ment indicator (LMI) overload release switch,
boom/jib upper limit release switch, and over-
hoist release switches are enabled. When the
release master switch is turned to the left
(locked icon) position, the release switches
are bypassed and will not operate.
When the bypass key switch is in the un-

locked position, the operational speed of all
0
functions except
1 -13 swing will decrease to 25% 1 0 -13 0- 13
23-
of the 0maximum speed, and the monitor will 023
- 3-33
Fig
02 3-1
2
d the following message: bypass switch d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
do
display
i d i d
gu on. gu gui

3 13 13
0-1 Operation System
3.5 Display-1and 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 2 02
3.5.1 _Display and Operation System _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
1. Open the machine operation system, and type in log-in password to enter into the main display
interface.
The log-in password by default is 123456.
1 2
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 3 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d4 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-34
1. Operating condition 2. Status display 3. Operating condition

setting display
4. Function setting 5. Parameters display 1
2. Click the center icon at the bottom of the interface to pull up the main display interface.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 7
0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-35
6. Parameters13
display 2 3 levelness display
7. Ground pressure 1and 13
- 0-
1information - 10- (only applicable to machines with3t4-10-
3 3
202 02 202
8. Engine 9. Engine icon display
_ d engine)_d 2 _ d
guido g u i do
g u i do
NOTE：
• The screenshots used in this chapter are mainly for illustrating functions. The numbers in the
screenshots are different from the actual machine.
• There are day mode with gray background and night mode with black background of user inter-
face. This section uses day mode as an example.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3. The alarm
0 23-information will pop up on the 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d
main interface,
o
when the system fault occurs.
o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
-1 3 Fig 3-36
13 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2 fall status display will pop up on _d 2
4. The free
_ _d
2
theidomain interface when free fall mode o do
u
gchanges. g uid gui
Red indicates that the correspond-
ing hoist free fall mode is enabled.
0-13 -13 0-13

3-1 -10
Fig 3-37
3 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
3.5.2 Operating Condition Setting
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ the operating condition setting idoicon_d _d
i d do
gui
With
gu pressed, set the actual operating condition.
gu 1
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
Fig 3-38
d d
gui gui gui
1. Operating condition setting
1. Select the type of the operating

condition
The different operating conditions can be se-

lected on the operating condition setting
interface:
• H (boom) operating condition.
• 3
HC (boom -+1boom 13 13
10- 0-
extension jib) operating
3 - 10 3 - 3-1
02
condition.
202 02
d 2(fixed jib) operating condition.
•o_FJ _ d _d
2
i d• SR (self-assembly) operating condition. i do do
g u g u gui
• LJC (luffing jib + extension jib) operating
Fig 3-39
condition.
• Hh (boom + special luffing jib top).
Press → to enter the next parameter setting.
Press ← to return the system setting

interface.
The following operations are same.

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
2. Select the -counterweight type
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_the basic machine rear counterweight o_ _d
d
Select
i i d do
u car-body counterweight according toguthe
gand gui
used operating condition.
STD means full standard counterweight.

Some machines are equipped with reduced
counterweight load chart.
Front digit: weight of rear counterweight.
Rear digit: weight of car-body counterweight.
13 13 13
Fig 3-40
1 0 -WARNING 0- 0-
023
-
02 3-1 02 3-1
2
Risk ofdaccident! d2 2
_ _ _d
do actual counterweight is not consistent
Ifuithe uid
o do
gwith g
the setting counterweight weight in the
gui
system, the machine can tip over, resulting
in serious accident and personnel injury.
Make sure the actual counterweight is the
same as selected in the system.
3. Select the boom length
Select the boom length according to the used

operating condition. 3
0-1 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid of accident! do do
gRisk gui gui
If the actual boom length is not consistent
with the setting boom length in the system,
the machine can tip over, resulting in serious
accident and personnel injury.
Make sure the actual boom length is the
same as selected in the system. Fig 3-41
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
023
4. Select -the hook type
02 3-1 02 3-1
2
d select the correct 2 2
o_ _d
hook type, ordothis _d
i dPlease do
gu may affect the gui load.
calculation of rated gui
NONE is selected if no hook is used.
The displayed rated load shall not be greater

than max. load allowed by hook.
-1 3 3
Fig 3-42
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 the hook parts of line
5. Select 2 2
o _d _d _d
gui
dPlease ido or
guline,
input the correct hook parts of gui
do
this may affect the calculation of rated load.
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-43
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Hook winch configuration
d6. d o_ do
g u gui gui
Select the winch to reeve the rope for hook.
This configuration parameters will affect the
calculation of the lifting hook.
This machine is equipped with main load hoist

and auxiliary load hoist winches, with W1
meaning main load hoist and with W2 mean-
ing auxiliary load hoist.
W1 is selected13
1 0 - if the main load hoist function 1 0 -13 0- 13
23-
is used for
0
main hook. W2 is selected if the
0
-
23Fig 02 3-1
2
d load hoist is used. d 2 3-44 2
_d
auxiliary
_ _
i do i do do
u u
g W1 is selected if the main load hoistg is used gui
for auxiliary hook. W2 is selected if the auxili-
ary load hoist is used (if available).
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

7. Select the
023
-work hook
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ hook switch can be realized with o_ _d
d
Working
i i d do
u
gmanual mode or automatic mode. gu gui
If using manual mode, select the used hook
manually during the main hook/auxiliary hook
change-over.
-1 3 Fig 3-45
13 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 02 3-1 02 3-1
_ d2
8. Confirm the operating condition
_d
2
_d
2
ido
parameters
gu gui
do
gui
do
With the √ pressed on this interface, enter the
NO of the channel that parameters are saved,
and press √ again to save the selected operat-
ing condition onto the preset condition screen.
If the stored condition is used, please enter
the condition preset interface and call directly
without re-setting.
With the √ pressed on this interface, the cur-

0 -13 load chart screen will -13 0-13
-10
rent operating condition
- 1 Fig 3-46
3-1
pop up. 023 02 3 02
_ d2 d2 _d
2
o chart display
9. idLoad d o_ do
gu gui gui
Finally the load chart will show on the screen.
With the icon pressed on this interface,

return to the main interface directly.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 3-47 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
-
3.5.3 Parameters Display 1
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_Configuration code _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1.
gu
This shows the code of current work
configuration. 1
• H: Main boom configuration

• HC: Main boom + extension jib 2
• FJ: Fixed jib configuration
2. Wind speed display
13 current wind speed of the ane-

This displays0-the 0- 13 3
0- 13
1 3-1 3-1
mometer
223at- the head of boom.
0 2 02 2 02
_d
o monitor will trigger alarm in case of ithe _d _d
dThe do wind do
gui gu gui
over-speed.
3. Engine speed
4
This displays the actual engine speed and the
setting speed separately.
4. Fuel level display 5
Display fuel oil level, if the oil level is less than

3 13 13
0-1flashes on the home page.
10%, the alarm 0- 0-
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
d2 2 2
3-48
5. Counterweight
_ combination
_d _d
i do do do
u gui
g This shows rear counterweight + car-body 1. Configuration code gui level display
4. Fuel
counterweight. 2. Wind speed display 5. Counterweight

combination
3. Engine speed
3.5.4 Display Function Description
1 2
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d 3 4 o_d 5 6 7 8 9 10 o_d11 12
d d d
gui Fig 3-49
gui gui
1. Battery capacity 2. Current time

-13 13 13
3. Load moment10per-
3 - 6. Automatic engine
3 - 10- travel
9. High-speed 12.Crawler telescope 10-
-
centage and
202
swing an- flame-out display
202
switch permit switch 023
2
d
gle display
_ d
7. Swing brake statuso_ 10.Cab direction d
i do fall enable (if display d d o_
u
gequipped)
4. Free gui 11.Function lockout gui
8. Machine inching lever status display
5. Free swing
NOTE：
Some functions may not be applicable to all machines. It depends on the actual configuration of
the machine.
Contact SANY service technician if you have any question.
1. Battery capacity
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
23- the battery capacity. When 2023-
Used to indicate
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d bar decreased to one scale or less,o_d
the status
o _d
d d do
gui gui gui
charging is needed. Fig 3-50
2. Current time
It shows the current date and time.

Fig 3-51
3. Load moment percentage and swing

angle display (optional)
Fig 3-52
This percentage bar is used to display current
3
-1 when the load moment -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
3-1
moment percentage,
- -
percentage 2 02is3less than 90%, the progress bar 2023 2 02
d d _d
shows
i d o_ green. When the moment percentage i d o_ do
gisu greater than 90%, the progress bar shows gu gui
yellow. When the moment percentage is
greater than 100%, the progress bar shows
red.
Swing angle display (optional) shows the cur-

rent swing angle and swing limit on the left
and right.
4. Free fall enable (if equipped)

13
0- is enabled, the green icon 13 13
When the free 1fall
3 - 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
shows on
d 202the screen. Otherwise, no icon d 2Fig 02 3-53 2 02
_ _ _d
do
shows. do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
5. Free2swing
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o_ the free swing _ _d
u i dWhen
ido
is enabled, the green
gui
do
g icon shows on the screen. Otherwise,guno icon Fig 3-54
shows.
6. Automatic engine flame-out display

(not available to all machines)
When the engine idle stop switch is enabled, Fig 3-55

the icon shows. Otherwise, no icon shows.
7. Swing brake status display
-13 green if enabled, and be-

The icon becomes
1 0 0- 13 0- 13
23-if disabled.
comes red
0 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
3-56
o
dWhen ido on do
gui gui
the swing brake open/close switch
g u
the swing control lever is pressed, the swing
brake is opened, and the icon becomes
green. When pressed again, this function is
disabled and the monitor icon becomes red.
8. Machine inching
When the machine inching function is en-

Fig 3-57
abled, the green icon shows on the screen.
Otherwise, no icon shows.
-13 0- 13 0- 13
-10 travel switch
9. High-speed
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 02
d2 d _d
2
i d o_ the high-speed travel switch is turned
When
i d o_ do
gu on, the green icon shows on the screen.
gu Oth- Fig 3-58 gui
erwise, no icon shows.
10. Cab direction
This shows the cab direction. This machine

has auto travel direction change function, that Fig 3-59 Crane traveling forward
is, the front of the operator’s cab is the posi-
tive travel direction of machine.
Fig 3-60 Crane traveling backward
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
023 lock lever status display
11. Function
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ the function lock lever lowers down, _d
othe _d
i d i d do
gui
When
gu vehicle function will be locked, and the
gu moni- Fig 3-61
tor icon will pop up.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

When the function
0 23- lock lever lifts up, the ve- 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d
hicle function
o
will be unlocked, and the moni- d
_ _d
i dicon will disappear. i do do
u
tor
g g u gui
12. Crawler telescope permit switch
When the crawler telescope permit switch is

pressed, the crawler can be telescopic and
Fig 3-62
the icon will pop up. When the EPAD function
is disabled, the monitor icon will be
concealed.
13. Emergency stop status display

13 13 13
-
With the emergency
3 10- stop switch pressed, the 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
emergency
d 202stop icon will pop up at the center d 202 202
_ _ _d
do interface.
of the do Fig 3-63 do
gui gui gui
With the emergency stop switch released, the
emergency stop icon will be concealed
automatically.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
-
3.5.5 Configuration Details
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
1 2
0-13 0-13 4
0- 13
023-1 023-1 3-1
2 2 2502
_d _d _ d
do do do
gui gui gui
6
7
14 13 12 11 10 15 9 8
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02
Fig 3-64 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o Rated load/actual o _d _d
oradius of cur-
d1. 5. Jib length
uid
9. Main and auxiliary 13.Work
uid
gui load g
6. Gradient on left-right
hook switchover rent gconfiguration
2. Parts of line of main direction 10.Work hook height 14.Min. work radius of
hook/main hook type from boom/jib top current configuration
7. Gradient on front-
3. Parts of line of auxili- rear direction 11.Max. work radius of 15.Swing mode selec-
ary hook/auxiliary hook current configuration tion switch
8. Weight setting
type
12.Boom angle
4. Boom length
1. Rated load/actual load
0-13 load of current configuration, and the current

It shows the rated 13 0-
actual load.
0- 13
3-1
02 of line of main hook/main hook type02
2. Parts 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
dItoshows the current main hook parts ofuline,
do and the current main hook type. uido
gui g i g
3. Parts of line of auxiliary hook/auxiliary hook type

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
0 3 023 023
It shows the2current auxiliary hook parts of line, and the current auxiliary hook type.
d 2 d 2 d 2
i o_ length
4. dBoom
i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
It shows current boom length.
5. Jib length
It shows current jib length.
6. Gradient on left-right direction
To display the angles between the current machine and the horizontal direction.
7. Gradient on front-rear direction

-13
10 between the current machine and -the -13
10 vertical direction. 0- 13
To display the -angles
02 3 02 3 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ setting
8. Weight
d d o_ do
gui
Used to change over between the gross
gui gui
weight and the net weight. Press and hold the Fig 3-65
icon for 1 second at total weight, it will switch
to tare.
Fig 3-66
NOTE：
The hook shall not lift load when switching to
the net weight.
3 hook switchover
9. Main and auxiliary
-1 -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
-
0 3 switch the main/auxiliary hook. 2023
This is used2to -
02 3-1
2
d hold the icon for 1 s at main hook, it _d 2
Press_and
o _d
i d do Fig 3-67 do
u switch to the auxiliary hook.
gwill gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
Incorrect use could result in severe accident. Fig 3-68
Status of the main and auxiliary hook switch-
over must be consistent with the actual hook,
or the inaccurate weight will display on the
load moment indicator (LMI). This could
cause severe accident.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
0 23-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2hook height from boom/jib top
10. Work
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do ido where the work hook is. do
u guground
gIt shows the height of boom/jib top from the gui
11. Max. work radius of current configuration

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
It shows23
0
- max. work radius of current configuration.
the
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Boom angle o_ _d
i d12.
i d do
gu gu gui
It shows the current boom angle.
13. Work radius of current configuration
It shows the actual work radius of current work configuration.
14. Min. work radius of current configuration
It shows the min. work radius of current configuration.
15. Swing mode switch

-13
10 this switch for 1 second to en- 3-10 -13 0- 13
Press and-hold
3 3-1
202 mode selection interface.
ter swing 202 202
o _d _d _d
dBefore do do
gui ui the
selecting, it will require gfor gui
password.
There are three swing modes for different op-

eration conditions.
• Prevent mode (P mode): press the swing

brake button to disengage the brake, and
operate the swing control joystick to swing Fig 3-69
the upperworks. When the swing control
-13 to neutral position, the
joystick returns - 13 0- 13
-10 immediately. Press the swing 23-10
swing23stops 3-1
0 0 02
_ d 2 button again to engage the swing
brake _ d2 _d
2
do do do
gui brake. gui gui
This mode is suitable for work on area with
larger slope or plain ground under windy
condition. In this mode, swing stopping
tends to cause backlash and boom shaking.
Therefore, the operation must be gentle
when returning the joystick to neutral
position.
Press and hold free swing button, the ma-
0 - 13 swing state, which is help-

chine enters free
0 -13 0- 13
ing for -1 1
hook alignment and reduce the
023 at stop. Release the free swing 2023
-
02 3-1
2
backlash
d d 2
o_button, the machine exits free swingidstate,
o_ _d
i d do
gu which can prevent unintended swing gu of gui
upperworks on slope or under wind load.

- 13 0-13 0-13
• -10(D mode): press the swing
Damp mode
3 3-1 3-1
202 to disengage the brake, and
brake button 202 202
_d _d _d
ido
operate
guthe uid
the swing control joystick to swing
g
o
gui
do
upperworks. When the swing action is
done, press the swing brake button again to
engage the brake.
This mode is in between of P mode and S
mode in terms of preventing unintended
swing and shifting performance. When the
swing control joystick returns to neutral po-
sition, the swing stops immediately. This
mode is suitable for work on plain area
under lower 0wind
1 -13 speed. In this mode, 1 0 -13 0-13
-
023 gently and the boom doesn’t 2023
swing stops
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ Unintended swing may happen o_ _d
do
shake.
i d i d
guwhen the crane body is leaning or diagonalgu gui
pulling, which requires operating swing con-
trol joystick in opposite direction to stabilize
the crane body.
• Shift mode (S mode): press the swing brake
button to disengage the brake, and operate
the swing control joystick to swing the
upperworks. When the swing action is
done, press the swing brake button again to
3 13 13
0-1 When the swing control
engage the brake. 0- 0-
joystick 0 3-1
2
moves back to neutral position, the 02 3-1 02 3-1
_ d 2action will slow down until finally _d 2 _d
2
ido It is acceptable to push the joystick do do
swing
gustops. gui gui
to the opposite position slightly to com-
pletely stop the swing action.
This mode is suitable for work on plain area
under lower wind speed. In this mode,
swing stops gently and the boom doesn’t
shake. Operate the swing control joystick in
opposite direction can make more accurate
positioning of swing.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doRisk of machine damage! ido do
gui Changing swing mode during g u
swing could gui
cause swing brake damage or loss of
stability.
It is prohibited to change the mode during
swing.
3.5.6 Menu Function Setting
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do9
gui 1 2 3
gui 4 5 6 7 8
gui
Fig 3-70
1. Main menu function 4. Engine fault alarm 7. Load chart query 9. Control lever and
query button button pedal function query
2. Swing area limit set-
ting button (optional) 5. Pull up main 8. Background bright-
interface ness setting button
3. System fault alarm
query button 6. Mute button
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 Fig3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
3-71
do do do
gui gui gui
1. Main menu function
With this button pressed, enter into the main

menu function setting interface. There are
functions such as system setting, assisting
function, information inquiry, language/unit
setting, air conditioning and FM Radio, etc. on
this interface.
For more details, refer to main menu function

section. 10-
13 0-13 0- 13
02 3- 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-72

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-73
2. Swing area limit setting button

(optional)
With this button pressed, enter swing area

limit setting interface.
For more details, refer to swing area limit set-

3 13 13
ting section. 10-1 0- 0-
02 3- 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-74
3. System fault alarm query button
With this button pressed, the system fault

alarm query appears.
In case of an alarm of the system, the display

0
system alarm 1button -13 will flash. With this but- 1 0 -13 0-13
-
023the background of this button be- 2023
-
02 3-1
2
ton pressed,
d d 2
o_ yellow to enter the system fault alarm o_ _d
comes
i d i d do
u interface. This interface is mainly used
gquery gu gui
for repair by the service engineer.
NOTE：
When system function alarms, it will pop up Fig 3-75
on the main interface.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
4. Engine - fault alarm query button
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ this button pressed, the engineidfault
o_ _d
i dWith do
gu alarm query appears. gu gui
In case of an alarm of the engine, the display
engine fault alarm query button will flash. With
this button pressed, the background of this
button becomes yellow to enter the engine
fault alarm query interface.
-1 3 3
Fig 3-76
1 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 023-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
5. Pull up main interface
With this button pressed, the pull up main in-

terface appears.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
6. Mute button
When there is audio alarm for fault, press this

button, the audio alarm is muted.
After this button3 pressed for 15 seconds, the

1 0 -1The audio alarm sets out when 1 0 -13 0- 13
3-1
button resets.
- -
2 023happens, and press the button again 2023
new fault 202
d _d _d
o_mute the audio alarm.
dto do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

7. Load chart
023
- query button
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d button pressed, the detailed loado_d
othis _d
With
i d uid do
u information can be inquired on the gright
gchart gui
side of the display.
-1 3 Fig 3-78
13 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-79
8. Background brightness setting button
Press this button to enter background bright-

ness setting interface and day/night mode
switching.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-80
Fig 3-81
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
-1 3 3
Fig 3-82
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 023-1 02 3-1
20 lever and pedal function query
9. Control 2 2
o _d _d _d
gui
dClick ido
gucontrol
this button to find the functions of gui
do
levers and pedals.
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-83
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
_d2 d2 _d
2
i do d o_ do
u
g 3.5.7 Parameters Display 2 gui gui
1 2 3 4 5 6
Fig 3-84
(optional) 10-
13
1. Main hook height
13 oil
3. Auxiliary hook height 5. Hydraulic
0 - 0- 13
3-
(optional) 1
temperature
3- 3-1
202load hoist
2. Main
d
4. Auxiliary load hoist 2026. Servo pressure 202
o_ (optional) speed (optional) o_d _d
do
speed
d d
gui gui gui
1. Main hook height (optional)
This displays the height of the current main hook from the ground.

13 13 13
10- speed (optional)
2. Main load hoist
3 - 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
202 the current main load hoist speed.
This displays 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido
g3.uAuxiliary hook height (optional)
gui
do
gui
do
This displays the current auxiliary hook height from the ground.
4. Auxiliary load hoist speed (optional)

This displays the current auxiliary load hoist speed.
5. Hydraulic oil temperature

This displays the hydraulic oil temperature.
If the oil temperature is too high or too low, the alarm icon on the main interface will flash.
• If the oil temperature is below 0℃, the low-oil temperature alarm will be issued.
• 13 is higher than 85℃, the high-oil-temperature
If the oil temperature 13 alarm will be issued. 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
6. Servo pressure
d d 202 d 202
The o _ _is 35 bar to 43 bar. _
do do
normal display range of the servo pressure
u i d u i u i
gWhen the pressure is abnormal, the warmgicon on the main interface will flash. For the
g detailed
alarm information, please refer to the system alarm interface.
3.5.8 Ground Pressure and Levelness Display
Ground pressure
1
The crane ground pressure can be displayed

at the right lower interface of the display for
reference by the operator.
0 - 13 5
0 -13
2
0-13
Among them, the - 1 left front and left rear display - 1 3-1
2
the pressure 023applied on the left crawler, and 2023 2 02
d d _d
o_ front and right rear display the pres-
theidright i d o_ do
u
gsure applied to the right crawler. The average gu gui
ground pressure is an average of these four 4 3
values.
Fig 3-85
1. Average ground 3. Gradient on right

pressure rear
2. Gradient on right 4. Gradient on left rear
front
-1 3 -1 3 5. Gradient on left front
13
-10 -10 0-
Gradient
02 3 02 3 023-1
d2
_ _ d2 _d
2
i
This
u dofunction is used to detect and displayuthe
i do machine level gradient, and the monitor
u ido will issue
gan alarm automatically if it is out of the allowable
g angle limit. g

- 13 0- 13 0- 13
This function
3 - 10displays the angles between the current1machine
3 - and the horizontal direction and1the
3 -
202direction. When the load is less thand50%
vertical
d 202 and the angle is greater than 1.5°, an
d
02 will
2alarm
i o_ issued. When the load is greater thanid50%
dbe o_ and the angle is greater than 0.6°,idano_alarm will be
u
g issued. g u gu
When an alarm is issued, the alarm icon on the display will flash, and the detailed alarm informa-
tion can be viewed in the system warning interface.
In the figure, the yellow point at the center means the machine levelness. Where the yellow dot
flows to means this direction is lower.
There are X - direction and Y - direction for level indicator, with left-negative and right-positive used
for X - direction and with front-positive and rear-negative used for Y - direction.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
02 Function Setting
3.6 Menu 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o Menu Function Setting Overview _d _d
d3.6.1 do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-86
With this button pressed, enter into the main menu function setting interface. There are functions
such as system setting, assisting function, information inquiry, language/unit setting, air
13 FM radio, etc. on this interface.
conditioning-and
0 -13 0 -13 0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
3.6.2 System
023
- Setting
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ System Setting Overview _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
3.6.2.1
gu
Press this icon to enter the password in-
put interface. The password is 311111 when
no load is provided. The password is 583118
when the load weight equals to or is greater
than two times of hook weight.
With the correct password entered, the page

will jump to the system setting interface au-
tomatically and no1any
1 0 - 3 password is required 1 0 -13 0-13
from the main
0 23-interface to the system setting 2023- 02 3-1
2
page. Ifdthe password changed, the new pass- d 2
_ _ _d
i dois required to enter the system setting i do do
u u gui
word
g g Fig 3-87
page.
There are common configuration selection,

load moment indicator setting, swing area
limit and factory setting on this interface,
and they can be viewed at the right lower cor-
ner of the main display interface.
NOTE：
If what saved in the3 common configuration
1 0 -1enter this interface and pull 1 0 -13 0-13
selection is used,
023
-
023
-
02 3-1
2
out the operating
d condition directly. For un-
d 2 2
o_operating condition, the operating con- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
saved
u
gdition gu
data must be set in the operating
condition setting page. Fig 3-88
3.6.2.2 Common Configuration Selection
With the common configuration selection button pressed, enter the interface. On the operating
condition saving interface, all common operating conditions can be selected for the operator. Se-
lect a common operating condition No. and press the √ to enter the operating condition confirm
interface. 3 3
0- 1 0- 1 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
1. Call 2up -the common operating condition
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
-13 3
Fig 3-89
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 23-1 02 3-1
condition 20
_ d2
2. Confirm the operating
_d _d
2
o
idparameters do do
gu gui gui
0- 13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-90
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Display load chart
d3. d o_ do
g u gui gui
With the √ pressed on this interface, the load
chart interface of the current operating condi-
tion will pop up. With the icon pressed on
this interface, return to the main interface
directly.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-91 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3.6.2.3 Load
023
-Moment Indicator (LMI) Parameters
023
-Setting
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d Load moment indicator (LMI) pa-o_d
othe _d
i d d do
gui gui
With
gu
rameters setting button pressed, enter
the figure interface. On this interface, follow-
ing items can be calibrated:
• Angle calibration
• Back-stop spring factor calibration
• Fixed jib angle revision
• Load cell (tension sensor) calibration
• Empty hook calibration
3
-1 (not applicable to all 13 13
• Hook weight 0
setting 0- 0-
02
machines) 3-1 3-1
02 3-92 02 3-1
2
d load 2 Fig 2
• Rated _ _d _d
i do factor setting
do do
u
g• Overload test gui gui
DANGER
Danger of serious accident!
The LMI parameters are pre-set before ship-
ment. Change the LMI parameter without
permit from SANY could cause serious
accident.
Contact SANY service technician if you need
3
to change the LMI-1parameter. 13 13
0 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d calibration
1. Angle
o _d _d
ido
uid the Angle calibration icon pressed,guthe
gWith gui
do
boom angle, jib angle, fixed jib angle (option-
al), and boom hoist mast angle can be
calibrated.
Angle calibrations of some positions are not

applicable to all machines.
0- 13 13 13
3-1 - 10-
Fig 33-93 3-1
0-
202 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0
- boom angle calibration and the 23-
With the23lower
0 02 3-1
2
d boom angle calibration icons pressed,d2 2
upper
_ _ _d
do do do
gui calibrate the lower boom angle and guiupper gui
boom angle (optional) respectively. On the
calibration interface, enter the allowed angle
through the small keyboard and click √, then
the calibration is completed successfully.
NOTE：
When the user enters the different angle val-
ues, the work radius will display the corre-
sponding value. If the displayed work radius is
13the actual measured work ra- -13 13
Fig 3-94
consistent with
1 0 - 1 0 0-
-
023 the √ key, then the angle is cali- 2023
dius, press -
02 3-1
2 2
_d successfully.
brated _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
To calibrate the low angle, the boom angle is
gui
about 30°.
To calibrate the high angle, the boom angle is

about 75°.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-95
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

With the lower
0 23- jib angle and upper jib angle 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d
icons pressed,
o
calibrate the lower jib angle d
_ _d
i d upper jib angle (optional) of luffing jibure-
i do do
u
and
g g gui
spectively. This function is only available
when the basic machine is equipped with the
luffing jib condition.
The calibration method is same as above.
-1 3 Fig 3-96
13 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
0-13 -13 0-13

3-1 -10
Fig 3-97
3 3-1
02 02 02
_d2 _ d2 _d
2
o o do
uid the fixed jib angle icon pressed, calibrate
With
gthe g uid gui
fixed jib angle (optional). On the calibra-
tion interface, please enter the set angle
through the small keyboard and check this op-
tion, then the calibration is completed suc-
cessfully. The calibration method is same as
above.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 3-98 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
With the
0 23-boom hoist mast angle calibration 2023- 02 3-1
2
icond pressed, calibrate the boom hoist mast d 2
o_ (optional). On the calibration interface,
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu angle
gu gui
please enter the set angle through the small
keyboard and check this option, then the cali-
bration is completed successfully. The calibra-
tion method is same as above.
This function is not applicable to all machines.
-1 3 3
Fig 3-99
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 023-1 02 3-1
20
2. Back-stop spring factor calibration 2 2
o _d _d _d
dWith do do
gui gui
the back-stop spring factor calibration gui
icon pressed, calibrate the boom or jib back-
stop groove.
At the angle where the back-stop rod just en-

ters into the groove and starts to shorten due
to compression, press the √ key for calibra-
tion. For the boom back-stop spring factor and
jib back-stop spring factor value, please con-
tact the local dealer.
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-100
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Fixed jib angle revision
d3. d o_ do
g u gui gui
With the fixed jib angle revision icon pressed,
correct the jib offset angle. For the calibration
method, please refer to the angle calibration.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-101 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

4. Load cell
023
-
(tension sensor) calibration
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d load cell calibration icon pressed,o_d
othe _d
With
i d d do
u
gcalibrate gui
the relevant factor of the pull sensor gui
and do the calibration at the right side of the
main display interface.
When the user enters the different pull force

factors, the corresponding actual load of main
hook will be displayed.
If the displayed value is less than the actual

load, the boom pull force factor shall be in-
-13 value is greater than
Fig 3-102 3
creased. If the displayed
0 0- 1 0-13
1
- the boom pull force factor 3-1 3-1
0 3
the actual 2
02 02
load,
2 2 2
_ddecreased to calibrate the factor.
shall be
o _d _d
uid do do
gNOTE： gui gui
The coefficient to be calibrated in the pull sen-
sor interface has been set in the factory. Do
not change it without permission.
DANGER
Danger of serious accident!
Unauthorized personnel is not allowed to
change the parameter,
- 1 3 otherwise this may -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
3-1
cause inaccurate moment limiter, resulting in
- -
2 023
serious accident. 2 023 202
_d
Theocalibration is made only in case of drift o_d _d
i d d do
gofu the zero point of the pull sensor. Before gui gui
calibration, please contact SANY authorized
dealer.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
5. Empty -hook calibration
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the empty hook calibration icon pressed,
o_ _d
i dWith
i d do
gu enter the empty hook calibration interface.
gu gui
Lower the boom angle to below 30°, enter the
actual weight of empty main hook and rope re-
lease length, then press the √. The machine
status switches from Preparation to Ready.
With the boom erected above 80° in an even
speed, the basic machine response status
switches to Complete from Ready, and now
the calibration of empty hook is completed.
-13 3
Fig 3-103
1 13
-10 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
202 02
NOTE：
d 2 d 2
o_ length of rope releasing from mainidhook
The
o_ _d
i d do
gu and the length of rope releasing fromgthe u aux- gui
iliary hook refer to the distance from the boom
top to the hook.
6. Hook weight setting (not applicable to

all machines)
With the hook weight setting icon pressed,

calibrate the actual weights of main hook and
auxiliary hook.
3 13 13
This function1 0-is1 available for the double hook 0- 0-
023
condition.
-
023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
dIfo the actual weight of main hook is larger,
dothe do
gui gui gui
entered value of actual weight of auxiliary
hook can be increased. If the actual weight of
main hook is smaller, the entered value of ac- Fig 3-104
tual weight of auxiliary hook can be
decreased.
If the actual weight of auxiliary hook is larger,

the entered value of actual weight of main
hook can be increased. If the actual weight of
auxiliary hook 1is3smaller, the entered value of 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 of main hook can be decreased.
actual weight
02 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

7. Rated load
023
- factor setting
023
-
023-1
2 2 2
_d rated load factor pressed, set the fac-o_d
othe _d
With
i d d do
u of the rated load.
gtor gui gui
To calibrate the influence of the rated load fac-
tor on the rated load, the used rated load is
obtained by the rated load factor multiplied by
the load value listed in the load chart. The fac-
tor of the rated load is ranged from 0.1 to 1.0,
which can be used as load reduction by the
customer.
-13 Fig 3-105 3

1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 023-1
20 test
8. Overload 2 2
o _d _d _d
ido
uid the overload test pressed, the systemguoverload
gWith limit function can be tested. gui
do
If no any overload alarm is issued from the system, the overload alarm will be generated with this
button pressed. In this case, whether the lifting action of the load hoist winch and the lowering ac-
tion of the boom hoist winch are cut off can be tested. Please contact SANY authorized dealer if
those above actions cannot be cut off.
3.6.2.4 Factory Setting
With the factory setting icon pressed, en-

ter the factory setting
1 0 -13 interface. There are 1 0 -13 0-13
many settings
0 23-
on this interface, which are
0 23- 023-1
mainly d 2
used for troubleshooting and commis- d 2 2
o _ _ _d
i d The customer or operator are notual- i do do
gui
sioning.
u
glowed to tamper with it. g
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Functions in [Factory Setting] are not open
to customer. Unauthorized change could
Fig 3-106
cause serious accident.
The adjustment must be made by professio-
nals of SANY authorized dealer. Contact
0 -13
SANY service technician
1 if you need to make 0- 13 0-13
any change.230
-
02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
1. Throttle- calibration
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ the throttle calibration icon pressed, _d
oset _d
i dWith
i d do
gu the throttle idling value within the range
guof 900 gui
rpm to 1800 rpm. Enter the corresponding
idling values through the small keyboard.
• With the hand throttle button turned to the
corresponding gear, press the gear calibra-
tion. For example, when the hand throttle
dial is turned to the gear 2, press the gear 2
calibration.
• With the foot throttle pedal pressed to the
1 3 3
Fig 3-107
1 13
10- the Max.. With the foot throt-
bottom, press
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 not stepped down, press the Min.. 202
tle 2pedal 202
d d _d
i d o_The calibration is done after the completion
i d o_ do
gu of calibrating two points. gu gui
-1 3 3
Fig 3-108
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 23-1 02 3-1
valve electrical current 20
_ d2
2. Proportional
_d _d
2
o
idsetting ido do
gu gu gui
With the proportional valve electrical current
setting icon pressed, the proportional valve
amperage is shown and can be adjusted.
0- 13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-109
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
-
3. Slewing2adaptive calibration
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_the slewing adaptive calibration icon o_ _d
With
i d i d do
u
gpressed, gu
select to use left/right adaptive gui
current.
-13 Fig 3-110 3

1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 pedal calibration (optional)
4. Free fall 2 2
o _d _d _d
ido
uid the free fall pedal calibration icon toguset
gPress gui
do
free fall pedal.
Main load hoist winch:
1) Do not step down the main free fall pedal.

Press button lowest to calibrate the min.
value.
2) Step down the main free fall pedal to the
-13press the button highest

bottom, and then
10max. value. -13 0-13
3 - -10
Fig 3-111
3 3-1
202 02 02
to calibrate the
_ d d2 _d
2
i do load hoist winch: do_ do
gui gui
Auxiliary
g u
1) Do not step down the auxiliary free fall ped-
al. Press button lowest to calibrate the min.
value.
2) Step down the auxiliary free fall pedal to the

bottom, and then press the button highest
to calibrate the max. value.
5. Product model
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- model icon pressed, the product models - are presented on the screen. Click 2the -
023 023 0 3
With the product
2 2 2
product
o _dmodel to find out information about product
o _d configurations including engine, hydraulic
o _d sys-
i d i
u free fall, pump, travel motor, main/auxiliaryd i d
gtem, gu gu product as-
winch motor, boom hoist motor, and
sisting functions including swing area limit, GPS, swing encoder, level indicator, boom top camera
and other information.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- valve current adjustment
6. Auxiliary
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the Auxiliary valve current adjustmento_ _d
i dWith
i d do
gu icon pressed, regulate the current of each
gu cor- gui
responding auxiliary valve.
-1 3 3
Fig 3-112
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 023-1 02 3-1
20
7. Configuration information 2 2
o _d _d _d
gui
dWith ido
gupressed,
the configuration information icon uid
o
the icon turns blue, the vehiclegconfiguration infor-
mation can be displayed for view by the operator.
8. The other functions are set before shipment, which are not available to end users.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

023
3.6.3 Auxiliary - Function
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Auxiliary Function _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
3.6.3.1
gu
Press the auxiliary function icon to enter the
auxiliary function setting interface.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
3.6.3.22Auxiliary Setting
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the auxiliary setting to enter the iauxili-
o_ _d
i d d do
gui
Press
gu ary function setting interface. Each gfunction
u
can be set valid/invalid, or ON/OFF. When se-
lected, the text box and text will turn deep
color.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-115 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui 1. Auto idling
gui gui
This function is used to reduce oil consump-

tion during the non-work time.
With this function enabled, when the crane

does not work, the engine will return to the
second-level idling speed automatically (the
initial setting value is 1100 rpm) after 10 s
delay.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 2 -
With this3function disabled, the engine speed
0 23- 02 3-1
2
willdchange with the throttle in real time. d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Fig 3-116
gu gu
2. Auto increase of engine idling speed
This function is used to prevent damage to the engine when the engine is running at low idle speed
for a long time.
When the engine idling time exceeds 10 minutes, the engine speed can be increased to 1000 au-
tomatically and then back to the idling speed after 5 minutes.
With this function disabled, when the engine idling time exceeds 8 minutes, the system will issue
an alarm and the
1 0 -13 engine speed shall be increased to10more
-13 than 1000 RPM manually to eliminate
1 0 -13
an alarm.3- 3- 3-
d 202 2 02 202
o_ Rated load wind load limit _d _d
uid
3.
do do
g gui gui
This function is used to reduce the rated load of the engine automatically according to the different
wind speeds.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
023 023 023
4. Overload control mode
d 2 d 2 2
o_ press this mode, and the cab overload
CEdmode: o_ mandatory release switch can only be _d to re-
oused
i i d
u the overload limit within 100 to 110%guof the moment percentage. i d
glease gu
Non-CE mode: press this mode, and the cab overload mandatory release switch can be used to re-
lease the overload limit.
5. Engine environmental testing
With this function enabled, the engine will be adjusted automatically to max. rotation speed, and
the main pump speed reduced to 50%.
6. Manual fan (optional)

-13
This function -is10used to turn on the electric 10 -13 0-13
3
02 compulsively (hydraulic oil 202 3 -
02 3-1
cooling 2fan 2
_ d _d _d
ido
radiation).
gu ido
gu gui
do
Fig 3-117
-13
7. Hydraulic oil0temperature protection 0-13 0-13
0 23-1 02 3-1 023-1
d 2 is used to protect the running status
This function
_ _ dat2 the different hydraulic oil temperatures,
_ d 2there-
do
byiimproving do
the service life of the hydraulic icomponent. ido
gu gu gu
• When the hydraulic oil temperature is below a certain temperature, the system will issue an
alarm and all mechanisms are running at 40% of full speed.
• When the hydraulic oil temperature is higher than a certain temperature, the system will issue
an alarm and all mechanisms are running at 60% of full speed.
• When the hydraulic oil temperature is even higher, the system will issue an alarm and all mecha-
nisms are running at 50% of full speed.
• When the hydraulic oil temperature continues to rise, the main system action will be limited.
3 by default, and can be set to disabled3on the monitor display separately.

This function is enabled
1 1 13
0- 0- 0-
0 3-1
8. Flexible2stop protection (not available for all machines)
2 0 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
ido hoist lifting deceleration: the boom
• Boom
gudius. g
do decelerates when approaching theumin.
uihoist g ido work ra-
When reaching the min. work radius, boom hoist lifting will stop automatically.

- 13 13 13
• Boom hoist
3 10-
-10 lowering deceleration: the boom hoist-decelerates
3 10-
when approaching the max. -work
3
202 When reaching the max. work radius,2boom
radius.
d
02 hoist lowering will stop automatically.
202
o_Load speed reduction: _d _d
i d• do do
gu gui gui
– When the moment percentage is greater than a certain value, main load hoist and auxiliary
load hoist will decelerate. When 102% reached, the main load hoist and auxiliary load hoist
will stop automatically.
– When the moment percentage is greater than a certain value, the boom hoist winch rope re-
lease speed will be limited. When 102% reached, the boom hoist winch lowering action will
stop automatically.
13 limit
9. Swing speed
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
02 different boom length combinations, the 3-1 3-1
• For2the
d d 202different maximum swing speeds cand be202set.
_ _ _
d•o This function is enabled by default, anddocan be set to disabled on the monitor display
do separately.
gui gui gui
10. Alarm horn
This is used for turning on or off the external

horn.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-118
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

11. Power-on
023
-password
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
ofunction o_
d _d
This
i d is used to configure whether the
i d do
u
gsystem power on password is used. gu gui
Input power-on password: Power on pass-
word needs to input on the display as the sys-
tem is power on. Only typing in correct power
on password can enter into system main
interface.
Modify power-on password: The operator can

modify power-on password to realize personal
-13 of equipment.
Fig 3-119 3
authority management
0- 1 0-13
3-10 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
do_ do do
gui gui gui
-1 3 Fig 3-120 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 mode
12. High land 2 2
o _d _d _d
do working mode.
uid function is used to turn on or off the high-land do
gThis gui gui
When the machine works at high land of altitude from 2000 m ~ 5000 m, the machine should turn
on this mode.
In highland mode, the engine power matches the machine operation automatically.
13. Engine power coefficient
The user input different power coefficients to adjust engine power.
NOTICE 13
1 0 -13 1 0 - 1 0 -13
Risk of engine
2 0 23- damage! 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
_dwill cause weak machine action. _d
Over high engine power will cause engine shutoff or enormous black smoke. Over low dengine
o o _
i d
power
u u i d u i do
gContact SANY service technician if you needg to adjust engine power. g

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
3.6.3.32Machine Lock
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ o_d _d
o
guidNOTE： g uid g uid
This function is only available to SANY service technician, which is not usable to the end user.
3.6.3.4 Three-wrap Protector
This function is used in emergency when re-

placing wire rope or when the three-wrap pro-
tector is damaged.
In this page, the function of three-wrap protec-

tor can be set valid or invalid. Click valid, the
-13 red, which means this func-
box and text0turns
1 1 0 -13 0- 13
tion is 2 3- Click invalid, the box and text 023-
0valid. 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d red, which means this function is invalid.
turns _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Fig 3-121
When this function is set invalid, the winch
wire rope will pay out without protection,
which may cause machine damage or seri-
ous accident due to winch rope over release.
Do not set the three-wrap protection invalid
unless it is necessary.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
- Area Limit (Optional)
3.6.3.52Work
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ the machine needs to move in the _d
onar- _d
i d i d do
gui
When
gu row space or between the buildings, the
gu boom
angle range can be limited through this func-
tion. However, this limited angle range must
be within the angle range allowed by the mo-
ment limiter.
The boom and jib angle setting accuracy is

0.1°. The main hook or auxiliary hook allowed
height setting accuracy is 0.01 m.
3 3 13
With the work
1 0-1area limit pressed, the different 1 0-1 0-
- -
023 can be set to enabled or dis- 2023Fig 3-122
work radius 02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ on this interface. The corresponding o_ _d
do
abled
i d i d
gu values can be set through the small keyboard.
gu gui

0- 13 0-13 0-13
Icon
02 3-1 Definition
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 Upper boom limit angle 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui
Lower boom limit angle gui
Upper jib limit angle
Lower jib limit angle
Height of main hook from

the ground
Height of auxiliary hook
13 from the ground 13 13

0- 0- 0-
23-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
20this function to valid or invalid with
1. First, set 2 2
o _d _d _d
thedcorresponding do do
gui
option clicked. When setuito
g gui
invalid, this function will not limit the corre-
sponding action. When set to valid, the corre-
sponding controller action will stop
automatically according to the set
parameters.
2. Second, enter limit value. The customer

can determine the limit value according to the
13 the black-background
actual situation. Click
- 13 13
3 - 10box 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
202 202 02
and green-letter to pop up the digit key-
board,_dand enter the limit values through the _d
2
o _d
uid keyboard. do do
gdigit gui gui
Hereby the work area limit functions are set
completely.
NOTE：
The set values of upper boom limit angle, low-
er boom limit angle, upper jib limit angle, and
lower jib limit angle can not exceed the angle
range allowed by the load moment limiter.
Otherwise, the set-1 3 will be invalid. 13 13
0- 0-
value
0
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
3.6.3.62GPS- (Optional)
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ has the following functions: o_d _d
idGPS uid do
gu • To provide the customer with
g
the machine
gui
positioning information.
• To provide the lifting information, alarm,
work log and other reports.
For details, please contact SANY authorized
dealer.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-123 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3.6.3.7 Free Fall Brake Moment Selection
Select the brake moment according to actual

operating configuration. Click the box and the
percentage will be selected when it turns to
deep color.
NOTE：
This function is only applicable to electrically-
13
operated free fall.
0- 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-124
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3.6.3.8 Winch
023
- Calibration
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
In id i d do
gui
assembly and disassembly process, the
u
gload u
hoist winch can be work at the g idle
speed. In order to ensure the accurate display
of the hook height, the number of layers of
winch and the release turns shall be
calibrated.
With the winch calibration pressed, the icon

turns blue. On this screen, the operator can
set the number of the current rope layers and
released wraps of 3the main load hoist, the
1 0 -1 and third winch(optional). 1 0 -13 0-13
23-
auxiliary load hoist, -
0233-125 02 3-1
Press the20√ key for saving. In this case, the 2
Fig 2
d d _d
i d o_ calculated results are consistent with i d o_ do
gui
system
u
gthe gu
entered calibration data.
The current released wraps need to be

counted and then type in the number.
The number of the current layers of wire rope

3
4
5
1
2
can be determined by measuring the distance

from the edge of drum to the surface of wire
rope, as shown in figure.
In addition, the user3 can zero the heights of

0-1 hook generally based 0- 13 0-13
main hook and-1auxiliary
3 3-1 3-1
202 as baseline.
on the ground 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gInuiorder to prevent the wrong display of hook
gui gui
height after the calibration of the number of
layers and the wraps of the winch, the hook
height needs to be cleared to zero. In general,
zero point is when the hook touches the Fig 3-126
ground. With W1=0 icon pressed, the main 1. 1st layer 2. 2nd layer
hook height is zeroed. With W2=0 icon
3. 3rd layer 4. 4th layer
pressed, the auxiliary hook height is zeroed.
5. 5th layer
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
3.6.3.92Maintenance
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the maintenance function enabled,idwhen
o_ _d
i d do
gui
With
gu the maintenance time expires, thegumainte-
nance interface will pop up automatically on
the display, to tip the user for maintenance.
After the completion of maintenance, click

Confirm that the maintenance is com-
pleted! button, the maintenance tip will not
occur after next power-on. If the maintenance
is not completed, click Ignore, next prompt
0 - 13 will occur after next power-

button, so the tip
0- 13 0- 13
on. -1 3-1 3-1
2 023 02 Fig 02
d2 2
3-127
d
In_addition to auto pop-up of maintenance _in- _d
do do do
gui formation, the maintenance items on the
gui auxil- gui
iary function interface can be used for manual
query.
3.6.3.10 Data Export
The data export function is not available on this crane.
3.6.3.11 Virtual EPAD Key
13 -13 13
In order to prevent that the function of the right
1 0 - 1 0 0-
23-the operator’s cab is disabled from 2023- 3-1
front EPAD panel or the left EPAD panel in-
stalled2 0in 202
d d _d
i d o_
resulting in abnormal operation of machine, i d o_ do
gu the virtual EPAD panel is used for thisguto have gui
fully the same functions.
With the EPAD icon pressed, the operator can

operate EPAD key on the monitor display.
Fig 3-128
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3.6.3.12 Time
023
- Setting
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d box pressed, the digit keyboard willo_d
othe _d
i d uid do
gui
With
u
gpop up. Enter the values through the gdigit
keyboard.
Enter the correct current time, and press the √

key to confirm, to complete the time
modification.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1
02 3-129 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
-
3.6.4 Information Inquiry
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
3.6.4.1 Information Inquiry
gu
With this icon pressed, enter the query inter-
face. On this interface, the information includ-
ing IO information, engine, program version
and others can be inquired.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
3
3.6.4.2 IO Query - 10- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
d 202 202 202
_ _d _d
do
IOiquery do do
g u gui gui
With this icon pressed, enter the IO query
interface.
When the control system failed and needs re-

pair, this function can be used to help
troubleshooting.
IO terminal query interface is classified into

the controller switch input, switch output, ana-
13 and frequency input.
log input, analog output
0- 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 3-132 02 3-1
2 2
Fig 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 3-133 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
o _d o_ d _d
uid uid do
gUsed g
to view the pin, line No. and input state
gui
of the switch input port signal.
For detailed data meaning, please contact

SANY authorized dealer.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-134

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3- the pin, line No. and output state 023-
Used to2view
0 02 3-1
2
d switch output port signal. d2 2
of the
_ _ _d
do do do
gui gui gui
-1 3 3
Fig 3-135
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 0 2 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the pin, line No., AD value and con-
To view
_ _ d2 _d
2
o
idverted ido do
gui
value of the switch input port signal.
gu gu
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-136
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ view
dTo o _
do
g u i uid and
the pin, line No., output value
g gui
feedback value of the analog output port
signal.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-137 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3- line No., calculated value and
To view the 2pin,
0 0 23- 023-1
2 2 2
_d value of the frequency input porto_d
converted
o _d
uid d do
gsignal. gui gui
-1 3 Fig 3-138 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 023-1
20 Chart Query
3.6.4.3dLoad 2 2
o_ _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
With the load chart query pressed, the operator can select the corresponding operating con-
dition of the load chart to be viewed on the display. This can be used to search load chart of any
operation condition.
Setting operating condition parameters of the load chart does not affect currently used operating
condition.
1. Select operation condition.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-139
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
023
2. Select -counterweight.
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
-1 3 3
Fig 3-140
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 boom length.
3. Select 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-141
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Select hook block.
d4. d o_ do
g u gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-142 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

5. Show the
023
- chart.
load
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
-1 3 Fig 3-143 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 Description
3.6.4.4dIcon 2 2
_ _d _d
i do do do
u gui
gWith the icon description pressed, the opera- gui
tor can view the specific meanings of the
icons on the display.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 3-144 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
3.6.4.52Configuration Information
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu With the configuration informationgu gui
pressed, the vehicle configuration information
can be displayed for view by the operator on
this interface. And the figure is for reference
only.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-145 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3.6.4.6 Logic Self-diagnosis
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-146
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

This function
0
- used to assist
23is in the service
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
engineer
o _d for troubleshooting. _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
Press action inquiry , and the operator
can check servo pressure unload, main hoist
lifting and lowering actions, the corresponding
conditions and status.
For example, on this screen there are eight

items affecting the main load hoist lifting ac-
tion. If any red light is on, the main load hoist
can not lift. Only when all eight action lights
3 hoist can be allowed
-1load
Fig 3-147 3
1 13
0- 0-
are green lit, main
1 0
to lift.
023- 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do Mechanism Work Time do do
gui gui gui
3.6.4.7
With the mechanism work time pressed,

the operator can view the work time of each
mechanism on this interface.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
3.6.4.82Version Information
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Version Information _d _d
idWith dothe do
gu gui gui
pressed,
controller, the display program version infor-
mation, the load chart version and other infor-
mation can be displayed at the right corner of
the main interface.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-149 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui 3.6.5 Language and Unit Setting
g ui gui
Select Language and Unit Setting on the

main interface to enter the setting interface.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-150
1. Language selection
Select the system language by pressing the corresponding box. When the corresponding option
box pressed, the box and letter will become deep color, meaning that this option is selected.
2. Unit setting
Change the system

0 - 13 unit by pressing the corresponding 0 - 3 When the corresponding option box
1box. 0 -13
3-
pressed, the1 box and letter will become deep color,
3- 1
meaning that this option is selected. -31
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
-
3.6.6 Air Conditioner
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_this icon o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
Press to enter the air conditioner
setting interface. The temperature and wind
direction of the air conditioner can be adjusted
on this interface.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 3-151 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _d _d
do do do
g1.ui Power switch gui gui
When the air conditioner switch is pressed
once, the air conditioner will be at the working
state. When pressed again, the button turns
grey and the power switches off, then the air
conditioner will be disabled.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
1. Power switch 4. Air volume
adjustment
2. Temperature adjust
and display 5. Return
3. Wind direction se-
lection switch and
display
2. Temperature adjust and display

3 3 13
This area is used0-to1 adjust the temperature in cooling or heating
0-1 mode. 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ , the temperature rises. Press _ temperature drops. _d
do do do
Press , the
g u i g u i gui
The real-time indoor temperature is shown on the screen. The temperature can be set from 18°C
to 32°C.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
023 023 023
3. Wind direction selection switch and display
d 2 2
d mode and view the corresponding wind
d 2
i d o_ the button here to select the windiddirection
Press o_ i d o_ direction
gu mode on the screen. gu gu
• A/C mode:
With this button pressed, the air conditioner compressor will work, and the air conditioner enters
the cooling or heating mode. The small green light on the top of the panel will illuminate.
With this button pressed again, the air conditioner compressor will stop, and the air conditioner
will at the common air blowing mode. The light at the top of the panel will not illuminate.
• AUTO mode:
With this button pressed, the air conditioner auto mode is selected. The air conditioner work
mode can be 3 3 temperature.
adjusted automatically according to the indoor 3
• -1
10 mode: 10 -1 10-1
-
Inner cycle
3 3 - 3 -
202the button pressed, the inner cycle mode
With
d d 202 will be activated, and the corresponding
d 202 small
_ _ _
ido green light shown on the figure will illuminate.
gu • guido guido
Outer cycle mode:
With the button pressed, the outer cycle mode will be activated, and the corresponding small
green light shown on the figure will illuminate.
To face
0-13 13 and back

To face
0- 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui To face, back and feet
gui
To feet
To window and feet
0-13 13
To window
0- 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d A/C mode _d
do do do
gui gui AUTO mode gui
Inner cycle mode

0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1
Outer cycle mode 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ ido
gui gui u
Switching temperature display gunit
4. Air volume adjustment
This is an air volume adjustment button. With
pressed, the air volume will increase

and the air volume increasing can be dis-
played on the display panel, with up to six
scales displayed. With

0 - 13 pressed, the air
0 -13 0-13
- 1
volume will decrease and the air volume de- - 1 3-1
creasing 2 023be displayed on the display pan- 2023
can 202
_d _d _d
do at least one scale displayed.
el,iwith ido do
gu gu gui
Fig 3-153
5. Return
Return to the previous menu.
3.6.7 FM Radio
Tap on this icon -13 , and enter into the set- 13 13

10 0- 0-
tings page 2of3-the radio. Fine tune the radio
02 3-1 02 3-1
20 2 2
_don this page.
function _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-154
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
1. Volume - display
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ display shows _d
volume.doThe _d
i dThe the sound
ui do
gu volume can adjust through the gfunction gui
buttons.
Fig 3-155
0- 13 -13 display
1. Volume
0 2. Saved radio
0 -13
023-1 023-1 stations 23-
1
2 2 20
_d _d 3. Auto search _dbutton
4. Function
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Auto search
Tap to search automatically forward.
Tap to search automatically backward.
During the process of automatic searching, it cannot switch to manual scanning until the auto
search completed.
3. Save radio stations

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- the saved radio stations. Click to play
Here displays
023
-the radio directly.
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Function button o_ _d
i d4.
i d do
gu gu gui
Turn down the volume
Search forward automatically
Start FM function
Stop FM function
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
023-1 3-1
02Search backward automatically 3-1
2 2 202
_d _d _ d
do do do
gui gui g u i
Turn up the volume

0- 13 -13 -13
3-1 10 favorite stations, to facilitate playing 3-10
Save -the
3
202 202 directly
radio 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Return to home page
Mute the radio
3.7 Swing Limit Device (Optional)

3.7.1 Swing Limit Device Overview
Swing area device-1is3 a device that allows the operator to stop

-13 the swing action of the upperworks10-13
1 0
- (left and right). 1 0
23area
at any preset
0 23-
0 23-
0
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
o o o
uid the machine reaches any preset limit
When
gupperworks g uidposition, the controller can stop the swing
g uid action of
automatically and prevent the upperworks swing to the dangerous direction. The oper-
ator can slew the upperworks to move to the opposite direction.
This function can prevent collision but can not provide auto stop function when not swinging.
By considering the indication and alarm delay, stop your operation when approaching the left or
right limit. The left and right limits may be exceeded due to the inertia of the machine, therefore, re-
serve a margin when setting the limits.
For machines with this function, an indication will be displayed at the right lower corner on the
monitor. -130 -13 0 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
023 023 023
3.7.2 Description on the Swing Limit Area Parameters (Not Available)
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_ Left swing limit angle setting button
1. i d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
This button is used to set the left limit position.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 3-156 _d
do do uid
o
gui gui 1. Left swing limit an- g
2. Swing angle
gle setting button display
3. Right swing limit 4. Right swing limit
angle setting button angle
5. Right swing limit 6. Position display of
alarm indicator upperworks relative
to the lowerworks
7. L+A mode selector 8.Set button and sta-
button tus display area
0- 13 -13 -13
3-1 3 -
9.10A mode selector 10. Left swing limit-10
3
2 02 202 button 202
alarm indicator
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
11. Left swing limit
angle
2. Swing angle display
Used to display the current swing angle.
With 0 degree at the forward, the swing angle will increase when the machine slews to the right.
3. Right swing limit angle setting button
This button is used to set the right limit position.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
4. Right 3
02
-
swing limit angle
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ to display the right limit position angle.o_ _d
i dUsed
i d do
gu gu gui
5. Right swing limit alarm indicator

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 10-

13
The right swing
2 0 23- limit alarm indicator will turn on 2when
0 23- the swing angle is out of the right limit
202
3 -
position. d d d
i d o_ i d o_ i do
_
g6.uPosition display of upperworks relative gu to the lowerworks g u
Used to display the swing angle in the graphical way.
7. L+A mode selector button
L+A mode: data display + alarm + swing limit.
This button is used to select or cancel L +A mode. Press this button for 1 second, to select this
mode. Press this button for 1 second again, to cancel this button.
8. Set button and status display area

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
A mode and2L+A - mode set button or I mode status display
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ selecting A mode and L+A mode, I mode o_ will be displayed in this area. _d
i d i d do
gui
Without
gu gu
There are three statuses for A mode and L+A mode set button:
•
1. SET flashing button.
2. SET button.
3. CANCEL button.
9. A mode selector button

13 13 13
10-display + alarm.
A mode: only data
- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 202this button for 1 second, to select thisd mode.
202
_ d
This button is used to select or cancel A mode. _ d
Press _
u i do this button for 1 second again, to cancel
u i dothis button. u i do
g
Press g g
10. Left swing limit alarm indicator
The left swing limit alarm indicator will be lit when the swing angel is out of the left limit.
11. Left swing limit angle
Used to display the left limit position angle.
WARNING
Risk of accident! -13
10 10-
13
10-
13
3 - 3 - 3 -
d 202 warning may cause serious accidents
Ignoring this
d
02even death.
2or d 202
i o_ to prevent the impact injury accident,
In order
dand i do
_
please
do
reduce the swing speed when close
i
_ to the
g u
left right limits. g u g u

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- Limit Mode - -
023 023 023
3.7.3 Swing
d 2 d 2 2
o_ are three modes for this machine,idand _d needs.
o_ which mode is determined accordingidtoothe
i dThere
gu gu gu
• I mode: the machine can slew 360°, without area limit function and with only the swing angle
displayed.
• A mode: the machine can slew 360°, without area limit function and with only an alarm issued to
tip the operator when the machine is out of the swing limit area.
• L +A mode: the machine can only work in the swing limit area, having the swing limit function,
with an alarm issued to tip the operator when the machine is running out of the swing limit area.
The current mode swing speed is 1/3 normal speed.
NOTE：
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- mode, the swing mode will be changed - low-speed non-free slip mode automatically.
-
023 023 023
At A or L+A to
d 2 d 2 d 2
gu gu WARNING gu
Risk of accident!
If the wrong mode is selected, the alarm or cut-off function cannot operate properly, which could
cause accident during swing.
Before work, make sure the selected mode is right.
3.7.4 Mode Setting Function
SET flash
13
- left and right swing limit positions can 13
- set. Press this button for 1 s to switch - 13
At this state,
3 - 10the 3 - 10be 3 - 10to
202state, meaning that the setting is completed
the SET
d 202 and the swing can start. 202
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu SET gui gui
At this state, the machine has set the left and right swing limit areas and achieved the swing limit
function for normal swing operation. Press this button for 1 s to switch to the CANCEL status.
CANCEL
At this state, the limit function can be canceled temporarily without changing the left and right
swing limit areas. Press this button for 1 s to switch to the SET flashing status.
3.7.5 A Mode Setting

3
0- 1 0- 13 0- 13
23-1
Initial 0setting 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

1. First select
0 23-A mode. Press A button for 1 s 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d
to successfully
o
select A mode. In this case, d
_ _d
i dSET button is at the flash state. At uthe
i do do
u
the
g g gui
SET flashing status, the left swing limit angle
and right swing limit angle will flash simultane-
ously, waiting to set the left and right swing
limits.
NOTE：
When setting the swing area, the limit posi-
tions at both sides shall be set. If no any ob-
stacle is located at the right side, the machine
13the position far enough
Fig 3-157 3
can be slewed 0to - 0-1 0-13
- 1 - 1 3-1
2 023
where the normal operation of the machine
2 023 202
d
won’t _be d _d
i d o affected at the right side, and then i d o_ do
u the right limit position button.
gpress gu gui
-1 3 Fig 3-158 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
23
0 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2 left swing limit value, slew the ma- _d 2
2. Set the
_ _d
2
o o do
uid to the left swing limit area. Pressgand
chine
ghold uid gui
the left swing limit angle setting button,
so the system will store the current angle to
the left swing limit angle automatically. In this
case, the left swing limit angle will not flash.
0- 13 -13 0-13
3-1 -10
Fig 3-159
3 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3- right swing limit value, slew the 023-
3. Set 2the
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
machine
_ to the right swing limit area. Press
_ _d
do do do
gui and hold the right swing limit angle setting
gui but- gui
ton, so the system will store the current angle
to the right swing limit angle automatically. In
this case, the right swing limit angle will not
flash.
NOTE：
It makes no difference to set the right limit po-
sition or the left limit position first.
-1 3 3
Fig 3-160
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2 the machine within the swing area
4. Swing
_ _ d2 _d
2
o range to leave the limit boundary, dpress
dlimit o do
gui and hold the SET flashing button forgui1 s to gui
switch to the SET status, meaning that the
swing limit angle has been set and the swing
operation can start.
When the machine is swinging to the left, the

system will decelerate automatically 20 de-
grees in advance if the left swing limit angle
reached, and the machine can stop within the
left swing limit 3value ±1° range, limiting the
-1 -13 0- 13
-10to the dangerous direction.
swing action
3 3 -103-161
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ When
d5. o _
do
g u i the swing angel is out of the
g uid left gui
swing limit, the red left swing limit alarm indi-
cator will illuminate.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 3-162 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

6. At the SET
2 0 23-state, the swing can be made normally 2 0 3-the operator after setting. In this case,02the
2by 2
3-
machine’s
o _d swing area limit function is disabledoand _d the machine can only work within theoallowable
_d
i d i d i d
gu
range, with the alarm issued from the
gu
system only.
gu
Setting after restart of engine
WARNING
Risk of serious accident!
When the system restarts, the limit function will be disabled and the swing action is not limited.
If the limit function is required, set the SET flash state to the SET state.
7. In this case, the area is set to the SET flash state, with left and right swing limits available to set
3 3 13
at this state. 0-1 0-1 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 and right swing limit areas are not set
8. If thedleft d 2again, please press and hold SET flash 2
d button
_ _ _
1osecond directly, to change the mode to
for d do SET state. In this case, the machineucan dowork nor-
gui gui g i
the
mally, and the left and right swing limit angles no longer flash, without setting left and right swing
limit angles.
9. When canceling the swing limit function, press and hold A button for 1 second to cancel A
mode.
Setting after machine traveling
10. The set area is at the SET flash state. At this state, set the left and right swing limits.
11. When canceling

1 0 -13the swing limit function, press and1hold
0 -13 A button for 1 second to cancel A10-13
mode. 3-
02 3- 02 3- 02
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
Forgetting to re-set the left and right swing limit after the machine moving will cause swing limit
disabled.
The left and right limit positions need to be set again after the machine moving.
3.7.6 L+A Mode Setting
Initial setting
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
-1 3 3
Fig 3-163
1 13
-10 0- 0-
3 3-1 3-1
202select L +A mode. Press L +A buttond 202
1. First
d 202
o_ 1 second to select successfully. _ _d
dfor do do
gui gui gui
In this case, the SET button is flashing. At the
SET flash state, the left swing limit angle and
right swing limit angle flash simultaneously,
waiting to set the left and right swing angle
limits.
NOTE：
Both left and right limit should be set for swing
limit area. If no any obstacle is located at the
3
-1machine 13
Fig -3-164 13
right side, the
1 0 can be slewed to the
1 0 0-
-
0 3 enough where the normal opera- 2023
position2far -
02 3-1
2 2
_dof the machine will not be affected. _d
tion _d
do uid
o do
gui 2.
g
Set the left machine swing limit. Turn the
gui
machine to the left swing limit area, and press
the left swing limit angle set button, until the
displayed left swing limit angle is consistent
with the displayed swing angle. The system
will store the current angle to the left swing
limit angle and at this time the left swing limit
angle no longer flashes.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 3-165 do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- machine swing limit. Turn the 2023-
3. Set the right
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d to the right swing limit area, ando_d
machine
o _d
uid and hold the right swing limit angleguset
id do
gpress gui
button, until the displayed right swing limit an-
gle is consistent with the displayed swing an-
gle. The system will store the current angle to
the right swing limit angle and at this time the
right swing limit angle no longer flashes.
NOTE：
It makes no difference to set left or right side
first.
-1 3 Fig 3-166 3
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 0 2 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 machine to the swing area limit _d 2
4. Turn the
_ _d
2
o o do
uid to leave the limit boundary, and press
range
gand g uid gui
hold the SET flash button for 1 second to
switch to the SET state, meaning that the ma-
chine’s swing limit angle has been set for
swing operation. When swinging to the left,
the system will decelerate automatically at
20° in advance the left swing limit angle, and
the machine can stop automatically within the
range of left swing limit ±1°, to prevent the
swing action to the dangerous direction.
0-13 -13 0-13
3-1 -10
Fig 3-167
3 3-1
02 02 02
_d2 _ d2 _d
2
o the current swing angle is out of the
5. idWhen o do
u
gleft g uid gui
swing limit, the red left swing limit alarm in-
dicator will be on.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1
02 3-168 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
o _d _ d _d
uid do do
gSetting after restart of engine
gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

6. In this -
23case, 23- with left and right swing limits available
the area is set to the SET flash state, - set
23to
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d state.
at this
o o_
d
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 7. If the left and right swing limit areas gu are not set again, press and hold SETguflash button for 1
second directly, to change the mode to the SET state. In this case, the machine can work normally,
and the left and right swing limit angles no longer flash, saving the effort of setting left and right
swing limit angles.
8. When canceling the swing limit function, press and hold L+A button for 1 second to deselect L
+A mode.
WARNING
Risk of serious13accident!
1
When the-system 1 -13 and the swing action is not limited.10-13
0- restarts, the limit function will be disabled
0
023 function is required, set the SET flash 3- 3-
If the2limit 202state to the SET state. 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Setting after traveling
9. The set area is at the SET flash state, to set the left and right swing limits at this state.
10. When canceling the swing limit function, press and hold L+A button for 1 second to deselect L
+A mode.
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
Forget to re-set3 the left and right swing limit after the 3machine moving will cause swing limit 3
disabled. -10
-1 1 0-1 1 0-1
3 - -
The 2 02and
left 023 after the machine moving.
right limit positions need to be set 2again 202
3
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Temporarily cancel the limit gui gui
At the SET state, the operator can slew the
machine after setting. In this case, the ma-
chine has the swing area limit function and
the machine is allowed to work within the limit
range. When temporarily canceling the limit
function, please press and hold SET button
for 1 second to change to the CANCEL state.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d d Fig 3-169
do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

3.7.7 Example
023
- Introduction
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d mode function is described as an example.
oL+A o_
d _d
i d i d do
gui
The
gu gu
1. After setting a limit area, the machine is lo-
cated in the safety area.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
2. When swinging the machine to the right

from the current position, the picture of turning
machine to the right will be displayed on the
monitor.
NOTE：
Only at the L+A mode, in order to reduce the
backlash at stop, the swing speed is reduced
13 13 13
10-
to 1/3 normal speed.
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-171
3. When swinging within 20° away from the

limit, the machine swing speed will start to de-
crease automatically, with the swing current
decreased to zero at the limit.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 3-172

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
4. When
0 23-the swing reaches or exceeds the 2023- 02 3-1
2 2
_d the alarm indicator will turn on andothe
limit,
o _d _d
i d i d do
gu horn will work, and the swing action
gu
will stop
gui
automatically.
-13 3
Fig 3-173
1 13
-10 0- 0-
0 23 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2 the swing action stops, the swing
5. When
_ _ d2 _d
2
o turn to the safe direction (left), anddothe
dwill do
gui boom top is back to the safe area. gui gui
0- 13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -103-174
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ If the machine turns to the left, the steps
d6. i
_
do are same with steps 1 to 5, but the direction
do reversed.
g u g u gui
3.8 Monitoring System
In the operator’s cab, the monitoring system can show the camera views on the following positions
on two screens.
The camera can monitor the following positions:
SN Location Monitored Part

1. / /
3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
2. On A-frame Boom Hoist Winch
2 02 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
1. Power: turn -on/off the machine. When the
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
monitor
o_ is on, the light is off, and when the o_ _d
i d i d do
u
gmonitor is off, the red light is on. gu gui
2. Left: it is used to move left to select.
3. Right: it is used to move right to select. Sin-

gle channel shortcut: it is used to switch to
CH02 for display as shortcut key.
4. MENU-Menu/OK/Return Menu: press

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
13 for two seconds to enter
MENU key and hold
-13 13
3 - 10-menu, and use left/right key 3 - 10 3-1
0-
202 02 3-175 02
main interface of
d d 2Fig 2
to select;_ _ _d
i doit is used to confirm menu selection; uido 1. POWER d o
g u
OK: g gui
5. Down/single
Return: in the menu page, press and hold the channel shortcut
key for two seconds to return the previous 2. Left/single chan- 6. Up/single chan-
level. nel shortcut nel shortcut
3. Right/single 7. Multi-channel
5. Down: it is used to move down to select; channel shortcut mode switchover
Single channel shortcut: it is used to switch to 4. Menu/OK/Return
CH03 for display as shortcut key.
3
6. Up: it is used to move
-1
up to select; Single
-13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
023
channel shortcut:- it is used to switch to CH04
023
-
02 3-1
2
d as shortcut key. d 2 2
o_
for display
o_ _d
i d i d do
g7.uMulti-channel mode switchover: it is usedgu to gui
switch between modes of display, two/three/
four cameras showing on the same page.
There are a total of 12 modes.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
-
023 A-frame camera
Fig 3-176
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Operation
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Operation
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
2 2 2
20 Operation of Crane.....................................................................................................4-3
4.1dBasic d2
0
d2
0
_ _ _
do 4.1.1 Basic Operation of Crane...........................................................................................4-3
do do
gui gui gui
4.1.2 Adjust seat....................................................................................................................4-4
4.1.3 Enter In and Exit of the Cab.......................................................................................4-6
4.1.4 Start and Stop Engine ................................................................................................4-7
4.1.5 Function Lockout Control Lever ..............................................................................4-11
4.2 Travel Operation................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.2.1 Travel Preparation.................................................................................................... 4-12
4.2.2 Traveling Speed Adjustment .................................................................................. 4-13
4.2.3 Traveling Direction (Optional)................................................................................. 4-14
4.2.4 Travel
1 0 -13 with Load .......................................................................................................
1 0 -13 4-1713
10-
4.2.53-Travel On/Off a Slope ..............................................................................................
3 - 3 -
4-19
4.3 d 202 Operation.................................................................................................................
Swing d 202 d 202 4-20
_ _ _
u i do 4.3.1 Swing Preparation....................................................................................................
u i do u i do 4-20
g g g
4.3.2 Swing Operation....................................................................................................... 4-22
4.4 Load Hoist Operation......................................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.1 Main Load Hoist Operation ..................................................................................... 4-23
4.4.1.1 Main Load Hoist Preparation........................................................................... 4-23
4.4.1.2 Main Load Hoist Unlock ................................................................................... 4-24
4.4.1.3 Safety Control.................................................................................................... 4-24
4.4.1.4 Main Load Hoist Operation.............................................................................. 4-26
4.4.2 Aux. Load Hoist Operation...................................................................................... 4-27
3
4.4.2.1-1Auxiliary -13
Load Hoist Preparation .................................................................... 4-27 -13
1 0 1 0 1 0
2 23- Auxiliary Load Hoist Unlock.............................................................................
04.4.2.2 2 023
-
2
-
023 4-28
d d d
i d o_ 4.4.2.3 Safety Control....................................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 4-28
gu 4.4.2.4 Auxiliary Load Hoist gOperationu gu
....................................................................... 4-30
4.5 Boom Hoist Operation ....................................................................................................... 4-31
4.5.1 Boom Hoist Preparation .......................................................................................... 4-31
Operation SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
3 3
-1 Unlock .................................................................................................. 3
4.5.2 Boom
- 1 0Hoist - 1 0-1 4-3210-1
-
023 Control ...........................................................................................................
4.5.32Safety 2 023 2 023
4-33
d d d
i d o_ Boom Hoist Operation .............................................................................................
4.5.4 i d o_ i d o_ 4-34
u Free Fall Operation (Optional) .........................................................................................
g4.6 gu gu 4-36
4.6.1 Mode Switchover (Work Mode to Free Fall)......................................................... 4-36
4.6.2 Free Fall Operation .................................................................................................. 4-37
4.6.3 Lifting Operation ....................................................................................................... 4-37
4.6.4 Mode Switchover (Free Fall Mode to Work Mode).............................................. 4-37
4.6.5 Free Fall Modes........................................................................................................ 4-38
4.7 Work Instruction ................................................................................................................. 4-39
4.7.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 4-39
4.7.2 Wind Force Influence............................................................................................... 4-39
0 - 13 0 - 13 0 -13
- 1 1 1
23- -
4.7.3 Operation in Wind .................................................................................................... 4-42
2
4.8 LMI Bypass023 Key Switch (in Electrical Control 2 0Cabinet) 023
................................................24-47
d d d
o_
4.9idMachine i d o_ i d o_ 4-47
Parking.................................................................................................................
gu 4.9.1 Requirements for the Ground.................................................................................
gu gu 4-47
4.9.2 Boom System ........................................................................................................... 4-48
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10
4.Operation 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Basic Operation of Crane ido
d4.1 do
g u gu gui
4.1.1 Basic Operation of Crane
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Ignoring the safety alarm will lead to serious accident.
During operation, once a safety alarm is triggered, the operator shall operate the machine to re-
duce the hazard.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 202
CAUTION 2 02
_ _d _d
guidoRisk of damage to wire rope! ido
u ido
gu other, causing
The hooks at different heights couldgcrash or scratch with the wire rope of each
damage to the wire rope.
In travelling, slewing, luffing, boom telescoping and other operation, it is suggested to keep the
main and auxiliary hook at same height. But this shall not interfere with normal operation.
The machine has been fully commissioned in the factory. However, the initial operation under the
harsh conditions will cause the adverse effect to the operation of the machine and even shorten
the life of the machine. Therefore, Sany recommends a break-in period of 100 hours for the
machine.
3 3 3
1 0-1 running-in of new machine can ensure
The appropriate
- - 1
1 the new cylinder seals well fit with oth-
0-that - 1 0-1
023parts, which is very important to extend
er engine
2 2
3 service life. Before the running-in action,
02the 2 023 en-
d d d
do_ that the machine is at the normal worko_state.
sure
d o_
d
gui gui gui
The crane shall meet the following requirements during the normal operation, especially for the
running-in stage:
The lifting load can not exceed 75% of the rated load.
Do not run for long time continuously.
The work speed of each mechanism of the machine can not exceed 75% of the max. speed.
Please strictly follow all provisions specified in the operation and maintenance manuals and re-
-13 training.
ceive the operation
0 -13 0 -13 0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
0 0
2 too closing to the rated load when the 2machine is running at high speed.
To avoid 20
d d d
o_
dAvoid start the machine several times within
d o_ d o_
gui gui a short time, and avoid sudden move
guior stop.
Warm the machine for 5 to 10 minutes before operation.

13 13 13
10-the engine after the shift, please leave 510to- 10 minutes for cooling system.
Before turning off
- - 3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 20if2an
d the combined instrument system monitoring,
Often _check d d
o_ _
and stop the machine immediately
u i do tip is given, and solve the problemu i dthrough u i do
g
abnormal g the troubleshooting for next g
operation.
Please often check the oil and coolant volume, and check the qualities of the lubricating oil, the hy-
draulic oil, the coolant and the fuel, and replace them if found pollution or other problem.
Check the liquid for leakage.
Keep the machine clean, and tighten all loose parts if necessary.
After the running-in period, please carry out the machine maintenance, inspection and adjustment
as required.
1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

4.1.2 Adjust -
023 seat 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
1.uidSeat do do
g gui gui
Please tie the seat belt before driving.
Please replace the seat belt after accident.

After each accident, please check the seat
belt installing position, seat and seat configu-
ration once by the processional.
NOTE：
Adjust the seat until the operator fits with the
1 0 -13during the adjustment of 1 0 -13 0-13
3-1
foot throttle pedal;
- -
seat, please2 023stop the engine and prevent the 2023 2 02
d d _d
action
i d o_control lever from moving. i d o_ Fig 4-1 do
gu gu gui
2. Seat weight adjustment
The operator’s weight is adjusted by rotating

seat weight adjusting lever when the seat is
non-loaded, and the weight indicator can be
read on the indicator.
To avoid personnel injury, please check and
0 - 13 adjustment setting be-

adjust the driver weight
0-13 0-13
-1vehicle.
fore starting the
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-2

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
3. Handrail- tilt angle adjustment
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_adjust the angle of the handrail, please _d
oturn _d
i dTo
i d do
gu the rollers under the handrail clockwise gu or gui
counter clockwise, to adjust the angle of the
handrail.
0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 3 -104-3
Fig
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Handrail folding
d4. d o_ do
g u gui gui
The handrail can be foldable is not used, and
the height can be adjusted.
To adjust the height, please remove a plastic

cap at the position shown by an arrow, and
loosen hex nuts inside, and adjust the hand-
rail to the appropriate height, and then tighten
nuts and close the plastic cap.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 4-4
gui
5. Backrest extension
The backrest must be extended to the bottom

of the back cushion.
If necessary, please pull out the backrest to

remove it.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-5

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6. Backrest
023
-
adjustment
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ lift the lock lever upwards to release o_ _d
d
Please
i i d do
u backrest adjustment. When releasingguthe
gthe gui
backrest, do not apply any pressure load on
the backrest.
By partially applying or not applying pressure

onto the front or rear of the backrest, move
the backrest to the required position.
NOTE：
When locked, the backrest can not no longer Fig 4-6
3 13 13
move. 0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 202
4.1.3o_Enter In and Exit of the Cab _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
Enter and exit the cab through the cab door.
Use the steps provided on the side of the track
frame to get up to the cab:
• The cab door can be fixed at the full closed

or fully open state.
• If not firmly closed, the cab door may move
suddenly due to the ground slope, move-
ment of the upperworks, or gusting wind.
3
-1 cab door, make sure it is 13 13
• When closing10the 0- 0-
3- 3-1 3-1
202
firmly latched. 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui CAUTION gui Fig 4-7 gui
Risk of falling off injury! 1. Step
Unstable climbing into cab could fall off the
machine.
Always maintain three-point contact when
entering or exiting the cab.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
4.1.4 Start - and Stop Engine
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Verify the engine emergency stop buttono_is _d
i d i d do
gu2i
1.
gu released. gu 1 3
Before starting the engine, verify the following

switches, control levers, and pedal positions
before starting the engine:
WARNING
Before starting the engine:
Place all controls in the neutral or off
position.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
Press the
0 23- horn button to sound the horn to 2023- 023-1
2 2
_d to start.
people near the crane that the crane isd
_d
alert
o _
i d i do do
gui
about
u
g Failure to follow these warnings could u
g result
in death or serious injury. Fig 4-8
1. Auxiliary load hoist 3. Swing brake en-

free fall enable gage/disengage
Components Position button
2. Horn on/off
All control levers and foot
Neutral
pedal
Function lockout control
Locked
levers
3 13 13
0-1 auxiliary
Main hoist lock,
1 0- 0-
-
023 boom hoist lock,
hoist lock, Locked 023-1 1
023-1
2 d2 2
_d lock and traveling lock
swing _ 2 _d
do do do
gui Free fall enabled switch u i
g off
Turn gui
Throttle control dial Minimum
Throttle control pedal Neutral
Fig 4-9
1) Press the horn button to alert those in the 1. Release state 2. Lock state
area in the area of crane startup.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 2 -
2) Insert the 3key into the ignition switch and
0 23- 02 3-1
2
turn itd to the ON position to apply power to d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do crane. i do do
gui
the
g u g u
Position Function
HEAT Not used
Turn the key to the OFF posi-
OFF tion, to stop all engine
actions.
Turn the key to the ON po-
ON tion, to power on the entire
crane.
1 -13the key to the START

Turn
0 0- 113 0-13
3- position, to start the engine. 3-1 3-1
START
2 02 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui CAUTION gui gui
Do not turn the key to the start position until
the operating system is displayed on the
display.
0- 13 13 13
3-1 - 10-
Fig 34-10 3-1
0-
2 02 202 202
o_d o _d _d
d d 1. Key switch
do
gui gui gui
3) Turn the key to the START position, and start the engine. The key will automatically return to the
ON position when released.
CAUTION
Do not move the key switch to the START position when the engine is running.
Do not operate the starter motor continuously for more than 15 seconds. If the engine does not
start after 15 seconds, release the key and wait 20 seconds before trying again.
If the engine preheat indicator is on, please wait until the preheat is completed and then start the
engine.
-13notice could result in damage to the1crane.
10this
Failure to follow 0-1
3
10-
13
023- 02 3- 02 3-
d2 d2 d2
o_
id the engine starts, check the monitor d o_ d o_
g4)uWhen gui display and the right panel for any faults
guior indica-
tions. Stop the engine immediately and troubleshoot.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 2 -
5) Adjust 3the engine speed using the throttle
0 23- 023-1
2 2 2
_d
control dial or the throttle control pedal. d
o _ _d
i d i do do
u
g The engine throttle setting is controlled u
g by ei- gui
ther the throttle control dial or the throttle con-
trol pedal, whichever is greater.
3 3 1
-1 -1 0- 13
3 -10 3-10 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ do
gui gui gui
0-13 1 3 13
3-1 10-4-11
Fig
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 1. Hand throttle dial
_d
2
do_ do_ do
gui 2. Engine start assist in the cold weather
gui gui
When the ambient temperature is lower then the preset temperature, turn the key to the ON posi-
tion to automatically preheat the engine. The yellow preheat indicator light on the right control con-
sole, will illuminate.
When preheat is complete, the yellow preheat indicator will turn off.
3. Engine warm-up
The engine will warm-up automatically. When the wait to start light is on, that means the engine is
-13 until the light is off before starting the
10Wait
warming up. 13
10-engine. 10-
13
2 0 23- 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
_d normal ambient temperature, start engine
In the
o o _d and adjust the speed below 1000 rpmo _dand idle the
d d d
gui engine for 5 to 10 minutes. gui gui
With the time doubled in the cold weather, start the engine and adjust the speed below 1000 rpm
and idle the engine for 10 to 20 minutes.

0-13 0-13 0-13

3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
202 oil temperature is below 20℃, the engine
If the hydraulic 202 speed up to 1200 r/min is only allowed.
202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui guiCAUTION gui
Starting the machine without any warm-up may shorten the life or cause damage to the hydraulic
components.
4. Shut down the engine
1) Before shutting down the engine, verify the correct position of the following:
Components Position
All control levers 0 13 foot pedal
-and 0 -13 Neutral 0-13
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 control levers
Function2lockout 2 023 Locked 2 02
d d _d
i d o_hoist lock, auxiliary hoist lock, boom hoist
i d o_lock, swing lock do
gui
Main
guand traveling lock gu Locked
Free fall enabled switch Turn off

Throttle control dial Minimum
Throttle control pedal Neutral
All loads Lowered to the ground
2) Run the engine at low idle for 5 minutes under no load.
0-13 CAUTION0-13 0-13

Turn off the 3-1
02master power switch 3 minutes after the0engine
2 3-1
shutdown. 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3) Turn the key switch to the OFF position to stop the engine and power off the crane.
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
4.1.5 Function Lockout Control Lever
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ function lockout control lever is a isafety
o_ _d
i d d do
gui
The
gu device, which can prevent the machine gu action
if the control lever is accidentally operated
when the operator is leaving and sitting on the
seat in the cab.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2 1
Fig 4-12
1. Locked position 2. Unlocked

position
Position Function
Up Unlocked
Down Locked
13 13 13
The function
3 - 10-lockout control lever enables or disables
3 - 10- the crane controls to prevent accidental
3 - 10-
202 When the lever is in the locked (closed)
movement.
d d 202 position, the main hoist, auxiliary dhoist,
202 boom
o_ travel controls, and swing operations
dhoist,
_
doare disabled. do
_
gui gui gui
Move the function lockout control lever to the unlocked (open) position to enable crane controls for
operation.
Move the function lockout control lever to the locked (closed) position to disable crane controls
when leaving the seat, when operations are completed, and during crane transport.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
Unintended movement of the control levers or crane controls could result in death or serious
injury. 3
-1the -13 (closed) position before leaving 1the-13
1 0 1 0 0
3-
Always place function lockout control lever in
3-
the locked
3-
seat.202 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

02 3-1 WARNING 023
- 1
023
- 1
2 2 2
_daccident!
Riskoof o_
d
o_
d
i d i
u the function lockout control lever at glocked
u d i d
position suddenly during operationguwill cut off all
gPut
actions, leading to dangerous situations.
Do not put the function lockout control lever to the locked position suddenly.
4.2 Travel Operation

4.2.1 Travel Preparation
Before traveling perform the following:
• 13 path of the crane. Travel on firm level 1ground

Observe the travel
0 - 3
0 - suitable to support the weight
0 -13
1 1 1
2 23-
of the crane.
0 2 0 23- 2 0 23-
• Make_dsure there are no overhead obstructions _din the travel path of the crane. d
o
id off the hook block and ball hook to keep
•guTie i d o i d o_
gu them from contacting the boom
gu
during travel.
• Make sure that the swing lock pin is fully engaged and that the tracks are properly tensioned.
• Specify the traveling direction, to avoid traveling the reverse direction, resulting in damage to the
crane.
• Use a signal person, and keep effective communication with the signal person during operation.
• Sound the horn to alert all personnel to leave the traveling area before moving the crane.
WARNING
Risk of machine tipping over!
1 0 -13requirement may lead to crane damage

Failure to follow this
1 0
3 tipping over.
-1or 1 0 -13
23- once a safety alarm is triggered,20the
During operation,
2 0 23-operator shall operate the machine 2to02re-
3-
d hazard.
duce the d d
d o_ do_ do_
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of wire rope damage!
Failure to follow this suggestion may lead the swinging hook to crash or scratch the wire rope,
causing damage to the wire rope.
In travelling, slewing, luffing and other operation, it is suggested to keep the main and auxiliary
hook at same height. But this shall not interfere with normal operation.
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
WARNING
3- 3-1
0-
202 accident!
Risk of serious
d d 202 d 202
_ o_ machine travel can be dangerous. ido_
When
u i do the boom is long, boom angle is large,
u i dthe
gu
gMake sure to travel the machine at lowestg speed with long boom and large boom angle.

0-13 0 -13 0- 13
3-1 023
WARNING - 1 3-1
d 202 2 202
_ of splashing stones! _d _d
ido ido ido
Risk
gu When traveling on the soft and stony gu ground, the debris may be accumulated gu between the
crawler moving parts (such as guide wheel, drive wheel, thrust roller and track shoe), resulting in
too large tension of the crawler assembly and in sudden splashing of the track shoe or debris and
impurities.
Clean the debris on crawlers regularly and stay away from the machine when it is working or
traveling.
4.2.2 Traveling Speed Adjustment
The high-speed3travel switch is used to con-

-1 0- 13 0- 13
-10speed.
trol the travel
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 02
d2 d _d
2
i d o_ high-speed travel mode by turning
Select
i d o_on do
gu the high-speed travel switch. gu gui
The high-speed travel mode is available for
suitable terrain only. If the terrain is poor and
strong traction is required, do not select high-
speed travel.
1
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 4-13 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1. High-speed travel switchgui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
Function - Condition
023
-
023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ travel On good road condition o_d 1
_d3
do
High-speed
i d i d
gu Slow travel gu
On bad road condition gui
Travel speed can be increased or decreased

using the travel control levers. The travel
speed increases the farther the travel levers
are pushed or pulled from the neutral position.
NOTE：
When the moment percentage is greater than
13 -13 13
70%, the high-speed travel will be disabled.
1 0 - 1 0 0-
- - 3-1
To enable high-speed travel, the moment per-
2
centage must023be less than 70%, and the travel 2023 2 4
2 02
_ d _ d _d
o lever must be back to the neutral do do
uid
control
gposition. gui gui
Fig 4-14
1. Left travel control lever

2. Left travel control pedal
3. Right travel control lever
4. Right travel control pedal
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02
4.2.3 Traveling3-1
Direction (Optional) 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid machine has auto travel direction changedo do
gThis gui gui
function; that is, the front of the operator’s cab
is the positive travel direction of machine; in
this case, with the travel lever pushed for-
wards, the machine will travel forwards, and
with the travel lever pulled backwards, the
machine will travel backwards.
CAUTION
Only when the Swing
- 13 and travel stops, the 1 3 13
0
-1 change can work.
auto travel direction
3 10-
Fig 4-15
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
_d2 _d2 _d
2
do
ui whether the fast travel mode isgu i do do
ui and the
gDetermine selected or not according to the travelinggneeds
grounding status.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
Traveling -way
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_Straight travel: Push two control levers _d
ofor- _d
i d1)
i d do
gu ward from the neutral position togachieve u gui
the straight forward travel; and push two
control levers backwards from the neutral
position to achieve the straight backward
travel.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-16
2) Steering operation: Push the left travel control lever forward from the neutral position with the
right control lever is still at the neutral position to achieve the right turning. Push the right control
lever forwards slightly to achieve the large right turning.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-17
3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 2 02
_d d
_ Fig 4-18 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3) When the left travel control lever is pushed
forward and the right travel control lever is
pushed backward, the crawler will rotate
around the center.
NOTE：
When this action is achieved, the left crawler
moves forwards and the right crawler moves
13 13 13
backwards, and the entire crane is swing
0 - 0- 0-
clockwise. -13 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-19
4)When the crane travels to the expected position, with the travel control lever turned to the neutral
position, the traveling will stop.
WARNING
Risk of machine tipping
0 13 over!
-change 0 -13 or backward may cause damage 10-13
Sudden direction - 1 when the machine is traveling- 1
forward -
2
to the travel023system. Furthermore, when the angle2between
023 the boom and the horizontal plane2 023is
d d d
d
close
i o_to 78°, the machine may be tipping over.
i d o_ i d o_
u not change the direction suddenly. gu
gDo gu

0- 13 0 -13 0- 13
3-1 023
WARNING - 1 3-1
d 202 2 202
_ of machine shaking or accident. o _d o_
d
u i doRisk u i d u i d
g When traveling on the slope, the crawler
g crane shall smooth start or stop, to prevent
g the crawler
crane from tilting or swing.
Failure to follow this preventive measure may cause the serious accident.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
With the travel lever pushed to the max. position (forward or backward), the lever will maintain at
the max. position when released and the machine will keep traveling.
13 be careful to prevent unexpected accident.
The operator must
0- 13 0- 13 0-
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ o_
d CAUTION d o_
gui gui gui
Do not turn on or turn off the fast travel switch in the traveling process, resulting in the traveling
deviation.
4.2.4 Travel with Load
DANGER
Danger of machine tipping over!
Travel with load is very dangerous. Failure to follow these warnings will result in serious injury or
even death.0-1
3 3 3
0-1 0-1
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 the intended travel path to make sure20it2is stable and can support the crane and20load.
1. Inspect
d d
2
o2._The intended travel path should be free oof_ obstacles. _d
i d i d do
gu gu
3. The intended travel path should have a grade of less than 1%. gui
4. The crane upperworks should be parallel with the crawlers.
5. The boom angle should be equal to, or slightly greater than the angle given on the load chart,
but cannot exceed the maximum boom limit angle.
6. The boom hoist brake must be engaged.
7. The load should be as close to the ground as possible, and cannot exceed 0.5 m.
8. If the load must stay high in the air, a tag line must be used to keep the load stable, to prevent
the crane from tipping over due the motion of the load swing caused by the abrupt shaking.
3 3 3
0-1 must make judgement of rated load0-reduction
9. The operator 1 0-1
considering the environmental
02 3-1
conditions. 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
When traveling with load, the boom hoist drum must be at the brake state.

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
202 with load, the load shall be closed to
When traveling
d
2 ground as possible, and can not exceed
20the d 202
o_
0.5 m.
d o_ d o_ d
gui gui gui
NOTE：
If the load has to stay high in the air, the traction rope (rig) must be used to keep the load stable, to
prevent the machine tipping over due to the inertia caused by the abrupt shaking.
1. Precautions before traveling
• Make sure the boom is in parallel with the track frames.

• Machine must travel on firm and evenly supported ground and the gradient on any direction
must be smaller than 1%.
• -13 load of the current configuration.
Make sure the rated
0 0- 13 0-13
• 3-1
The swing2 lock must be engaged.
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Precautions during traveling
• The rated load is based on machine sitting statically on the ground. Therefore, the operator must
make comprehensive judgement of all elements to avoid too much dynamic load during travel-
ing, leading to overload or machine tipping over.
• Machine must travel steadily in the lowest speed. Avoid sudden start or stop.
• Keep the load as close to the ground as possible.
• Use the shortest boom as possible.
• Tie the load with a traction rope to prevent it from shaking.
• Stop traveling immediately when the load shaking too much.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
NOTE：
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
When_thed 2load exceeds 50% of the rated crane_capacity,
d2 _ d2
the load must be swung to the front/back
o do lock position. do
uid with the swing lock switch turned gtouithe
gposition gui
NOTE：
Capacity reduction is required when the crane travels with a load and the reduction percentage
varies under different surface and operating conditions. During low-speed, steady travel with only
the main boom, the crane can travel straight with maximum 90% of the rated load and turn with
maximum 70% of the rated load. With a fixed jib, the crane can travel straight with maximum 50%
of the rated load.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
4.2.5 Travel- On/Off a Slope
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do DANGER do
gu gui gui
Machine tipping over risk!
Before traveling on or off a ramp:
Inspect the intended travel path (slope) to make sure the ground is stable and can support the
crane.
Inspect the slope to make sure the angular transition at the start and stop are gentle enough to
prevent the crane from tilting suddenly, causing the crane to become unstable. Reduce the slope
angle as needed.
Failure to follow these warnings could result in death or serious injury.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
1. When
023
-
traveling a slope, the slope must be 23-
0 02 3-1
2
d and level with the lateral grade of less d2 2
_
even _ _d
do do do
gui than 1% that is 0.57º and with the longitudinal
gui gui
grade not more than 30% that is 16.7º.
The crane with basic boom, and empty load,

and with the angle between the boom and the
horizontal plane of less than 30°, the crane
can travel on a slope with the angle of 16.7°.
To prevent the crane tipping over while travel-

ing a slope, the following requirements must
be met: 3
-1 13 13
0 Fig0-4-20 0-
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 must travel straight on the slope. 2023
The crane
2 202
d d _d
i d o_ Do not travel on or off of the slopeidato_an do
gui
2.
gu angle. gu
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-21

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- direction when traveling on 2023-
3. Do not change
0 02 3-1
2
or off ofdthe slope. d 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
WARNING
When traveling on or off a slope:
Do not turn the crane.
Do not swing the upperworks.
Do not lift or lower the load.
Failure to follow these warnings could result
in death or serious injury.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
4.3 Swing Operation

4.3.1 Swing Preparation
1. Plan travel routes carefully making sure the ground is suitable for the weight of the crane and
load if any. Be aware of any overhead obstacles and power lines.
2. Operator must use

0 - 13 a signal person on the ground for swing
0 - 13 operation, using hand signals or ra- 0-13
-1
dio communication.
3 -1
3 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3. Before
0 23-Swing, press the horn button to al- 2023- 3 02
3-1
2
ter dthe relevant personnel to leave the travel- d
1 2 2
o_ area. o_ _d
i d i d do
gu ing
gu gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 4-23 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1. Auxiliary hoist free 3. Swing brake button
fall button
2. Horn button
WARNING
Risk of machine tipping over.
Poor ground condition can cause machine tipping over.
The operator / owner of crane must make sure the ground bearing capacity is up to requirement.
Use the steel plate or wooden pad to support the bearing capacity of the ground if necessary.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ DANGER _d
do do do
gui Danger of serious injury!
gui gui
Accelerate or decelerate swing suddenly could make the machine unstable.
Always operate the machine slowly and steadily.
Swing area limit
See Swing Area Limit Setting in Chapter 3 for more details.
WARNING
3 13 13
0-1
- 1
Risk of machine tipping over! - 10- - 10-
3 3 3
202to follow this requirement may lead todcrane
Failure
d 202 damage or tipping over. d 202
_ _ o_
u i doDuring operation, once a safety alarmuisidotriggered, the operator shall operate the
u i dmachine to re-
g duce the hazard. g g

0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
CAUTION 202
o _d _d _d
uid of wire
Risk
gFailure
rope damage!
g u ido g u ido
to follow this suggestion may lead the swinging hook to crash or scratch the wire rope,
In travelling, slewing, luffing and other operation, it is suggested to keep the main and auxiliary
hook at same height. But this shall not interfere with normal operation.
4.3.2 Swing Operation
1. Press the Swing brake control button on

1 2 3
the Swing control lever, to release the Swing
3 13 13
brake. 0-1 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d WARNING _d _d
uid do do
gMachine tipping-over risk! gui gui
When swinging, the acceleration should be
smooth and gradual as swing speed is in-
creased to the desired value.
Failure to follow this warning could result in
death or serious injury.
SWING W2
0-13 Fig 4-24-13

0 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02Aux. load hoist free fall confirm 202 3-1
2 21.
_d d
o_ 2. Horn o_
d
do d d
gui gu i gu i
3. Swing brake engage/disengage button
Swing brake Swing braking

release
2. Move the control lever to the left from the neutral position to achieve left swing. Move to the right
3
to achieve right swing.
1 3
1 13
0- 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 d2
WARNING 2
_d o_ death! _d
i doSerious accident and personnel injuryuorideven do
g u g
Failure to follow this requirement may cause serious accident.
gui
When operating in windy weather or on the slope ground, the upperworks may slew suddenly,
which shall be specially noted when releasing the Swing brake!
CAUTION
Property loss!
When Swing, the crane shall start slowly; when stop, the lever shall be back to the neutral posi-
tion slowly, or this may cause backlash. Please slowly operate the crane when lifting the heavy
load.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
3-this requirement may cause damage to2the
Failure2to 3- part. 23-
d 20 d 20 d 20
d o_ o_ o_
gui uid
g lever to the neutral position. The swing
3. To stop swing, slowly move the control
uid
g speed will slowly
decreases and the upperworks will stop.
When the upperworks stops, press the swing brake on/off button to engage the swing brake.
DANGER
Danger of serious accident and personnel injury or even death.
When the Swing action stops completely, close the brake and then press the Swing lock switch.
Failure to follow this requirement may cause serious accident and personnel injury or even death.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 0 2 3-1 02 3-1
2 d2 2
_d _WARNING _d
doRisk of machine tipping! do do
gui gui gui
When operating the crane in windy conditions or on a slope, the upperworks may swing suddenly,
especially if the swing brake is released. Avoid operating the crane in windy conditions or on
slopes. Sudden changes in swing speed may cause the crane to become unstable resulting in an
accident.
Failure to follow this warning could result in death or serious injury.
4.4 Load Hoist Operation

4.4.1 Main Load Hoist Operation
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- Load Hoist Preparation
4.4.1.1 Main
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ main hoist operation, perform theidfollowing:
o_ _d
i dBefore do
gu gu gui

13 13 13
• 10- of the load to be lifted is in accordance
Confirm the -weight
3 3
-
-10 with the load chart supplied with the-10
-
3
crane, 2 02 lift the load in strict accordance with the
and 202operation method and procedure described
202
_d _d _d
idothis manual.
in
gui
do
gui
do
g•uMake sure that the ground is firm and smooth and there are no overhead obstructions. A safety
perimeter must be established near any power lines. Follow local safety regulations regarding
power lines.
• Check the safety devices, such as over-hoist and three-wrap protection to be sure of proper
operation.
• Press the main hoist unlock switch on the right panel to unlock the main hoist function.
• Make sure the function lockout control lever is raised to the unlocked position.
3 WARNING 13 13
-1 0- 0-
-10
23 tipping over!
Risk of machine 23-1 3-1
2 0
Failuredto follow this requirement may lead to crane d 20damage or tipping over. d 202
_ _ _
i do operation, once a safety alarm is triggered,
During
u u i do u i do to re-
the operator shall operate the machine
gduce the hazard. g g
4.4.1.2 Main Load Hoist Unlock
When the main load hoist lock switch on the

right panel is pressed, the main load hoist lock
function is locked. 1
Press the blank side, to unlock the main load
hoist winch, and the
1 0 -13main load hoist can raise 0- 13 0-13
or lower. 3-
02 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui DANGER gui gui
Risk of serious accident!
When lifting a load, strictly follow the load
chart supplied with the crane. Follow all pro-
cedures specified in this manual.
Failure to follow this danger will result in
death or serious injury. Fig 4-25
1. Main load hoist lock switch
-13
4.4.1.3 Safety Control
0 0- 13 0-13
0 2 3-1 0 23-1 023-1
d 2load hoist can not lift in case of one of the
The main d 2following situations. _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

Situation-10
-13 0- 13 0- 13
023
Mode
3-1 Release way
02 Bypass switch in the cab. 02 3-1
d2
Over-hoist
_ protection of main Assemblyd 2
_ _d
2
o
id load hoist ido do
gui
mode
gu gu
Over-hoist protection of auxil- Assembly Bypass switch in the cab.
iary load hoist mode
Upper boom limit Any mode Unable to release.
In work mode, when the load percentage mo-
ment is ＜110%, it can be released with by-
pass switch in the cab. In the assembly mode,
when the load percentage moment is ＜110%,
CE mode
it is released automatically. When the load per-
centage moment is ＞110%, it is released by
-13
Overload (LMI)
0 0 -13 switch in the electrical control 10-13
3 -1 key
- 1 release
-
20 2 023cabinet. 023
d d2 d2
do_ Non CEdo _
mode do
_
In the assembly mode, it is automatically
gui gui released. g u i
In the work mode, it is released by bypass
switch in the cab.
Assemble Automatically released.
Upper boom limit (LMI) mode
Work mode It is released by the bypass switch in the cab.
Assemble Automatic released.
Lower boom limit (LMI) mode
-13 -13 0- 13
-10 hoist can not lower in case of the following
The main load
3 -10 situations.
3 3-1
02 02 02
_ d2 d2 _d
2
doSituation o_
Mode
id
Release way
ido
gui Main load hoist 3-wraps gu mode
Any Set invalid in theguLMI.
protection
NOTE：
Assembly mode is available when the boom angle is below the lower boom limit or lower jib limit.
When the boom angle is greater than the lower angle limit, the assembly mode is switched to the
work mode automatically.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 13 13
3-1 DANGER 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
d 202 d 202 d 202
_ o_ _
Risk
u i doof accident! uid u i do
g• If the distance between the hook and the
g boom/jib head is smaller than the specified
g value, or
the hook is touching the boom/jib head, the boom could cause the lifting wire rope to break or
the jib and boom to tip over.
• Safety protection is disabled when the bypass key switch is turned to the on position. Safety
protection is limited until all operations are returned to the safety area and then the release
master switch can be turned to the off position. During this time all safety procedures must be
followed by the operator.
• The lift area must be clear of people and obstacles during lift operations. Sound the horn as a
warning for people to clear the area before beginning lift operations.
-13warning could result in death or serious
10this
13
10- injury. 0-13
3-1
Failure to follow
02 3- 02 3- 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_ do
uid Main Load Hoist Operation
4.4.1.4
g gui
d
gui
CAUTION
Avoid moving the main hoist control lever suddenly, when starting and stopping the raise or lower
procedure. Move all controls slowly and smoothly during operation. Sudden movement of the
load may cause the crane to become unstable.
1. Slowly push the main hoist control lever

-13main hoist wire rope. Pull
forward to lower 0the
1 1 0 -13 0-13
-
023 to raise the main hoist wire 2023
the lever back
-
02 3-1
2 2
rope.o_d o_
d _d
d d do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of damaged part!
To prevent hook over-hoist, make sure the
main hoist control lever returns to the neutral
position when slowly released.
Failure to follow this notice could result in
crane damage.
0-13 3
0-1Main hoist control lever
Fig 4-26 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doRisk of damaged part! ido do
gui g u
Make sure the control lever return to neutral gui
position after operation.
crane damage.
2. When the load is close to the required position, slowly move the main hoist control lever towards
the neutral position, to decrease the speed.
3. Move the main hoist control lever to the neutral position to stop the load once it reaches the de-
sired position. 3 3 3
- 1 0-1 - 1 0-1 - 1 0-1
4. When
2 023the control lever returns to the neutral 2position,
023 engage the brake. 2 023
d d d
i d o_ flexible stop on the display can beidset
The o_to be enabled or disabled. With the ienabled
d o_ set, the
gu main load hoist hook lifting speed willgudecrease when close to the overload in gthe
u
main load hoist
load lifting process until the lifting stops smoothly when overload.
WARNING
Risk of falling load!
If the lifted load is going to be suspended in the air for a long period of time press the main hoist
lock switch on the right panel to lock the drum.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
WARNING 202
_d _d _d
doRisk of accident! uid
o
uid
o
gui g g
Respond to any warning alarms that occur during hoisting operations. Take corrective action to
address the alarms to stabilize the load.
4.4.2 Aux. Load Hoist Operation
4.4.2.1 Auxiliary Load Hoist Preparation
Before auxiliary hoist operation, perform the following:

-13 -13
10 weight of the load to be lifted is in accordance -13
• Confirm-the
23 -10
23
with the load chart supplied with 0
-1the
23
0 20 the operation method and procedure 0
d 2 and lift the load in strict accordancedwith
crane, d 2described
d o_in this manual. do_ d o_
gui gui gui

- 13 - 13 - 13
• -10 the ground is firm and smooth and there
Make sure that
3 -10are no overhead obstructions. A safety-10
3 3
202must be established near any power 2lines.
perimeter 02 Follow local safety regulations regarding
202
_d _d _d
ido lines.
power
gui
do
gui
g•uCheck the safety devices, such as over-hoist and three-wrap protection to be sure of proper
do
operation.
• Press the auxiliary hoist lock switch on the right panel to unlock the auxiliary hoist function.
• Make sure the function lockout control lever is raised to the unlocked position.
WARNING
Risk of machine tipping over!
Failure to follow this requirement may lead to crane damage or tipping over.
During operation, once
0 - 13 a safety alarm is triggered, the operator
0 - 13 shall operate the machine to re- 0-13
duce the hazard.-13 -1 3 -1 3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_ o_ o_
uid Auxiliary Load Hoist Unlock
4.4.2.2
g gui
d
gui
d
When the auxiliary load hoist lock switch on

the right panel is pressed, the auxiliary load
hoist lock function is locked.
Press the blank side, to unlock the auxiliary

load hoist winch, and the auxiliary load hoist 1
can raise or lower.
-13 -13 13
DANGER
1 0 1 0 0-
-
023 accident!
Risk of serious
023
-
023-1
2
When_dlifting a load, strictly follow the load _d 2 2
o o _d
uid supplied with the crane. Follow all gpro-
uid do
gchart gui
death or serious injury. Fig 4-27
1. Auxiliary load hoist lock switch
4.4.2.3 Safety Control
The auxiliary load hoist can not lift in case of one of the following situations.
0-13 13 13
Situation
3-1
Mode 10-way
Release
3-1
0-
0 2 2023- 02
d 2 protection of main
Over-hoist
_
Assembly
_d
Bypass switch in the cab.
_d
2
idohoist
load
guOver-hoist protection of auxil-
mode
gui
do
gui
do
Assembly Bypass switch in the cab.
iary load hoist mode

Situation-10
-13 -13 0- 13
Mode -10 way
Release
3-1
023 023Unable to release. 02
d 2 boom limit
Upper Any mode d 2
_d
2
d o_ d o_ o
gui gui uid
In work mode, when the loadgpercentage mo-
ment is ＜110%, it can be released with by-
pass switch in the cab. In the assembly mode,
when the load percentage moment is ＜110%,
CE mode
it is released automatically. When the load per-
centage moment is ＞110%, it is released by
Overload (LMI)
key release switch in the electrical control
cabinet.
Non CE mode In the assembly mode, it is automatically
released.
0- 13 3 mode, it is released by bypass -13
In the-1work
0
3-1 3 - 1 3 - 10
02 2 2
switch in the cab.
2 20 20
_d Assemble _d Automatically released.
o_
d
doUpper boom limit (LMI) modeguid
o d
gui gui
Assemble Automatic released.
Lower boom limit (LMI) mode
The auxiliary load hoist can not lower in case of the following situations.
Situation Mode Release way

Auxiliary load hoist 3-wrap Any mode Set to disabled on the display.
protection 0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 202 2 02
o_ _d _d
ido ido
NOTE：
guid Assembly mode is available when theguboom angle is below the lower boom limit
gu or lower jib limit.
When the boom angle is greater than the lower angle limit, the assembly mode is switched to the
work mode automatically.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 13 13
3-1 DANGER 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
d 202 d 202 d 202
_ o_ _
Risk
u i doof accident! uid u i do
g• If the distance between the hook and the
g boom/jib head is smaller than the specified
g value, or
protection is limited until all operations are returned to the safety area and then the release
followed by the operator.
• The lift area must be clear of people and obstacles during lift operations. Sound the horn as a
-13warning could result in death or serious
10this
13
10- injury. 0-13
3-1
Failure to follow
023- 02 3- 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_ do
uid Auxiliary Load Hoist Operation
4.4.2.4
g uid g gui
CAUTION
Avoid moving the auxiliary hoist control lever suddenly, when starting and stopping the raise or
lower procedure. Move all controls slowly and smoothly during operation. Sudden movement of
the load may cause the crane to become unstable.
1. Slowly push the left control lever forward
0 - 13 wire rope. Pull the lev-

to lower the main hoist
0- 13 0-13
-1the auxiliary hoist wire rope.
er back to raise
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Risk of damaged part!
auxiliary hoist control lever returns to the
neutral position when slowly released.
crane damage.
CAUTION
- 1 3 Fig 4-28 1
- 3 control lever
Left 13
0
-1 part! -1 0 0-
3-1
Risk of damaged
2 3 2 3 02
Make sure 20 the
d after
control lever return to neutral
d2
0 2
o _ _ _d
ido do
position operation.
uid to follow this notice could resultguin
gFailure gui
crane damage.

13
- is close to the required position, slowly 13 13
2. When the
3 - 10load 3 - 10- move the auxiliary hoist control lever
3 -
-
10to-
2 neutral position, to decrease the speed.
wards20the 202 202
d d d
gu 3. Move the auxiliary hoist control lever
gu to the neutral position to stop the load gonce
u it reaches the
desired position.
4. When the control lever returns to the neutral position, engage the brake.
The flexible stop on the display can be set to enabled or disabled. With the enabled set, the auxili-
ary load hoist hook lifting speed will decrease when close to the overload in the auxiliary load hoist
load lifting process until the lifting stops smoothly when overload.
WARNING
Risk of falling 0 13
-load! 0 -13 0 -13
- 1 - 1 - 1
023 load is going to be suspended in the
If the lifted
2 2 023air for a long period of time press the2auxiliary
023
_d lock switch on the right panel, to lockothe
hoist
oFailure _d drum. o_
d
u i d to follow this warning could u i
result din death or serious injury. u i d
g g g
WARNING
Risk of accident!
4.5 Boom Hoist

3 Operation
0- 1 0-13 0- 13
02
4.5.1 Boom 3-1
Hoist Preparation 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dBefore do do
gui gui following:
boom hoist operation, perform the
gui
• Confirm the weight of the load to be lifted is in accordance with the load chart supplied with the
crane, and lift the load in strict accordance with the operation method and procedure described
in this manual.
• Make sure that the ground is firm and smooth and there are no overhead obstructions. A safety
perimeter must be established near any power lines. Follow local safety regulations regarding
power lines.
• Check the safety devices, such as over-hoist and three-wrap protection to be sure of proper
13 13 13
operation.
• Press the - hoist lock switch on the right panel1to0-unlock the boom hoist function.
10boom 10-
3 - 3 - 3 -
202sure the function lockout control leverd is20raised
• Make
d
2 to the unlocked position.
d 202
d o_ o_ d o_ d
gui gui gui

0-13 0 -13 0-13

02 3-1 WARNING 023
- 1
023-1
2 2 2
_dmachine tipping over!
Riskoof o_
d _d
i d i d do
u
gFailure guto crane damage or tipping over.
to follow this requirement may lead gui
During operation, once a safety alarm is triggered, the operator shall operate the machine to re-
duce the hazard.
CAUTION
Failure to follow this suggestion may lead the swinging hook to crash or scratch the wire rope,
13 But this shall not interfere with normal 3 to keep the main and auxiliary -13
In travelling, slewing, luffing and other operation, it is suggested
0 - 0 - 1operation.
1
hook at same height.
3- 1
3- 103-
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_ o_ o_
uid Boom Hoist Unlock
g4.5.2 gui
d
gui
d
When the boom hoist lock switch on the right

panel is pressed, the boom hoist lock function
is locked.
Press the blank side, to unlock the boom hoist

winch, and the boom can raise or lower.
NOTE： 1
Do not lock the winch when lowering the
3
-1winch 13 13
boom. Locking 1the0 0- 0-
3-1 3-1
while the boom hoist
3 -
202could damage the crane.
is in motion 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui WARNING gui gui
Risk of boom damage or even accident!
Do not lock the boom hoist during boom Fig 4-29
lowering.
Failure to follow this danger will result in seri- 1. Boom hoist lock switch
ous injury.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 DANGER 023-1 02 3-1
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
i doRisk of serious accident! ido do
u
g When lifting a load, strictly gu load
follow the gui
chart supplied with the crane. Follow all pro-
4.5.3 Safety Control
The boom cannot raise in the following conditions:

- 13 0- 13 0- 13
-10
Situation
23
Mode
3-1
Release way
3-1
20 boom limit
Upper Any mode 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
Unable to release.
doUpper boom limit uid
o d o
gui Assembly mode
g gui
Automatic release.
(LMI) Any mode Bypass key switch in the cab.
The boom cannot lower down in the following conditions:
Situation Mode Release way

Over-hoist protec-
tion of main load Assembly mode Bypass switch in the cab.
hoist
Over-hoist protec-
-13 Assembly mode
tion of auxiliary
1 0 13 in the cab.
Bypass switch
0- 0- 13
3-
load hoist
02 023-1 02 3-1
d 2 protection
3-wrap
_ _d
2
_d
2
dofor auxiliary load do do
gui hoist winch gui gui
Any mode Set invalid in the system.
In work mode, when the load percentage moment is

＜110%, it can be released with bypass switch in the
cab. In the assembly mode, when the load percent-
CE mode age moment is ＜110%, it is released automatically.
When the load percentage moment is ＞110%, it is
Overload (LMI)
released by key release switch in the electrical con-
trol cabinet.
Non CE mode In the assembly mode, it is automatically released.
0 -13 In the work-1
0
3 it is released by bypass switch in -13
mode,
10
2 3 -1 2 3
the cab. - 1
2 3 -
20 0 20
_d boom limit _ d2 d
o_
Assemble mode Automatically released.
i d oLower d o id
gu (LMI) Work mode gui u the cab.
It is released by the bypass switchgin

0-13 0-13 0-13

3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
2 is available when the boom angle2is02below the lower boom limit or lower jib20limit.
Assembly20mode 2
_ d _ d _ d
When
u i do the boom angle is larger than the lower
u i do angle limit, the assembly mode is switched
u i do to the
gwork mode automatically. g g
DANGER
Risk of accident!
• If the distance between the hook and the boom/jib head is smaller than the specified value, or
3 until all operations are returned to the3 safety area and then the release
protection is limited
-1 -1 -13
1 0 1 0 1 0
23- 23- 23-
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d by the operator.
followed
o o_
d _d
ohorn
• i d i d i d
gu The lift area must be clear of people
gu
and obstacles during lift operations.
gu
Sound the as a
4.5.4 Boom Hoist Operation
CAUTION
Avoid moving the boom hoist control lever suddenly, especially when beginning and stopping the
raise or lower procedure. Move all controls slowly and smoothly during operation. Sudden move-
1 -13 cause the crane to become unstable.

ment of the load0may
1 0 -13 1 0 -13
23- this warning could result in death or serious
Failure to follow
20 23- injury.
20 23- 20
d d d
o_
d d o_ d o_
g1.ui Slowly gui
push the boom hoist control lever gui
right to lower the boom. Pull the lever left to
raise the boom.
CAUTION
boom hoist control lever returns to the neu-
tral position when slowly released.
Failure to follow this
- 1 3 notice could result in 13 13
-1 0 0- 0-
3-1 3-1
crane damage.
02 3 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
do_ do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-30 Boom hoist control lever

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2. When
2 0 23-the load is close to the required position,
2 0 23- slowly move the boom hoist control20lever
23- to-
_d the neutral position, to decrease theospeed.
wards
o _d o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 3. Move the boom hoist control lever to guthe neutral position to stop the load onceguit reaches the de-
sired position.
4. When the boom hoist control lever returns to the neutral position, engage the brake.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the lifted load is going to be suspended in the air for a long period of time press the boom hoist
lock switch on the right panel, to lock the drum.
Failure to follow
0-13this warning could result in death or serious
13 injury.
0- 13 0-
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ o_
d WARNING d o_
gui gui gui
Risk of accident!
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10Operation (Optional)
4.6 Free Fall 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
2
d Switchover (Work Mode to Free d 202 202
4.6.1 _Mode _ Fall) _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
1. Free fall is usually used in foundation con-
struction work of multi-functions.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 1
_d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-31
0-13 0-
3 Free fall enable switch
11. 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2. Turn 2 Free Fall Enable on the right controldpanel
d the 2 to ON position, the Free Fall Enable
d 2 icon
o _ o _ o _
uidthe monitor lighten up.
on
g g uid uid g
3. Stamp the free fall pedal down to Step
Down position and hold it. 1
-1 3 Fig 4-32
13 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 1. Released position
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ 2. Step-down position
do
gui gui gui
4. Press the Free Fall Button on the main load hoist control lever. When all the above mentioned
actions are done, the Free Fall Status icon on the monitor lighten up. Release the pedal.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- Fall Operation - -
023 023 023
4.6.2 Free
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_Once the mode is switched to Free FallidStatus,
o_ i d o_ position.
gu gu gu
1. the Free Fall pedal is held at step-down
2. Slowly release the pedal and free fall happens.
3. Free fall speed can be adjusted by the pedal movement: when the pedal is at released position,
the speed is highest; and when it is approaching step-down position, the speed is lowest.
4. Step down the pedal to step-down position to brake the free fall after it is done.
5. Braking moment of free fall can be set on the monitor screen with braking moment percentage.
13 13 13
NOTE：
0- braking moment percentage before the
Set and try-1the -
-10continuous working. 0-
02 3 02 3 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ Lifting Operation d o_ do
gui gui gui
4.6.3
During the lifting operation, if the free fall status is on, the operator can use the control levers to
hoist or lower down the load.
4.6.4 Mode Switchover (Free Fall Mode to Work Mode)
1. Press the Free Fall pedal to Step-Down

position and hold it there;
1
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-33
1. Released position
2. Step-down position
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

2. Press the
0 23-Free Fall Button on the main 2023- 1 2 3
02 3-1
2 2
_d
load hoist control
ocontrol
lever or the auxiliary load
o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu
hoist lever, and the Free Fall
gu
Status
gui
icons on the monitor turns off.
0- 13 13 13
3-1 10-
Fig 4-34
- 3-1
0-
02 023 202
d2 2
d 1. Machine inching d
d o_ d o_ o_ fall
3. Main hoist free
button uid
gui gui button
g
2. Mute button
1 2 3
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 4-35
1. Auxiliary hoist free 3. Swing brake button

fall button
2. Horn button
3. Turn the Free Fall Enable switch on the right control panel to OFF position, release the free fall
-13Fall enable icon on the monitor turns off;-13
pedal, and the Free
0 0 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 switches to normal Work Mode.
4. The machine 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
uid Free Fall Modes do do
g4.6.5 gui gui
There are main hoist free fall, auxiliary hoist free fall and dual free fall mode.

13 13 13
10- buttons include main free fall button 1and
Free fall confirm
- 0- auxiliary free fall button.
- 3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202
_
Freed fall control pedals include main hoist _
freed fall pedal and auxiliary hoist free fall _ d
pedal.
g g g
4.7 Work Instruction
4.7.1 Overview
The load specified in the load chart is suitable for the following situations:
• The ground should be flat and the grade should be less than 1%.
• The ground must have enough bearing capacity to support the weight of the crane and load.
• All crane actions must be made slowly and smooth according to the configuration and load.
3
1 the hook and sling are part of the rated 3 3
• 0-of
The weight 0-1 load, so the actual lifting capacity is the
0-1
3-1 3-1
02specified in the load chart minus the total02weight of the hook and sling. 3-1
value
d 2 d 2 d 202
_ o_ especially for situations with jib. ido_
u i d•o Carefully operate the swing and swing
u i dbrake,
g • Use as slow of swing speed as possible.g gu
• Avoid sudden starts and stops.
• Do not use boom and jib together to lift the load.
• Unless otherwise specified in the load table, all cranes must travel on flat and firm ground that
has enough bearing capacity to support the weight of the crane and the load. The ground must
not have a slope greater than 1% or the crane may tip over.
• Do not operate the crane if the wind speed is out of the limit specified in wind speed and wind
pressure of crane under load chart.
3
-1 Influence 13 13
4.7.2 Wind10Force 0- 0-
023
-
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 d2
1._dWind force will cause adverse influence _on
2
_d
do do do
gui the cranes lifting capacity and stability,
gui as gui
shown in the figure below. Even when the load
is within the cranes lifting capacity range, the
wind force influence results may cause loss of
control of the lifted load and the crane.
The stability at the front is affected by the wind force at the rear of the boom. The wind will apply
force on the boom and load, causing the tipping moment of the crane to increase. This action is
the same as applying the load onto the hook.
Influence of wind
0 - 13 force on the rear of the load may increase
0 - 13 the working radius, which may cause0 -13
-
the crane to
31 tip over. Avoid dangerous loads if - 1
possible.
3 - 1 3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
do_ do_ d o_
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
100t
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

3-1 3-1 3-1
Fig 4-36
202
Due to_dthe influence of wind force applied on the d202 202
d
i d o i d o_ front of the load, it is very dangerous
i d o_when the
u angle is or is close to the max. limit gangle.
gboom u gu
The wind force applied on the front of the boom may weak the normal forward effect of the boom.
If such situation is not avoided, this may cause the machine load touch with the boom and cause
that the boom may deforms and collapse.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
100t
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dFig do do
gui 4-37
gui gui
DANGER
Danger of serious accident or personnel injury.
Follow the operating procedures and safety information for wind conditions as described in the
load chart and operation manual. The installation, disassembly, lifting, and non-work status of the
crane must be planned in advance. The wind speed and wind direction must be monitored in real
time. Failure to follow this warning could result in death or serious injury.
3-1 exceeds the allowed value, the risk 3

1 be caused due to additional static 0-1 3
1) If the wind
- 1 0speed - 1 0-may -1
0
load, 2and2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
d2 d2
load swing or power influence (vibration from the machine part due to wind force). There-
_ d the maximum wind speed shall be as a_limit. _
d o
fore,
d o d o
gui gui gui

0- 13 13 13
2) The qualified1machine
3 - 3 - 10-
driver, operation planner and supervisor must make a compensation to 10-
-
2 02 of wind load on the lifting load and boom
the influence 2 2 023
02through the reduction of rated value, operat-
d d d
o_ or both depending on the judgment and
ing speed
d d o_ experience. d o_
gui gui gui
DANGER
Danger of accident!
Failure to follow the above precautions may cause the machine tipping over or boom system
(boom or jib) tipping over or bending, and even cause personnel injury or death.
Machine operator must contact the relevant authority for weather and measure the wind speed
with an anemometer before starting the machine. In the annual inspection of machine, be sure to
calibrate anemometer at least once yearly.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
2 0 2 - speed at the end of the boom or20jib23may
Note that the3wind - be greater than the wind speed on 2the
2 0 3-
ground.dAnd also note that the wind force has large
o _ o _d influence on the load if the wind surface
o _d of the
d is larger. d d
gui gui gui
load
The general rule is that the rated value and operating speed must be reduced in case of one of the
following situations:
The stability and strength of machine is very important and the wind direction is also important. In
case of vibration from the machine part under the strong wind, the machine must be checked by
the machine manufacturer.
WARNING
Risk of accident! 3
0 -1 the front swing range of the load may0 13
-be 0 -13
1 1 1
23- 3- of the boom hinge at any side. 3-
Under the wind force, out of the operating radius allowed
20operating
under this 02out
radius, or the side swing may 2be 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4.7.3 Operation in Wind
Maximum permitted wind speed for H configuration (only boom, no jib)

Max. permissible wind speed
Boom length (m) Status
(m/s)
Wind speed ≤ 14.1 ≤ 50 m
Operation
Wind speed ≤ 9.8 ＞50 m
14.1＜wind speed＜21 ≤ 50 m No operation (lower down the
3 3 3
1 0-1 0-1 boom to the ground or secure 0-1
23- speed＜21 ＞50 m23-1 - 1
023
9.8＜wind
20 20
the machine at safe position)
d d d 2
d o_ d o_ _
do to the
Lower down the boom
gui Wind speed ≥21
guiAny length gui
ground

0-13 -13 0- 13
3-1 -10Boom + Jib configuration
Maximum permitted wind speed for
3 3-1
02 02 02
d 2 permissible wind speed
Max. d2 d 2
d o_ o_ length (m)
Boom
d do
Status _
gui (m/s)
gui gui
Wind speed ≤ 9.8 Any length Operation
No operation (lower down the
9.8＜wind speed＜15 Any length boom to the ground or secure
the machine at safe position)
Lower down the boom to the
Wind speed ≥ 15 Any length
ground
The wind speed here means instantaneous wind speed.
1
1. When the0-machine
3 13 13
is working with only boom. 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the machine is required for no operation
1) When
_ _ d 2 at certain wind speed and certain boom
_ d 2length as
do o
uidground if possible or secure the machine do
gui listed below. Lower down the boom togthe gui at safe position
if the boom cannot lower down to the ground.
Max. permissible wind speed (m/s) Boom length (m)

14.1＜wind speed＜21 ≤ 50 m
9.8＜wind speed＜21 ＞50 m
When the boom can lower down to the

ground:
• 13 lower the load down to the

Stop work and
0 - 0 -13 0- 13
1 1 3-1
ground,
2 0 23-and remove it from the hook. 2 0 23- 2 02
• _Lower
d the whole boom system to the ground. d _d
i d o i d o_ to Fig 4-38 do
gu Swing with boom at about 60°
gu
if it has
gui
swing.
• Lock all winches and functions, swing brake, stop the engine.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

- 13 0- 13 0-13
10cannot
When the boom
3-
lower on the ground:
3-1 3-1
02 202 02
• Stop d2
_ work and lower the load down to the_d _d
2
ido
guground, and remove it from the hook. gui
do
gui
do
• Set the boom angle to about 60°.
• Swing the upperworks to the direction that the
wind comes at the tail of counterweight, so
that the wind blows at the back of boom.
• Connect the anchor weight of at least 2 t to 1
the hook and tension hoist rope while the an-
chor weight remains on the ground.
• Lock all winches and functions, swing brake,
3 3 angle
Fig 4-39 Boom
13
0-1
stop the engine. 0- 1 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d
0260°
21. 2 02
_ _ _d
do the wind speed ≥21 m/s, the boomuido
2) When
i do
u
gmust lower to the ground. g gui
• Stop work and lower the load down to the
ground, and remove it from the hook.
• Lower the whole boom system to the ground.
Fig 4-40
Swing with boom at about 60° if it has to
swing.
3 is working with boom and jib.

2. When the machine
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
1) When the
d 202wind speed is 9.8 m/s＜wind speed＜15 d 202m/s, the machine is not allowed to operate.
d 202
Lower
i d o_down the boom to the ground or secure
i d
_ machine at safe position.
othe i d o_
u
gWhen the boom system can lower downg to u g u
the ground:
• Stop work and lower the load down to the

• Lower the whole boom system to the ground.
Fig 4-41
Swing with boom at about 60° if it has to
swing.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
10- system cannot lower on the
When the boom
3 - 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
202
ground: 202 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui • Stop gui to the
work and lower the load down gui
• Set the boom angle to about 60°.
• Swing the upperworks to the direction that the
wind comes at the tail of counterweight, so
that the wind blows at the back of boom. 1
• Connect the anchor weight of at least 2 t to
the hook and tension hoist rope while the an-
chor weight remains on the ground.
3 3 Boom angle
Fig 4-42
13
• 0-1 and functions, swing brake,
Lock all winches 0- 1 0-
stop0the3-1
2 engine. 02 3-1
1. 60° 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o When the wind speed ≥15 m/s, the boom _d _d
d2) do do
gui gui system must lower to the ground. gui
• Stop work and lower the load down to the ground, and remove it from the hook.
• Lower the whole boom system to the ground. Swing with boom at about 60° if it has to swing.
In calculation of values in the load chart, the influence of wind load calculated and the wind force
coefficient 1.2.
The wind speed, and the shape and size of the lifting load has a large influence on the stability and
load capacity of machine (the wind load will be increased to four times of the original value when
3 doubled.
-1is
the wind speed -13 -13
-10 -10 -10
0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
d2 d2 d2
The gust speed (shown on the anemometer) distancing 3 seconds time from the highest point of
_
o boom is used for the calculation of iwind _ _
dthe do load. The max. allowed wind speed o
uidhighest point of
gui state in the load chart refers to the gust
under the work
gu speed distancing 3 seconds time from gthe
the boom.
In the actual lifting, when the total wind load calculated according to the face areas of the lifting
load and sling and the wind force coefficient is greater than the wind speed. The accurate calcula-
tion may get the larger maximum allowed wind speed; for this, please contact the manufacturer to
complete the accurate calculation.
The lifting program development and operation personnel shall have the corresponding skills and
qualification.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2 0 2 -
For each3lifting, a detailed lifting program shall be3-developed, and the lifting environment 3condi-
2 0 2 2 0 2 -
o _d (such as weather conditions includingo_weather
tions d _d
forecast, and other relevant environment
o
con-
d uid load may increase at the hill top, atgthe
uidmountain pass
gui ditions) shall be fully considered. Thegwind
consistent with the wind gap, at the dense buildings and coasts.

13
0- speed under the work state shall use 13
- wind speed given in the load chart.10- 13
The maximum 1
3 - wind
3 - 10the -
2
At the work 02state, the speed can not exceed the maximum
2 02 023
allowed wind speed at the work2state
d d d
i d o_ under the corresponding operatingidcondition.
specified o_ The maximum allowed wind speed
i d o_ at the
u state is calculated under the givenguground condition and the normal operation
gwork gu condition.
When the wind speed is large, be careful to operate the machine, and reduce the mechanism
speed or reduce load to avoid the machine tipping over or the structural break risk.
Before each lifting, the allowed maximum wind speed shall be determined by the calculation ac-
cording to the face area of the actual lifting load and the wind force coefficient. Please contact the
authorized Meteorological Department to get the relevant weather forecast information. When the
predicted wind speed is greater than the allowed maximum wind speed, stop lifting and take the
corresponding measures.
-13 cause the lifting load and boom swing,

As the wind load0may
1 1 0
3
-1impact between the machine, the lift- 0-13
- surrounding barrier shall be avoided,
ing load and23the 2 3 -and the lifting load slipping and other risk
2 3 -1
0 0 20 lift-
_ d 2be avoided. Near the high-voltage line,_dthe2 influence of wind load on the machine_dand
shall also
o do do
uidload swing and the electric line swing shall
ging gui be considered. gui
The following risk under the gale may be caused: when the wind blows from the rear to the front,
the work radius of the lifting load may increase, resulting in the machine tipping over forwards and
the structural break due to overload. When the wind blows from the front to the rear, the machine
may tip over backwards or the boom may be tilt backwards if the empty hook and boom system
are at the maximum angle. When the wind blows from the side, the side force applied on the boom
system will increase, resulting in the boom breaking.
The wind speed, the machine configuration, the position of boom have significant influence on the
13
installation, dismantlement
0-
and shutdown of machine. 13 0- 0- 13
3-1
2 wind speed does not exceed the maximum 3-1 3-1
Only when
d 20the d 202 d
2
allowed wind speed given in the20load
_ o_ increases, adjust the boom at theidappropriate
o_
u i do the machine can work. When the wind
chart,
u i dspeed u
gposition according to the Operation Manual,
g and lower the boom on the ground or take
g other emer-
gency measures.
When the predicted wind speed may exceed the specified maximum wind speed, please consider
the times of each action and other necessary time when taking measures, and take the corre-
sponding measures as early as possible.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 3 -1 3 13
10-
4.8 LMI -Bypass -10 Control Cabinet)
Key Switch (in Electrical
3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202
d d _d
i d o_ is only used in overload, when theidload
This
o_ do
gu moment percentage is larger than 110%.
gu gui
Once the LMI bypass key switch is turned on,
it is effective for 30 minutes. The speed of all
movements except for swing are limited to
25% of the maximum speed.
Once the engine is turned off, the LMI release

function is deactivated.
0 - 13 WARNING 0 13
-4-43 0 -13
1 1 1
23-serious accident or human injury! 2023- 23-
Fig LMI bypass key switch
Danger of
2 0 2 0
The
_ d LMI bypass key switch is effective for 30 d d
i d o
minutes every time its turned on, during i d o_ i d o_
gu which the alarm and cut-off protection gu pro- gu
vided by LMI are released. The LMI bypass
key switch should only used by authorized
professionals or service technicians.
4.9 Machine Parking
3
4.9.1 Requirements
1
for the Ground
13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 2 2
Before0operating
202 the ground has sufficient bearing capacity,
machine, be sure to ensure that
d d 202 and
d o_ the ground must be pressed firmly, evenly
that o_ and flatly.
d o_ d
gui gui gui
Before starting machine, please check whether the levelness has been calibrated through the fol-
lowing simple visual checks.
Visual check:
Make the hook free swing like a hammer. When the machine is parked, place the hook at the cen-
ter of the boom, and see from the front of the machine.
1. If short boom [less than 138 feet (42 m)] is used, there is no any left and right deviation [deviation
is less than 0.3 feet (0.1 m)] with the middle of the system as center.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2 - 23- 2 -
2. If long 3boom is used, [Greater than or equal to 138 feet (42 m)] the deviation of a half of the3width
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d is allowed for hook, including the oinfluence
of boom
o _d of side wind.
o_
d
i d i d i d
gu 3. If the deviation of hook is seen, place guthe level indicator on the edge surface of guthe swing to
measure slope. The angle deviating the horizontal plane can not exceed ±0.5% (±0.3 degrees).

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
4.9.2 Boom
023
-
System
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ of boom _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
Position
gu
1. If the machine is out of the service, if the boom is at the work state, please pay attention to the
maximum allowed wind speed of the machine at this state.
2. When the center of gravity of the entire machine is close to the swing center, the machine can
keep stable as far as possible even when there is wind. The center of gravity of machine can be
changed by adjusting the boom angle (for details, please contact the factory technical service
department).
3. If the machine is out of service for a long time, the upperworks and boom of machine shall be
13
- position. Even in case of rainstorm,10the 13
- rainstorm shall be applied form the 10- 13
-10
kept at the appropriate
23 - 3 - 3
rear of the20machine. 02 02
d d2 d2
i d o_ i o_
dapplied i
_
do wind ap-
g
4.uIf the jib is provided, the wind force g
shall u
be from the rear of boom, to g
avoiduside
plying onto the boom.
Lower the boom
1. Please lower the boom on the flat ground timely if the wind force exceed the maximum allowable
value of the parking machine.
2. If conditions allows, please lower the machine boom system against the wind (against the wind
to be brown). Therefore, boom must be against the wind, to reduce the wind force when lowering
the boom.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202swing mechanism at the brake state, and
3. Make the 202lock it with a swing pin. 2 02
_d _d _d
ido to reduce wind force and to adjust gthe
g4.uHow
o
uidwind direction shall be considered as gearly
o
uid as
possible.
5. Lower boom and tension the boom hoist pull rope until the boom pull rope (pull rod) is just ten-
sioned but the boom just does not leave the pad.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Wire Rope
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Wire Rope
- 13 0- 13 0-13
-10 3-1 3-1
5 Wire 3Rope............................................................................................................................5-1
2 2 2
20 Rope Handling..............................................................................................................5-3
5.1dWire d2
0
d2
0
_ _ _
do 5.1.1 Wire Rope Handling....................................................................................................5-3
do do
gui gui gui
5.1.2 Wire Rope Specifications...........................................................................................5-4
5.1.3 Winding Capacity on Each Drum..............................................................................5-5
5.1.4 Wire Rope Length .......................................................................................................5-6
5.1.5 Cautions in Handling Wire Rope...............................................................................5-8
5.2 Wire Rope Reeving...............................................................................................................5-9
5.2.1 Winding Wire Rope to the Drum ...............................................................................5-9
5.2.2 Winding Boom Hoist Rope...................................................................................... 5-13
5.3 Correction Method of Entangled Wire Rope .................................................................. 5-17
5.4 Rope Socket
1 0 -13 Installation ...................................................................................................
1 0 -13 5-2013
10-
-
5.5 Wire3Rope 3 -
Replacement................................................................................................... 3 -
5-22
d 202 Replacement Standards of WiredRope
5.5.1 202 .................................................................
d 202 5-22
o_ do
_ o_
guid 5.5.2 Replacement Standards ofuiPendant g guid
Cable.......................................................... 5-26
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Wire Rope SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 3 13 13
10-
5.Wire -Rope
3 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Wire Rope Handling
d5.1 do do
g u gui gui
5.1.1 Wire Rope Handling
WARNING
Handling wire rope by wearing leather gloves. Do not touch wire rope with bear hands. Do not
touch the rotating drum or moving wire rope during winding or unwinding.
Failure to follow the above requirements may cause serious injury.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
WARNING
3-1 3-1
0 2 0 2 0 2
d 2 the control lever slowly.
Operate
_ _ d2 _ d2
doAbrupt control lever operation is very dangerous,
do do of wire rope
gui on the drum or load swinging. gui gui
and may create the rough spooling
CAUTION
When the crane is shipped from factory, maximum length of wire rope required for boom and jib
configuration and a number of part lines which is possible has been wound on the drum.
If boom length is short and a number of parts lines are less, rough spooling such as looseness of
wire rope, cross winding or biting may occur.
Use of proper rope length based on crane operating conditions (length of boom or jib, number of
1 -13 lifting height) is recommended. 10-13

part lines of 0rope,
1 0 -13
- - -
The hook
2 023 has been removed at the factory shipment. 2 023 2 023
d _d may occur. d
oIf_wire rope is loose, rewind the wire rope o_
Winding of rope may be loose and rope biting
i d i d oapplying i d
gu g u some tension. u g
CAUTION
If rope diameter is out of specified range, biting or rough spooling may occur.
Recommend use genuine wire rope.
CAUTION
Set the hook 0 13 number of parts line of rope properly
-and 0
3
-1based on lifting load and length of boom 0 -13
and jib.23-
1 - 1 - 1
2 0 2 023 2 023
_d to observe this precaution may result
Failure _din a serious accident. _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
5.1.2 Wire 2Rope - Specifications
023
-
023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d FOR CRANE
oROPE _d
i d i d do
gui
Table 5–1 WIRE
gu gu
Breaking
Use Rope spec. Rope dia. : mm Rope length : m
strength : kN
Main load hoist 35W x K7 Righ-
389 Φ22 180
drum hand lang lay
Auxiliary load 35W x K7 Righ-
389 Φ22 130
hoist drum hand lang lay
Boom hoist drum 8 x K26 237 Φ16 142
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
CAUTION
02 023-1
d 2 wind the wire rope to the drum, it is_drecommended
To properly
_
2 d2
to use wire rope with its diameter
_
of d o larger than nominal value. uido o
gIfuirope diameter is out of specified range,gbiting
2.5%~4%
g uid
or rough spooling may occur.
Recommend use genuine wire rope.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
5.1.3 Winding Capacity on Each Drum
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ hoist drum o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Main
gu gu
Drum winding capacity on min. Pcd with φ22 mm dia. rope.
Wind-
ing L Total
Min on winding Min Pcd means theoretical value calculated
Layer Row
Pcd : m each length : from the figure below on 2nd or higher layer.
layer : m
m
1
0-13
34 0.520 55.54 55.54
0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
Φ2
do do 2
do
gui 2 34 0.558 59.54gui 115.09 gui
Min. Pcd
3 34 0.595 63.54 178.63
19.4
23
4 34 0.632 67.54 246.17
Boom hoist drum

1 3 3 13
0-1
10-capacity on min. Pcd with φ16 mm dia.1rope. 0-
3-1
Drum winding
02 3- 02 3- 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 Wind-
3-1 3-1
2 ing L Total 202 202
_d _ d _ d
do Min on windingdo Min Pcd means theoretical valueucalculated
do
gui u i i
Layer Row
Pcd : m each g : from the figure below on 2nd or ghigher layer.
length
layer : m
m
1 13 0.355 14.5 14.50
2 13 0.382 15.61 30.11
3 3 13
1310-1 0.409 0- 1Φ 0-
3-1 3-1
3 16.72 46.83
02 3- 02
16
02
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
i d4o do do
g u 13 0.437 17.84 gui
64.67 gui
Min. Pcd
14.1
16.8
5 13 0.464 18.95 83.62
6 13 0.491 20.06 103.68
7 13 0.518 21.17 124.85

0 -13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 2 02 2 02
_dWire Rope
Type of
o o _d o _d
uid
gThe g uid g uid
wire rope shipped from factory cannot satisfy all configurations. It is necessary to select the
proper wire rope to cope with different configuration, since different wire rope has different
features.
5.1.4 Wire Rope Length
Wire Rope Length of Main Hoist Drum Unit : m

Boom Parts of line
length :
1
-13 2 2 4 5 6
-1 3 7 8 9 10
13
m
-10 -10 0-
13
02 332 47 62 76 91
02 3105 120 134 149 1632 3-1
d2 d2 d 20
d o_
16 38 56 73 91
id
_
o108 126 143 161 178
d o_
gui 19 44 65 85 106gu 126 144 167 gui
22 50 74 97 121 144 162

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
25
3- 56 83 109 135 162
3-1 3-1
d 202
28 62 92 121 150 2 02 2 02
_ _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
31 68 100 133 165
34 74 109 145
37 80 118 156
40 86 127 168
43 92 136
46 98 145
49 104 154
52 110 163
0- 13 -1 3
0- 13
23-1 -10
CAUTION
23 3-1
0 20 drum may likely occur. 02
d 2rope is too long, rope rough spooling ond the
If the
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
The length of wire rope when hook is on the ground is listed in the table.
If in case the work under ground is required, the wire length shall be determined accordingly.
Wire Rope Length of Aux.

Unit : m
Hoist Drum for Fixed Jib
Boom Jib length : m
length :m
-1 3 6.1 9.15
-13 12.2 15.25
13
-10 -10 0-
22
023
62 68 3 75 81 3-1
d 2 d 202 2 02
o_
25 68 74
o_
80
_d87
d d do
gui 28 74
gui 80 86
gui 92
31 80 86 92 98
34 86 92 98 104
37 92 98 104 110
40 98 104 110 116
43 104 110 116 122
CAUTION
If the rope is too3 long, rope rough spooling on the drum may
3 likely occur.
0- 1 0- 1 0- 13
0 23-1 023-1 023-1
d2
NOTE：
_d
2
_d
2
i o_ length of wire rope when hook is onithe
dThe do ground is listed in the table. do
g u gu gui
If in case the work under ground is required, the wire length shall be determined accordingly.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
5.1.5 Cautions - in Handling Wire Rope
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
1. idCautions i d do
gui
in unloading or during
u
gtransportation gu
• Do not drop from the load deck.

• When rolling the wooden rope reel with lev-
er etc, do not touch the wire rope direct with
the lever but touch the outer flange area.
• In case of coiled wire rope, do not place or
roll over directly on the sandy ground or on
the steel pieces.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 5-1 To the drum _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Cautions in storing
• Store the wire rope in dry atmosphere.

• In case of outdoor storage, ensure to put the cover to protect from rain.
• Do not place the wire rope directly on the ground but place them approximately 200 to 300 mm
above the ground with wooden blocks.
3. Unwinding the wire rope
- 3 13 13
When unwinding 1the wire rope, take extra
1 0 0- 0-
3- kinking.
care not to allow 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ be convenient to use the jig as showno_ _d
do do
It would
i d
u
gright. gui gui
If such jig is not available, unwind the wire
rope by rolling the reel on the ground taking
care not to allow sand or iron pieces adhered.
Kink: Deformation by twisting of wire rope
1 Loop by twisting wire rope

Fig 5-2 Unwinding wire rope
Pulled up condition under
-13 13 13
2
tension
0 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
3 2 Kink occurred 2 2
_d _d _d
do Wire rope does not returngutoid
o do
gu4i gui
original shape

3 13 13
0-1 Reeving
5.2 Wire-1Rope 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 202
_
5.2.1 Winding Wire Rope to the Drum _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
1. Main and auxiliary hoist drum.
CAUTION
When the crane is shipped from factory, maximum length of wire rope required for boom and jib
configuration and a number of part lines which is possible has been wound on the drum.
If boom length is short and a number of parts lines are less, rough spooling such as looseness of
wire rope, cross winding or biting may occur.
Use of proper rope length based on crane operating conditions (length of boom or jib, number of
part lines of rope, lifting height) is recommended.
3 removed at the factory shipment. -13
-1been -13
The hook has
- 1 0 - 1 0 - 1 0
Winding
2 023of rope may be loose and rope biting may
2 023occur. 2 023
d rope is loose, rewind the wire rope applying
If_wire _d some tension. _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Reeve the wire rope through wedge hole,
secure the rope end with wedge tightly and
make sure the rope end does not stick out.
WARNING
If the rope end is not firmly secured, rope
may slip out and the load may drop off.
Ensure to secure the rope end properly.
1 0 -13 this precaution may result

Failure to observe
0- 13 0- 13
3- accident.
in a serious
02 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 5-3 gui
3. Pull the wire rope manually and wind up

on the drum groove while guiding the rope
along the drum end guide.
Make sure that minimum 3 turns remain on

the drum even wire rope is paid out to the
maximum.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-4 Lightly tap

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

4. Winding2the
0 3- wire rope to the drum with ap- 0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d tension approximate 2 to 4% of itso_d
plying the
o _d
uid d do
gbreaking strength.
gui gui
To apply the tension on the wire rope, lift the
required load with the necessary lifting height,
pull the load which is placed on the ground in
front or traveling to the load with applying the
tension by winding the hoist drum.
0-13 -1 3
Fig 5-50Lightly twist 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 02 3-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d 5-6 Lightly tap _d
do do do
gui gui gui
WARNING
If more than 3 turns do not remain on the drum, wire rope may slip out and lifting load may drop.
Ensure to have minimum 3 turns remained on the drum.
Failure to observe this precaution may result in a serious accident.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
10-
Wire rope reeving
3-
on boom and extension jib
3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
7
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d9
do do do
gui gui gui
6
10
5
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
Fig 5-7
2
20 winch 2 2
1. Boomd hoist 3. Main load hoist d5.20
Auxiliary load hoist d2
0
7. Boom guide sheave
ido_ d o_ o_
uidjib
winch wire rope
uAuxiliary
g2.
winch
load hoist
gui
4. Boom hoist wire rope 6. Main load hoist wire
8. Extension
g
9. Ball hook
rope
10.Main hook
When reeving wire rope, reeve the wire rope

from the lower end of the upper boom end
plate, as shown in the picture. Don't reeve the
wire rope from the upper end, which is reev-
ing-forbidden position, or it may cause wear-
out of the upper boom and extension boom or
3 13 13
0-1
the wire rope damage. 0- 0-
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-8
Wire rope reeving from auxiliary winch to fixed jib
-13 -153
6
13
-10 1 0 0-
02 3 4
023 -
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui 3 gui gui
1
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 5-9

13
0- hoist 13 13
1. Auxiliary 1load 3. Jib pendant cable on 5. Jib10-side pendant 7. Ball hook
3-1
0-
winch 023- boom side 02 3 -
cable 02
_ d2 4. Jib strut sheaveo_d
2
_d
2
o
2. Auxiliary load hoist 6. Jib head sheave
do
guidwire rope gui
d
gui
5.2.2 Winding Boom Hoist Rope
1. Do not allow the wire rope end to come out

of drum wedge hole.
Pre-tightened wire rope shall come out tightly

against the drum edge.
Install the wedge3 firmly on the drum.

0- 1 40- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1 2 3
Fig 5-10
1. Correct reeving 4. Wedge block edge

2. Protrusion A. Wedge
0-13 -13
10Opposite 0- 13
3-1 3-1
3.
02 023- 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Pull the boom hoist wire rope manually
d2. i do
_
do
u u
g and lightly tap on the wire rope to align
g and gui
wind the wire rope slowly.
Apply tension on the wire rope by boom

weight and slowly wind on the drum.
WARNING
Risk of winding accident!
Take extra care to work on the moving wire
rope not to touch
0 - 13 the sheave and wire rope 0 -13 0- 13
1 1 3-1
23- -
to prevent accident of being crushed or
being20entangled. 2 023Fig 5-11 Lightly tap 2 02
_d to observe this precaution may result
oFailure o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu in a serious injury or loss of life. gu gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 3
0-1Lightly twist
Fig 5-12 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 d 202
_ the wire rope to the maximum, andomake
_ sure there are at least 3–wraps ofowire
_ rope
u i do
3. Reeve
u i d u i d
gon this drum. g g
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the wire ropes on the drum is less than three wrap, and the wire rope may fall off the drum and
causing the load falling.
Make sure there are at least three wraps of wire rope on the drum.
Failure to observe this precaution may result in a serious injury or loss of life.
4. Winding the wire

1 0 -13rope to the drum with ap- 0-13 0-13
23- approximate 2 to 4% of its
plying the tension
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2
d strength. 2 2
breaking
_ _d _d
i do ido do
gTo apply the tension on the wire rope, liftguthe
u gui
required load with the necessary lifting height,
pull the load which is placed on the ground in
front or traveling to the load with applying the
tension by winding the hoist drum.
Fig 5-13 Lightly tap

3 13 13
0-1 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
5. Boom
023
- wire rope reeving.
hoist
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
5
202 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
4 2
1
3
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02
Fig 5-143-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o Boom hoist winch _d _d
gui
d1. ido
3. Tension sensor
gu
5. Boom hoist wire rope
gui
do
2. Moveable guide 4. Boom hoist lower 6. Boom hoist upper
sheave sheave sheave
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6. If the layer
0 23- change occurs on the drum 2023- 023-1
2 2
_d
flange protrusion
o
point (change from first layer d
_ _d
d
touisecond i do do
g layer), wire rope and drum end area
g u gui
is guided by protruding portion and clearance
of approximate 1/2 of wire rope diameter may
be created.
CAUTION 1
If wire rope wound without clearance having

forced to along with the protruding part may
cause rope upsetting.
Ensure to provide clearance as shown on
0 13
-protruding 0 -13 0-13
1
right figure at the part. 1 3-1
23- - 2
Failure to 0observe
2 this precaution may lead
2 023 2 02
d d _d
o_ parts.
to damage
d do_ do
gui gui gui
Even if the winding layer becomes multiple
layer, wire rope behavior in layer changing Fig 5-15
area is basically the same as that of between
first to second layer. 1. No clearance 2. Flange protrusion
However due to wire rope and drum manufac-

turing unevenness, layer change area varies
as layer becomes larger.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
3 5
Fig 5-16
0-13 0-1
1. Clearance
3 4. Parallel 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
2 3-1
2 22.0Parallel 202
5. Flange protrusion
_d d
_ 3. Cross-over _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3
-1 Method of Entangled Wire-1 3 13
-10
5.3 Correction -10 Rope 0-
02 3 02 3 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_WARNING do
gui gui gui
Risk of injury!
Rope end could rotate at high speed due to stress built in.
Keep in a safe distance while carrying out this procedure.
NOTICE
Continuous working or boom hoist wire rope could cause extra stress building.
Boom hoist wire rope should be removed from the rope socket after working 300 hours or before
-13to release the stress and prevent damage.
job-site transfer
0 -13 0 -13 0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ o_
d NOTICE d o_
gui gui gui
Continuous working in one configuration for over one month could cause extra stress build-up in
the boom hoist wire rope.
Inspect the wire rope surface. If pre-mature wearing is found, cut the wire rope by 200 mm to 300
mm at the rope end, and secure the rope end again.
The wire rope has a tendency to rotate to the direction for returning its lay when the load is applied
due to its construction.
13 rope rotating property.

This is called wire
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
In case
d 202of high lifting crane or lifting with 2 tod320parts
2 of line on hook, wire rope may be 2entangled
d
02
i o_lifting load may rotate due to rope idrotating
dor o_ do
_ may be
property and work safety or efficiency
i
u
g suffered. g u g u
When the rope becomes entangled due to this wire rope rotating property, correct them as per the
following procedure.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

1. Judge the -
023 type of wire rope lay 023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_are two types of wire rope lay, right o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
There
u
ghand gu
lay and left hand lay.
Be careful about the type of lay.
Fig 5-17 Right hand lay and left hand lay
0 -13 0- 13 0-13
-1entangled
2. Correct the
3 wire rope
3-1 3-1
02 202 02
d2
Make _the wire rope end free and loosen the _d _d
2
o do do
uid rope completely.
gwire gui gui
In case of right hand twisting, rotate left to re-
move laying. In case of left hand twisting, ro-
tate right to remove laying.
Turn the rope socket side end forcibly, and

then repeat hook hoisting or lowering in such
way that the applied lay portion will move to-
ward drum side sequentially.
1 3 13 13
0-procedure.
Repeat the above 0- 0-
23-1
0 0 23-1 023-1
Turn the
_ d 2rope end to the opposite direction of _d 2Fig 5-18 Rotating direction _d
2
o
thedhook. ido do
g3.uiCautions in correcting entangled wire gurope gui
1) Number of rotation of rope required for correcting entangled rope.
Number of entanglement: number of rotation of hook.
Number of entanglement x rope number of parts of line = correcting rotation number.
2) Too many rotation in one trial may cause rope shape deformation.
Since it would be difficult to correct evenly throughout the entire length by one trial, limit the rope
13one trial.
rotations to 4 to150-on 13 13
- 10- - 10-
-
2 023 2 023 2 023
dthe correcting for several times based on_dthe conditions. d
o_ o_
Repeat
i d i d o i d
g3)u The cause of entanglement may vary based gu on the timing of entanglement occurrence.
gu
Be careful on this point.

13 13 13
3 - 10-
If the entanglement
3 - 10- or crane operation, correct them as
occurs just after the rope installation
3 - 0-
1per
d 202
the previously mentioned procedure.
d 202 d 202
gu If the entanglement occurs sometime gafter
u crane work, the following causes cangube assumed.
• Wire rope is drawn with the sheave and rope lay move irregularly.
• The sheave diameter is too small.
• Wear on sheave groove.
• Fleet angle is too large.
Contact local SANY authorized distributor for any questions arise.
4) Removing method of rope lay of boom hoist drum wire rope.
3 drum wire rope, wire rope may cause waving

In the boom hoist
1 3 due to wire rope unlay.
1 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1
In such02case, remove the rope socket and take out 3-1
02 the rope lay. 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o the same time, inspect the sheave rotation. _d _d
dAt do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

3
-1 Installation 13 13
-10
5.4 Rope Socket 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 202
1. Pass _ the wire rope through the rope sock- _ _d
i do make loop on the rope end. i do do
gui2
1
g
etu and g u
Load line of the rope must be in the straight
side of the socket.
3
2. Insert the wedge and pull the wire rope loop
with the wedge strongly to secure.
0-13 0- 13 4 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 6
5
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ 7
do
gui gui gui
A
Fig 5-19
1. Rope socket 2. Wire rope

3. Wedge 4. Clamp
5. Clamp 6. Dead end
7. Load line A. Pull
3 3 13
0-1
-1 rope with the rope clamp. -1 0-1 0-
3. Secure the
0 2 3wire
0 2 3 02 3-1
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
o rope clamp to the proper direction. ido
Setdthe do
gui gu gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 NOTICE 2 02 202
_ _d _d
guidoRisk of rope damage! ido
gu and gui
do
Insert the rope pin from boom inner side
secure it with the spring pin at the outer side.
If secured with spring ring pin at the inner
side, the wire rope and the spring pin would
interfere.
Failure to observe this precaution may result
in a serious accident. Fig 5-20
Secure with the spring pin at the outer side
of boom.
-1 3 3 13
4. Install the0socket
1 to the boom or hook and
1 0-1 0-
apply 0
-
23 load to the wire rope to pull in the 2023
the
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_ to the final position. o_ _d
do
wedge
d uid
gui g
When installing the rope socket to the boom
gui
point, make sure that the socket installed in
the proper direction.
5. Insert the pin from the inner side of the

boom. Secure the pin with safety pin.
-13 3
Fig 5-21
1 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 023-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10 Replacement
5.5 Wire Rope 0- 0-
023 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 202
5.5.1 _Replacement Standards of Wire Rope _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
Check and replacement standards of wire
rope
If the wire rope is broken during operation, it

1 2 3 4 5 6
might cause a serious accident.
Therefore, check the rope periodically.
Never use those wire ropes that wire-cut,

abrasion, corrosion and other defects are
observed. -130 0- 13 0-13
Such wire20
3-1
2 as given below must be imme- 202 3-1 02 3-1
d
rope 2
_ _d _d
do replaced with a new rope.
diately do do
gui gui gui
And wire rope subject to damage mentioned Fig 5-22
in items 6 onwards should be replaced with
new one immediately according to the degree 1. First lay 2. Second lay 3. Third lay
of damage. 4. Fourth lay 5. Fifth lay 6. Sixth lay
Type of wire rope
• Main rope
• Auxiliary rope
• Boom rope
- 13 0- 13 0-13
• 3 -10
Pendant2cable 3-1 3-1
0 02 02
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
gu ido gui
do
gui
do
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
1. 10%23or- more steel wires are broken ex- 23-
0 0 023-1
d 2 filler wires in one lay of wires.
cepting
_ _ d2 _d
2
do o
uid is do
gui Inspection of internal breakage of gwires 1 g2ui
difficult.
To check breakage of wires in the valley sec-

tion of wire ropes, bend the rope sharply.
Broken element wires, if any, will be exposed. 3 4
If breakage of wires in the valley section is

found, it is considered that internal breakage
13 13 13
of wires may also have been developed, and
1 0 - Fig0-5-23
1 0-
- - 3-1
that in other words, fatigue of the whole rope
2
may have023 been developed. 2 023 2 02
_d _d 1. Core of the rope _d
do do do
gui gui 2. Rope gui
3. Filament
4. Strand
2. For non-rotation wire rope, do not use it

when its diameter is 3% smaller than the nom-
inal diameter. And for rotation wire rope, do
not use it when its diameter is 10% smaller
13 diameter.
than the nominal
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 load and diameter
1) Breaking 2 02 √ 2×02
_•dBreaking load _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Fig 5-24 Method of measuring rope diameter
Risk of accident!
Even on the same diameter rope, differ-
ent class rope has different breaking
load. Failure to observe this precaution
may result in a serious accident.
Take care of different breaking load of
each wire rope.
1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
3- of 3-1 3-1
202
wire rope is indicated by 2
02
Strength
0
_ dbreaking load. _ d2 _d
2
do Breaking load is decided on the strength
do do
gui gui gui
of wire and tensile strength of each class
is specified.

13 13 13
• Diameter -10- 10- 0-
3 3 - 3-1
202 of wire rope will be reduced by d 202
Diameter
d 202
_ _ _d
i dowear. i do do
u
g Diameter also is reduced by applying g u gui
overload.
Therefore, it is necessary to keep meas-
uring its diameter for safety.
CAUTION
To properly wind the wire rope to the drum,
it is recommended to use wire rope with its
diameter of 2.5% - 4% larger than nominal
3 13 13
value. 0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do
2)Measuring
i method of wire rope diameter
i do do
g u g u gui
The table below shows how to measure rope diameter.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 strand
Outer
d d 202 2 02
o_ number _ Diameter measurement _d
gui
d
g u ido gui
do
In the same cross section,
take measurement at 2 di-
rections and take average
a
value.
Even number
strand b b
d=(a+b)/2
a. Diameter of wire rope measured in the verti-
0 -13 0 -13 cal direction

0 -13
3 -1 1
b.- Diameter of wire rope measured in the hori-
23-
1
20 2 2 023 2 0
d d zontal or diagonal directiond
d o_ o_
id d o_
gui In the same crossgu section, gui
place the plate with 1/2 to 1
layer length and its known
thickness t at 2 positions
and take measurement as
a
shown and deduct t from its
average value.
t
Odd number
strand
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 b 023-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d=(a+b)/2-t
do_ o
gui gui g uid
a. Sum of the diameter of wire rope measured
in the vertical direction and plate thickness
b. Sum of the diameter of wire rope measured
in the diagonal direction and plate thickness
t. Plate thickness
3)Handling wire rope
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
Bending -
23sharply 3- will affect dramatically the strength
with directly rigged on the sharp2corner 23of- the
2 0 2 0 2 0
_d rope.
wire
o o_
d
o_
d
u i d Put the protective materials on the u i
sharp dcorner. u i d
g g g
Wire rope supports large load and its role is important.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

will- cause a serious accident.
0 3
If broken, it 2
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ take extra care in handling wire rope. o_ _d
d
Therefore
i i d do
gu gu gui
Be careful of safety. Appropriate wire rope shall be selected for different.
3. Kink is observed in the wire rope.
Fig 5-25
0-13 0- 13 0-13
4. Due to 0upper3-1
2 layer wire rope with load penetrated 3-1
2 lower layer wire rope and lower wire20rope
0into 2 3-1
d 2 d 2 d
o_
is excessively
d
deformed. o_ o_
uid
g5.ui Excessive deformation or corrosion is gobserved gui
d
on the wire rope.
6. A short circuit has been formed electrically. Those wire ropes that are subject to fire or spark by
electric current or by gas welding as well as subject to high temperature.
7. Short-circuit of the electrical line leads to heat damage of wire rope.
5.5.2 Replacement Standards of Pendant Cable
Since corrosion and damage are caused by fatigue are from the inside of the boom guy line, re-
-13 be judged from the appearance. -13
placement time cannot
0 0 0-13
0 23-1 23-1 23-1
20 damage and/or corrosion, there isd possi-
d 2 cable is broken by progressing of_dinternal
If the pendant 20
_ _
idoto cause a serious accident.
bility
gu ido gu ido gu
Be sure to replace the guy line periodically.
Overhoist limit switch weight rope:
Replace the wire rope as soon as possible if its vinyl insulation is broken or it is subject to the
above mentioned replacement standard.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Maintenance
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Maintenance
1 3 1 3 1 3
10- 10- 10-
6 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................6-1
- - -
2 023
6.1 Maintenance 023 023
Safety Notice..................................................................................................6-5
2 2
d d d
i d o_ 6.1.1 Maintenance Personnel Qualification i d o_ i d o_
......................................................................6-5
gu gu gu
6.1.2 Risks in Maintenance .................................................................................................6-5
6.1.3 Cautions before Maintenance ...................................................................................6-7
6.1.4 Fire Prevention ............................................................................................................6-8
6.1.4.1 Fire Risk Preventive Measures..........................................................................6-8
6.1.4.2 Other Checks and Replacement .......................................................................6-9
6.1.5 Precautions during Maintenance ..............................................................................6-9
6.1.5.1 Maintenance Safety.............................................................................................6-9
6.1.5.2 Preparation before Maintenance .......................................................................6-9
6.1.5.3 Precautions during Maintenance.................................................................... 6-10
3
-1Precautions -13 -13
1
6.1.5.4
- 0 after 1 0
Maintenance.......................................................................
- 1
6-12
- 0
2 023 Safety during Repair ................................................................................................
6.1.6 2 023 2 023 6-13
d _d d
i d o_ 6.1.7 Precautions in the Long-time i d i d o_
oStorage................................................................... 6-13
gu g u
6.1.8 Bolts, Nuts and Hydraulic Piping - Tighten ........................................................... 6-14 g u
6.2 Fluid Recommendation and Volume ............................................................................... 6-16
6.2.1 Oil Volume Table ...................................................................................................... 6-16
6.2.2 Recommend Fluid.................................................................................................... 6-17
6.3 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule........................................................................... 6-20
6.3.1 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule................................................................. 6-20
6.3.2 Lubrication Schedule ............................................................................................... 6-24
6.4 Maintenance Procedure.................................................................................................... 6-25
6.4.1 Daily3or Every 8 Hours.............................................................................................
0 - 1 0 - 13 6-25 3
0-1
- 1
6.4.1.1 Daily or Every 8 Hours - 1
..................................................................................... - 1
6-25
2 23
06.4.1.2 2 023 2 023 6-27
d Engine ................................................................................................................
d d
i d o_ 6.4.1.3 Swing and Winch Mechanism.........................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 6-48
gu gu gu
6.4.1.4 Hydraulic System.............................................................................................. 6-51
6.4.1.5 Cab...................................................................................................................... 6-57

Maintenance SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
3 3 3
1
6.4.1.6 Boom
- 0-1 Accessories............................................................................................
- 1 0-1 6-6410-1
-
023
6.4.22Weekly 2 023
or Every 50 Hours ...................................................................................... 2 023
6-70
d d d
i d o_6.4.2.1 Weekly or Every 50 hours................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 6-70
gu 6.4.2.2 Battery - Check..................................................................................................
gu gu 6-71
6.4.2.3 Inspect the Winch Fasteners........................................................................... 6-71
6.4.2.4 Check the Winch Reducer Oil Level .............................................................. 6-73
6.4.2.5 Hydraulic Tank Sediment - Drain .................................................................... 6-75
6.4.2.6 Pressure Hose - Check.................................................................................... 6-75
6.4.2.7 Sprocket and Idler - Inspect ............................................................................ 6-76
6.4.2.8 Inspect the Crawler Rollers ............................................................................. 6-77
6.4.3 Every 100 Hours....................................................................................................... 6-77
6.4.3.1 Every3 100 Hours ............................................................................................... 6-77
0 - 1 0 - 13 0 -13
1
6.4.3.2-Radiator - 1
- Clean ................................................................................................ 6-79 - 1
2 023 Engine Mounting Bolts - Inspect.....................................................................
6.4.3.3 2 023 2 023
6-80
d d d
i d o_6.4.3.4 Inspect and Clean the CabidAir o_Filters ............................................................
i d o_ 6-80
gu 6.4.3.5 Check the Swing Reducer guOil Level...............................................................
gu 6-81
6.4.3.6 Swing Bearing - Check/Lubricate ................................................................... 6-81
6.4.3.7 Swing Bearing and the Swing Reducer Bolt - Check .................................. 6-82
6.4.3.8 Check the Central Swivel Joint ....................................................................... 6-83
6.4.3.9 Valve Group - Check ....................................................................................... 6-83
6.4.3.10 Hydraulic Pump - Check................................................................................ 6-83
6.4.3.11 Check the Travel Reducer Oil Level ............................................................ 6-84
6.4.3.12 Check the Track Shoes and Tension Device.............................................. 6-85
-13 -13
6.4.3.13 Check the Crawler Pins ................................................................................. 6-89 13
3
6.4.3.14 - 1 0
3 - 1 0
Lowerworks Cylinders - Check ..................................................................... 3
6-89 - 10-
02 250 Hours.......................................................................................................
2Every 202 02
26-90
d
6.4.4
_ _ d _ d
u i do 6.4.4.1 Every 250 Hours ...............................................................................................
u i do u i do 6-90
g g g
6.4.4.2 Fuel Filter Strainer - Clean .............................................................................. 6-90
6.4.4.3 Boom Hoist Reducer Oil Level - Check ......................................................... 6-91
6.4.4.4 Lubricate the Winch Bearing ........................................................................... 6-91
6.4.5 Every 500 Hours....................................................................................................... 6-92
6.4.5.1 Every 500 Hours ............................................................................................... 6-92
6.4.5.2 Air Filter - Replace ............................................................................................ 6-93
6.4.5.3 Fuel Tank - Drain............................................................................................... 6-96
6.4.5.4 Fuel-water Separator - Replace ..................................................................... 6-97
6.4.5.5 Engine
1 0 -13 Oil – Replace........................................................................................
1 0 -13 6-98 -13
10
3 - 3 - 3 -
202 Accumulator - Check ........................................................................................
202 02
6.4.5.6 Engine Oil Filter Element – Replace .............................................................. 6-99
d d d 26-99
_6.4.5.7 _ _
u i do 6.4.5.8 Check the Major StructureuiParts do ..................................................................
u i do 6-100
g g g
6.4.6 Every 1000 Hours .................................................................................................. 6-102
6.4.6.1 Every 1000 Hours ........................................................................................... 6-102
3 3 3
6.4.6.2
- 1 0-1Winch Brake Operation - Check ...................................................................
- 1 0-1 - 1
6-1020-1
2 23
06.4.6.3 Change the Main/Auxiliary Hoist 2 023Reducer Oil ............................................ 2 0236-103
d d d
i d o_ 6.4.6.4 Boom Reducer Oil - Change i d o_ .........................................................................
i d o_ 6-103
gu g u g u
6.4.6.5 Hydraulic Oil Quality - Check ........................................................................ 6-104
6.4.6.6 Replace the Hydraulic System Filters.......................................................... 6-105
6.4.6.7 Change the Swing Reducer Oil .................................................................... 6-108
6.4.6.8 Change the Travel Reducer Oil ................................................................... 6-109
6.4.7 Every 1500 Hours ...................................................................................................6-110
6.4.7.1 Every 1500 Hours ............................................................................................6-110
6.4.7.2 Cooling Fan Belt - Check and Replace.........................................................6-110
6.4.8 Every 2000 Hours ...................................................................................................6-112
6.4.8.1 Every 2000 Hours ............................................................................................6-112
0 - 13 0 -13 0 -13
1 1 1
23- Coolant - Change.............................................................................................6-113
- -
6.4.8.2 Fuel Tank - Clean.............................................................................................6-112
2 06.4.8.3 2 023 2 023
d d d
i d o_ 6.4.8.4 Hydraulic Oil - Change i....................................................................................6-115
d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
6.4.9 Every 4000 Hours ...................................................................................................6-116
6.4.9.1 Every 4000 Hours and Above ........................................................................6-116
6.4.9.2 Swing Bearing Bolts - Check/Replace..........................................................6-117
6.4.9.3 Wire Rope - Replace .......................................................................................6-117
6.4.9.4 Pressure Hose - Replace................................................................................6-118
6.5 Lubricate Schedule ...........................................................................................................6-119
6.5.1 Lubrication Schedule ..............................................................................................6-119
6.5.2 Lubricate Every 50 Hours ..................................................................................... 6-120
- 3 -13
6.5.2.1 1Boom Root Hinge Pin - Lubricate ................................................................. 6-12013
3 -
6.5.2.21 0 1 0
Lifting Hook Sheave and Bearing3-- Lubricate ............................................. 36-120 - 10-
2
206.5.2.3 202 - Lubricate .............................................. 2026-121
_ d Boom Hoist Guide Sheave Shaft
_ d _ d
u i do i do i do
6.5.2.4 Wire Rope - Lubricateu....................................................................................
u 6-121
g g g
6.5.3 Lubricate Every 100 Hours ................................................................................... 6-122
6.5.3.1 Swing Bearing - Lubricate ............................................................................. 6-122
6.5.3.2 Winch Bearing ................................................................................................. 6-123
6.5.4.1 Sheave Block Bearing.................................................................................... 6-125
6.5.4.2 Crawler Shoes and Pins ................................................................................ 6-127
6.5.5.1 Extension Beam Pin ....................................................................................... 6-128
3
6.5.5.2-1Cylinder -13
Bearing ............................................................................................. 6-129 -13
1 0 1 0
- system ..............................................................................................................
- - 1 0
023 023 023
6.6 Electrical 6-129
d 2 d 2 2
d 6-129
i d o_ 6.6.1 Electrical System - Inspect i...................................................................................
d o_ i d o_
gu gu gu
6.6.2 LMI System - Inspect ............................................................................................. 6-131
6.6.3 Battery Maintenance.............................................................................................. 6-131
6.6.3.1 Battery - Check................................................................................................ 6-131
3 3 3
1 0-1 - Store .................................................................................................
6.6.3.2 Battery
- - 1 0-1 6-13310-1
-
2 023 Battery - Replace ............................................................................................
6.6.3.3 2 023 2 023
6-133
d _d on Cables............................................... d
i d o_ Preventive Measures to PreventidoFire
6.6.4 i d o_ 6-133
gu 6.6.4.1 Causes of Electrical Cable gu Fires ..................................................................
gu 6-133
6.6.4.2 Precautions...................................................................................................... 6-134
6.6.4.3 Electrical System after a Thunderstorm - Inspect ...................................... 6-135
6.7 Hook and Sheave Device ............................................................................................... 6-135
6.7.1 Hook - Inspect......................................................................................................... 6-135
6.7.2 Routine Maintenance............................................................................................. 6-137
6.7.3 Sheave - Inspect .................................................................................................... 6-138
6.8 Maintenance of Wire Rope and Slings.......................................................................... 6-139
6.8.1 Precautions before Inspection.............................................................................. 6-139
0 - 13 0 - 13 0 -13
6.8.2 Wire-1Rope Inspection ............................................................................................
- 1 6-140 - 1
2 023 Wire Rope - Check .........................................................................................
6.8.2.1 2 023 2 023
6-140
d d d
i d o_6.8.2.2 Wire Rope - Replace ......................................................................................
i d o_ i d o_ 6-143
gu 6.8.3 Wire Rope - Transfer .............................................................................................
gu gu 6-148
6.8.4 Wire Rope - Store................................................................................................... 6-148
6.8.5 Wire Rope - Install.................................................................................................. 6-149
6.8.6 Wire Rope - Lubricate............................................................................................ 6-153
6.8.7 Wire Rope - Cut ..................................................................................................... 6-153
6.9 Inspection and maintenance under special work environment ................................. 6-154
6.9.1 Muddy and Snowy Environment .......................................................................... 6-154
6.9.2 Seaside Operations ............................................................................................... 6-155
-13 -13
6.9.3 Dusty Environment................................................................................................. 6-155 13
3
6.9.4 Stony - 1 0
3 - 1 0
Environment................................................................................................. 6-1553 - 10-
02
2Rock-fall 202 202
d
6.9.5 d
Scenes .................................................................................................... d 6-155
i o_ High Temperature Environmentid...........................................................................
d6.9.6 o_ i
_
do 6-155
g u g u g u
6.9.7 Low Temperature Environment ............................................................................ 6-155
6.9.8 Other Working Environment ................................................................................. 6-156
6.10 Maintenance of Band-Type Free Fall (If Equipped) .................................................. 6-156
6.10.1 Band-Type Free Fall Winch Overview .............................................................. 6-156
6.10.2 Winch Bolt Inspection.......................................................................................... 6-157
6.10.3 Winch Reducer Oil Level - Inspect .................................................................... 6-158
6.10.4 Winch Bearing - Lubricate ................................................................................. 6-158
6.10.5 Adjustment and Maintenance of Clutch............................................................ 6-159
6.10.6 Adjustment
1 0 -13 and Maintenance of Clutch............................................................
1 0 -13 6-160 -13
10
6.11 Crane2-3Store - 2 3 -
.................................................................................................................. 2
6-1623 -
d 20 d 20 d 20
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10
6.Maintenance 0- 0-
02 3 023-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Maintenance Safety Noticeido
d6.1 do
g u gu gui
6.1.1 Maintenance Personnel Qualification
Only professional personnel with experience is allowed to carry out the maintenance work, espe-
cially for inspection and maintenance of electrical, hydraulic, engine and all braking systems.
CAUTION
All maintenance and repairs must comply with the safety notices specified in the description of lu-
brication, maintenance and adjustment.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
0 23-1 023-1 02 3-1
d 2Risks in Maintenance
6.1.2
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do ido do
g Be very careful when carrying out thegulubrication
u guiplace where risk
and maintenance works at the
may occur.
Please comply with the lubrication and maintenance requirements specified in the corresponding
chapters.
WARNING
Abide by the chapter Safety during maintenance, otherwise this may cause personnel injury or
even death.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02
Crush/shear 3-1
risks: 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dInvolved do do
gui gui gui
parts:
• Boom, jib and all masts

• A-frame brace, and pendant rod
• Swing reducer pinion
• Drive wheel and guide wheel
Fig 6-1
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

023
Tangling/dragging- risks
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ parts: _d _d
d
Involved
i do do
gu gui gui
• Wire rope/all sheaves
• All winches
• Crawler travel mechanisms
Fig 6-2
Risks of slipping, tripping and falling off

3 3 13
1 0-1 walkways and ladders, 1 0-1 0-
3-1
Only use the specified
- -
2 023
because walkways adopt the anti-slip design,
2 023 202
_d sufficient handrails used to keepo_d
with othe _d
i d d do
u
gbalance. gui gui
Fig 6-3
Risks of too high temperature
Involved parts:
• 3
Engine with the exhaust system
13 13
1 0-1 in operation 0- 0-
•
23 -
Hydraulic system
0water 02 3-1 02 3-1
• 2 2 2
_d _d _d
Cooling tank in high temperature
d o do do
gui gui gui
environment
Fig 6-4
Gas, dust and smoke
Ensure sufficient ventilation when adding oil.
Residual energy in the hydraulic system
In some situations, machine will stop due to the damage of the hydraulic parts such as pipe, hose
and hydraulic valve.3However, the part of the system still bear3pressure, and may have unreleased
1 0 -1 of the residual pressure in the system.
1 0 -1 1 0 -13
-
pressure. Be cautious
3 - 3 - 3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
6.1.3 Cautions before Maintenance
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Notify the operator and appoint o_ a _d
i d1.
gu supervisor. gu i d
gu
CAUTION
ido
1、It is prohibited to use or operate the crane without reading and learning the operation
manual, maintenance manual and the warning articles on it. Fail to follow the operation
instructions will cause personnel injury, even casualty, or damage to the crane.
2、Before operating, please check safety devices per regulations in the maintenance manual,
including load moment indicator, hook over-hoisting device, boom limit device and others.
3、When the engine is running, the ignition key must be retained at the "ON" position so as to
keep the electric and hydraulic systems functioning and prevent severe damage to the
machine.
4、Please extend the track frame and place the A-Frame at the highest position during
operating.
5、Shutting down operation:Machine should run at idle speed for about 10 minutes before
shutting down .
6、Attention should be given to the following items in order to protect the control system: Do
not operate before the battery is connected;Disconnect the ground wire soon after the sheet
metal cover is opened; Disconnect the positive and negative poles of the battery before
quick-charging the battery or welding the machine body .
7、Be sure to set the free fall increased selector switch to the "LOCK" side when re-reeving the
wire rope.Whenthe brakes is released with the free fall increased selector switch set to the
"RELEASE" side.The drum is automaticallyrotated load.
13 13 13
8、Crane work should be exercised on "NEUTRAL BRAKE MODE".Operations on "FREE
0- 0- 0-
FALL MODE"may cause falling or loads due to operational error.
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1

2 2 2
_d _d Fig 6-5 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2. Turn off diesel engine.
3. The diesel engine can be kept at the running state only when this work is required by the lubri-
cation or maintenance.
4. Park the crane as follows: park the crane on the ground (ensure the ground has sufficient bear-
ing capacity), or take similar measures to prevent movement (such as, fix the track shoe with a
wedge block).
5. Make sure unauthorized personnel cannot start the crane, (lock the cab door), and set the ap-
13 13 13
10- board for this.
propriate warning 10- 10-
2 0 23- 202
3- 02 3-
6.dClean the crane before maintenance, es- d d2
i o_
dpecially i
_
doad- d o_
g u remove lubricating oil, fuel or u
g any
gui
ditional agent from joints and couplings. Do
not use aggressive cleaning agent! Use a
non-fiber cleaning cloth.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d Fig 6-6 _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- all openings that may be affected adversely
7. Cover or23seal 23- by water, steam or cleaning agent23-
2 0 2 0 2 0
o _d
before water
_d agent) or any other cleaning agent
or steam jetting (high-pressure cleaning
o o _d(mainly
uid
gconsidering
d
gui distribution cabinet).
safety or function) (such as power
gui
d
8. Remove the cover or the sealing strip after cleaning, and check there is no water accumulated
in those areas.
9. Check all fuel pipelines, engine oil pipe-

lines and hydraulic oil pipelines for leakage
and check all joints for looseness, cracks or
damage after cleaning.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-7
10. Repair or replace any damaged part if found any fault.
11. Prepare an appropriate container or adhesive in advance because lubricating oil may overflow
in the maintenance and installation.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
2 3-1
6.1.4 Fire0Prevention 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid Fire Risk Preventive Measures do do
g6.1.4.1 gui gui
Keep the crane at the clean state, especially
remove those flammable materials. Please
thoroughly clean the crane before the mainte-
nance of the hydraulic system, engine or fuel
system.
Remove all residual lubricating oil, fuel or

cleaning agent.
-1 3 Fig 6-8
13 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 023-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

0-13 13 13
3-1 10- engine and fuel system
Table 6–1 Check the hydraulic system,
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 202
d2 d2 d
d o_ No. _ prevention
Check item for fire
ido do
_
Check content
gui 1 gu pipeline
Fuel g u i
Leakage
Check whether the joint is
2 Engine oil pipeline
loose
3 Hydraulic oil pipeline Cracks or damage
Repair or replace the damaged part immediately if found.
6.1.4.2 Other Checks and Replacement
1 0 - 3 connection and all wires,

1. Check the 1lock
1 0 -13 0- 13
0 23-
plug connection and wiring board for damage,
0 23- 02 3-1
2
andd repair or replace any damaged part im- 2 2
o_ _d _d
guidmediately if found. ido
gu gui
do
Fig 6-9
2. There are fire extinguishers in the operator’s cab and machine sheet metal before shipment for
use in case of fire. Please check and replace them on the regular basis.
13 during Maintenance
6.1.5 Precautions
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202Maintenance Safety
6.1.5.1 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
dIn do do
gui gui operation of crane and maintain the crane
order to ensure the safe and normal gui always at the
best state, carry out the regular maintenance for crane. Do not carry out the repair and mainte-
nance work on crane not specified in this manual. Please comply with the safety notice and use an
appropriate tool for maintenance.
6.1.5.2 Preparation before Maintenance
Please carry out the following operations before maintenance of crane to prevent the personnel in-
jury or even death:
• Some maintenance position may cause risk, so please read the risk tips in this chapter during lu-
3 3 3
0-1 maintenance and strictly comply with0the
brication and -1 operation requirements specified in the
0-1
023-1 3-1 3-1
corresponding
d 2 maintenance chapters.
d 202 d 202
_ _ _
u i d•o Place a warning sign near the crane uoperator’s
i do u i do
cab, to alert that this crane is in maintenance.
g • Lower all loads onto the ground. g g
• Turn off all control systems.

-13 0- 13 13
• -10 and wait until all parts stop before the-1maintenance
Turn off engine, of crane. Unless otherwise-10-
3 3 3
202please strictly comply with the manual 2for
specified,
d d
02the startup of engine.
d2
02
_ _ _
do strictly comply with the engine manufacturer’s
•uPlease
i u i do i do
service manual for engine maintenance.
u
g• Please comply with the parts lubricationg and maintenance table provided by the crane
g manufac-
turer for maintenance.
• Special notice is required for maintenance with engine on.
• Do not start engine during maintenance.
• Start the engine only after all maintenance signs are removed.
Personnel qualification
The maintenance work must be carried out by professional personnel, especially the inspection
and maintenance of3 electrical, hydraulic, engine and braking3 systems. The maintenance people
1
10- clothes, safety goggles, mask and -other
needs to wear-safety
1
10- personal safety devices. 1 0 -13
3 3 - 3
02 02 02
d2 d2 d2
o_approach the machine during maintenance
Do not
d o_ without authorization.
d do_
gui gui gui
Safety protection
Maintenance of crane at the more than two-meter place belongs to the high-altitude operation, so
the safety ladder and safety belt must be used for this.
Crane cleaning
Clean the crane before the maintenance, especially remove lubricating oil, fuel or any additional
agent from joints and couplings to easily find any oil leakage, cracks, looseness or other problem.
1 0 -13
Do not use any flammable or corrosive chemical agent or seam
1 0 -13 to clean the machine, otherwise10-13
3- damage to the paint, or hydraulic and electrical
this may cause 3- system. 3-
d 202 d 202 d 202
_ _ _ with
When
u i do cleaning, do not spray water onto the
u i doelectrical component or hydraulic jointuidirectly,
do
gprotective measures taken for the hydraulic
g and electrical components, so as to preventg corrosion
from water or pollution from dust.
After cleaning, check all fuel pipelines, engine pipelines and hydraulic oil pipelines for leakage and
check all joints for looseness, cracks and damage.
6.1.5.3 Precautions during Maintenance
Unauthorized personnel is not allowed to approach the crane during lubrication and maintenance!
3
1.Safety precautions
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
Be far away
d 202 from the rotating part, so as to prevent
d 202hands hauling in and dragging risk. dMainte-
202
_ can be made only all machines andoparts _ stop completely. Involved parts: owire _ rope,
do
nance
u i u i d u i d
gsheaves, winches, crawler travel mechanism, g swing system, and engine. g

13 13 13
Only use the
3 - 10-specified walkways and ladders, because
3 - 10- walkways adopt the anti-slip design,
3 - 0-
1with
202
the sufficient
d d
2 as to prevent slipping, tripping and 2falling
handrails used to keep balance,20so
d
02 off
d o_
risks. o_
d o_
d
gui gui gui
Wait until the system cools down when check the engine and hydraulic system to prevent high-
temperature burns.
Thoroughly clean the crane hydraulic system, engine and fuel system and remove all residual lu-
bricating oil, fuel or cleaning agent during maintenance to prevent fire risk. There are manual fire
extinguishers in the operator’s cab for emergency use.
2.Original parts
Please use SANY recommended lubricating oil, grease and coolant, and do not use other brand of
3
-1oil -13 or this may cause system failure10or -13
1 0
the lubricating 0
and coolant purchased from the 1market,
shorten 3- service life of engine. Do not mix the02different
02the 3- 23-may
brands of the lubricating oil, or 0this
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ damage to the system or cause early
cause
do_failure. d o_
gui gui gui
3.Lubricating oil/grease
Please use SANY recommended lubricating oil, grease and coolant, and do not use other brand of
the lubricating oil and coolant purchased from the market, or this may cause system failure or
shorten the service life of engine. Do not mix the different brands of the lubricating oil, or this may
cause damage to the system or cause early failure.
Keep the lubricating oil and grease clean, and do not use low-viscosity grease. To lubricate wire
rope, only use the special wire rope anti-rust grease.
-1 3 13 13
4.Hydraulic0pipeline and hydraulic components 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
To d 2
replace or remove any hydraulic component,d 2 release the pressure in the hydraulic_dsystem
2 be-
o _ o _ o
d d d
gui fore work. Check the pipeline for leakage,
gui and check that no any friction occurs guibetween the hy-
draulic hose or pipeline and other component.
5.Hydraulic oil and filter
Please carefully check whether the hydraulic oil is polluted or deteriorated before operating the
machine, and replace oil or carry out the analysis detection timely if abnormal phenomenon is
found.
Check that there is metal power or impurities in the filter, and replace the filter timely if necessary,
or this may affect the efficiency of the hydraulic oil.
1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
6.Crane 3
02
-
welding 3-1 3-1
d 2 d 202 d 202
i d o_ not weld, cut,
Do _
do machine, hydraulic system or engine,
drill or grind the operating
i i
_
do or this may
gu cause boom failure and system failure.
u u
g The following requirements shall be metg when welding oth-
er parts of crane:

31 3 3
• Turn off engine- 1 0-and remove the ignition key. - 1 0-1 - 1 0-1
23 switch.
• Turn doff20battery 2 023 2 023
_ d d
•uDo
i o_
donot continuously apply more than 200uVidvoltage. i d o_
g• The distance between the welding grounding g gu
wire and the welding part is within 1 m. If the
grounding wire is close to the electrical safety component, power off the component or far away
from the grounding wire before welding.
• Do not weld the bearing, shaft sleeve, sealing device or slipping surface, or do not pass those
parts between the welding point and the grounding wire, or this may cause damage to parts.
• Do not use the hydraulic cylinder component, wire rope or hydraulic pipeline as a grounding
point, and do not weld the hydraulic cylinder, hydraulic part, hydraulic pipe or wire rope, or this
may cause part failure or system damage.
3 13 13
0-1
7.Third-party certification requirements 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2
The regulations
_ require that the crane shall be at d
_
2 safety state before and during use. Please
the
_ d 2 re-
o o o
uidor replace any defected or damaged part
pair
g uidtimely if any before operating this machine.
g uid g
The load hoist and boom hoist mechanisms must be checked once every year by the qualified per-
sonnel, government body or the private agency certified by the national Labor Ministry. The crane
owner must keep the inspection and maintenance records of the hoisting mechanisms and of other
parts replaced for query.
WARNING
In some situations, machine will stop due to the damage of the hydraulic parts such as pipe, hose
and hydraulic valve. however, the part of the system still bear pressure, and may have un-re-
13sure to check the un-released pressure
leased pressure;0-be
3
0-1risk. 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui guiCAUTION gui
The filter may be easily clogged when operating in the poor working environment such as dust
and smoke, so the filer shall be often replaced. When working in the flammable or explosive envi-
ronment, ensure a good air ventilation around the equipment. Especially, ensure the sufficient
ventilation surrounding when filling oil.
6.1.5.4 Precautions after Maintenance
Please carefully check all tools, parts, nuts and bolts required during maintenance after the main-
13crane to prevent no any tool or part leaving
tenance or repair -of
0 0 -13 on or in the machine. Otherwise,10-13
1 1
23- unexpected failure.
this may cause
0 23-
0 23-
0
_ d2 _ d2 _ d2
o thoroughly clean all crane parts after othe maintenance or repair of crane. The o waste oil
uid uid uid
Please
gshall g g
be disposed according to the environmental protection requirements on the industrial waste.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- during Repair - -
023 023 023
6.1.6 Safety
d 2 2 2
o_ work is not included in lubrication _d maintenance instructions. Contact SANY
oand
d
o_ local au-
i dRepair i d i d
gu thorized distributor for any questions. gu gu
1. The welding, burning and grinding works can be carried out only permitted clearly, or this may
cause a huge fire and explosive risk.
2. Before welding, burning and welding, please clean the crane and remove dust and flammable
materials surrounding the crane, and ensure the sufficient ventilation provided (with explosion
risk).
3. Before operating the hydraulic system, open the caps to release pressure inside the parts.
10 -13 -13
10prior permission of the manufacturer, 3or-1this
0 -13
3 -
4. Do not change, -
add or modify the crane without the
3
202 the safety of crane.
may affect 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui
6.1.7 Precautions in the Long-time Storage gui
If the machine is out of service for a long time (more than two weeks), in order not to reduce the
machine performance, the following works shall be carried out:
1. Cleaning: thorough clean the machine and check the travel device for the abnormal
phenomenon.
2. Lubrication: coat grease onto the easily corrosive parts.
13 and fully charge them for storage, and

3. Batteries: remove
0- 13 remove the terminal grounding wires.
0- 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
4. Dust-proof
d 202 water, and hang the No Water sign.
and moisture-proof: drain the cooling
d d
2 ma-
20The
i o_ shall be stored in the warehouse and
dchine i
_
dothe diesel engine shall be covered with i
_
daofilm to prevent
u
g moisture. g u g u
5. Tools: check them before storage.
6. Lubrication run: please run the machine at the low speed without any load once monthly to pre-
vent the excessive wear due to the film damage or rust for the next actual operation. In addition,
please specially pay attention to the changes in the temperature of the cylinder cover of diesel
engine.
NOTE：
13 refers to the travel, swing, lifting and
1) Lubrication -run -13other repeatedly continuous movement
-13
3 - 10 3 - 10 3 - 10
2 2 202 202
after0warm-up.
d d d
i o_Ensure the quality of the lubricant when
d2) i
_
do
_ may be
do the machine is running, because theuilubricant
g u u
easily deteriorated in case of lack ofg run. g

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- and Hydraulic Piping - Tighten - -
023 023 023
6.1.8 Bolts, Nuts
d 2 d 2 2
o_ specified otherwise, the torque of bolts, o_hydraulic pipes, hoses and flanges are _d
oreferred
i d
Unless
u u i d u i d in
gthe following table. g g
Table 6–2 Reference table for bolt and screw (N•m)
Yield Strength (MPa) 660 940 1100

Strength Level 8.8 10.9 12.9
Thread Diagonal size Torque Torque Torque

specifi- Inner hexa- Outer hexa- N·m N·m N·m
cation gon J gon S
1 0 -13 10-
13 0-13
M4
02 3- 3 7 3
2.9 - 4 4.9 3-1
M5d 2 202 9.7d 2
02
_ 4 8
_d 5.7 8.1
_
gu idoM6 5 10
gui
do 9.8 14
g u i do17
M8 6 13 24 33 40
M10 8 16 47 65 79
M12 10 19 81 114 136
M14 12 22 128 181 217
M16 14 24 197 277 333
M18 14 27 275 386 463
M20 17 30 385 541 649
M22 17 32 518 728 874
0 - 13 0-1
3
0-13
M24
23-1 19 36 665
3 - 1 935 1120
3-1
d2
M27 0 19 41 202961 1350 d2
1620 0 2
o_ o _d o_
i dM30 d d2210
u gui u i
22 46 1310 1840
g g
M33 24 50 1810 2620 3140
M36 27 55 2280 3210 3850
M42 32 65 3640 5110 6140
M45 — 70 4510 6340 7610
M48 — 75 5450 7660 9190
M52 — 80 6550 8950 11000
Note:
1. The coefficient 1of3 torque is 0.15. 13 13

0- 0- 0-
3-1
02 70% of yield strength.
2. Bolt reaches 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gu3.i Acceptable Range of the torque is ±8%.
gui gui

0- 13 13 13
3-1 10-hose and adaptor (N•m)
Table 6–3 Tightening torque of pipe,
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 202
d2 d2 _d
do_ Thread (Metric) Torque
d o_ Thread (Imperial)
do
Torque
gui M12×1.5 gui
15±2 G1/8”×28 gui 11±1
M14×1.5 28±3 G1/4”×19 25±3
M16×1.5 32±4 G3/8”×19 40±4
M18×1.5 38±4 G1/2”×14 70±7
M20×1.5 42±5 G5/8”×14 95±10
M22×1.5 55±6 G3/4”×14 120±12
M24×1.5 55±6 G1”×11 150±15
M26×1.5 80±8 G1 1/4”×11 190±19
-13
M30×2.0
10
100±10
0- 13 1/2”×11
G1 260±26
0- 13
3 - 3-1 3-1
202 02 02
M36×2.0 125±13 G2”×11 350±35
_d d2 _d
2
do M42×2.0 185±19
d o_ do
gui M45×2.0 gui
215±22 gui
M52×2.0 250±26
Table 6–4 Tightening torque of flange joints (N•m)
Bolt Bolt Grade 8.8 Bolt Grade 10.9 Bolt Grade 12.9
M4 2.7 3.8 4.6
M5 5.5 8 9.5
M6 9.5 13 16
M8 23 32 39
3 3 13
1 0-1 0-1 0-
-M10 3-1 3-1
46 64 77
02 3 02
d2 M12 80 2 110 202
135
o_ o _d _ d
d uid do
gui gui
M14 125 180 215
g
M16 195 275 330
M18 270 390 455
M20 385 540 650
M22 510 720 870
M24 660 930 1100
M26 980 1400 1650
M30 1350 1850 2250
M36 2350 3300
0 -13 coefficient is 0.125. The acceptable
Note: Bolt 1friction 1 0 -13 of the torque is ±8%.
range 1 0 -13
- - -
2 023 2 023 2 023
d d d
gu gu gu

0- 13 0 -13 0 -13
023-1 CAUTION 023
- 1
023
- 1
d 2 d 2 d 2
Check
i d o_ and tighten the parts in strict accordance
i d o_ with the intervals regulated for daily, monthly
i d o_ and
u
gyearly inspections. gu gu
Tighten the hydraulic piping with the tightening load moment specified in the above table. The
tightening load moment larger than the specified value may lead to deformation at the sealing
joint of pipe connector. Take care when tightening the casting parts because cracking may easily
occur.
No scars are allowed on the surface of hydraulic components. Clean the hydraulic subassembly
carefully to avoid dusts.
6.2 Fluid Recommendation and Volume

3
6.2.1 Oil Volume-1Table 13 13
0 0- 0-
02 3-1 23-1 02 3-1
2 20 and coolant volume table
Table 6–5 Fuel, lubricating oil, grease 2
_d _d _d
do ido ido
gui Filling part gu
Volume (L) gu
Lubricating oil / Coolant
See the lubricant and lubricating oil require-
ments in Engine Operation Manual. Select lu-
Engine About 17 L
bricant and lubricating oil of quality CH-4 or
above.
Swing reducer 11 Industrial gear oil L-CKD220(-10℃-35℃)
Main load hoist winch
5 Industrial gear oil L-CKD220(-10℃-35℃)
reducer
Auxiliary load hoist
3 3 oil L-CKD220(-10℃-35℃) 13
winch reducer 10-1
5 Industrial1gear
0- 0-
3- 3-1 3-1
d 202winch
Boom hoist
2 d
02
2Industrial gear oil L-CKD220(-10℃-35℃) d 202
o_
reducer
id i do
_
i do
_
guTravel reducer 2x8.75 g
u g u
Industrial gear oil L-CKD220(-10℃-35℃)
Normal temperature area: L-HV32 Low tem-
perature anti-wear hydraulic oil
Hydraulic tank oil fill- Low temperature area: NO.32 Aviation hy-
260
ing volume draulic oil (ground use)
High temperature area: L-HM68 Anti-wear hy-
draulic oil
Grade selected according to the local climate
Fuel system 400
temperature
Cooling system0-1
3 3
1 -45# coolant before shipment) 13
About 38 L 0-(add
Coolant 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
-
6.2.2 Recommend Fluid
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do
Table 6–6 Recommend engine oil table do
gu gui gui
Tempera-
ture ℃ -35 -30 -25 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Grade
SAE 15W -
40
SAE 10W -
30
SAE 5W -
3 13 13
30 0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
2 2 -
SAE00W
d 2 02 2 02
o_ 30 _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
Quality engine oil is prioritized. Recommend to use Level CH-4, CI-4, CJ-4.
Use engine oil of high viscosity can improve the oil consumption, engine running in colder area,
maintain the lubricating effect at high temperature. SAE15W-40 is most commonly used in most
climates.
Engine oil of low viscosity can be used in limited conditions. For example, SAE 10W-30 is used for
ambient temperature lower than -5℃, which can help starting up and sufficient flowing. However,
continuous use
1 0 -13of oil of low viscosity in a long time will
1 0 -13 abrasion and shorten engine service
cause
1 0 -13
life. 23-
20 20 23- 23- 20
d d d
d o_ _
do Oil replacement table
Table 6–7 d o_
gui gui gui
Sulphur content in oil Oil replacement interval
Reduced to 1/2 of the normal maintenance
0.5-1.0%
interval
Reduced to 1/4 of the normal maintenance
More than 1.0%
interval
NOTE：
The oil replacement interval depends on the sulphur content in oil. Please replace oil according to
-13
the above table.
0 -13 0 -13 0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

0-13 13 13
3-1 10- table
Table 6–8 Recommend fuel
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_
Fuel Grade Temperature
d d do
gui 5# gui 8℃ to 50℃ gui
0# 4℃ to 40℃
-10# –5℃ to +30℃
-20# –14℃ to +30℃
-35# –29℃ to +30℃
-50# –44℃ to +30℃
NOTE：
In most of the operating conditions, the use of diesel oil with the min. cetane number of 40 is most
3
-1with -1is3 required in high altitude or the very10-13
1 0
cost-effective. Fuel 0
the cetane number of more than145
3- 23-much smoke rising. 3-
202 environment to prevent flameout or20too
low temperature
d d d 202
gIfuthe fuel with low surfur content is used,gits
u cloud point shall be at least 10℃ lessguthan the mini-
mum expected fuel temperature. The cloud point refers to the temperature that the waxy crystals
start to form in the diesel engine.
The commercial low-surfur diesel oil of the common grade is used.
When filling oil, please keep the fuel clean free of water and impurities.
Table 6–9 Recommend grease table
Available season
1 3 Summer 13 Winter 13
3- 10-
Name
3-1
0-
3-1
0-
202 pressure lithium-
3# extreme
d 2 02 2 02
o_ based grease _d _d
id do do
gu2# extreme pressure lithium- gui gui
based grease
NOTE：
The maximum working temperature of grease is 20-30℃ lower than its dropping point.
Table 6–10 Recommend gear oil table
Industrial gear oil

Temperature
0-13 0-13 13
3-1 30-1 5023-
10-
202 02
℃ -40 -30 -20 -10 10 20 30 35
d d2 20
_
Grade _ _d
guidoL-CKD220 gui
do
gui
do

0-13 13 13
3-1 10-hydraulic oil
Table 6–11 Recommend
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ Hydraulic oil
do
gui Temperature℃ gui gui
-35 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Grade
NO.32 Aviation
hydraulic oil
(ground use)
L-HV32 Low tem-
perature anti-
wear hydraulic oil
L-HM68 Anti-
13 13 13
10- oil
wear hydraulic
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_
dNOTE： ido ido
g Temperatures listed in the above tablegurefer
u g u
to the ambient temperature under which the basic ma-
chine is running.
NOTE：
• NO.32 Aviation hydraulic oil (ground use) is suitable for regions of extremely low temperature
(-30℃ and below), such as Russia.
• L-HV32 low temperature anti-wear hydraulic oil is used for a wide temperature range in four sea-
sons. It is used in common regions.
• L-HM68 anti-wear hydraulic oil is generally used in tropical regions such as the Middle East and
India.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 d2 2
_d _CAUTION _d
do ido ido
gui Damage to the orignal equipment ! gu gu
Failure to comply with the following requirements may result in finanical loss !
When the ambient temperature is under 0℃, warm-up operation as below is required to protect
the hydraulic system.
1. Start the engine and idle it for 7~10 min., speeding up to 1000~1200 r/minute. Keep engine
working for 30~40 min. and more, without operation and load, so the hydraulic oil will warm up
above 20℃. The warming-up duration shall be adjusted with actual ambient temperature.
2. After warming up, regular operation is permitted. During the regular operation, the movement
of the levers and pedals shall be gentle and slow, and the system working status shall be timely
3 3 3
observed. 10-1 1 0-1 1 0-1
- - -
023 below 20℃ could cause damage2to02the
Temperature
2
3 hydraulic components.
2 023
_d proper hydraulic oil brand must be selected
oThe o_
d and used strictly according to the ambient
o_
d tem-
i d i d i d
gu perature of the main engine.Failure gtou follow this requirement could result in gserious
u damage to
the crane.

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
2
The users20should 202 oil according to the working aread where
select the appropriate grade of hydraulic 202
_ d _ d
i do is located. Before the crane leaves
the crane
i dothe factory, the customer can purchase i o_
dappropriate
u u
ghydraulic oil from SANY. After the crane leaves
g u
g changing the
the factory, the user is responsible for
oil. The users can contact service department of SANY for information of the hydraulic oil grade.
Table 6–12 Recommended coolant table
Temperature
℃ -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Grade
-45#
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
NOTE：
202
Before shipment,
d
-45# (suitable to tempera-
d 202 2 02
_ _ _d
i do-45℃) coolant has been filled into theura-
i do do
gui
ture:
u
gdiator, so as to prevent rust and freezing g in
the cooling system.
6.3 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule

6.3.1 Inspection and Maintenance Schedule
Period Check part Check item Check content Check method

Start the engine,
0 -13 0 -13 leakage and
Startup, and visual check
0 -13
2 3 -1 Entire engine 1
23-abnormal sound and hear the 23- 1
2 0 20 0
d d sound d2
do_ o_ o_
gui Engine oil levelg
uid Within the specified d
gui with a
Check
range dipstick
8h
Visual check:
See
Fan belt Cracks or loose press with
“Daily or
Engine fingers
Every 8
Hours” Engine fan Crack or loose Visual check
on page Air intake system Leakage or loose Visual check
6-25
Air-air intercooler pipe Clogging Visually check
-1 3 Air filter 3
Clogging
-1
Visually check
13
-10 -10 0-
02 3 Exhaust system
02 3 Cracks 3-1
202
Visual check
d2 d2 Check the_d
do_ Fuel-water separatoro_and
d d o water
gui gui i
Drain water
fuel filters gusystem
drain

0 -13 part 0-13 -13

Period
3- 1 Check Check item
3-1 Check content -10
Check method
02 02 023
d2 d2 2
Visual dcheck
do_ _
do level
Within the specified o _
gui
Fuel tank andifuel
gu level range uid the ob-
through
gservation hole
Visual check
Cooling system and cool-
Normal or leakage through the ob-
ant level
servation hole
Engine connecting bolts Loose or break Visual check
All connecting pipes Oil leakage Visual check
Check whether bolts
Swing bearing and reducer are loose, broken or Visual check,
0- 13 mounting bolts
0 - 13
defects; check for oil and hear sound
0- 13
02 3-1 Swing and
-1 leakage
023 023-1
d2 Swing brake d 2 Normal brake or not d 2 check
Operation
do_ winch
d o_ do
_
gui gu
mechanism Swing alarm i Normal function ui
gOperation check
Winch brake Normal brake or not Operation check
Main and auxiliary load Within the specified
Visual check
hoist winch reducer oil level oil level range
Sufficient,
Hydraulic oil level Visual check
deterioration
Check the hydraulic
Hydraulic Leakage Visual check
system
system
-1 3 Check the hydraulic
13 13
-10 0-
Leakage or damage Visual check 0-
3-1 3-1
cylinders
02 3 0 2 02
d2 d 2fittings
Check the hydraulic Loose, oil leakage 2
Visual dcheck
do_ do_ o_
gui gui
Air conditioning Normal work uid
gOperation check
Cab Cab door and glass Intact Operation check
Walkway and handrail Leakage or damage Visual check
Deformation, dent,
Boom and jib structures cracks or other Visual check
damages
Damage, deformation
Sheaves Visual check
Boom and or wearing
accesso-
-13 13 -13
Hooks and latch Damage, loose Visual check
1 0ries 1 0 - 1 0
3- Connecting pin, bolts and
23- Loose, break, corro- Visual check 23-
202 2 0 2 0
_d _d d
safety pin sion or damage
do d o d o_
gui gu
Back-stop bar i u i
Damage, deformation gVisual check
A-frame bracket Damage, deformation Visual check

-13 -13 content 0-13

Period -10 part Check item
Check
3 3- 1 0Check Check method
3-1
02 02 02
d2 Wire rope and pendantd 2 Damage, deformation d2
do_ ido
_
ido
_
Visual check
gui
cable or wear
gu gu
Engine Battery Cable and joints Visual check
Loose, beak, corro-
Swing and Winch fastener Visual check
sion or damage
winch
50 hours mechanism Winch reducer oil level Sufficient lubricating
Visual check
See oil
“Weekly Drain the hydraulic tank Cleanness of hy-
Drain water
or Every Hydraulic sediment draulic oil
50 system Oil leakage, deforma-
Pressure hoses Visual check
-13 13damage 13
hours” tion-or
1 0 -10 0-
on page
023
-
02 3 Oil leakage, deforma- 23-1
2 Visual check20
6-70
d Lower- Sprocket and idler
d2 _d
i d o_ do_ tion or damage
do
gu works gui Loose, break, corro- gui
mechanism Crawler rollers sion or damage, oil Visual check
leakage
Clean radiator Contaminant Visual check
Engine Lost, deformation or
Engine mounting bolts Visual check
damage
Inspect and clean the cab
Cab Clean Visual check
air filters
Swing reducer oil level Sufficient Visual check
3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
3-1 1
-Check; 3-1
Check and lubricate the deformation
02 2 3 Visual check
02
d 2 Swing
swing bearing 20 or wear 2
100 _ _d _d
ido
guhours mechanism
g uid
o Loose or lost; check
gui
do
See Check the swing bearing that the moment
Torque spanner
“Every and the swing reducer bolts meets the
100 requirements
Hours” Central swivel joint Oil leakage Visual check
on page Hydraulic
Valve group Oil leakage Visual check
6-77 system
Hydraulic pump Oil leakage Visual check
Whether the oil is suf-
Travel reducer oil level and
ficient and bolts are Visual check
mounting bolts
1 0 -13 -1
loose 3
10 break, corro- 0-13
3-
Lower- 3-Loose, 3-1
202works
Track shoes and tension 2
20 sion or damage Visual check202
_d device _d _d
do do do
gui Crawler pins
gui Loose, break, corro- gui
Visual check
sion or damage

0 -13 part 0-13 -13

Period
3- 1 Check Check item
3-1 Check content -10
Check method
02 02 023
d2
_ d2
Lowerworks cylinders
_ Damage or corrosion 2
Visual dcheck
do250 do o_
g u i
Engine
u i
g filter strainer
Clean the fuel Dust or damage
uid out for
gTake
hours clean
See Check the oil level in the
“Every Check Visual check
winch
250 Winch
Hours” mechanism Check; add the lubri-
on page Bearing lubrication Visual check
cating oil
6-90
Take out for
Air filter Replace
check
0-13 Drain the fuel tank 0 13
-Drain Replace 0- 13
023-1 Fuel-water separator202
3- 1 3-1
d2
Replace 202
Replacement
500
_ _d _d
dohours Engine
Fuel pre-filter ido ido
gui See
Replace Replacement
gu gu
Fuel filter Replace Replacement
“Every
500 Engine oil Change Change
Hours” Engine oil filter Replace Replacement
on page
Hydraulic
6-92 Accumulator Check for oil leakage Visual check
system
Check the rotating bed,
Structural Cracks or
carbody, crawler frame, Visual check
parts deformation
and counterweight
0-13 0 13
-Normal -13
3-1 Winch brake
3- 1 brake or not -10
Operation check
3
02 02 02
d2
_ Winch 2
Main/auxiliary hoistdreducer
_ d2
i do1000 ido
Replace o_
Replace
d
gui
mechanism oil
g u gu
hours Boom hoist reducer oil Replace Replace
See
Check the hydraulic oil
“Every Hydraulic Check Check
quality
1000 system
Hours” Hydraulic system filter Replace Replace
on page Swing
6-102 Swing reducer oil Replace Replace
system
Lower-
Travel reducer oil Replace Replace
works
3 13 13
1 0-1 0- 0-
3-1 3-1
1500
hours023
-
02 202
_ d2 _d
2 d
i d
See
o Cooling
ido
Cooling fan belt Replace
Check
i d o_ and
gu “Every system gu u
greplace
1500
Hours”

-13 -13 content 0-13

Period
23 -10 part Check item
Check
3- 1 0Check Check method
3-1
0 02 02
on page
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
gu ido
6-110
gui
do
gui
do
2000 Clean the fuel tank Clean Clean

hours
See Engine
“Every
Change the coolant Change Change
2000
Hours”
on page Hydraulic
6-112 Change the hydraulic oil Change Change
system
3 13 13
4000 Swing
1 0-1sys- 0- 0-
hours
-
3 (4000
02tem
Replace the swing bearing 3-1
02 Replace Replace 02 3-1
and _d
2 d 2 2
_d
bolts
i d o hours)
d o_ do
guabove Wire rope gui gui
See Replace wire rope Replace Replace
(5 years)
“Every
4000
Hours Hydraulic
and system (6 Pressure hose Replace Replace
Above” years)
on page
6-116
1 3 13 13
10- Schedule
6.3.2 Lubrication
3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 0 23- 202 202
d
Intervals Lubricant parts
_d Description
_d
d o_ ido “Boom Root Hinge Pin - Lubricate” gon o
gu i
Boom hinge pin guSee uidpage 6-
120.
Lifting hook sheave See “Lifting Hook Sheave and Bearing - Lubricate” on
50 hours and bearing page 6-120.
Boom hoist guide See “Boom Hoist Guide Sheave Shaft - Lubricate” on
sheave shaft page 6-121.
Wire rope See “Wire Rope - Lubricate” on page 6-121.
Swing bearing See “Swing Bearing - Lubricate” on page 6-122.
100 hours
0 - 13 bearing
Winch
0 -1 3 on page 6-123.
See “Winch Bearing”
0 -13
3-1 Sheave block bearing 1
- Block Bearing” on page 6-125. - 1
023 023
See “Sheave
202
250 hours 2 2
_d d
Crawler shoes and pins See_“Crawler Shoes and Pins” on page 6-127._d
do d o do
gui Extension beam pin
i
guSee “Extension Beam Pin” on page 6-128. gui
500 hours
Cylinder bearing See “Cylinder Bearing” on page 6-129.

-1 3 13 13
-10
6.4 Maintenance Procedure 0- 0-
023 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Daily or Every 8 Hours
6.4.1 _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
6.4.1.1 Daily or Every 8 Hours
Check
Check item Check content Check method
part
Start the engine, and visu-
Startup, leakage and ab-
Entire engine al check and hear the
normal sound
sound
Engine oil level Within the specified range Check with a dipstick
-13 belt 3 -13

Visual check: press with
- 1 0
Fan 0-1
Cracks or loose
1 1 0
3 3- fingers -3
202 202 d2
02
_d Engine fan
_d or loose
Crack Visual check _
do do do
gui Air intake system gui Leakage or loose gui
Visual check
Visually check the clog-
Air-air intercooler pipe Clogging
Engine ging indicator
Exhaust system Cracks Visual check
Check the water drain
Fuel filters Drain water
system
Within the specified level Visual check through the
Fuel tank and fuel level
range observation hole
-13level 3 Visual check through the 13

0-1
Cooling system and cool-
0 -
-10
Normal or leakage
3- 1 ant
3-1 observation hole
3
02 02 02
d2 Engine mounting bolts d 2 or break
Loose Visual check d2
do_ o_
dOil d o_
gui All connecting pipes g u i leakage gui
Visual check
Check whether bolts are
Swing bearing and reduc- Visual check, and hear
loose, broken or defects;
er mounting bolts sound
check for oil leakage
Swing
and Swing brake Normal brake or not Operation check
winch Swing alarm Normal function Operation check
mecha- Winch brake Normal brake or not Operation check
nism
Main and auxiliary load
Within the specified oil lev-
0 - 13 winch reducer oil
hoist
el range -13
0
Visual check
0- 13
3-1 level 3-1 3-1
02 2
20 deterioration 02
_ d2 Hydraulic oil level Sufficient,
_d
Visual check
_d
2
doHydraulic do ido
gui system Check the hydraulic
gui Leakage gu
Visual check
system

0- 13 0-13 0-13
Check
2 3-1 3-1
02 content 02 3-1
partd 20
Check item Check Check method
2 2
o_ o _d _d
d uid do
gui Check the hydraulic
gLeakage or damage Visual checkg
ui
cylinders
Check the hydraulic
Loose, oil leakage Visual check
fittings
Air conditioning Normal work Operation check
Cab Cab door and glass Intact Operation check
Walkway and handrail Leakage or damage Visual check
Deformation, dent, cracks
Boom and jib structures Visual check
-13
or other damages 3
0 0-1 or 0-13
3-1
02Sheaves 23 - 1
Damage, deformation
02 3-1
wearingd 20
Visual check
2 2
_d _ _d
do do loose Visual checkguid
o
guiBoom Hooks and latch g u i
Damage,
and ac- Connecting pin, bolts and Loose, break, corrosion or
Visual check
cessories safety pin damage
Back-stop bar Damage, deformation Visual check
A-frame bracket Damage, deformation Visual check
Wire rope and pendant Damage, deformation or
Visual check
cable wear
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.1.22Engine
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
id6.4.1.2.1 do do
gui gui
Entire Engine - Check
gu
0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
2
2 02 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
3
4
5
6
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Fig 6-10 gui gui
1. Fuel tank
2. Air filter
3. Radiator
4. Fan
5. Engine
0-13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
6. Mute
2 02 202 2 02
_d d
_WARNING _d
do uid
o
uid
o
gui g g
Burns and scald risk! Cool the engine down for 60 minutes before any maintenance.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
Check the startup- before each starting engine for the following
023
- problems:
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_oil pressure o_ _d
• Low
i d i d do
g•uUnstable speed, or throttle can not be controlled
gu or no response gui
• Alarm indicator flashes or is continuously on
• Water or oil temperature is abnormal
• Abnormal engine noise
• A large number of smoke
• Liquid leakage
• Parts are loose or damaged
• Belt is worn or damaged
• 3 appearance
Changes in the engine
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
• Fuel smell
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do Engine Oil Level - Check uido
6.4.1.2.2
i do
g u g gui
CAUTION
Do not run engine when the oil level is below
ADD (L) mark or higher than FULL (H) mark,
because this may cause performance reduc-
tion or damage to the engine.
1. Park the engine at the level position when

13 to ensure the accurate
checking the oil level, 13 13
3 - 10- 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
202 202 02
measured value.
d d 2
_ _ _d
i do for at least 15 minutes after shutdown
i do do
gui
2. Wait
u
gof engine, and then check the oil level. g u
3. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it up, and then

insert it into the oil detection hole.
4. Pull it out to check the oil level. The oil level

is normal if the oil level trace is within the nor- Fig 6-11 Engine oil fill port
mal range on the dipstick.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2 2
_d _d _d
doDo o
uid do
gui not splash oil when filling, and gremove gui
any splashed oil with a cloth if any. Wipe the
engine body carefully in a timely way if oil
splashes on it to prevent oil firing. Do not 1
wiping cloth and gloves and other flamma-
bles on the engine to prevent the burning
fire.
0-13 13
Fig -6-12
0 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 1. ADD (L) 23-1
2 2 2. FULL (H)d 20
o _d o _d o_
d d d
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-13 Oil dipstick
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
6.4.1.2.3 Fan
023
- Belt - Check
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu CAUTION gui OK g ui
Turn off engine before any check, and isolate
all startup devices. The daily belt check can
carry out at the appropriate position without
removing any protective cover. OK
Check the belt for wear, cross cracks or de-

fects daily; please comply with the belt main-
tenance manual provided by the engine
manufacturer for maintenance.
3 The lateral (at
1 0 - 1
1 0 -13 0-13
3-1
the width direction)
- cracks is acceptable while -
2 023 (belt length direction) crossed 2023
the longitudinal OK 2 02
_dlateral cracks is not. Replace the belto_d
withdothe _d
i d do
gifuwear or damaged. gui gui
Fig 6-14
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
Fig 6-15
0-13 -13
1. Fan pulley
0 3. Crankshaft pulley
0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1
2. Generator
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
To check -
023the belt tension, apply the specified 2023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_
pressure onto the position shown by an arrow,
o_ _d
i d i d 1
do
g u and measure the belt bending to g u
determine gui
the tension. Standard: 98N. And the belt
bending shall be within 5.5 to 7.5 m. Please
2
check the belt wheel adjusting bolt if abnormal
phenomenon is found. Loose the side nut 1
and side bolt 3 of the brake, and adjust the ad-
justing bolt 2 until the belt deflection reaches
to the appropriate level, and then tighten the
3
nut 1 and bolt 3. For special details, please re-
fer to the Engine3Manual.
0-1 13
Fig -6-16
0 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 1. Side nut 23-1
2 2 3. Side boltd 20
o _d o _d o_
d d d
gui gui 2. Adjusting bolt
gui
6.4.1.2.4 Engine Fan - Check
Inspect the fan visually to see whether there

is any crack or loosing part.
WARNING
Risk of hand injury or property loss!
Rotate the engine by pulling or pushing the
fan blades can
1 0 -13cut the hands. Applying force 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
023 may damage the fan, and may re- 2023
to the fan -
02 3-1
2 2
_d in fan failure and serious injury and prop-
sult
oerty o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu damage.
gu gui
If it is necessary to rotate the engine, use the Fig 6-17
crankshaft turning tool.
6.4.1.2.5 Air Intake System - Check
CAUTION
Even a small amount of dust entering the engine will cause serious piston ring wear. Clean the air
intake system and inspect for loose connections and damaged components.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- the intake tubes for wear or 2023-
Visually inspect
0 023-1
2 2
damage.
o _d Check for loose hose clamp connec-o_d _d
uid Replace intake components if cracks d do
guior gui
1
gtions.
damage are found, and tighten the hose
clamps to 6 lb-in. (8 N•m). 2
0-13 Fig 6-18 13

0- 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
2 filter and pipe 023-1
2 21.0Air 2. Radiator 2
o _d _ d _d
ido
uid the intake hose clamps and hosesgufor
gCheck gui
do
corrosion. Dirt will enter the intake system if OK OK
the fittings are corroded. Dismantle them and
remove corrosion as needed.
Inspect the intake hoses for cracks or defor-

mation. Check whether the hose clamps are
loose. Replace the intake hoses if the condi- OK
tions shown are found, tighten the hose clamp OK
if loose, and replace the hose clamp as
3 13 13
needed. 0-1 10- 0-
23-1 -
Fig 36-19 3-1
0
d 2 from the dust drain valve regularly. 202 2 02
_d _d
Drain dust
_
i do do do
u gui
gVisually check the air filter air pressure alarm; gui
the alarm is clogged if it becomes red, and
must be cleaned, or this may cause early
wear to the engine.
CAUTION
Risk of human injury!
The air pressure should not exceed 0.5
MPa.
-13
When using the compressed
1 0
air to clean the
0- 13 0-13
23- wear the protective gloves
air filter element,
0 023-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
_d _d
and clothes.
do_ do do
gui gui Fig 6-20 Air pressure indicator
gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 CAUTION 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doRisk of engine damage! ido do
gui g u
Continued operation without changing the fil- gui
ter element will result in premature engine
wear.
When the air restriction warning is illumi-
nated, the filter element must be replaced.
CAUTION
Risk of filter element damage!
1 0 -13
Patting or knocking the filter element too
1 0 -13 0- 13
0 2 -
hard can3damage the part.
0 23- 02 3-1
2
Dod not use patting or knocking method tod 2 2
o _ _ _d
i d clean filter element. Do not use anyuidam-do do
u
g aged filter. g gui
1) Air filter element check steps:
Take out filter;
Visually check for appearance damage;
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-21
Wipe it gently;
Wipe the filter up in the cover.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-22

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Install it at the3-original position if no damage is
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d d _d
found, and replace if necessary.
i d o i d o_ do
gu gu gui
WARNING
Do not repair air filter when the engine is
running.
Replace the filter element if cleaning it for five

times or the filter element is rusted or polluted.
Replace the filter element after two-year
Fig 6-23
operation.
- 13 0- 13 0-13
-10 replacement steps:
2) Air filter element
3-1 3-1
023
2
Turn offd engine and release the fixed clamp, d 2
02 2 02
_ _ _d
i doremove the air filter cover from the airufil-
i do do
u gui
and
g g
ter body.
Take the clogged filter from the housing.
Fig 6-24
3 -13 13
0-1 0 0-
02 3-1 02
1
3- Take out the air filter element 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
o and check filter, and replace the filteridifo _d _d
uid do
gui
Clean
gnecessary. gu
Please thoroughly clean the seals and sealing

bracket in the air filter housing before instal-
ling a new and clean filter.
Insert a new and clean filter into the air filter

housing.
0- 13 Fig 6-25-13
0 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Shake to remove dust from the element 3-1
2 2 202
_d _d _ d
do do do
gui gui g u i

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
If the3-compressed air cannot be used to
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d d _d
clean air filter, remove dust from the filter ele-
i d o
ment using a shaking method. Pad theidouter o_ do
gu surface of the filer repeatedly and slightly
gu to gui
remove dust. Prevent damage to the filter.
Fig 6-26
0-13 13 air filter element

Remove
0- 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202compressed air is used to blow the in-d 202
The dry
d 202
_ surface of air filter and then blow the outer
_ _d
do do do
ner
u i
g surface of air filter with the maximum u i
g com- gui
pressed air pressure of 0.5 MPa.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 6-27 2
_d _d _d
do do d o
gui gui gui of the filter b
Remove dust from the surface
with compressed air
3)Clean the sealing support surface.
Clean the inside and the securing bracket,

and install the filter element back into position.
Cover back and lock up.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
Clean the sealing support surface

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- Intercooler Pipe - Check - -
023 023 023
6.4.1.2.6 Air-air
d 2 2 2
o_the air-air interface pipe and hose for _d
oleakage,
d
o_ and re-
i
Check
u d i d i d
hole, cracks or loose connection,
gplace guthe hose clamp.
the pipeline if necessary, and tighten gu
6.4.1.2.7 Air Filter - Check
Visually check the air filter air pressure alarm, and clean air filter element if clogging is found. For
specific method, please refer to Intake System - Check.
6.4.1.2.8 Exhaust System - Check
Visually check the exhaust system for cracks.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 023-1
_d2 _d
2
_d
2
do lay pipeline or cable in the heat radia-
Do not
i do do
u
gtion dangerous area nearby the exhaust gui gui
system.
1
Fig 6-29
0-13 1. Muffler-13
0 2. Exhaust pipe
0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.2.9 -Fuel-water Separator and Fuel Filters
023
- - Check
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
2
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
Fig 6-30 2 02 202
_d _d _d
do1. Fuel secondary filter do do
gui gui 3. Fuel-water separator gui
2. Fuel pre-filter
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
-
Fuel-water 2separator
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_water from the fuel-water separator be- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Drain
u
gfore gu 1
starting engine. Turn on the water drain
switch and turn the drain plug counter clock-
wise to drain water and sediment in the filer
water tank until the clean fuel flows out, and
then close the drain plug clockwise.
Drain water into the container from the fuel-

water separator and dispose the drained
2
water according to the local environmental
protection rules. 3 1 Fig 6-31-13 13
0- 0 0-
02 3-1 3-1
2 023-1
2 CAUTION 21.0Fuel-water 2
_d d _d
2. Drain plug
o o_
uidnot id separator do
gDo guor
tighten the drain plug too tightly, gui
this may cause thread failure.
Fuel pre-filter
Check and drain waste water from the water drain of the pre-filter before starting engine daily.
CAUTION
In case of water sedimentation in the fuel pre-filter, the floater inside will float upwards. When the
13 of filter, please drain water completely.
float reaches the bottom
0- 13
0- 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
023 from the fuel pre-filter:
Drain water
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_Unscrew the exhaust plug at the top iof _d
othe _d
i d d do
gui
1.
gu gu
fuel pre-filter.
2. Unscrew the drain plug at the bottom, to re-

lease water accumulated inside.
3. Tighten the exhaust plug and drain plug

after completely draining water, and exhaust
air from fuel.
3 torque: 10 N·m.
Exhaust tightening
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
NOTE：
d 2 02 202
o_ not _d
tighten the drain plug too tight, obe- _d
i dDo
d do
gu cause the excessive tightening may guicause gui
damage to the thread.
Do not empty the fuel pre-filter, or air will enter

into the fuel system. In this case, air shall be
exhausted.
Do not drain fuel onto the ground, and recycle

or dispose the fuel waste reasonably accord-
ing to the environmental protection laws and Fig 6-32
regulations. -13 -13 13
0 0 0-
23-1 -1Exhaust
1.
0232. Filter body
plug 5. O-ring
23-1
20 the fuel filter element:
Replace 2 6. Filter boxd 20
_d o_
d
o_
u i dIto is recommended to prepare the spare
u i dfilter, 3. Filter element uid
7. O-ring
g g g
because filling seriously polluted fuel into the 4. Floater 8. Drain plug
fuel tank may cause clogging oil filter.
Only use the fuel filter element approved by

the engine manufacturer.
Replace the filter regularly, or this may cause

damage to the high-pressure oil pump and oil
injector.
3
-1filter maintenance and precau- 3 13
Refer to the 0oil
1 1 0-1 0-
023
-
tions specified in the Operation Manual pro- 023
-
02 3-1
2
d by the engine manufacturer. d2 2
o _ o _ _d
do
vided
d uid
gui g
The filter replacement interval depends on the
gui
pollution degree of fuel. The fuel clogging will

13 13 13
10- reduction, power reduc-
cause the fuel supply
3 - 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
tion and 2 02 startup. Replace the filter in 202
difficult 202
d
_ sharp reduction of the power. d _d
caseoof
d o_ d do
gui gui gui
Replace fuel fine filter:
1. Wipe out the outer surface of fuel filter with

a clean cloth, and remove the fuel filter.
2. Place a container under the fuel filter, and

remove the fuel filter, and drain fuel from the
pipeline.
-13 fuel filter according to

3. Dispose the replaced
10 10-
13 0-13
3 - 3 - 3-1
202 202 02
the local environmental regulations, and wipe
d d 2
_surrounding of the filter base. _ _d
do do do
up the
g u i g u i gui
4. Fill the clean diesel oil into the new filter
and coat a thin layer of oil onto the O ring, and
install a new filter.
5. Tighten the filter until the filter touches with

the filter base, and then tighten it 3/4 turns Fig 6-33
again.
6. Exhaust air from the fuel pipeline by oil fill-

1 3 13 13
10- method.
ing method or other
- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 2 02 202
dthe engine and run it for _d _d
o_
7. Start 5 to 10 mi-
i d do do
u Check for oil leakage.
gnutes. gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.2.10 - Fuel Tank and Fuel Level - Check23-
0 023-1
d 2 d2 2
o _ _
soo as
_d
dCheck the fuel filler vent hole regularly, d do
gui to prevent clogging by dust orgui other gui 2
impurities.
Check the fuel tank regularly, and clean it

timely once found dirt. Clean the fuel tank
timely if it is dirty. Once found the deep green
or brown dirty accumulated onto the walls of
fuel tank or exposed on the other surfaces in
fuel, or that black or brown “strip-shaped” mat-
ters are floating3in the water at the bottom of
1 0 1
-and 1 0 -13 1
0- 13
3-
the fuel tank
02sulfide)
that similar rotten egg (hy-
23- 023-1
drogen2 foul odor issued from the fuel 20 Fig 6-34 2
d d _d
i d o_
tank. i d o_ ido
gu gu 1. Oil drain plug g u
2. Oil level indicator
1. Check the fuel level
Check whether the fuel volume reading per- 1 2

centage shown on the monitor is close to the
alarm set value 10%, and add fuel timely if
necessary according to the following steps.
Read the liquid indicator on the fuel tank, and

check whether
1 0 -13 the liquid level is normal 1 0 -13 0- 13
2 - observation window. Add fuel 2023-
through 3the
0 023-1
2 2
_d according to the following steps ifothe
timely
o _d _d
i d i d do
gu liquid level is below the observation u
window.
g gui
2. Add fuel
1)Unscrew the fuel tank lock cover, and insert

the oil filling pump pipe into the fuel filter to
start filling oil. Fig 6-35
2) Read the scale shown on the fuel tank, or 1. Oil fill pump 2. Oil fill port
check the fuel volume from the monitor, and
stop filling oil if the oil level is within the speci-
fied range. -13 13 13
0 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 the fuel tank lock cover.
3)Tighten 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 DANGER 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
uidopen fire is allowed nearby fuel. uid do
gui
No
gDo g
not smoke when filling oil, or this may
cause fire, resulting in property damage or
personnel injury or even death.
In order to reduce sediment, fill oil fully as pos-

sible after daily work. Do not run the empty oil
filling pump, or this may cause to the pump.
CAUTION
13 13 13
Use the national
3 - 10- standard light fuel, and 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
02 regular maintenance according
carry out2the 202 202
_ d _ d _d
do maintenance manual provided by the
to the
i i do do
u
gengine manufacturer. The failure of engineg u gui
fuel system due to the poor fuel quality will
not be included in the warranty provided by
the engine supplier and manufacturer.
CAUTION
Replace the damaged pipeline or hose due
to the mechanical effect, thermal effect or
-13distance kept between all -13 13

other effect.
1 0 1 0 0-
23- and engine parts (such as
Ensure a sufficient
023
-
02 3-1
pipelines,20hoses, 2 2
d d _d
i d o_
turbocharger) to prevent no any friction be-do_
i do
u
gtween them. gu gui
In addition to the visual check (such as check

the oil level), the fuel system in the engine
chamber shall be checked yearly. The follow-
ing parts must be checked as follows:
Joints shall be free of oil leakage, and must

be tightened firmly.
If some parts are used

1 0 -13 repeatedly, check the 1 0 -13 0-13
0 23-
connection between the hose and hose joint,
0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d firm installation. If it is not sureo_d
to ensure
o _d
d d do
gui gui gui
whether the pipes and hoses are secured,
use more than one hose clamp to tighten the
hose, or replace all the hoses.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.2.11 - Cooling System and Coolant Level
023
- - Check
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gu CAUTION gu 1 gui
Do not use the sealing additive to solve the 2
leakage problem of the cooling system, or 3
this causes the cooling system clogging and
the poor coolant flow, thereby resulting in the
engine overheating.
Check coolant
Check the coolant level daily. Check the cool-

ant level through
1 0 -13 the observation hole on the 1 0 -13 0- 13
expansion -
023 tank. The coolant level is sufficient 2023
-
023-1
2 2
_d level is above the observation hole. _d
if the _d
do do do
gui Add coolant gui gui
1. Visually check whether the liquid level is lo-

cated at the observation hole on the expan-
sion tank, and add coolant if the liquid level
does not reach this position.
Fig 6-36
2. Slowly open the filler cap when the engine
1. Cover 3. Liquid level sensor
cools down, to release the cooling system
2. Liquid level obser-
3 13 13
pressure.
0-1 10- window 0-
3-1 3-1
vation
2 0 2 2 0 23- 2 02
_d d _d
3. Fill the right coolant into the water tank from
i d o i d o_ do
gu the port on the expansion tank
gu
pressure
gui
cover.
4. When the radiator and expansion tank are

full of coolant, start engine and run it at the
idle speed for about 5 minutes; in this case,
the coolant level will decrease.
5. Turn off engine, remove the key, and add

coolant again until reaching the liquid level ob-
13 13 13
10- on the expansion tank.
servation window
- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
2 023 2 02 2 02
d the pressure cover.
6._Close _d _d
i d o do do
gu gui gui

0- 13 0-13 0-13
NOTE：
2
03-1 23-1 02 3-1
For thed 2 on the proper coolant, d 20 2
_d
information
_ _
i do refer to the “6.2 Common greases and i do do
gui
please
u
gtheir volumes”. g u
Precautions on the cooling system:
• Coolant preparation
• Coolant level
• Coolant temperature
• Regularly check the coolant concentration
0 13
-CAUTION 0 -13 0-13
1 1 3-1
2 0 23- specified or recommended
Use the coolant
2 0 23- 202
by thedmanufacturer. The use of the sub- d
_ _ _d
i do coolant may cause damage (corro- i do do
u u gui
standard
gsion) to the engine, resulting in leakageg of
water pump. Do not fill coolant into the hot
engine, and wait until the engine cools down
below 50℃ and then add the coolant having
the same quality; otherwise this may cause
damage to engine; do not add mineral water
or coolant of other brand.
Check the radiator and fan regularly, to pre-
-13 13 13
vent clogging the radiator by leaves or dust to
1 0 0- 0-
0 23-
affect the cooling effect, and remove them if
02 3-1 02 3-1
found. d 2 2 2
_ _d _d
i do do do
u gui
gCheck the fan and generator drive belt regu- gui
larly. Visually check the drive belt for wear and
cracks before daily startup. The lateral cracks
will not affect the normal operation and the
belt shall be replaced if the longitudinal cracks
are found.
WARNING
Do not open the pressure cover when the
3 until the coolant tem-
engine is still hot.-1Wait -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
23- to below 50℃, and then re-
perature reduces
0 0 23- 02 3-1
2
move dthe pressure cover, or the high- d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do i do do
gui
temperature coolant or steam will shoot out
u
gresulting in personnel injury. g u

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 CAUTION 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doAs the coolant is toxic, the children and o
idpets do
gui g u
can not touch with the coolant. Dispose the gui
waste coolant according to the local environ-
mental laws and regulations if the waste
coolant can not be used again.
Clean radiator and replace coolant
Avoid over-high pressure when spraying

pressed air or water to the radiator to avoid
13 are no attachments on the
damage until -there
0 0- 13 0- 13
1
3- as dust or insects.
surface,2such 3-1 3-1
d 20 d 202 202
_ o_ _d
i dIfo the coolant temperature is abnormally
i dhigh do
u u
g in the room temperature, the coolingg system gui
may be polluted inside. In this case, thor-
oughly clean the cooling system, and remove
grease, calcium and rust from the cooling
pipeline.
Fig 6-37
For details, please refer to the Operation Man-
ual provided by the engine manufacturer.
Do not add the softened water into the cooling

13 without minerals contain-
system. Add0-water 0 -13 0- 13
- 1 - 1 3-1
023 otherwise, it may cause scaling 2023
ing matters,
2 202
d engine body.
on_the _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
Pause several times when filling coolant into
gui
the cooling system, in order to exhaust air
from the cooling system.
Fig 6-38
0-13 3
0-1 plug
1. Drain 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

023
-
Coolant replacement steps:
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ off engine. _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
1. Turn
gu
2. Open the pressure cover slowly to release
the cooling system pressure.
3. Prepare an appropriate container to store

coolant.
4. Open the drain plug of the radiator.
5. Drain coolant from engine and radiator; un-

3 13 13
0-1 on the engine block, and
screw the drain plug
10-Exhaust plug 0-
3-1 3-1
Fig 6-39
3-
202 from the engine. Unscrew and
drain coolant
d2
02 202
_d _ _d
ido the exhaust plug on the engine waste
remove
u
ggas ido gu gui
do
recirculation cooler if applicable.
6. Tighten all drain plugs and exhaust plugs

after emptying the cooling system.
7. Add new coolant into the cooling system

until the coolant reaches to the liquid level ob-
servation window on the expansion tank.
3 run it for about 3 mi-

8. Start the engine and
-1 13 13
0 0- 0-
3-1speed.
nutes at the idle 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do off the engine, and check the coolant
9. Turn
i i do do
u
glevel, and add coolant if necessary. g u gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 WARNING 2 2
_d _d _d
doBurns and scald risk! do do
gui gui gui
Cool the engine down for 60 minutes before
any work. Remove the radiator cover for
cleaning the coolant element.
WARNING
Replace the coolant as quickly as possible if
necessary (such as in repair). The coolant
shall be replaced at least every two years.
-13 the cooling system, do not -13 13
1
1 0 1 0 0-
3-1
When filling into
23-bags; otherwise this may cause 2023-
form 0air
2 202
_d
odamage _d
to the engine when air is inhaledoin- _d
i d i d do
gu to the system. gu gui
Fig 6-40
WARNING
Open the expansion tank pressure cover on- 1. Drain plug
ly when the engine cools down, or the sys-
tem will be under pressure, easily resulting
in accidents.
Do not start engine

0 - 13 if no any coolant is filled in 0 -13 0- 13
3-
the radiator!1 Otherwise, this may cause en-
3- 1 3-1
202
gine failure. 202 202
_d _d _d
do ido do
gui gu - Check
6.4.1.2.12 Engine Connecting Bolt gui
Visually check the bolt connecting the engine body and the engine connecting parts before starting
engine, or check it daily. All connecting bolts must be coated with the thread locking sealant, with-
out any re-tightening. Visual inspection is acceptable. Replace the loose, broken or defected bolt if
necessary.
6.4.1.2.13 All Connecting Pipelines - Check
Visually check all engine connecting pipelines, fuel system, cooling system and hydraulic oil tank,
1 0 -13 pipelines and joints for looseness,

intake and exhaust
1 0 13
-damage or oil leakage, and replace them
1 0 -13
3-
timely if2necessary. 23- 23-
d 20 d 20 d 20
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6.4.1.3 Swing
023
- and Winch Mechanism
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Swing Bolts - Check o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
6.4.1.3.1
gu gu
Visually inspect whether all swing bearing in-
ner bolts, swing bearing outer bolts, and
swing gear mounting bolts are properly tight-
ened missing, or damaged. 1
If any fasteners are found to be damaged or

broken, contact SANY for repair instructions.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 3 2
_d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-41
1. Swing bearing inner bolt

2. Swing bearing outer bolt
3. Swing gear mounting bolt
6.4.1.3.2 Swing Brake - Check
Check the operation3 of the swing brake but-

1
0-functions, 0- 13 0-13
-
ton, control lever
3 1 and swing brake
3-1
1 2 3
3-1
operation.20 2 2 02 202
_d _d _d
ido the engine.
g1.uStart gui
do
gui
do
2. Freely slip to close.
3. Activate the swing lock switch.
4. Operate the swing lever and rotate the

crane upperworks to the right or left.
5. Place the control lever to the middle posi-

3
tion at the selected part.
-1 -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
If the crane2is3-still in the original position, this
0
-
Fig236-42
0 02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ that the swing brake is performing
indicates
o_ 1. Auxiliary hoist free _d
u i d
gcorrectly. gu i d 3. Swing u ido button
brake
g
fall button
2. Horn button

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 23- does not return
If the crane to original posi-
023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d check the swing brake.
tion,
o _d _d
uid do do
g 6.4.1.3.3 Swing Alarm - Check gui gui
Make sure that the swing alarm works properly.
6.4.1.3.4 Winch Brake Operation - Check
Check the operation of the winch lock switch,

control lever functions, and winch reducer
brake.
-13
1. Start the upperworks
10
engine and run it at a
10-
13 0- 13
3 - 3 - 3-1
202 202 02
higher idle speed.
d d 2
o_Apply the maximum load that the wireidrope
o_ _d
i d2. do
g u g u gui
can bear onto the corresponding hoisting
winch.
3. Pull the control lever back and lift the load

Fig 6-43
from the ground.
X. X mark
4. When the load is hanging freely on the
hook, release the control lever and move the
corresponding winch lever to the neutral
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
position.
02 02 02
d 2 an X mark on the corresponding
5._Make _d
2
_d
2
o
dwinch do do
gui gui
drum and the upperworks frame. gui
6. Operate the upperworks and allow the load
to hang freely for 2 to 3 minutes.
During this period, do not move the winch
drum. The X mark on the winch drum must re-
main aligned with the frame. If marks no lon-
ger align, check the winch brake.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.4.1.3.5 Check - the Main and Aux. Hoist Winch23Reducer
0
- Oil Level
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d crane on a level, solid surface.
othe o_
d _d
i d i d do
gui
Park
gu gu
Remove the oil level plug and check the oil
level. If the oil level reaches the plug, this indi-
cates that oil volume is sufficient. If not, add
gear oil.
After filling with gear oil, insert and tighten the

plug.
NOTE： 1
Check the main and
1 0 -13auxiliary winch reducer. If 1 0 -13 0-13
23- is found, any operation must 2023-
any oil leakage
0
2
02 3-1
2 2
_d
be suspended
o
and the system must be d
o_ 3o_d
uid by qualified service personnel. uid
checked
g g gui
d
Fig 6-44
WARNING
Danger of injury! 1. Oil filler 2. Oil drain
The following procedure must be performed 3. Oil level plug
by qualified personal only. This procedure
poses a risk of entanglement between the
winch and wire rope.
Failure to follow safety precautions may re-
sult in serious injury or death.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d CAUTION _d _d
i do do do
u
gRisk of winch damage! gui gui
Pause the operation if oil leakage is found in
the inspection of oil level, and disassemble
the system for inspection.
Contact SANY service technician if there is
oil leaking. This work is only carried out by
the well trained expert.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.1.42Hydraulic System
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
6.4.1.4.1 Hydraulic Oil Level - Check
gu gu
1. Check the oil level:
Park the crane on a level, solid surface.
Open the access door to reach the hydraulic

oil tank.
Check the hydraulic oil tank for leakage, rust,

or damage.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-45 Hydraulic oil tank
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 23-
Check the hydraulic oil level in the sight glass
0 23- 1
02 3-1
on the d 2 2 2
o _ side of the hydraulic oil tank. Add hy-o_d _d
uid oil if the level is below 3/4 on the gsight uid do
gdraulic gui
glass.
Check the hydraulic oil level before starting

the engine. If the oil level drops quickly, this in-
dicates leakage from the hydraulic lines, ho-
ses, or hydraulic components. Tighten the 2
hydraulic fittings or replace the hydraulic com-

ponent as necessary.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 3 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 6-46 do
gui gui gui
1. Oil tank breather cover
3. Oil suction inlet
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 2 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-47
1. Upper limit: 3/4 2. Lower limit: 1/3

scale on the oil level scale on the oil level
indicator indicator
2. Add hydraulic oil:
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

23- 23- 23-
1) Remove the hydraulic oil tank breather cover and add hydraulic oil to the hydraulic oil tank.
2)Stop d 2 0 2 0 2 0
_d
filling when the hydraulic oil rises to the 3/4 level on the hydraulic tank sight glass. d
o _ o _
u i d u i d u i do
g3)Install the hydraulic oil tank breather cover. g g
3. Check the oil color:

13 13 13
10- continuously if the color is transparent10and
Oil can be used
-
- unchanged.
- 3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202the vis-
d d d
o_ _ _
The oil of other type is mixed if the color transparency becomes lighter; in this case, check
u i dcosity u i do u i do
g to determine to use or not. g g
Air and water may be mixed if the color becomes milk white; in this case, water shall be separated
and all or part of them shall be replaced.
All shall be replaced if the color becomes black brown, which means oxidative deterioration.
WARNING
Risk of burning!
Hot hydraulic oil can cause injury.
3
Wait until the-1hydraulic oil cools down and then carry-13 out the maintenance of the hydraulic -13
system. 3- 1 0 1 0 1 0
02 3- 02 3- 02
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
NOTICE
Risk of damage to hydraulic components!
Operation in temperature below 20℃ with slow hydraulic oil follow could damage hydraulic
components.
Fully warm up the engine in the low temperature environment, to enter the normal work state if
the oil temperature reaches about 20℃.
6.4.1.4.2 Hydraulic System - Check
0-13 0 -13 0 -13

3-1
02
WARNING
023
- 1
023
- 1
d 2 d 2 2
d in the
i d oIn_some situations, a hydraulic functionimay
d o_ fail due to a failure or damage of a component
i d o_
gu hydraulic system. In this situation, theregu still may be pressure in the system. gBefore
u performing
any repair, the pressure in the hydraulic system must be released. Failure to follow this warning
could result in death or serious injury.
Inspect pressure hoses and lines for leaks or damage. Replace hoses and lines immediately if any
of the following conditions exist:
• Hose or line connection joints are loose at the fittings.

• Cuts, abrasions, or burns to the outer layer of hoses or lines.
• Hardening or cracking of hoses.
-13
• Cracks or10corrosion on the fittings.
1 0 -13 0- 13
-
023 or twisted hoses or lines.
• Crushed 023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
d•o Soft areas of hoses. do do
gui gui gui
Make sure all hoses and lines are routed clear of any sharp or hot components. Make sure hoses
and lines are secured as to not rub together or on any other components.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

-
1. Check the23hydraulic - -
023 023
oil level before starting the engine.
2 0 2 2
d d d
d o_ the hydraulic oil level in the hydraulic
2. Check
i i d o_oil tank. If the oil level decreases quickly,
i d o_this indi-
gu cates leakage from the hydraulic lines,guhoses or the hydraulic components. Tighten gu the fittings
or replace the hydraulic components as necessary.
3. Check the hydraulic pump lines, hoses and fittings in the engine compartment. Replace them as
needed if damaged due to mechanical effect\thermal effect or other reasons.
4. Make sure there is sufficient distance between all lines, hoses, and high-temperature engine
parts (such as the exhaust system) to prevent any contact between them.
5. Check the hydraulic system for oil leakage before daily use.
6. The service life-1and3 reliable performance of hydraulic machinery -13 and its hydraulic components -13
- 1 0 - 1 0 - 10
2 3 02 3 3
202
are closely related to proper maintenance. To be sure of the best possible crane performance
d 20maximize d 2components, d
_
and to the service life of the _
hydraulic perform the following: _
ido
g1)uUnderstand g uid
o
g uid
o
the crawler crane hydraulic system through carefully reading the Operation Manual.
2) Perform all required maintenance as described in the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
3) The following items must be checked after hydraulic system maintenance and before starting
the engine:
• Hydraulic tank is clean and filled with clean hydraulic oil of the correct specifications.
• Lines and hoses are clean and installed.
• An oil filter element meeting specifications is installed.
• 13pump and motor housing if necessary.-13
Add oil to the-oil
0 0 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.4.3 -Hydraulic Cylinders - Check
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ whether there are any damage oriddent
o_ _d
i d do
gui
Check
gu on the surface of the cylinder. Whether
gu there
is any oil leaking.
• Crawler telescope cylinder (if equipped)
Cranes working in corrosive environments

(near the ocean, chemical plants or steel
mills) must be coated with acid-free protective
grease on exposed chromium-surfaces of the
piston rod to prevent corrosion if the crane 1
stops working 13 more than one day.
0-for 0 -13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 6-48
_d
do do do
gui gui 1. Crawler telescope gui
cylinder (in the middle
of carbody)
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.4.1.4.4 Check - the Hydraulic Fittings
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the suction hose between the hydraul- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Inspect
gicu tank and the hydraulic pumps dailygufor
leaks. Make sure all connections are tight.
Inspect hydraulic lines, hoses, and fittings dai-

ly for oil leaks. Make sure hose clamps at both
ends of the return hose are tight.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-49
0-13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-50
Oil return and radiator pipeline
Precautions on the using quick connector:

1 3 1 3 1 3
10-of hydraulic quick connectors is determined
1. The service life
3- 10- by the quality of maintenance per-10-
3- 3-
2 quick connector. Make sure both male
formed on20the 202and female quick connectors are free of 2
20any
_d
o debris before connecting or disconnecting. _d _d
dirtidor
u
gquick ido Dirt or debris can cause wear to theidseals
gu
o of the
gu
connectors, resulting in oil leaks. Dirt and debris that is not removed from the connectors can

13 13 13
10-
enter the hydraulic
3-
system, resulting in contamination - the hydraulic system and shortening1the
10of3-
0-
3-
202life of the entire crane.
service
d d2
02
d2
02
i d o_ i o_
dmale i o_
djoint
g u 2. To join the quick connectors, installg u
the coupler joint into the female g u
coupler and rotate
both joints by hand until the sleeve is in the locked position. Avoid damage to the quick connector.
Do not use excessive force when tightening the joints.
3. Make sure to remove all dirt and debris from quick connectors before separating, and install dust
caps immediately.
4. Make sure they are secure during crane transport to prevent damage.
6.4.1.5 Cab
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
6.4.1.5.13-Air Conditioning - Check
02 023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ components o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
A/C
gu gu
The air conditioning system configured for the
crane is the vapor compression heating and
cooling air conditioning, which is composed
by compressor, condenser, drying bottle, ther-
mal expansion valve, evaporator, etc. As the
principle shown in Figure:
Evaporator
The evaporator3makes the liquid refrigerant

1 0 -1 1 0 -13 0- 13
3-
stopped and
02absorb
expanded through the expansion
23- 1 3
023-1
the heat in air within the cabin, 20
2
valve2to 2
d _d _d
i d o_ use evaporating fan to blow cool air i d ointo Fig 6-51
do
gui
and
u
g the device of the cabin. g u
1. Compressor 3. Condenser
Expansion valve 2. Drying bottle
• Expansion valve is to reduce pressure by

regulating flow of the high-temperature
high-pressure refrigerant liquid, and make it
into easily-evaporated low-temperature
low-pressure mist-like refrigerant before
3
going to the evaporator
-1
(i. e: Separate the
13 13
-10 side and the low-pressure 0- 0-
high-pressure
23 02 3-1 023-1
20of the refrigerant).
side 2 2
_d _d _d
d•o Automatically adjust the refrigerant flow.
do do
gui • Control refrigerant flow to prevent gui liquid gui
slugging and abnormal overheating.

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 1 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
2 3
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
Fig 6-52
- 3-1
0-
02 023 02
d2 2
d 1. Cab _d
2
o_ o_
3. A/C evaporator
d d do
gui gui 2. A/C control panel gui
Air filter inside and outside
Inhalation of internal and external air plays a role of blocking foreign objects such as dust.
NOTE：
The filter shall be regularly cleaned or replaced.
Compressor
Compressor works 3 being powered by the engine belt drive,

-1as -13 and the vaporized refrigerant with10-13
- 1 0 - 1 0 -
023 and pressure is inhaled from the 2evaporator,
low temperature
2 023 0 3
then compressed into gaseous2re-
2
_d with high temperature and pressure and_dsent to the condenser.
frigerant
o _d
uid do do
gCondenser gui gui
Condenser is the heat exchanger that uses the engine water tank radiator to convert the refrigerant
gas with high temperature and pressure into the refrigerant liquid with high temperature and low
pressure.
Drying bottles
Drying bottle is to make the liquefied refrigerant in the condenser go through the moisture in the
drying bottle absorption system, filter impurities in the refrigerant and store the refrigerant.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d Ao_d
3
_d
do uid do
gui gui
1 H
2
g4
3
4
G F E
B
1
2
C D
3 3 T075 072
13
0-1 0-1 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 202
o_ 6-53 _d _d
uid
Fig do do
g gui gui
1. High-temperature high-pressure gas 2. High-temperature high-pressure liquid
3. Low-temperature low-pressure liquid 4. Low-temperature low-pressure gas
A: Condenser outlet B: Cooling fan
C: Condenser D: Drying bottles
E: Compressor F: Expansion valve
G: Drain pipe H: Heating vent
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

-
023 - Inspect
A/C equipment
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ the normal operation, the air condi- o_ _d
Toid i d do
gui
ensure
u
gtioning gu
equipment must be regularly checked.
See the check contents on the table below.
It is advisable to check during the initial cool-

ing of the air conditioner.
In the early, mid-term and ending time of the

air-conditioning operation, the following main-
Fig 6-54
tenance work must be carried out:
1 6
13of the belt and the instal-
1. Check the tension
- -13 0-13
3 -10
lation of the2compressor. 3-1
0 5
3-1
0 02 02
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
do refrigerant filling. do do
gui gui gui
2. Check
3 4
Fig 6-55
1. Shaft seal 4. Rear needle roller

0 -13 -13 roller
2. Front0needle
bearing
0-13
023-1 3- 1 3-1
202
bearing 5. High pressure 2
0
_d2 _d 3. Low pressure
chamber d2
do do d o_
gui gui gui
chamber 6. Rotor
Table 6–13 Inspect the content of A/C regularly
Check time
Check item Check contents
Daily 6 months One year
Poor fixation, with gaps √ √
Pipeline assembly Loose connections, loose nuts
√ √
and bolts
-13 -13 13
Loose connections, loose nuts
Connection bolt
-10 1 0 √ √ 0-
- 3-1
and bolts or fall off
023 02 3 02
_d2 Loose and bend d2 √ √2
_d
i do d o_ do
u
g Transmission belt gui scarred,
Degradation: Worn,
√ gui √
cracked
Noise, smell or unusual fever √

0-13 13
- regularly (continue) 0- 13
3-1
Table 6–13 10A/C
Inspect the content of
3- 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 Check time
_d
2
d o_ Check item Check d o_
contents d o
gui gui Daily
gui
6 months One year
Start to inspect, air volume,
√
Condenser assembly switch control
Switch function √ √ √
Start to inspect, air volume,
switch control √ Switch √ √
A/C air volume switch function
Switch function √ √
Leakage at pipe connection √ √
3 3 13
0-1
1 refrigerant -10-1 0-
Leakage
0 2 3 -of Internal parts leaks (compres-
0 2 3 3-1
02√
d2 d2 2
sors, condensers, evapora-
_ _ _d
guido gui
do
tors, and receiver driers)
gui
do
Check refrigerant quantity
Refrigerant amount √ √
(viewing window)
Compressor (including without
load) √
Noise
Condenser fan, evaporator fan √
The presence of temperature
Receiver - dryer tem-
difference indicates that the √
perature difference
dryer is clogged
-13 0- 13 0- 13
-10 maintenance
A/C equipment
3 3-1 3-1
02 202 202
d2 d d
i o_ the filter is clogged, the amount ofidwind
When
ddecline. o_ will be reduced, and the power of airidconditioning
o_ will
g u Once every three months to g u
inspect the filter, and decide whether g u
cleaning or changing.
1. Disassemble filter cartridge inside: gently lift the filter hook, and remove the filter to clean or
replace.
2. Disassemble outer filter element: loosen the upper and lower bolt hooks, remove the outer filter
element to clean or replace.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
-
Check the compressor belt
023
-
023-1
2 2 2
_d of compressor belt for the initialo_d
otension _d
i d d do
gui gui
The
u
ginstallation is 637N ± 108N. When the inspec-
tion is carried out with hand touch, use a fin-
ger to push (the force is about 6kg) the middle
part between the drive sheave and the com-
pressor sheave. The normal belt deformation 1
is about 5-8mm. 2
CAUTION
Stop engine before check fan belt.
-13 will cause serious dam-
If not caution for0this,
1 0- 13 0-13
023
age or death.
-
02 3-1 023-1
2 2 3 2
_d _d _d
4
o do do
uid
gCompressor belt, adjusting gui Fig 6-56 gui
1. Loosen the mounting bolts and lock nuts on 1. Compressor belt 3. Lock nut
the top and bottom of the compressor. 2. Install bolt 4. Adjusting bolt
2. Turn the adjusting screw until the tension

degree of belt is in the range of standard
value.
3. After the adjustment is finished, the loosen

-1 3 13 13
lock nut and the0mounting bolts are tightened 0- 0-
3-1
2 designated torque.
firmly with20the 02 3-1 023-1
2 2
_d
o the compressor belt _d _d
uid do do
gReplace gui gui
1. Loosen the mounting bolts and lock nuts on
the top and bottom of the compressor, and
then remove the belt on the sheave.
2. Take out the belt through directional fan

opening.
3. While installing a new belt via the fan open-
-13 the cam of the belt and

ing orientation, align
10with the groove of crankshaft 10-
13 0-13
3 - 3 - 3-1
202 202 02
the compressor
d d 2
sheave. _ _ _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
4. Gently tighten the mounting bolts and lock
nuts on the top and bottom of the compressor

13 13 13
10-seating surfaces are properly
so that their
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
202
seated. 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
d5. do do
gui Turn i
the adjusting screw until thegutension gui
degree of belt is in the range of standard
value.
6. After the adjustment is finished, the loosen

lock nut and the mounting bolts are tightened
firmly with the designated torque.
7. After the completion of adjustment, make

3 about 5 minutes with idling
the engine run for
-1 -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
23- stop the engine and re-check the 2023-
speed. Then
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d degree of belt.
tension
o o_
d _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
CAUTION
It should be replaced when belt crack or
damage, or noise when running.
If not caution for that, will cause damage.
Precautions for use
• In case of long-term use, keep supplying

fresh air into the operating room.
13
- temperature too low. 0-13 0- 13
• 10the
Do not set
3- 3-1 3-1
• 02 to lubricate the compressor, air- 202
In 2order 202
_d _d _d
do conditioning do on
equipment must be turned do
gui at least 10 minutes per month. gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6.4.1.5.2 Cab
023
- Door and Windows - Check
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ cab windows for damage. Replace o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Inspect
u
gdamaged gu
glass immediately.
Maintain clean cab windows at all times.
Make sure the cab door hinges, door handle,

and latching mechanism are kept clean and
lubricated.
NOTE：
If the crane is operated in mainly wet condi-
1 0 -13 make sure cab door

tions or near seawater,
0- 13 0-13
components 3 - serviced more frequently.
are
02 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-57
6.4.1.5.3 Walkway and Handrail - Check
Make sure walkways

1 0 -13 and handrails are clean. Inspect 1handrails
0 -13 for damage. Inspect for loose,10-13
-
damaged, or 3corroded 3- components immediately.
fasteners. Repair or replace damaged 3-
202 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do Boom Accessories
6.4.1.6 do do
gui gui gui
6.4.1.6.1 Boom and Jib Structures - Inspect
Inspect all boom and jib structures for wear or damage. Worn or damaged jib structures must be
repaired or replaced before returning the crane to service.
A special process is needed for high-strength steel repair on the boom, Contact SANY for a proper
repair process.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.6.2 -Sheaves - Inspect
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ o or _d _d
i d uid do
gui
Inspect boom and jib sheaves for wear
gu g 4
5
damage. Repair or replace as necessary.
Make sure bearings are lubricated on a regu- 3
lar basis.
WARNING 2
When performing maintenance on crane
components that are more than 6 ft (2 m)
high, appropriate safety equipment must be 1
used to protect personnel against falls.
-13 safety precautions may re-
Failure to follow
1 0 0- 13 0- 13
23- injury or death.
sult in serious
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-58
1. Lower sheave 2. Upper sheave

block of boom hoist block of boom hoist
3. Guide sheave on 4. Sheave block on
boom top boom top
5. Sheave block on
boom extension jib
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 1
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
2
do do do
gui gui gui
3
Fig 6-59
1. Balance sheave of 2. Guide sheave of

fixed jib pendant fixed jib strut
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
cable
3-3. Sheave of fixed jib 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ top
do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- the Hooks and Safety Latch 23-
6.4.1.6.3 Inspect
0 023-1
d 2 d2 2
_
o sheaves, bearings, and safety latches o _ _d
uid uid do
gui
Inspect
gfor g
any sign of damage, buildup of debris, rust
or wear. Make sure all fasteners are present 1
and tight. 2
3
If any damage or corrosion is found on the
hooks, replace or repair them. If necessary, 4
contact SANY for non-destructive testing of
the hook frame. 5
6
Check all sheaves, sheave shafts and bolts,
hook frames, beams,
1 0 -13 nuts, retaining tabs, and 0- 13 0- 13
hook throats -
023for rust, bending, abnormal wear, 02 3-1 7
023-1
2 d2 2
_ddamage.
or other
o o_ _d
d d 8
do
gui
Check whether the clearance is too large.
gui gui
Fig 6-60
If there are any cracks found, MT test the
hook to make sure there is no safety issue be- 1. Sheave 2. Bolt
fore further operation with it. 3. Sheave shaft 4. Hook frame
5. Hook nut 6. Hook bearing
7. Hook latch 8. Hook saddle
6.4.1.6.4 Connection Pins, Bolts and Safety Pins - Inspect

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- hinge pins, bolt, and safety pin for damage.
- -
023 023 023
Inspect the boom Replace as necessary.
d 2 d 2 d 2
gu gu gu
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.4.1.6.5 -Back-stop Devices - Inspect
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d the boom and jib back-stop foriddam- do
gui
Inspect
gu age or corrosion before raising the boom/jib.
gu
Repair or replace as necessary. Contact
SANY for repair procedure.
1
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-61
1. Boom back-stop
6.4.1.6.6 Inspect the A-Frame
Check whether the a-frame beam butt weld

has cracks, check whether the weld of up and
down rods and 3the base material circumfer-
0-1 and cracks. Check the con-
ence have-1wear 1 0 -13 1 0- 13
3 3- 3-1
202pin for wear.
necting 202 202
o _d _d _d
dA-frame do do
gui gui re- gui
2
bracket damages require special
pair procedure, contact SANY authorized dis-
tributor to acquire.
3 Fig 6-62
3
-1 0-1 0- 13
3 -10 - 1
3 1. Brackets 3-1
02 02 2. Upper link
02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ 3. Lower link
do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- Rope and Pendant Cable - Check - -
023 023 023
6.4.1.6.7 Wire
d 2 d 2 d 2
i
Checkd o_the wire rope and pendant cable foriddamage,
o_ i
deformation and wear. Check thed o_rope end
u
gand gu gu
socket for corrosions.
In the event of any of the following conditions, immediately replace the wire rope:
Broken wire, broken filament, broken strand, corrosion, wear, arc damage, deformation and so on.
Check whether the pendant cable buckle joint has wear and cracks, check whether the connector
tail has out wire, broken wire and rust.
The pendant cable with fatigue-induced corrosion and damage appear inside need to be changed
regularly even if the appearance is intact. If a crane works properly, the rope will be replaced every
six years; a heavy 13 works every four years to replace0the
0-crane -13rope. 0-13
23-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
20 inspection cycle:
d cable 2 2
_d _d
Pendant
_
i do do do
u gui
gEvery working day, any visible parts of pend- gui
ant cable and pendant cable pin shall be in- 1 2 3 4
spected, in order to promptly detect the
Fig 6-63
conditions of damage and deformation. At
least one visual inspection or nondestructive 1. Female connector
inspection of the pendant cable shall be car- 2. Buckle end at rear
ried out monthly.
3. Wire rope
Pendant cable inspection methods: 4. Male connector
1 0 - 3
Visual inspection, 1visual inspection shall be
1 0 -13 0-13
carried out in3-the daytime and observed from
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
2
the sided of the pendant cable, but the visual d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do i do do
u u gui
inspection speed shall not exceed 0.5 m/s.
g g
Clear the grease and dirt on the wire rope sur-
face via mechanical methods without dam-
ages during inspection. Non-destructive
testing may be used instead of visual inspec-
tion. Focus on the inspection of the connec-
tion of the end of the rope and the pressing
parts, the inspection results shall be recorded
and properly kept.
1 0 -13 standards of pendant

Replacement (or scrap)
0- 13 0-13
cable: 3- 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 202 202
_ _ _d
do pendant cable according to the bro-
Replace
i i do do
u u
gken line, wear, corrosion. If one of the follow-
g gui
ing circumstances happened, replace it
immediately and don’t use it continuously:
13
- of metal section of pendant 0-13 0- 13
10ratio
1. Reduction
3- 3-1 3-1
02more than 7%. Pendant cable metal 202
cable2is 202
o _d o _d _d
dsection uid do
gui gui
shrinkage ratio is the ratio of pendant
g
cable metal section reduction value and pend-
ant cable nominal metal section.
2. Broken wire: When the filaments (excluding

filler wires) among a twist pitch of a cord have
been broken more than 10%.
3. Local accumulation of broken wires: If the

disconnection gathered tightly in the rope
3
-1less than 6 d (d is the diameter 13 13
length range0of 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202rope) or concentrated in any one 202
of the 202
o _d _d _d
dstrands, do
even though the number of broken do
gui wires rarely. gui gui
4. Broken wire increased: After a period of

use, the pendant cable begins to appear bro-
ken wires, the numbers of which gradually in-
crease, and the time interval between them
becomes shorter and shorter.
5. The strand breaks: The whole strand

breaks. 0- 13 0-13 0- 13
0 23-1 0 23-1 02 3-1
d2
6. Corrosion: d2
When the draw cord is with seri-
_d
2
i o_ external and internal corrosions. ido_
dous do
g u gu gui
WARNING
For the above various inspections, the un-
qualified pull ropes and pull rope pins
checked out must be replaced immediately.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

6.4.2 Weekly
023
-or Every 50 Hours
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Weekly or Every 50 hours _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
6.4.2.1
gu
Check Check
Check content Inspection method
part item
Engine Battery Cable and joints See “Battery - Check” on page 6-71
Winch Loose, beak, corro- See “Inspect the Winch Fasteners” on page 6-
Winch fastner sion or damage 71
mecha- Winch re-
Check the wind re- See “Check the Winch Reducer Oil Level” on
nism ducer oil
ducer oil page 6-73
level 3
-1 0-13 0-13
3 - 10 the
Drain
3-1 3-1
d 202 hydraulic Cleanness of hy-
d 202 “Hydraulic Tank Sediment - Drain” ond page
See 202
_ _ _
do
Hydraulic
i tank draulic oil do 6-75 do
u
gsystem sediment gui gui
Pressure
Damage See “Pressure Hose - Check” on page 6-75
hose
Sprocket Oil leakage, defor- See “Sprocket and Idler - Inspect” on page 6-
Lower- and idler mation or damage 76
works
Loose, break, corro-
mecha- Crawler
sion or damage, oil See “Inspect the Crawler Rollers” on page 6-77
nism rollers
leakage
0- 13 0-13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0-13 0-13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.2.22Battery - Check
023-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ if the battery terminals _d
opre- _d
idCheck uid do
gui
are solid,
gu g
vent loose lighting which may affect the nor-
mal use of the battery.
The device battery is located below the inde-

pendent oil powder in the right of the platform.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
do
1
d d
gui gui gui
Fig 6-64
1. Battery
6.4.2.3 Inspect the Winch Fasteners
5
3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
02 3-1 023-1 1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui 2
4 3
0 -13 Fig0 13
-6-65 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 d2
_d _d _
1. Bolts connecting the 3. Bolts connecting the
do do d o support
gui gui i
reducer and the drum drum and
gu
shaft
2. Bolts connecting the
reducer and the
bracket
13 13 13
10- bolts
Inspect the connecting 4. Bolts -
10connecting the 5. Bolts connecting the 10-
2 0 23- 0 2 3
bearing
2
- mounting seat 0
motor and the reducer
2 23-
Inspectdall main and auxiliary load hoist winch d and the bracket d
_ _ o_
i doboom hoist winch fasteners for corrosion
i do d
u
and
g g u gui
or damage. Damaged or defective fasteners
must be replaced as soon as possible.
NOTE：
Winch fasteners are installed using thread
lock compound. Do not attempt to check tight-
ness of fasteners. Visually inspect all fasten-
ers and replace as necessary.
1 0 -13
Use thread lock compound on all listed fasten-
0- 13 4 3
0-13
3- to specification.
ers and tighten
02 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1 2 gui 5
Fig 6-66
1. Bolts connecting the 4. Bolts connecting the

reducer and the drum bearing mounting seat
and the bracket
reducer and the 5. Bolts connecting the
bracket motor and the reducer
drum and support
0-13 shaft -13
0 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 13
3-1 3-1 3 - 10-
202 02 202
Thread
d 2
o _ Winch Connection locationo_d d
_ Lock
do
Specification Grade
d d
gui gui gui Compound
The reducer and the drum M20 10.9
The reducer and the winch
Main and M20 10.9
bracket
auxiliary
The drum and support shaft M16 10.9
load hoist
winch The bearing mounting seat
M12 10.9
and the bracket
Use Thread
The reducer and the motor M16 10.9
Lock
0- 13The reducer and the drum 0- 13
M16 10.9 Compound -13
0
3-1 The reducer and the winch 3-1 3 -1
d 202 202 M20 10.9
2 0 2
_d d
bracket
_Boom hoist o_
do id o d
gui winch
The drum and support ushaft
g M12 10.9
gui
The bearing mounting seat
M10 10.9
and the bracket
The reducer and the motor M12 10.9
6.4.2.4 Check the Winch Reducer Oil Level
1. Check the oil level of main/auxiliary

hoist reducer
NOTE： 0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
1
Inspect02winch reducer for signs of oil leaks. If 02 02
oil_d
2 d2 2
leaks are found, crane must be removed _ _d
do do do
gui from service until repairs are complete.
gui Any gui
repairs performed on this component must be 3
performed by a qualified technician.
1) Park the machine on a flat and solid floor.

2
Turn the winch dipstick upward.
Fig 6-67
2) Remove the oil dipstick, wipe it clean and
put it back. 1. Oil filling port 3. Oil dipstick
2. Oil drain port
-13oil dipstick again, see where
3) Remove the
0- 13 0- 13
the oil23 -10 is. 3-1 3-1
0 level
02 02
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
o
d4) Add oil if necessary. do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

NOTE：
2
03-1 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2leakage is found, the operation must _d 2
If any oil
_ _d
2
o
beidsuspended o do
u
gchecked.
and the system must be
g uid gui
But this work can only be carried out
by qualified service staff!
2. Check the oil level of boom hoist

reducer 1
3
NOTE：
Inspect winch reducer for signs of oil leaks. If
oil leaks are found, crane must be removed
13 13 13
from service until repairs are complete. Any
0 - 0- 0-
repairs performed
2 3 -1 on this component must be 3-1 3-1
performed 20by a qualified technician. 202 202
_d _d _d
ido the machine on a flat and solid floor.
do do
2
g1)uPark gui gui
Fig 6-68
2) Remove the oil dipstick, wipe it clean and
put it back. 1. Oil filling port 3. Oil dipstick
2. Oil drain port
3) Remove the oil dipstick again, see where
the oil level is.
4) Add oil if necessary.

0-13 0-13 0-13
NOTE：
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2leakage is found, the operation must _d 2
If any oil
_ _d
2
do ido do
gbeui suspended and the system mustgube gui
checked. But this work can only be carried out
by qualified service staff!
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.2.52Hydraulic Tank Sediment - Drain 23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
_ _
o Park crane on a flat level surface andidstop
o _d
d1. do
gui gu gui
the engine.
2. Allow at least 24 hours for water and sedi-

ment to separate from the hydraulic oil.
3. Place an appropriate size container under

the drain valve located on the bottom of the
hydraulic oil tank.
13 13 13
10-valve and allow hydraulic oil to
4. Open drain
3-1
0-
3-1
0-
23-
0 until all water and sediment has been 20
drain,2or
2 202
_d _d _d
do uid
o 1
do
gui removed from the bottom of the hydraulic
g gui
tank.
Fig 6-69
5. Close drain valve. 1. Oil drain valve
6. Add hydraulic oil until the oil sight glass

shows the correct level of oil.
6.4.2.6 Pressure Hose - Check
Pressure hose13check 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202inspect whether all pressure hoses have
Visually
d d 202leaks. Even if the slightest damage isd 2found,
02 the
d o_
defective o_
hose must be replaced immediately.
d o_
d
gui gui gui
The hydraulic pump lines and fittings connected to the engine must be replaced once damaged
due to mechanical or thermal effects and other effects. Make sure that all lines, hoses, and high-
temperature engine components (such as the exhaust system) are far enough away from each
other and do not rub.
Hose defects are as follows:

• The connector slides in the hose.
• Outer layer damage, cuts, abrasions.
• Hose hardening, cracking, scorching.
13 damages, serious corrosions. 0-13
• Joints have0-cracks 0- 13
• Connector3 1
- or hose leaks. 3 -1 3-1
0 2 0 2 02
d 2 wound, broken, crushed, twisted. _d 2
•o_Hose _d
2
d do do
gui • Hose outer has foam and gets softer.
gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

Hose items 2for
0 3- visual inspection are as follows (the0following
23- items shall be tightened or repaired
0 23-
2 2 2
_d
as needed):
o o _d o _d
i d i d i d
g•uOil spilling at the engine body oil port. gu gu
• Dirt blocked.
• Pipe clip, jacket, protective objects.
• System oil level, fluid type, air retention.
If you have the above phenomenon, you shall tighten or repair for replacement as needed.
6.4.2.7 Sprocket and Idler - Inspect
Inspect the sprocket and idler for signs of

damage, excessive 3wear, or oil leakage. Re-
1 13 13
10-necessary.
pair or replace-as
3 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
2
0- 13 - 13 0- 13
3-1 -10
Fig 6-70
3-1
02 023 202
d2 2
d 1. Sprocket (drive d
d o_ d o_ 2. Idler (guide_wheel)
do
gui gui wheel) gui
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.2.82Inspect the Crawler Rollers
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_for _d
i d i d do
gui
Inspect the crawler rollers and fasteners
gu excessive wear, damage, leakage, or gu corro-
sion. Repair or replace as necessary.
Make sure all fasteners are tight.
Replace as necessary.
1 2 3 4
0-13 0 -13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fig 023-1
2 2 6-71 2
_d _d _d
do do o
d bolts
gui gui 1. Support roller gui
2. Mounting
3. Track roller 4. Mounting bolts
6.4.3 Every 100 Hours
6.4.3.1 Every 100 Hours
Check Check
Check item Inspection method
part contents
1 0 -13
Clean
Contaminant See “Radiator3
0-1 - Clean” on page 6-79 0- 13
0 2 3- radiator
0 23-1 0 23-1
d2
Engine Engine Lost, defor- d2 d2
d o_ _
mation or ido See“Engine Mounting Bolts - Inspect” iono _
gui
mounting
g u g u d page 6-80
bolts damage
Inspect and
See “Inspect and Clean the Cab Air Filters” on page
cab clean the Clean
6-80
cab air filters
Swing re-
See “Check the Swing Reducer Oil Level” on page 6-
ducer oil Sufficient
81
level
Swing Check and
and Check; defor-
lubricate the
winch
1 0 -13
swing
mation or 13
See “Swing Bearing
0-
- Check/Lubricate” on page 6-81
0- 13
mecha-3- bearing wear 3-1 3-1
d 202 2 02 2 02
_d _d
nism
_
u i do Check the Loose or lost;do o
uid Bolt -
i See “Swing Bearing and the Swing gReducer
g swing bear- check thatgu
Check” on page 6-82
ing and the the moment

0-13 0-13 0-13

Check
3-1
2Check item
Check
02 3-1 Inspection method 023-1
partd 20 d2 2
_d
contents
d o_ swing reduc- meets the re- uid
o_ do
gui g gui
er bolts quirements
Central
Oil leakage See “Check the Central Swivel Joint” on page 6-83
swivel joint
Hydraulic
Valve group Oil leakage See “Valve Group - Check ” on page 6-83
system
Hydraulic
Oil leakage See “Hydraulic Pump - Check” on page 6-83
pump
Travel re- Whether the
See “Check the Travel Reducer Oil Level” on page 6-
ducer oil oil is
level0-13 3 13
84
sufficient 0-1 0-
3-1
02Track shoes 3-1 3-1
d 2 Loose, break,
202 the Track Shoes and Tension Device”
See “Check
d d
2
20on
_ corrosion or _ _
do do 6-85 do
Lower- and tension
guiworks i i
page
device damage g u g u
Crawler con- Damage or
See “Check the Crawler Pins” on page 6-89
necting pins corrosion
Lowerworks Damage or
See “Lowerworks Cylinders - Check” on page 6-89
cylinders leaking
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.3.22Radiator - Clean
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
idCleaning do do
gui gui
the heat radiation
gu
Use the medium compressed air radiator (to
avoid damaging the radiator plate) until the ra-
diator plate is free of attachments (dust, in-
sects, etc.).
Check the radiator for any leaks, deformation,

blockage.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
Fig 6-72
0-13 0-1
3
1. Radiator 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.4.3.3 Engine - Mounting Bolts - Inspect
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ inspect whether the bolts installed en- o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Visually
u
ggine gu
leg cushion are loose, missed, deformed
or damaged.
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-73 Engine mounting bolts
6.4.3.4 Inspect and Clean the Cab Air Filters
1. Remove and Install Intake Air Filter
1) Cab air filter

• Remove the emergency cable cover.
• -13filter buckle, and remove the filter up.
Break apart the
1 0 1 0 -13 0-13
•
023
Install the-filter element by removing the opposite2steps.
0 3
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ air filter o_ _d
d
2) Intake
i i d do
gu• Remove the seat back cover and remove gu the filter cartridge upward. gui
• Installation Install the filter element by removing the opposite steps.
2. Cleaning
1) Cab air filter

• Remove the inspection window behind the cab seat.
• Pull up the filter element.
• Remove all dust and dirt from the filter element by compressing the air.
2) Intake air filter

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
• Remove23the
0
- cover on the back of the cab seat. 23-
0 02 3-1
2 d2 2
_d out the filter element.
• oPull _ _d
d ido by compressing the air.
gu•i Remove all dust and dirt from the filterguelement gui
do
3. Install the filter back and latch the filter door.

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
CAUTION 2 02
_d _d _d
doThe intake air filter needs to be replaced o a year. It depends on the air qualityidofojobsite to ad-
idonce
gui just the interval as needed. g u gu
6.4.3.5 Check the Swing Reducer Oil Level
1. Park the crane on a flat level surface, and

stop the engine.
2. Remove the fill port plug. Oil should be
13 of the oil fill port.

even with the bottom
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
2 as necessary. 023-1 02 3-1
20oil
3. Add 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui 4. Install oil fill port plug and tighten. gui gui
1 2
Fig 6-74
1. Oil drain port 2. Oil filling port
6.4.3.6 Swing Bearing - Check/Lubricate

13 13 13
Inspect both
3 - 10-swing gears for abnormal wear 3-10- 3-1
0-
202 Replace as necessary.
on teeth. 202 2 02
o _d _d _d
dLubricate do do
gui gui open gui
1
both swing gears by applying
gear lubricant directly to the meshing surfaces
as necessary.
Fig 6-75
1. Swing bearing teeth
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6.4.3.7 Swing
023
- Bearing and the Swing Reducer2Bolt
0 3
- - Check
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ whether the swing bearing inner bolt o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Check
u
gand gu
outer bolts are loose or missing.
Use the thread lock compound when screw in

every bolt. 1
0-13 0- 13 3 2 0-13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202 202
_d d
_ Fig 6-76 _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1. Swing bearing inner bolt
2. Swing bearing outer bolt
3. Swing reducer mounting bolt
Position Size Grade Sealant

Swing bearing inner bolt M27 10.9
Swing bearing outer bolt M27 10.9 Thread lock compound
3 bolt
Swing gear mounting
1 M16 10.9 13 13
0- 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.3.82Check the Central Swivel Joint
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_is _d
i d i d do
gui
Check whether the central swivel joint
gu leaking. gu
0-13 0- 113 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui Fig 6-77
gui
1. Central swivel joint
6.4.3.9 Valve Group - Check
Check whether each valve group leaks oil.
Check whether the valve hose joints are loose, or leak oil.
6.4.3.10 Hydraulic Pump - Check

-13
10 pump for leaks or abnormal 3-10 -13 0- 13
- 3-1
Check hydraulic
3
202
sound. 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 13
Fig0-6-78 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.4.3.11 Check - the Travel Reducer Oil Level 23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
o _ _ _d
1. dCheck do do
gui gui gui
Sprocket Reducer Oil Level
1) Rotate the oil fill/drain port to the bottom.

Park the machine on solid and firm ground.
2) Put a suitable container under the oil drain

port. Remove the oil drain plug and drain
the oil out.
3) Use fresh oil to flush out any foreign materi-

als or objects until3oil flow is clean.
0-1 0- 13 0-13
3-1
02oil drain plug. Drive the machine
4) Install the 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the oil fill/drain port to the upper _d 2 2
1 2
_ _d
ido
to position
guside. gui
do
gui
do
Fig 6-79
5) Add fresh oil to the oil fill port until oil starts
1. Oil drain port 2. Oil fill port/oil level
to flow from the oil level port. plug
6) Install the plug to the oil level port.
7) Dispose all used oil according to applicable

environmental regulations. 1
0 13
-WARNING 0- 13 0-13
3- 1 3-12 3-1
0 2 0 2 02
_ d2
Drive components and oil are hot! Use cau-
_ d2 _d
2
owhen working near hot components. do do
uid contact with the hot oil. gui gui
tion
gAvoid
Failure to follow safety precautions may lead
to serious injury.
Fig 6-80
NOTE：
Dispose of oil in accordance with all applica- 1. Travel reducer and 2. Travel reducer and
sprocket mounting crawler frames mount-
ble environmental regulations.
bolts ing bolts
Failure to properly dispose of waste materials
3 13 13
0-1
will damage the environment. 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 off the drive motor before per- d 2
Alwaysdturn 2
o _ o_ _d
uid any operations on the car-body. uid do
forming
g g gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
23-find oil leakage while inspecting the 2023-
If you still
0 02 3-1
2 2
_d you must suspend the operation oand
oil level,
o _d _d
i d i d do
gu disassemble it.
gu gui
2. Check Sprocket Reducer Mounting Bolts
Make sure the bolts are not missing or damaged. Check that all the bolts are tightened to the
specification.
Position Size Grade Sealant

Travel reducer and crawler
M24 10.9
frame mounting bolts
Travel reducer 3and sprocket 3
1 -1
Thread lock
13
10- -10 compound -10-
M24 10.9
mounting-bolts
0 23 02 3 023
d 2 reducer oil filling, drain
Travel
_ d2 d2
idoand oil level screw plug d o_M18 10.9
d o_
gu gui gui
6.4.3.12 Check the Track Shoes and Tension Device
1. Inspect track shoes and pins connecting shoes for damage, excessive wear, or loose
fasteners.
Repair or replace a necessary.
0- 13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1 2 3 4 5
Fig 6-81
1. Idler (guide wheel) 3. Track roller 5. Sprocket (drive

wheel)
2. Top roller 4. Track shoes
0- 13 0-1
CAUTION 3
0- 13
Risk of 3-1
02crawler damage! 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 d 2premature 2
o_
Dirt and debris on the crawler track can
o_
cause component wear. _d
i d i d do
gu Clean and lubricant the crawler trackgon u a regular basis. gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

0 3-
Inadequate 2lubrication of track pins, dirt buildup, and/or
0 23- improper track tension can lead to 2travel
0 23-
2 2
_d accelerated crawler component wear.
noise and
o o_
d
o_
d
i d
u energy is needed move the crane when i d i d
gMore gu there is excessive dirt build-up on the gu crawler. Ex-
cessive dirt build-up on the crawler also accelerates wear on crawler components.
If any crawler components are damaged, show excessive wear, or are rusted or corroded, repair
or replace them before returning the crane to service.
2. Crawler Track Tension Adjustment
CAUTION
Risk of crawler damage!
0 -13 is too tight, accelerated wear or 1damage
If crawler track tension
1 0 -13 to the track shoes and pins will 10-13
- - -
occur.
2 023 2 023 2 023
_d track tension is too loose, the crawler_track
If crawler d may derail from the sprocket or idler._d
do do do
gui gui gui
Make sure the crawler tension adjustment is performed on a flat level surface.
Track shoes must be free of dirt buildup before checking tension.
Drive the crane forward so that the slack section of the crawler track is above the sprocket. Stop
the engine.
Crawler inspection steps:
Inadequate lubrication of track connecting pins or improper tensioning of track shoes can lead to
1 0 - 3
running noise and 1premature abrasions. Crawler dirt can also
1 0 -13 cause these conditions. Thus after10-13
2 0 2 -
100 hours of 3operation or before each work, or after the3-crane travels a long distance, the following
2 0 2 2 0 23-
d be checked:
parts shall
_ _d d
i do i do d o_
u u
gCrawler running device (wear, crawler pinglubrication and crawler shoe tension) gui
Crawler roller or the upper guide wheel (wear, roller lubrication and function)
Crawler drive device (wear, reducer lubrication)
Crawler dirt conditions. (When the track is dirty, it takes more energy to move the crane. In addi-
tion, wear on the moving parts of the crawler belt is particularly severe.)
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
3. Check
0 23- crawler sag before making an
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
adjustment.
o_ _d _d
gu i d ido
u the gui
do
Place a straightedge on the crawler gover
10-20mm
idler and the top roller.
Measure the distance between the crawler

surface and bottom edge of straightedge.
Maximum clearance is 0.4 in.–0.8 in. (10 mm–
20 mm). Adjust crawler track as necessary.
Remove bolts and crawler tension adjuster

cover plate.
0-13 3
1
Fig0-6-82 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
023
4. Adjust Crawler- Track Tension
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d the cover plate.
oremove _d _d
First
i d do do
gu gui gui
Put the adjuster jack into position.
Operate hand pump to jack open the space

until the crawler tension is up to specification.
Insert right number of shims in.

1
Release the jack and store the jack and
pump. Fig 6-83
-1 3 3
1. Cover plate
1 13
-10 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2 1 2
_d 2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
3
4
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
Fig 6-84
- 3-1
0-
02 023 02
d2 2
d 1. Idler d2
o_ o_ _
2. Crawler adjuster
d d o
gui gui jack
guid
3. Adjust shim 4. Hand pump
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
6.4.3.13
023
-
Check the Crawler Pins
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ inspect whether crawler shoeido
_d _d
i d do
gui
Visually pins
gu have unusual wear, breakage, deformation,gu
corrosion or damage, and crawler shoes con-
nected to bumper pins or bolts are missed. If
any abnormalities are found, replace them on
time.
-1 3 -1 3 1
13
-10 -10 0-
02 3 023Fig 02 3-1
d2 d 2 6-85
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui 1. Crawler shoe con- gui
necting pin
6.4.3.14 Lowerworks Cylinders - Check
Cranes working in corrosive environments

(near the ocean, chemical plants or steel
mills) must be coated with acid-free protective
grease on exposed chromium-surfaces of the
piston rod to prevent corrosion if the crane
3 more than one day. Check
-1for -13 13
stops working
1 0 1 0 0-
3-
crawler02telescopic cylinder and support oil 023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
cylinder. _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
Fig 6-86
1. Crawler telescopic
cylinder
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

- Hours
6.4.4 Every23250
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Every 250 Hours _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
6.4.4.1
gu
Check part Check item Check content Check method
Engine Clean the fuel filter strainer Dust or damage Take out for clean
Check the oil level in the winch Check Visual check
Winch
Check; add the lubricat-
mechanism Bearing lubrication Visual check
ing oil
6.4.4.2 Fuel Filter Strainer - Clean
0 13
-WARNING 0-13 0-13
3- 1 3-1 3-1
202
Fuel isdcombustible. When carrying out fuel d 2
02 202
_ _ _d
i do work, keep cigarettes, naked flames, i do do
gui
system
u u
gpilot lights, arcing devices and switches g
away from the work area, and also place
ventilation installation in the work area to re-
duce the risk of serious personal injury or
even death.
Unscrew and remove the fuel filler cap and

set aside to prevent loss. Remove the fuel
tank filter cartridge from the filler neck.
3 13 13
1 0-1the fuel tank filter strainer. 0- 0-
3-1 3-1
Clean and inspect
3 -
Replace as02necessary. 02 6-87 Fuel filter strainer 02
2 2
Fig 2
o _d _d _d
uid do do
gNOTE： gui gui
Dispose the damaged fuel filter strainer ac-
cording to local regulations.
After cleaning, re-install the fuel filter strainer

of fuel tank, and install the fuel tank filler cap
well.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
6.4.4.32Boom- Hoist Reducer Oil Level - Check
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
NOTE：
gu Inspect winch reducer for signs of oilgleaks.
u
If
oil leaks are found, crane must be removed 1
from service until repairs are complete. Any
repairs performed on this component must be
performed by a qualified technician.
2
1. Park the machine on a flat and solid floor.
3
3 dipstick, wipe it clean and
2. Remove the oil 3 13
0-1
-1 0-1 0-
put it back.
0 2 3 3-1
02 Fig 02 3-1
_ d2 _ d2 6-88
_d
2
o do ido
uid
3. Remove the oil dipstick again, see where
g the oil level is. gui 1. Oil filler port g u
3. Oil drain plug
2. Oil dipstick
4. Add oil if necessary.
NOTE：
If any oil leakage is found, the operation must
be suspended and the system must be
checked. But this work can only be carried out
by qualified service staff.
3 13 13
0-1 the Winch Bearing
6.4.4.4 Lubricate 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
Check
_ d 2 the main and aux. winch bearing and
_ d2 _d
2
o o do
guidlubricate if necessary. uid g gui
1
2
0 -13 0 -13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1
Fig 6-89 02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
do_ do_ o
d bearing
gui gui 1. Main/Aux. hoist
winch gui fitting
2. Winch
grease

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

Check the boom
0 23- hoist winch bearing and lu- 2023- 1 02 3-1
bricate d 2 d 2
o _ if necessary. o_ _d
i d i d do
gu gu gui
WARNING
Risk of injury!
Risk of being dragged into the turning pinion 2
gears may happen when carrying out main-
tenance work.
When performing the lubrication, make sure
that no serviceman is in danger zone be-
tween the main boom and the carousel, be-
tween the upper part and the carousel or
between the lower
1 0 -13 part and the carousel Fig 6-90 13
10- 0-13
02 3 - 2 3 - 3-1
2. Winch bearing 202
when starting the engine for the necessary
d 2and d 21.0Boom hoist winch
o _
turning hoisting movements, except
o _ grease fittingo_d
uid driver (in driver’s cab).
crane
g uid g gui
d

Air filter Replace Take out for check
Drain the fuel tank Drain Replace
1 0 -13
Oil-water separator Replace0-1
1
3 Replacement 0-13
02 3 -
023
-
02 3-1
d2 2 2
Engine Fuel pre-filter Replace Replacement
d _d
d o_ d o_ ido
gui gui
Replace Replacement
gu
Fuel filter
Engine oil Change Change
Engine oil filter Replace Replacement
Hydraulic
Accumulator Check for oil leakage Visual check
system
Check the rotating bed, car-
Structural
body, crawler frame, and Cracks or deformation Visual check
parts
counterweight
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
6.4.5.22Air- Filter - Replace
02 3-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
idReplace do do
gui gui
fuel pre-filter
gu
NOTICE 1
Use the O-rings attached with filter element
while replacing the filter element. 2
Dispose the replaced filter according to the

3
specified procedure. Note: Use a container or
similar object to hold the drained fuel to avoid
4
the fuel spraying onto the engine.
13 -13 13
5
1 0 -the 1 0 0-
Do not touch
023
- joint between filter body and
23- 023-1
filter 2element with work gloves or cloth to 20 2
d d _d
o_ bringing in any dirt. o_
6
i d i d do
gui
avoid
gu gu
There are fuel in the filter housing, therefore,
avoid spraying fuel everywhere. Besides, be 7
cautious of fire. 8
NOTICE Fig 6-91

Clean the pollutant and dirt at the bottom of
1. Exhaust 4. Float 7. O-ring
housing. Reuse the filter element for too
plug
many times may cause failure, therefore, re-
placement of new element on regular basis 2. Filter body 5. O-ring 8. Drain plug
is required. 0-1
3 3 13
0-1 0-
3-1 -3.1 Filter 3-1
6. Filter car-
02 2 3 02
2 20 element tridge box 2
_d
o Unscrew the drain plug and exhaust plug _d _d
d1. do do
gui gui to gui
empty the fuel in the filter.
2. Use special filter wrench to remove the filter

housing.
3. Use the new part to replace the old O-ring

and drain plug, and place the new filter ele-
ment into the filter cartridge box. Coat the O-
ring with oil and tighten the part. When the O-
-13 0- 13 0- 13
-10 the seal, use filter wrench to
ring touches
23 3-1 3-1
0 02 02
d 2 it.
tighten
_ _d
2
_d
2
i do do do
u
g 4. Purge the air in the fuel. gui gui
Replace the fuel filter element

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- to remove the filter element. - -
023 023 023
1. Use the wrench
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d
2. Coato_ the engine oil on the washer beforeiinstall
d o_ the filter element. When installing ithe
d o_filter ele-
u
gment, gu gu
continue to tighten 2/3 more from the touching point of washer and seal surface, or tighten
with specified torque.
3. Purge air in the fuel.
Replace the filter of electrical-magnetic pump
1. Disconnect the conducting wire on the fuel pump cap. Use the wrench to remove the cap.
2. Remove the filter and washer to replace and clean.

For strainer type of
1 0 -13filter, clean it with clean diesel, and blow
1 0 -13off the dust and other pollutant with10-13
23- and then install the filter and new washer.
pressured gas,
0 0 23- 23-
20
_ d2 _ d2 d
do the cover and use a wrench to fastendothe cover to the end. d o_
gui gui gui
3. Install
NOTICE
Do not remove the piston and the central parts of electrical-magnetic pump. Hold the outer edge
and pull the washer out with fingers when removing the washer.
NOTICE
Inspect the tightness after installing the cap. Shorten the interval for cleaning and replacement
based on fuel pipe and filling.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
023 replacement
Fuel filter
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d prepare a spare filter, becauseidfilling do
gui
Always
gu the tank with heavily polluting fuel also
gu clogs
the oil filter.
The time for filter changes is related to the lev-

el of fuel contamination. Blocking of the filter
cartridge leads to a reduction of the fuel sup-
ply, a reduction of power and start-up difficul-
ties. When the power drops sharply, the filter
cartridge shall be replaced.
3
1 around the fuel filter seat 13 13
1. Clean the0-area 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
and filter. 2 02 202
o _d _d _d
d2. do do
gui gui filter.
Use a filter wrench to remove the fuel gui
Wipe the surface of seal gasket on the filter
seat with a clean, lint-free towel. Fig 6-92
3. Fill the new fuel filter with clean fuel and ap-
ply a thin layer of clean motor oil to the sur-
face of seal gasket on the filter.
4. Install the fuel filter on the filter seat. Turn

the filter until the3 seal gasket contacts the sur-
-1 0- 13 0- 13
10 seat.
face of the-filter
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
_ d2 _ d2 _d
2
do
5. When the gasket contacts with the
ido
filter
do
gui seat surface, and then tighten the filter
gufor 3/4 gui
turns or tighten according to manufacturer's
specifications.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

6.4.5.3 Fuel
023
-
Tank - Drain
02 3-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu WARNING gui gui
Fuel is highly combustible! Keep possible 1 2
ignition sources away from the crane while
filling the fuel tank or servicing the fuel
system.
Failure to follow safety precautions may
cause a fire, resulting serious injury, death
and/or property damage.
Slowly remove the fuel drain plug from the

13
bottom of the fuel0-tank. 0-13 0-13
0 23-1 0 23-1 023-1
d 2 sediment, and remaining fuel to _d 2
Allow water,
_ _d
2
o o do
uid from fuel tank.
drain
g uid
g gui
Dispose of fuel in accordance with state and
local laws. Fig 6-93
Clean and install the fuel drain plug. 1. Fuel fill pump 2. Fuel fill port
Fill fuel tank with fresh fuel.

2
CAUTION
Dispose of contaminated fuel in accordance
3
with all applicable-1environmental 13 13
1 0 regulations,
0- 0-
23 -
Failure to properly
0
dispose of waste materi-
02 3-1 023-1
2
als willddamage the environment. 2 2
o_ _d _d
d do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-94
1. Fuel drain plug/ 2. Fuel level indicator
0-13 port 13
0- 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.5.42Fuel-water Separator - Replace
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_Shut off the engine, release the air release
o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
1.
gu gu
cap, open the drain plug to lower the oil level
below the clamp, and then close the drain 1
plug.
2. Remove the filter cartridge box. Replace

the filter cartridge O-rings (new cartridge with
a new O-ring). Turn slightly and pull out the fil-
ter cartridge. Confirm the center tube seal is
also removed. 13 13 13
0- 0- 2 0-
3-1
02 clean diesel into the filter through 202
3. Fill2the
3-1 023-1
2
_d
o long hole above. o _d _d
do
Fig 6-95
d d
gui gui gui
the
1. Fuel-water 2. Drain plug
4. Install a new filter cartridge (the filter car-
separator
tridge already has an embedded center tube
seal ring), install it on the center tube, depress
it and turn it lightly. Install filter bowl and
clamp. Hand-tighten until seated. Do not use
tools to tighten.
5. Rotate the air release cap counterclockwise

3 13 13
0-1air cap on the top of the filter
to remove the 0- 0-
3-1
02 up the transparent filter bowl with 202
cap. 2Fill 3-1 023-1
d d 2
o_ diesel. Confirm new O-ring on deflation
o_ _d
i dclean
i d do
gu cap (provided with new filter together).
gu Rein- gui
stall the air-release cap and tighten only by
hand.
6. Start the engine. After the lubricating oil

system reaches the normal working pressure,
increase the speed to high idle speed, run for
2 or 3 minutes. After air is driven out, the en-
3
gine continues operating,
-1
release the deflated
13 13
0 0- 0-
3-1the diesel fuel drops to the top of
cap. When
02 023-1 023-1
2
thedclamp, 2 2
o_
quickly tighten the exhaust plug.
_d _d
d do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0-13
NOTE：
0 23-1 0 23-1 02 3-1
When the
_ d 2 water cannot drained, it will freeze _d 2 _d
2
o
iddamage ido do
gui
and the engine.
gu gu
The clogged fuel filter element will reduce en-
gine output, cause engine failure, with engine
failure notice shown up, or engine shutdown.
Therefore, inspect and maintain the filter ele-
ment regularly.
6.4.5.5 Engine Oil – Replace
-13 -13 13
CAUTION
1 0 1 0 0-
23-
Engine operates
0
until the temperature
0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d 60℃. Turn off the engine. Remove o_d
reaches
o _d
uid oil drain plug. Discharge the engineguoil id do
gui
the
gimmediately to ensure that all engine oil and
suspended contaminants are removed.
1
WARNING
2
To reduce the possibility of personal injury,
direct skin contact with the hot oil shall be
avoided.
Fig 6-96
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

- filler cap and wipe the surface - 3-1
1. Oil dipstick 2. Oil fill port
023 023
1. Remove the
2 2 202
dthe oil filler cap with a clean cloth. d _d
o_ o_
around
i d i d do
g2.uPut a vessel (50 L or greater capacity) gu gui
under the drain plug or a discharge valve of
the sump, unscrew the drain plug or rotate
discharge valve to release the engine oil.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
- -
023the oil level on the oil dipstick. It is 2023 2
3. Check
02 3-1
2
d to fill to the “FULL” (high level) mark. d 2
o_
required
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu 4. Install the oil filler cap. gu gui
5. Start the engine and inspect for oil leaks.
Operation of the engine until the water tem- 1
perature reaches 82℃, and check for leaks.
6. Shut off the engine and remove the key.

Wait 15 minutes to extract the oil dipstick to
check the oil level again. If necessary, add oil
to the dipstick “FULL” (high) mark.
0- 13 13 13
3-1 3- 10-6-97
Fig
3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
o_ o_
1. ADD (L) 2. FULL (H)
d d do
gui gui gui
6.4.5.6 Engine Oil Filter Element – Replace
Do not discharge oil to the ground. Please

properly recycle and dispose used oil and fil-
ters in accordance with environmental regula-
tions as this may result in fines or other
penalties.
1. Remove the oil filter and wipe the oil filter

-13a clean cloth.
seat around 0with 0- 13 0- 13
0 23-1 0 2 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 a thin layer of oil on the O-rings of newd 2
2. Coat
_d
2
i o_filter, and install a new oil filter.
doil do_ do
g u gui gui
3. Hand-tighten the filter until the seat touches
the filter and then whirl 3/4 times to tighten.
1
4. According to the specification and capacity
Fig 6-98
of engine oil recommended in this manual,
add proper amount of engine oil into the oil 1. Engine oil filter
filler.
-13
6.4.5.7 Accumulator
0 - Check
0- 13 0- 13
0 23-1 0 2 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 inspect whether the accumulator hasdoil2 leakage.
Visually
_ _ _d
2
i do i do do
u u
g Checks on accumulator air pressure must gui
g be performed by trained professionals.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- the Major Structure Parts - -
023 023 023
6.4.5.8 Check
d 2 2 2
o_ the major structures, such as carbody, _d frames, turntable, and counterweight
otrack
d
o_tray and
i d
Inspect
u u i d i d
gblocks, for signs of following damages. g gu
• Corrosion
• Dent or scratch
• Crack
• Excessive wear
Make sure all fasteners are tight. Repair or replace components as necessary.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-99
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-100
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-101
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
- Hours
6.4.6 Every231000
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Every 1000 Hours _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
6.4.6.1
gu
Check Check
Check item Inspection method
system contents
See“Winch Brake Operation - Check” on
Winch brake Check
page 6-102
Winch Main/aux. hoist See“Change the Main/Auxiliary Hoist
Change
mechanism reducer oil Reducer Oil” on page 6-103
Boom hoist re- See“Boom Reducer Oil - Change” on page 6-
Change
3 oil
ducer 103 3 13
1 0-1 the hy- 0- 1 0-
02 3 - Check
3-1
02 3-1
202
See“Hydraulic Oil Quality - Check” on page
2 draulic oil Check 26-104
_d _ d _ d
do quality do do
gui i i
Hydraulic
g u g u
See“Replace the Hydraulic System Filters”
Hydraulic filters Replace
on page 6-105
Swing Swing reducer See“Change the Swing Reducer Oil” on page
Replace
system oil 6-108
Travel reducer See“Change the Travel Reducer Oil ” on
Lowerworks Replace
oil page 6-109
6.4.6.2 Winch Brake Operation - Check

13 13 13
- 10- of the winch lock switch,
Check the operation
3 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
202 functions, and winch reducer d 202
control lever
d 2 02
_ _ _d
do
brake. do do
gui gui gui
1. Start the upperworks engine and run it at a
higher idle speed.
2. Apply the maximum load that the wire rope

can bear onto the corresponding hoisting
winch.
3. Pull the control lever back and lift the load

Fig 6-102
-13 -13 13
from the ground.
0 10 0-
3-1 3-1
X. X-mark
02 load is hanging freely on the
4. When the 02 3 02
d2
hook,o_release the control lever and move theo_ d2 _d
2
uid id do
gcorresponding gu
winch lever to the neutral gui
position.

13
- mark on the corresponding
5. Make an10X 0- 13 0- 13
3-
2 and the upperworks frame. 023-1 023-1
winch20
drum 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d6. uidload do
gui Operate the upperworks and allowgthe gui
to hang freely for 2 to 3 minutes.
During this period, do not move the winch
drum. The X mark on the winch drum must re-
main aligned with the frame. If marks no lon-
ger align, check the winch brake.
6.4.6.3 Change the Main/Auxiliary Hoist Reducer Oil
-13 CAUTION 13 13
-10 0- 0-
0 3
Risk of2environmental pollution.
02 3-1 023-1
d 2 to properly dispose of waste materi-d 2 2
Failure
_ _ _1d
i doals will damage the environment. i do do
u u
g Dispose of oil in accordance with all gapplica- gui
1. Locate and place an appropriately sized

container under the oil drain port.
2
2. Remove the plug from the oil drain port and
allow the oil to drain. Fig 6-103
13
- to the oil drain port and add
3. Install the10plug 1. Oil
3
0-1filling port 3. Oil dipstick 0- 13
3- 3-1
02to the oil fill port until the oil flows from 202 2. Oil drain port 023-1
fresh2oil 2
_d
o oil level port. _d _d
dthe do do
gui gui gui
4. Install the plugs to the oil fill port and the oil
level port.
5. Dispose all used oil according to applicable

environmental regulations.
6.4.6.4 Boom Reducer Oil - Change
3 WARNING
13 13
-1 0- 0-
23 -10
Risk of burning!
2 3-1 3-1
d
Winch2 0components and oil are hot. Use cautiond 20when working near hot winch components.d 202 Avoid
_ _ _
u i docontact with the hot oil. u i do u i do
g Failure to follow safety precautions may g lead to serious injury. g

0-13 0- 13 0-13
NOTE：
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
Check the
_ d 2 boom hoist reducer. If any oil leak- _d 2 _d
2
o o do
uid is found, any operation must be gsus-
gage uid 1
gui
pended and the system must be checked by
qualified service personnel.
1. Position the boom into the horizontal posi- 2

tion before oil change.

3
container under the oil drain port. Rotate the
drain port downward.
1 0 -13 Fig 6-10413

10- 0-13
3. Remove the 3 - plug from the oil drain port, 3 - 3-1
d 202oil pipe, and allow the oil to drain. d 21.0Oil
2 filler port 3. Oil drain plug 202
connect _ the _ _d
i do i do 2. Oil dipstick do
u
g4. Rotate the port to the upper side, connect g u gui
the pipe into the oil drain port and add fresh
oil to the oil fill port until the oil flows from the
oil level port.
5. Install the plugs into the oil fill port and the
oil level port.
6. Dispose all used oil according to applicable

3 13 13
0-1
environmental regulations. 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d CAUTION _d _d
i do do do
u
gRisk of environmental pollution! gui gui
Failure to properly dispose of waste materi-
als will damage the environment.
Dispose of oil in accordance with all applica-
6.4.6.5 Hydraulic Oil Quality - Check
Check oils at the first time after 500 hours, then after every 1000 hours.
0 13
-Pollutant 0- 13 0-13
Item
3- 1 Container
3-1
Inspection method
3-1
2 02 202 202
_d _d d
Dust from exter-
_from
do o do com-
With the engine on, draw the sample
guipollutant
Foreign nal invasion
uid test
Transparent
g g
the hydraulic tank or piping line u i
and
Dust and metal tube, fresh oil
pare its opaque with fresh oil.
powder

0-13 0 -1in3 hydraulic oil tank becomes milky. Heat 0 -13

02 3-1 - 1
Oil
023 the samples of milky oil slightly to see 3-
02the
1
2 2 2
_d o_
d d
o_Remove
do d sediment of water at the bottom. d
gui gu i
the working samples of milky
i
gu oil and insert
Transparent test the hot iron bar to hear a splashing sound.
Moisture tube or vessel, When the milky hydraulic oil drops on the
new oil heated iron plate, the splashing sound will
also be heard. Before the engine starts, un-
screw the drain valve on hydraulic tank, re-
move the oil sample, and observe the
sediment of water.
Take a sample of the oil in the hydraulic tank
or pipeline and pour it into a container to
3 -13 its color with the fresh oil (smelly). -13
Degrada- 0-1
Transparent test
-1 tube or Contain-3- 1 0
compare 1 0
0 2 3 2 The oxidized oil turns dark and brown 3-
02and
er, new oil20
tion
d 2 d d 2
d o_ d o_ o_ a foul
the badly deteriorated oil gives off
d
gui gu i smell. gu i
6.4.6.6 Replace the Hydraulic System Filters
1. Check and replace the oil suction filter

element 1
2
Remove filter cover, replace filter and O-ring.
Do this step when change the hydraulic oil.
-1 3 -1 3 3
13
NOTE：
-10 -10 0-
After the23devices first operated 500 hours, in- 23
0 0 02 3-1
_
spectd 2the oil filter cartridge, and replace them
_ d2 _d
2
do do do
gui if very dirty. Check and replace after gui every gui
1000 hours or one year. At the same time new
O- seal rings and protection gaskets shall be
set.
Fig 6-105
0-13 -13
1. Cover
0
3. Filter element
0- 13
02 3-1 02 32.-1O-ring 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 d2
WARNING 2
o_d o _ o _d
uid of burning!
Risk
gAllow g uid g uid
the hydraulic system to cool before servicing. Hot oil may cause burns or other serious
injury.
The hydraulic tank may be under pressure, and hydraulic oil may be present at the filler cap. Re-
lieve any pressure to prevent injury.
Failure to follow this warning could result in death or serious injury
2. Replace oil return filter element:

1
1) Remove filter cover on top of hydraulic oil 2
3
13and discard O-ring.
reservoir. Remove
0- 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
4
202filter element tension spring and
2) Remove 202 2 02
_d _d 5 _d
do filter element. do do
gui gui gui
remove
3) Install new filter element. Make sure filter el-

ement sits flat on housing base.
4) Install filter element tension spring.
5) Install new O-ring to filter cover and install

cover to top of hydraulic oil reservoir.
Fig 6-106
CAUTION
3
1 0 -1 1 0 -13 0-13
3-1
1. Cover 2. O-ring
Risk of pump3-or motor damage! 3-
02 return filter for metal chips and
Examine2the 2 02Spring 02
d d 3.
d2
4. Oil return filter
i d o_ Excessive amount of bronze or steel
debris. i d o_ element ido _
u indicates that the hydraulic pump goru a
gchips gu
5. Base
hydraulic motor has been damaged. Rubber
debris indicates seal and/or gasket damage.
Inspect these components before filling the
hydraulic tank and returning the crane to
service.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
3. Replace - oil drain filter element:
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 1 2
o_Remove filter cover on top of hydraulic o_oil _d
i d i d 2 do
gui
1)
gu reservoir. Remove and discard O-ring. gu 3
4
2) Remove filter element tension spring and
5
remove filter element.
3) Install new filter element. Make sure filter el- 6

ement sits flat on housing base.
4) Install filter element tension spring.
13 to filter cover and install

5) Install new0-O-ring 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
02to top of hydraulic oil reservoir.
cover 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do Fig 6-107 do
gui CAUTION gui gui
1. Cover 2. O-ring
Risk of pump or motor damage!
Examine the return filter for metal chips and 3. Spring 4. Oil drain filter
debris. Excessive amount of bronze or steel element
chips indicates that the hydraulic pump or a 5. Base 6. Hydraulic tank
hydraulic motor has been damaged. Rubber breather filter
debris indicates seal and/or gasket damage.
Inspect these components before filling the
hydraulic tank and returning the crane to
service. 3
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
23-1 23-1 02 3-1
20
4. dReplace d2
0 2
_ hydraulic breather filter element:
_ _d
u i do i do ido
g remove contaminants from around thegubreather
u
g 1) Clean the top of the hydraulic tank and valve.
2) Remove the wing nut cover.
3) Press the relief valve button to release pressure in the hydraulic tank.
4) Remove and clean the breather cover.
5) Inspect the filter element. Replace the filter element as needed.
6) Install the filter and tighten the breather cover.
1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
- nut cover.
7) Install2wing
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-108
0-13 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202hydraulic servo filter element:
5. Replace 202 2 02
_d _d _d
ido
g1)uRemove
do
guireservoir. Remove and discard O-ring. gui
filter cover on top of hydraulic oil
do
2) Clean the filter body with dry cloth.
3) Install the new O-ring and apply with thin oil on it.
4) Install filter element back to the position..
6.4.6.7 Change the Swing Reducer Oil

-13
0 oil drain port. 0-13 0-13
-1the
container under
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ the plug from the oil drain port ando
2. Remove
do
uid the oil to drain.
gallow gui
d
gui
3. When the oil is drained, install the plug into

the oil drain port.
4. Add fresh oil to the oil level/fill port until it

can be seen at the oil level/fill port. 1 2
5. Install the plug to the oil level/fill port. Fig 6-109

13
- oil according to applica-
6. Dispose of all10used 1. Oil10
3
-1 port 0-13
3-1
drain 2. Oil filling port
20 23- 02 3- 02
ble environmental
_d
regulations.
d2 _d
2
d o d o_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
NOTE：3-
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d d _d
Dispose of oil in accordance with all applica-
i d o o_
ble environmental regulations. Failure toidprop- do
gu erly dispose of waste materials will gdamageu gui
the environment.
6.4.6.8 Change the Travel Reducer Oil
1. Change the travel reducer oil
1) Position the oil fill/drain port to the bottom.

Park the machine on solid and firm ground.
3 container under the oil 13 13
0-1
2) Place a suitable 0- 0-
3-1
drain02port. Remove the oil drain plug and 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 the oil out.
_drain _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gui gui gui
3) Use fresh oil to flush out any foreign materi-
als or objects until oil flow is clean.
4) Install the oil drain plug. Drive the machine 1 2

to position the oil fill/drain port to the upper
side.
Fig 6-110
5) Add fresh oil to the oil fill port until oil starts
1. Oil drain port 2. Oil fill port/oil level
to flow from the oil level port.
-13 -13 plug
0- 13
3 -10plug to the oil level port.
6) Install2the 3 - 10 3-1
d 20 d 202 2 02
o_Dispose all used oil according to applicable _ _d
i d7) i do do
g u g u gui
environmental regulations.
WARNING
Danger of hand burning!
Drive components and oil are hot! Use cau-
tion when working near hot components.
Avoid contact with the hot oil.
Failure to follow safety precautions may lead
to serious injury.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
uid of environmental
Risk
gDispose
pollution.
g u ido gui
do
of oil in accordance with all applica-
Failure to properly dispose of waste materi-
als will damage the environment.
Check part
0-13 Check item
0- 13 Check content
0-13
2
Coolant system
0 3-1 Cooling fan belt
02 3-1 Check and replace
02 3-1
d2
_ _ d2 _d
2
i do i do do
u u
g6.4.7.2 Cooling Fan Belt - Check andg Replace gui
Refer to the belt adjustment and replacement procedures in engine manual. Usually the service life
is 1 year or 1500 hours.
• Tension is not correct

• Incorrect specifications and lengths
• Pulley is not aligned
• Incorrect installation
• Poor working environment
- 13 0- 13 0-13
• -10 oil or grease
Belt with organic
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
o_ the belt tension
Check o do
uid
gPress g uid gui
the middle of the fan belt and compres-
sor with the thumb and check the amount of
belt sag.
If the amount of belt sagging exceeds the 1

thickness of the belt, you shall adjust the belt 2
tension.
3
Apply pressure to the arrow position indicated
on the drawing at the specified pressure,
measure the amount
1 0 -13 of belt bending, and de- 1 0 -13 0-13
termine the
-
023degree of tightness. Standard: 2Fig
-
0236-111 02 3-1
2 2
_d belt bending amount shall be withino_d
98N,othe _d
gthei d
u range of 5.5-7.5 mm. If there are anyguab- id ido
gu pulley
1. Fan pulley 3. Crankshaft
normalities, adjust it according to the following
2. Generator
steps.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
1. Loosen
023
-the lock nuts and mounting bolts on 23-
0 02 3-1
2
dtop and bottom of the generator, and tight- d2 2
_
the _ _d
do o
uid lock do
gui en gently until the contact surfaces ofgthe gui
nuts and mounting bolts are in place.
2. Turn the adjusting screw until the belt ten-

sion meets the standard value.
3. After adjustment, tighten the unscrewing

lock nut and mounting bolt to the specified
torque.
1
4. Fasten the0-screw
3 13 13
nuts and tighten the tor- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 N·m.
que 75.5
d d 202 202
o_ bolt tightening torque 126.5 N·m.o_ _d
d Mounting
d do
gui gui gui
Replace fan belt
1. Loosen the lock nuts and mounting bolts on

the top and bottom of the generator and re-
1
move the belt on the pulley.
2
2. Remove the belt through the directional
opening of the fan.
-13 belt through the fan orienta-

3. Install the new
10 0- 13 3 0- 13
3 - 3-1 3-1
202 202 02
tion opening and align the belt with the
2
_d on the generator cam and crankshaft
grooves _d _d
do do do
gui pulley while installing the belt. gui Fig 6-112 gui
4. Gently tighten the lock nuts and mounting 1. Lock nut 3. Mounting bolt
bolts on the top and bottom of the generator
2. Adjust bolt
so that their support surfaces are properly
seated.
5. Turn the adjusting screw until the belt ten-

sion meets the standard value.
3 13 13
0-1
6. After adjustment, tighten the unscrewing 0- 0-
3-1
02 and mounting bolt to the specified 202
lock 2nut
3-1 02 3-1
2
o _d _d _d
dtorque. do do
gui gui gui

13 13 13
10- of adjustment, the engine
7. After completion
3- 3-1
0-
3-1
0-
02 5 minutes and then stop, and
shall idle 2about 2 02 202
_d
o tension shall be re-checked. _d _d
thedbelt do do
gui gui gui
WARNING
After the generator is fixed, the belt tension
shall change a little, so please check the belt
tension again.
If the lock nut for fixing the generator and the
mounting bolt are not tightened firmly, vibra-
tion will occur during the operation of the en-
gine, causing the fastener to loosen, which
eventually results 1in3 the fastener being dam- 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 an accident.
aged or incurring
02 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o_d _d _d
uid Every 2000 Hours do do
g6.4.8 gui gui
Clean the fuel tank Clean Clean
Engine
0 -13 the coolant -13 0-13
3- 1 Change -10
Change
3
Change
3-1
02 02 02
d2
_ d2 _d
2
do o_ ido
g u i
Hydraulic
Change the hydraulic oil g
uid Change g
Change
u
system
6.4.8.2 Fuel Tank - Clean
Regularly inspect the fuel tank, once the tank is found dirty, promptly clean. When dark green or
brown sludge settles on the tank wall or exposes to other surfaces of the fuel, black or brown band
matters suspend in the bottom water of the tank and the tank emits a foul odor similar to rotten
eggs, clean up the tank in time.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.8.32Coolant - Change
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ medium pressure compressed iair o_or _d
i d d do
gui
Use
gu water toward the radiator to avoid damaging
gu
the radiator plate until the radiator plate is free 1
of attachments (dust, insects, etc.).
If the coolant reaches abnormally high tem- 2

peratures at room temperature, the inside of
the cooling system may be contaminated. In
3
this case, the cooling system must be thor-
oughly cleaned. The cooling piping lines must
0 - 13 grease, decalcified and de-

be cleaned off the
0- 13 0- 13
rusted. -1
02 3 023-1 023-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ d o Fig 6-113
do
gui gui gui
1. Pressure cap 3. Liquid level sensor
2. Liquid level obser-
vation window
Use mineral-free water, otherwise the engine

block will scale; do not use softened water.
When filling the cooling system, make sure

not to form air bags.
-13
10air into the system can cause en- 3-10 -13 0- 13
Inhalation -of
02 3 2 023-1
gine 2damage. Pause several times when fill- 20 2
d d _d
i o_ to allow coolant level to penetrateidoand
ding
_
do
u
g stabilize. g u gui
Throughout the year, the coolant shall incor-
porate anti-corrosion and antifreeze liquid
(see Engine Operating Instructions). Anti-
Fig 6-114
freeze does not have any side effects on the
finished coolant.
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 WARNING 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o_d _d _d
Toidensure
u described
gwork
that 60 minutes cooling before the
g u ido gui
do
is performed.
The pressure cap must be removed when
cleaning the cooling elements.
Only open the cover of the engine cooling
system after the engine has cooled down,
otherwise the system will be under pressure
and prone to accidents.
Coolant change step:
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
1. Turn off the - engine and slowly open the
023
-
02 3-1
2
d cap to relieve the cooling system _d 2 2
o_
pressure _d
u i d
gpressure. ido
Prepare a suitable vessel forguthe gui
do
coolant.
2. Open the coolant drain plug on the radiator.
3. Evacuation of engine and radiator.

1
4. After emptying the cooling system, the drain
plug shall be screwed in well.
Fig 6-115
3
5. Fill the cooling system
-1
with fresh coolant.
13
- 13
-10 the coolant tank is com- -10plug 0-
3-1
Add coolant until 1. Drain
0 23 023 02
d2
pletely filled.
_ _ d2 _d
2
i do i do do
u
g6. Start the engine and let the engine u
g at
run gui
idle for about 3 minutes.
7. Shut off the engine and fill the coolant in the

coolant tank to the neck of the filler neck.
8. Start the engine again and let the engine

idle for about 3 min. Check coolant level and
fill coolant if necessary.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.8.42Hydraulic Oil - Change
02 3-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Drain hydraulic tank _d _d
id1. do do
gu gui 1 gui
1) Park crane on a flat level surface and stop
the engine.
2) Place an appropriate size container under

the drain valve located on the bottom of the
hydraulic oil tank.
2
3) Open drain valve and allow hydraulic oil to
drain until the3hydraulic oil tank is empty.
0- 1 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
02drain valve.
4) Close 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 3 gui
Fig 6-116
1. Oil fill port 3. Oil suction inlet

2. Re-fill the hydraulic oil
Hydraulic oil is found abnormal after inspec-

tion, no matter how long the machine is run-
ning, the hydraulic
0 - 13 oil must be replaced. Such 0 -13 0- 13
1 1 3-1
23- 23-
as hydraulic oil pollution or deterioration of
time 2is0 too short, you shall first find out the 20 2 02
d _d _d
o_
idreason, ido do
gui
and then change the oil.
gu gu
During the maintenance and repair, if hydraul-
ic oil is insufficient, the oil will be supple-
mented with the same brand in the fuel tank
and added to the amount specified in the oil
standard.
1
When changing the hydraulic oil, the crane
Fig 6-117
must be placed horizontally and the hydraulic
oil must be at working temperature. Steps are 1. Oil drain valve
as follows: 0-13 0- 13 0- 13
0 2 3-1 0 23-1 023-1
d 2 the hydraulic oil out from the oil outlet
1)Drain
_ _ d2 _d
2
o the bottom of the tank into a suitable
dat do do
gui container. gui gui
2)Clean the hydraulic tank and seal the outlet.

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

0 3- air filter cover,
3) Unscrew 2the and add new
02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d oil through the filter
hydraulic
o
to the gauge
_d _d
uid do do
gline. gui gui
NOTICE
Risk of environmental pollution!
Random disposal of oil will contaminate the
environment and violate local regulations.
Dispose of contaminated oil in accordance
with all applicable environmental regulations.
3
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1
02 4000 Hours and Above
6.4.9.1 Every 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
gui
dCheck part Check item ido
guCheck gui
Inspection method d o
contents
Swing Bearing
Swing bearing See “Swing Bearing Bolts - Check/
Bolts (4000 Replace
bolts Replace” on page 6-117
hours)
Wire rope (4000 Replace the wire
Replace See “Wire Rope - Replace” on page 6-117
hours) rope
Hydraulic sys- Replace the pres- See “Pressure Hose - Replace” on page 6-
Replace
tem (6 years) sure hose 118
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.4.9.22Swing Bearing Bolts - Check/Replace
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ screwing in each bolt, use the thread o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Before
gu fastening compound on the surfaces gu under
the bolt head of all the connecting bolts.
Generally after five years or 4000 hours work- 1
ing, screws need replacing, whichever comes

first.
Use cranes according to the instruction and

the load table requirements, or periodically
check fastening bolt according to the require-
-13danger of fatigue fracture of
ments, then 0the
1 0- 13 3 2 0- 13
-
023be avoided.
bolts can 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do o do
Fig 6-118
d
gui NOTE： gui gui
If replace the swing bearing, replace all bolts 1. Swing bearing inner bolt
too. 2. Swing bearing outer bolt
3. Swing gear bolt
6.4.9.3 Wire Rope - Replace
In some applications, fatigue is another major cause of wire rope damage. Even if there is no ap-
parent damage from the outside, there may be a broken wire inside. Thus, after replacement cycle
13 the wire rope shall be replaced even if the
of practical work,
0- 13 above checks are approved.
0- 13 0-
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
20 20 20
d d d
d o_ do_ do_
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.4.9.4 Pressure - Hose - Replace
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ inspect all hoses for leaks. During o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Regularly
u
gthe gu
visual inspection, even if the slightest
damage exists, the defective hose must be re-
placed immediately. Even if no damage is de-
termined, the hose must be replaced after 6
years at the latest, including the maximum
storage period of 2 years.
1
Pressure hose divides into four types, as the
right:
2
-13
Hose may have0defects:
1 1 0 -13 0-13
-
023 slides in the hose
• The connector 023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 3 2
o_ layer damage, cuts, abrasions (expo-
• Outer o_ _d
i d i d do
gusure of any reinforcement layer) gu g4ui
• Hose hardening, cracking, scorching
• Joints have cracks damages, serious Fig 6-119
corrosions
1. SN 1 wire made hy- 3. SP 4 wire wound hy-
• Connector or hose leaks draulic rubber tube draulic rubber tube
• Hose wound, broken, crushed, twisted 2. SN 2 wire made hy-
(MP)
• Hose outer has foam and gets softer draulic rubber tube 4. SH 4 wire wound hy-
draulic rubber tube
Visually inspect other items: (UHP)
3 13 13
0-1 must be tightened or re-
The following items
1 0- 0-
023
-
paired as needed: 023-1 02 3-1
• Oil _ d 2 at the engine body oil port _ d2 _d
2
ido do do
spilling
g•uDirt blocked gui gui
• Pipe clip, jacket, protective objects
• System oil level, fluid type, air retention
The hydraulic hose is marked with the follow-

ing contents:
• Manufacturers
• Hose type (category)
• Nominal diameter
3 13 13
• 0-1(manufacturing time)
Production date 0- 0-
0 2 3-1 0 23-1 02 3-1
d 2 a hose is marked with numbers: _d 2
For example,
_ _d
2
o do do
uid 4SP20– DKOS– DKOS90– 1000– V90–
Hose
gXXX. gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
• 4SP20: -
023 hose type 023
-
02 3-1
d 2 type of hose fitting on one end _d
2 2
•o_DKOS: _d
i d do do
gu • DKOS: type of hose fitting on the other gui end gui
• 1000: total length of hose assembly
• V90: assembly angle
• XXX: attachment type
CAUTION
Risk of hose damage!
Use the old ferrule and fitting with new hose
will cause damage to hydraulic oil circuit.
13 ferrule and fitting when re-
Replace with-new
0 0- 13 0- 13
1
3- hose.
placing2the 3-1 3-1
20 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui NOTE： gui gui
Calculate the working hours and storage time
based on the production date marked on the
hydraulic hose.
6.5 Lubricate Schedule

6.5.1 Lubrication Schedule
Intervals
0- 13 Lubricant parts
0 -13 Description
0 -13
02 3-1 - 1
023 Root Hinge Pin - Lubricate” on page
See “Boom -
0236-
1
2 Boom hinge pin 2 2
_d o_
d
120.
o_
d
do d d
gui Lifting hook sheavegu i i
gu - Lubricate” on
See “Lifting Hook Sheave and Bearing
50 hours and bearing page 6-120.
Boom hoist guide See “Boom Hoist Guide Sheave Shaft - Lubricate” on
sheave shaft page 6-121.
Wire rope See “Wire Rope - Lubricate” on page 6-121.
Swing bearing See “Swing Bearing - Lubricate” on page 6-122.
100 hours
Winch bearing See “Winch Bearing” on page 6-123.
Sheave block bearing See “Sheave Block Bearing” on page 6-125.
13 Crawler shoes and pins 3 13
250 hours
0- 0-1Shoes and Pins” on page 6-127.
See “Crawler 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
d 202hours Extension beam pin 2
See20“Extension Beam Pin” on page 6-128. 2 02
_ 500 _d _d
do do See “Cylinder Bearing” on page 6-129. do
gui gui gui
Cylinder bearing

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.5.2 Lubricate - Every 50 Hours
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Boom Root Hinge Pin - Lubricate o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
6.5.2.1
gu gu
Lubricate the boom root pin by adding grease
into the fitting.
CAUTION
Unexpected operation can cause injury to
the lubrication personnel.
Crane drivers and lubrication personnel must
always have eye -or13language contact.
0 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-120
1. Boom root pin 2. Grease fitting
6.5.2.2 Lifting Hook Sheave and Bearing - Lubricate
Lifting hook sheave lubrication.
Fill the grease to the bearings through the cup

3 sheave and the nuts.
of grease fittings at the
1 13 1 13
0- 0- 0-
In aggressive 3-1
02 environments, the surface is al- 202 3-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_
so susceptible to be corroded. If the craneo_d _d
i d d do
u
gworking gui
is not more than one day, the surface gui
shall be exposed acid-free grease to prevent
3
corrosion.
Fig 6-121
3 1. Sheave3
-1 -1 0-13
3 -10 -10 bearing
2. Sheave
3 3-1
02 02Nut 02
d2 d 23. bearing
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
6.5.2.32Boom-
023
-
Hoist Guide Sheave Shaft - Lubricate
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d the boom hoist guide sheaveidshaft do
gui
Lubricate
gu with grease. gu
Lubricate the guide sheave horizontal shaft
between the pull plate holes.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui 1
g2ui
Fig 6-122
1. Boom hoist guide 2. Grease fitting

sheave shaft
6.5.2.4 Wire Rope - Lubricate
Lubricate the wire rope
Lubricate all the wire ropes on the machine with grease as necessary.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ Swing Bearing - Lubricate o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
6.5.3.1
gu gu
After the swing bearing has run for 100 hours,
adequately lubricate the rotary raceway and
the swing bearing teeth.
2
Park the equipment on a level and safe
ground, fill grease to the grease nozzle of the
swing bearing outer ring to lubricate the swing
bearing inner raceway, lubricate the teeth sur-
face by applying grease to the swing bearing
3
-1surface. -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
3-1
outer teeth mating Apply the grease
- -
2 023 external gear with a brush, 2023
to the rotating 2 02
d d _d
slowly
i d o_swing upper for 1 circle to make sure i d o_ do
u grease is applied to the entire gear. gu gui
1
gthe
Fig 6-123
DANGER 1. Swing bearing 2. Swing bearing teeth
Danger of dragging. grease fitting
A danger of being dragged into the turning
pinion gears may happen when carrying out
maintenance work. Please note the attached
warning symbol.
When performing the lubrication, make sure
that no serviceman
1 0 -13 is in danger zone be- 1 0 -13 0-13
tween the main
0 23- boom and the carousel, be- 0 23- 023-1
2
tween dthe upper part and the carousel or d 2 2
_ the lower part and the carousel o_ _d
i do d do
gui gui
between
u
gwhen starting the engine for the necessary
turning and hoisting movements, except
crane driver (in driver's cab).
WARNING
When lubricating, the operator must wear
safety gloves, and assign the assisting staff
to communicate -with
0 13 the operator and al- 0- 13 0-13
1 3-1 3-1
ways observe
2 0 23-the device situations. 2 02 2 02
d must turn slowly.
The device
_d _d
do_ do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 CAUTION 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doRisk of swing bearing damage. ido do
gui g u
Pay attention to the operation of swing bear- gui
ing in using. If noise, shock and power sud-
denly increase, immediately shut down for
inspection and troubleshooting, and disas-
semble if necessary.
Prevent the supporting from direct sunlight
exposure in using. Prohibit direct rinse of
swing bearing by water to prevent water into
the raceway, prevent hard foreign objects
close to or into the tooth meshing zone.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d Winch Bearing
6.5.3.2 _d _d
do uid
o do
gui g
To lubricate by adding the grease to the side
gui
supporting bearing of main and auxiliary load
hoist or to the grease fitting of the bearing
house of the hoist winch.
DANGER
Danger of human injury!
A danger of being dragged into the turning
pinion gears may happen when carrying out
0 13 Please note the attached
-work. 0 -13 1 0- 13
maintenance
- 1 - 1 3-1
023symbol. 023 02
2
warning
2 2 d2
_d performing the lubrication, make sure
oWhen o_
d
o_
i d i d d
gu that no serviceman is in danger zone gu be- Fig 6-124
gui
tween the main boom and the carousel, be-
tween the upper part and the carousel or 1. Main/Aux. hoist 2. Winch bearing
winch grease fitting
between the lower part and the carousel
when starting the engine for the necessary
turning and hoisting movements, except
crane driver (in driver’s cab).
0-13 0-13 0- 13
023-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 1 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 Fig 6-12513

0- 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
2 3-1
2 21.0Boom hoist winch 2. Winch bearing 202
_d _ d grease fittingo_d
do do d
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
6.5.4 Lubricate Every 250 Hours
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
6.5.4.1 Sheave Block Bearing
gu gu
Fill grease into the grease fitting of each
5
sheave block on the boom and jib. Apply
4
grease on the wire rope contacting the sheave
slots. 3
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
2
202 202 202

_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
1
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d o _d _d
d d Fig 6-126
do
gui gui gui
1. Boom hoist lower 3. Boom top guide
sheave block sheave
2. Boom hoist upper 4. Boom tip sheave
sheave block
5. Extension jib sheave
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 3-1
02 6-127
Fig 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do d o
gui gui 1. Boom hoist upper guiguide
3. A-frame
sheave block sheave block and
bronze sleeve
2. Boom hoist lower
sheave block
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-128
1. Balance sheave on 2. Guide sheave on

fixed jib pendant cable fixed jib strut
3. Fixed jib top sheave
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.5.4.22Crawler Shoes and Pins
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d o_
d
Ifo the machine walks on the dry and hardidroad,
_d
i d do
gu for example the concrete or steel plate gu base, gui
the wearing of crawler shoes, pins and track
rollers will be quick. Apply grease on the sur-
face of shoes, pins and other friction surfaces,
in order to extend the service life of these
parts.
CAUTION
Risk of environmental pollution.
The local 1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
3-1
environmental requirements must
- -
023 Discarded oil must not fall into 2023 02
1 2 3 4
be followed.
2 2
_dsoil and pollute the environment.
othe o_
d _d
d d do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-129
DANGER 1. Sprocket (Drive 3. Crawler shoe

Danger of human injury! Wheel)
4. Track roller
A danger of being dragged into the track 2. Connecting pin
may happen when carrying out maintenance
work. Please note the attached warning sym-
bol. Crawler lubrication work needs to be
done when the engine is stopped.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0-13 0-13

023
02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ Extension Beam Pin _d _d
i d do do
gui gui
6.5.5.1
gu
If the extension beam is not lubricated, pin
rust will happen. During swing, the pin and ex-
tension beam will generate noise due to ab-
normal play.
Therefore, fill the grease into the extension

beam sleeve until the grease ooze out from
the pin top. Apply the grease into the clear-
ance of pin top.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
When folding
0
- extension beam after the re-
23the 0 23- 02 3-1
2
tractiondof the crawler, fill the grease into the d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do fitting of extension beam. i do do
u
grease
g g u gui
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
Fig 6-130
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ 1. Extension Beam 3. Pin
do
gui gui 2. Grease fitting gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.5.5.22Cylinder Bearing
023-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ o _d _d
idCylinder regularlyidlubri- do
gui
bearing needs to be
gu g u
cated to make sure it works properly. Unless it
is self-lubricated.
Fig 6-131
0-13 0 -13 0- 13
023-1 1
31.- Crawler telescope
02 cylinder 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
6.6 Electrical system
6.6.1 Electrical System - Inspect
Check the following contents with the power on and the engine off.
Check item (if Check contents

No.
equipped)
Press the pharos light switch and verify pharos light
1 3 warning (pharos)
Aircraft
1 -13 13
0- operation.
0 0-
023-1 Press the02 3-1 3-1
2 Work lights and interior
202verify
2 work lights and interior lights switchesdand
_d2 o_
d
o_
do
lights operation.
gui id
guVerify uid
3 Instrument lights the instrument lights illuminate. g
4 Radio Verify the radio operates properly.
Verify the wiper operation and the high/low speed
5 Wiper
function.
Press the wiper fluid switch and verify washer fluid sprays
6 Wipe liquid
out onto the windshield.
Camera monitoring Verify the camera turns on and displays an image.
7
system
8 13 system monitor
Control
0- 13 operation.
Verify control system
- - 13
23-1 3 -10 interface and verify alarm system 23-10
Select the2alarm
920 0 0
Alarm information of
_d monitor _ d2
operation. _ d2
do ido the emergency stop button and verify do
gui Emergency stop button
guPress gui the engine
10
shuts down and the alarm displays on the monitor.

1 0 -13 item (if 1 0 13

-Check 0-13
No. 023- Check
02 3- contents
023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
equipped)
do d o d o
gui 11 Throttle position gui the throttle control dial and throttle control
Operate
gui pedal.
Verify engine rpm changes with operation.
12 Anemometer Verify the current wind speed is displayed.
13 Fuel level sensor Verify the diesel fuel level in displayed on the monitor.
Temperature sensor of Verify the hydraulic oil temperature on the monitor.
14
hydraulic oil
15 Level instrument Verify the current crane level condition is displayed.
16 Rotation angle Verify the current crane rotation angle is displayed.
17 -13
Angle sensor
0 -13 angle is displayed.
Verify the current crane
0 0-13
023-1 3-1
Verify the LMI02system tension sensor is functioning 3-1
18 d 2 Tension sensor normally._d
2 d 202
do_ ido
_
ido
gui System setting gu the configuration information of models,
Verify guconditions,
19
parameters and jib length is displayed properly.
20 Working radius, load Verify the current working radius and load are displayed.
Press the safety limit switch and verify the corresponding
21 Safety limit device
alarm is displayed.
Verify control lever movement and lock function, and con-
22 Handles and buttons
trol lever button functions.
Check the following contents with the power on and the engine idling.
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
023-1 023-1 3-1
202
No. Check item Check contents
d2 d2 d
do1_ Verify the
do
_tachometer shows rpm change when theo_throttle
d
gui i gui
Engine speed
g u
is pressed.
Verify the oil pressure gauge is showing proper operating
2 Engine oil pressure
oil pressure.
Each main pump Verify the main pump pressure is at the proper operating
3
pressure pressure.
Servo system Verify the servo system pressure is at the proper operating
4
pressure pressure.
3 CAUTION 13 13
-1 0- 0-
-10 3-1 3-1
2 023
• If any problems 02 returning the crane to service. 202
are noted, correct the problems before
2
_dproblem cannot be corrected, contact oSANY.
• If othe _d _d
uid
gFailure id
gu in death or serious injury.
to follow these warnings could result ido gu

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

-System - Inspect - -
023 023 023
6.6.2 LMI
d 2 d 2 d 2
i d o_
Properties o_
of the force sensors will varyidovertime, o_
resulting in an inaccurate loadidreading. To en-
gu sure system accuracy, users are advised gu g u
to perform an empty hook calibration every three
months.
Check the following contents with the power on and engine off:
Confirm that the indicated load reading matches the actual load.
Confirm that the angle sensor and the tension sensor are functioning normally.
CAUTION
Force sensors 3 cause zero drift over long-term use,
-1may -13which results in hanger error. To ensure -13
1 0 1 0 1 0
3-
system2accuracy,
0 it is advised to perform an empty
0 23-hook calibration on a regular basis of20at -
23least
2 2
_d three months.
every _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
6.6.3 Battery Maintenance
6.6.3.1 Battery - Check
The battery supplies power to the starter motor, electrical control systems, lighting, and auxiliary
electrical equipment. The battery must be regularly inspected and maintained to keep these sys-
tems operating correctly.
Inspect the battery every 50 hours or weekly.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
-10 cycle
Check the
3 Type of battery
3-1 Checking point
3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2 Check the battery power. _d
2
d o_ o do
gui g uid gui
Check if the battery electrode connection cable is
Maintenance-free
Weekly loose.
battery
Check the battery electrode for oxidation.
Check whether the battery appearance is damaged.
0-13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

3-1
02 CAUTION 023
- 1
023
- 1
d 2 d 2 d 2
Before
i d o_ proceeding with any battery maintenance
i d o_ procedure, observe the following: ido_
g•u The top of the battery must be kept clean
gu to prevent plugging of the battery vents.
gu Regularly
wash the top of the battery to prevent the battery vents from plugging.
• Battery gases are explosive. Never smoke around batteries or expose them to sparks or open
flames. Work in a well-ventilated area.
• Wear personal protective equipment (PPE) when working with batteries.
• Battery acid can cause burns or injury. If battery acid makes contact with your skin or eyes,
flush the area immediately with fresh water and seek medical attention.
0-13 13 13
3-1 10-
CAUTION
3- 3-1
0-
d 202
Before proceeding 202
with any battery maintenance procedure,
d
observe the following:
d 202
_ o_ for the engine control module (ECM) _
u i do the crane is shutdown, wait at least u1idminute
After
u i do to com-
gplete its shutdown before disconnecting the
g batteries. g
Failure to observe and follow this notice can damage the crane or cause it to operate improperly.
Every 50 hours, storage battery shall be given

a maintenance inspection.
Check if the battery terminals are solid, pre-

vent loose lighting which may affect the nor-
mal use of the battery.
13
0- be clean to prevent cor- 13 13
Battery surface1shall
3 - 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
202external terminal can be coated d 202
rosion. The
d 202
with o _ yellow dry oil or Vaseline. o_ _d
dsome
d do
gui gui gui
Check the hydrometer: Green: OK. Black: 1
charge the battery. White: replace the battery.
Remove corrosion from battery terminals and Fig 6-132

cables and make sure the connections are
tight. Apply a corrosion preventative. Clean 1. Hydrometer
the surface of the battery and check for
damage.
0-13 DANGER0-13 0-13

3-1 3-1 3-1
202a dry cloth to clean the battery. Otherwise,
Do not use
d d 202 static electricity may occur and cause
d
2
20fire
o_
or explosion,
d o_
resulting in serious injury or death.
d do_
gui gui gui

13
0- not be upside down and lain down,-and 13 13
The battery1shall
3 - 3 10- shall not be subject to any mechanical
3 - 0-
1im-
202 weight.
pact and
d 202 202
o_ _d _d
i d do do
gu 6.6.3.2 Battery - Store gui gui
If the crane will not be used for more than 15 days, the batteries should be removed for storage
and maintenance:
Store the batteries in a clean, dry, well-ventilated area with a temperature of 41°F to 77°F (5°C to
25°C).
Batteries must be stored at least 7 feet (2 m) away from any heat source.
Keep the batteries out of direct sunlight.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
Inspect the- battery charge indicator monthly.
023
-
023-1
2
d the batteries as detailed in this section. d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i dMaintain
i d do
gu gu gui
6.6.3.3 Battery - Replace
Batteries should be replaced as a pair, even if only one is found to be faulty.
• Park and prepare the crane for service.

• Remove the protective battery cover.
• Remove the old batteries and make sure the cables are free of corrosion or damage.
• Install the new batteries in the correct orientation and location.
• Connect battery cables and apply a corrosion preventative.
-13 13 13
• Install the10protective 0- 0-
3-1 3-1
battery cover.
-
2 023 202on Cables 2 02
_ d
6.6.4 Preventive Measures to Prevent _ d
Fire _d
i do i do do
g u g u gui
6.6.4.1 Causes of Electrical Cable Fires
1. Electrical parts or electrical system malfunction.
Electrical components or electrical system fires are not due to technical problems. They are due to
malfunctions in the circuits of poorly made components. It’s very important to always replace parts
with manufacturer original components.
Using aftermarket parts in the electrical system can easily cause failures in other circuits.
2. Fuse failure-13 13 13
0 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
Live conductors
d d
2 cause high temperatures, which may
will create heat, high currents20will
d 202in turn
i o_ a fire. To prevent this from happening,
dcause i
_
do fuses must be installed in the circuit.
i
_
doWhen the cur-
u u u
g rent exceeds the maximum allowablegvalue, the fuse will overheat and burn out,g cutting off the cur-
rent on that circuit.

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

02 3-1 CAUTION 023
- 1
023
- 1
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ are used to protect the electrical system
• iFuses i d o_ in case of a high load caused by aishort
d o_ circuit
gu or component failure. gu gu
• Do not bypass the fuse using a solid metal bridge that provides no load protection.
• Never replace a fuse with a fuse of a larger value required by the circuit.
• Bypassing the fuse may result in a fire, causing property damage.
• Fuse failure is one of the main causes of electrical cable fires.
• Failure to follow these cautions could result in injury.
3. Other reasons for failure:

3 13 cable length is not enough). 13
• 0-1or defective cables or cable connectors0-(the
Use of prohibited 0-
• 2 3-1
Use of 0prohibited 3-1
02 or operating elements (relays, motors,
or defective consumable parts 02 3-1
2
d lamps, etc.). d 2 d 2
o_
switches,
d d o_ d o_
g•uAi fuse connected to the load is overloaded.
gui gui
• Batteries that do not meet the design requirements are installed (over-sized battery box may
have a risk of short circuit when its positive pole is grounded).
• Devices get wet and short circuit.
• Failure to maintain and inspect electrical equipment according to the maintenance manual.
The above points, alone or in combination, may cause burning and cable fire.
6.6.4.2 Precautions
3 3 13
0-1 can effectively prevent the above conditions:
The following methods 0-1 0-
0 23-1 0 23-1 0 23-1
d 2 electrical equipment must be checked
• The_crane’s _ d 2 regularly. _ d2
do deficiencies must be corrected immediately,
do o
dcables.
gui gui gui
• Some such as loose connections or hot The
causes of these situations must be promptly identified and eliminated.
• Check all wires, connectors, and terminals for looseness, damage, and oxide on terminal or bat-
tery poles correct any damages immediately.
• Only use the original spare parts and original fuses with the specified value. (See spare parts
catalog or circuit diagram).
• If the power fails, the crane should be shut down immediately.
• Without the consent of the manufacturer, the electrical system should not be modified.
• Make sure the inspection is carried out by an expert based on the operating conditions and ap-
-13 for the electrical system operation. The

plications required
10 -13 inspection must be carried out at
0 0-13
least once23a-year.
0 02 3-1 02 3-1
_ d2 _d
2
_d
2
do do do
gui guiCAUTION gui
Repairs of the electrical system must be performed by a qualified technician.

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 3
-
6.6.4.32Electrical System after a Thunderstorm
023
- - Inspect
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ operating the crane after a thunderstorm,
o_ _d
i dBefore i d inspect all of do
the electronic icomponents, for
gu example: gu gu
1. Force sensor
2. Angle sensor
3. Each limit switch
4. Anemometer
5. Beacon lights
13 13 13
10- fail the inspection, inspect the electrical
If any components
3- 10- circuit on the jib frame.
3- 3-1
0-
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
i o_ Hook and Sheave Device ido_
d6.7 do
g u gu gui
6.7.1 Hook - Inspect
1. Ball hook inspection 1

Inspect the ball hooks daily for possible safety
defects. Correct any defects before using the 2
hooks.
According to national standards, to prevent 3

safety accidents,
1 0 -13 perform regular and frequent 1 0 -13 0- 13
23- Your company may also have 2023-
inspections.
0
4
02 3-1
2 2
_d regarding inspections. Perform a thor- d _d
policies 5
i d o i d o_ do
gu gu gui
ough inspection by completely disassembling
the hooks. Record and report all inspection re- 6
sults to SANY to repair the problem. Failure to 7
fully disassemble, inspect, and maintain the Fig 6-133
hooks on a regular basis places liability on
1. Pin hole 5. Securing bolt
your company.
2. Ball hook body 6. Hook safety latch
• Hooks must be checked thoroughly every 3. Round nut 7. Hook throat
year by a qualified individual. 4. Hook bearing
• Regular and frequent inspections will detect
0 13
faults early,-preventing accidents.
0- 13 0- 13
• 2 3-1 3-1 3-1
202 02
Any 0problems found and corrective actions
d 2 d 2
o_must be recorded. All problems detected
o_ _d
d d do
gui need to be resolved. gui gui
2. Ball hook inspection items

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
Correct the 2 -
problem if any of the following are found: 23-
0 02 3-1
d 2 d2 2
_ _ _d
ido hole is deformed or cracked.
• Pin
g•uBall g u ido gui
do
hook body is cracked or rusted.
• Securing bolts are loose or missing.
• Round nuts is loose or damaged.
• Hook bearing is rusted or does not have sufficient grease.
• Through bolt is loose or rusted.
• Hook safety latch is damaged or missing.
• Hook is cracked or damaged.
3. Correct the problem if any of the following

are found: -13 0 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
• Pin hole
d 20is2 deformed or cracked. d 202 202
_ _ _d
ido
• Sheaves
gunot ido
and bearings are damaged or do
u gui
do
rotate smoothly, or lubrication isg not
sufficient.
• Fasteners are loose or damaged.
• Lock bolts are loose or missing.
• Hook nut is loose or damaged.
• Thrust bearings are damaged or insuffi-
ciently greased.
• Thread undercuts are cracked.
• Hook safety latch 3is damaged or missing.
13 13
-1 0- 0-
• -10 or damaged.
Hook is cracked
3 3-1 3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
CAUTION
Proper maintenance and timely inspections Fig 6-134
of the hooks is critical to make sure of safe
operation. Failure to perform the required 1. Sheave block 5. Hook nut
maintenance and inspections, and to keep 2. Lock bolt 6. Hook shaft
records of all inspections, the manufacturer 3. Sheave shaft 7. Hook safety latch
will not assume any responsibility.
4. Hook frame 8. Hook throat
The spreader must not be repaired or re-
processed (welding, heating, heat treatment,
-13 treatment).
and surface chemical
0 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
NOTE：3-
0 2 0 23- 02 3-1
2
Thed sketches of ball hook and hook block is d 2 2
o_ for reference. The actual hook delivered
o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
only
gu may vary slightly in structure. gu
6.7.2 Routine Maintenance
Hooks routine inspection and maintenance:
1. Add grease on a regular basis to the crane hook, sheaves, beams, bearings.
2. Always install grease fitting caps after adding grease to the beam and hook grease fittings to
13 free.
keep them debris
0- 0-13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 all bolts, screws and lock pins to ensure
3. Check
d d 202they are secure, non-deformed, and locked.
d202
gu 4. Check the counterweight, hooks, and
gu related connectors for cracks and corrosion.
gu
5. The fasteners threads of the hook handle, hook head and round nut are intact.
6. Make sure that each part of the hook moves freely. Make sure the hook and swivel pressure
bearing is free of rust and has a sufficient amount of grease.
7. Check hook swivel bearing nut and safety latch. Replace if they are worn, or deformed.
8. Check the hook safety latch is complete and intact.

-13 -13 -13
-10crane hook in a dry and clean place for-1temporary
9. Place the 0 -10
storage. Cover it with a protective
023 023 02 3
d 2to prevent contaminating the hook bearing
cloth d 2 and blocking the lubrication hole. d2
do_ do_ d o_
gui gui gui
10.For long-term storage of the lifting hook, add grease at the rotation position and store it in a dry
location.
Precautions on hook maintenance：
1. Remove the staked nut, and check whether the thread portion has corrosion and wear.
2. After eliminating the corrosion, check how much wear the corrosion has caused, the wear can-
not exceed 5% during the corrosion removal process, otherwise the hook shall be replaced.
1 3 1 3 1 3
10- hooks need disassembly inspection
3. Normal hoisting
3- 10-once a year (or once every three months
3- 10- 3-
under20 2
extreme 202 failures early to prevent accidents. Every
conditions). This check may detect 202 failure
d d d
i d o_corrective action must be recorded and
or i d o_then checked again to see if all detected
i d o_failures have
gu gu gu
been resolved.

1 0 -13 0- 13 0-13
6.7.3 Sheave
023
- - Inspect
02 3-1 023-1
d 2 2 2
o_ _d _d
1. idInspect
u
gfor
the sheave bearings ido
annually
gu gui
do
the following:
• Check if bearing has grease or not.

1
• Shaft seal is intact.
• Circlip is intact.
• Running noise and rolling resistance.
• Bearing clearance.
• If the roller bearing on the corresponding
sheave is defective, it will need to be
0- 13 - 13 0-13
-10
replaced.
3-1 3-1
Fig 6-135
• 02 is damaged, it will need to be
If the circlip 023 02
_d2 _
2
d 1. Grease fitting _d
2
do do do
replaced.
u i
g• Check all sheaves for cracks, u i
dents, gand gui
other damages. 2 3
1
WARNING
The following procedure must be performed
by qualified personnel only! This procedure
poses a risk of entanglement between the
sheave and wire rope.
Failure to follow safety precautions may re-
13or death.
sult in serious injury
0- 0 -13 0-13
02 3-1 - 1
Fig 36-136 3-1
2 202 202
o _d o _d _ d
d d 1. Grease fitting
do
2. Sheave bearing
gui gui 3. Circlip g u i
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
023
2. Check -the sheave
023-1 02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ all sheaves for wear: _d “Y” _d
“Y”
i dCheck do do
gu gui 1 gui 2
The bottom surface X cannot have more than
0.118 inch (3 mm) of wear.
“X”
Distance X is equal to the difference between
the new bottom surface and the actual bottom
surface.
The side Y cannot have more than 0.196 inch

(5 mm) of wear. Fig 6-137
0 13 to the length between the

Distance Y is -equal -13
1. Sheave
0 2. Wire rope
0- 13
1
- sheave surface. 3-1 3-1
223the
wire rope
0 2 02 X: Bottom surface Y: Side distance02
2
_d _d o_
d
do do
distance
d
gui WARNING gui gui
Damaged or worn sheaves must be replaced
immediately! Failure to replace worn or dam-
aged sheaves may cause an accident.
6.8 Maintenance of Wire Rope and Slings

6.8.1 Precautions before Inspection
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - -
NOTE：
2 023 2 023 2 023
d d d
i d o_ following wire rope information is from
The
i d o_The Wire Rope Technical Board. Consult
i d o_that group to
gu ensure that you have the most up-to-dategu information. gu
All wire ropes will eventually wear out and gradually lose there working capability throughout their
service life. Regular inspections of the wire ropes are critical for the safety of the crane. Industry
standards for crawler cranes specify inspection criteria for varied applications of wire ropes. Below
is a list of some basic inspections that must be performed on a monthly basis.
In addition to regular monthly wire rope inspections, the wire ropes and equipment should be
inspected:
• 3 condition indicates the need for replacement.

3 -13
If the wire ropes
-1 -1
• -10
Rapid deterioration
23 -10of wire ropes for the application may not
indicates the most suitable type
3 -10be 3
20 02 02
used.
d d2 d2
i d•o_Defective, worn equipment or improperidoperation
o_ _
do wear.
can cause costly accelerated irope
g u g u g u
Inspections should be carried out by a person who has learned through special training or practical
experience what to look for and how to judge the importance of any abnormal conditions they may
13 13 13
3 - 10-inspector’s responsibility to obtain and
discover. It is the
3 -
-
10follow the proper inspection criteria for10-
3-
202 inspected.
each application
d 202
d d 202
gItuis the owner’s responsibility to maintaingurecords of each inspection. These inspection
gu records
must be kept with the crane for quick reference if necessary.
6.8.2 Wire Rope Inspection
6.8.2.1 Wire Rope - Check
Preparation
The correct diameter of a wire rope is the di-
0 - 13
ameter of a circumscribed circle that encloses
0-13 0-13
-1 This is the largest cross-
all the rope strands.
2 3 3-1 1 3-1
0
sectional 2measurement. 02 02
_d d2 _d
2
o o_ do
uid
gMeasure uid
wire rope sections every 2 ft g(610 gui
mm) with calipers. Wire rope is normally made
slightly larger than its nominal size. Always re-
fer to the manufacturer’s wire rope charts and
instructions for measuring procedures and 2
proper nominal size you are using.
Fig 6-138
Shown in the illustration on the right is the
proper way to measure the wire rope sections. 1. Correct 2. Incorrect
If the wire rope is found to be below the manu-
factures specifications,
1 0 -13 the wire rope has 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - -
reached the2end
2 0 3 of its service life or has been 2023 2 023
d The wire rope must be _d d
i o_
overstressed.
d i d o i d o_
u
greplaced. gu gu
As a kind of basic consumable with only a limited lifetime, many characteristics of wire rope will
change over its lifetime. For instance, its breaking force will first increase, but later decrease
abruptly beyond some maximum when used continuously. The reason of decrease in breaking
force is that the metal loss percentage resulting from abrasion and corrosion increases. The abra-
sion and corrosion generates with the breaking of rope strands and structural change of wire rope.
The highest working temperature of wire rope shall not exceed 180° F (82° C).
According to ISO 4309, daily visual inspection is suggested to the fixation of wire rope and its ends
for any possible damage.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

2 2 - professionals with training can carry
Furthermore,3only
0 2 0 23-out regular safety operation inspection
2 0 23to-
the wiredropes. d d
u bearing a huge load or any anticipated
gAfter gu obvious or hidden damage, the interval guof inspection
must be shortened (every several hours, if necessary). This inspection must be carried out when

13
- again in use after a long term suspension, 13 13
the wire rope
3 - 10is 3 - 10- before a crane runs after it has been
3 - 0-
1dis-
202 and moved to a new site, or after andaccident
mounted
d 202 02 to
or damage has occurred which is2related
d
d o_ wire rope operation.
the
do_ do_
gui gui gui
DANGER
Protracting wire on wire rope is dangerous, which may cut the hands. Wear gloves to protect.
Danger of entangling.
Be careful when doing inspection, maintenance and assembly, otherwise, the person may be
dragged into the revolving equipment.
DANGER
3 -13 -13
Be cautious- 0-1
1 about the wire rope on winches, boom,
- 10jib, sheave blocks and other components.
- 10
3 3 3
20is2 danger of scratching and brazing. 202
There 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui Inspection range gui gui
The lifetimes of wire ropes vary according to different running conditions of the crane. Either in
hoisting or luffing, the wire rope for suspension use must be regularly checked. Wire rope should
be replaced as soon as any damage is found.
1. Daily inspection: All visible positions of wire rope should be inspected to find any possible dam-
age or distortion in time, especially where the wire rope contacts the crane. Any obvious change
must be reported and the cause be found out and eliminated at once.
-13
2. Regular inspection
0 -13
should be done by functional personnel.
0 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
The following 202
points should be taken into consideration to specify inspection period: 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui • State regulations on this crane gui gui
• The type and working circumstance of the crane
• The working level of the crane
• The results of previous inspections
• The hours of service of the wire rope
3. Specific inspection according to regulations on inspection of common positions and rope ends
(excluding rigging):
• Inspection should be done when accidents occur due to possible damage to wire rope and/or its
3 3 13
fixing end 0or-1before wire rope is put into use again after
0-1 being dismantled. 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
• 202 should be done before lifting equipment
Inspection
d 202 is used again after it has been stopped
202 work-
o_ing for more than three months. _d _d
i d do do
gu gui gui
4. Some wire ropes are used separately or some are used on pulleys made with compounded ma-
terials, metal materials or pulleys with liners made with compound materials. When obviously

- 13 13 13
broken wires or10
3 - marks
3 - 10-
of abrasion are found on the appearance, large quantities of broken wires10-
3-
02 produced.
may have2been 202 202
d d d
u
gTherefore, u
a specific inspection schedulegshould gu
be made according to previous records, among
which both common inspection during use and detailed checking recording should be taken into
consideration. Some sections where lubricant has become dry or deteriorated should be main-
tained with special care. The scrapping standard for wire ropes specialized for crane should refer
to the materials provided by crane manufacturer and wire rope manufacturer.
5. Inspection for general areas of the entire rope with special attention to the following areas:
• Moving and fixation ends of wire rope

• Ropes passing through the pulley block and winding around the pulleys. Pay special attention to
-13 around the pulleys when crane runs repeatedly.
the position winding
10 on fixed pulley. -13 10 0-13
• Sections of
02 3 - 3 - 3-1
202 02
rope
d 2possibly d 2
• Ropes
_ worn due to external factors. _ _d
ido inspection of corrosion and fatigue.
•guInternal g u i do
gui
do
• Sections of rope in circumstance with high temperature.
6. Inspection for rope end (excluding rigging)
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 3-1
02 6-139 023-1
2 2Fig 2
_d _ d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
• Sections of rope coming from fixing end should be inspected because it is dangerous if fatigue
(broken wire) and corrosion occur in this position. Inspection should also be done on deforma-
tion and abrasion of fixing equipment.
• Similar inspection should be done on the rope end fixture made with pressed or forged cable
clamps. Also inspect for cracks in forging materials and the possibility of sliding between the ca-
ble clamp and wire rope.
• Removable devices (wedge joint, rope clamp and holding plate) shall be inspected for the bro-
ken filament inside rope section and rope end, and make sure the tightness of wedge joint and
1 3 1 3 1 3
10- Also inspect whether the rope device
wire rope clamp.
3- 10- fully complied with the standard10-
3- 3-
202
requirements.
d2
02
d2
02
_d o_ end, only the end part of its joint canidobe_ used to
idofor the woven ring-shaped eye splicedidrope
• As
guavoid injuring hands by protruding steelguwire of rope end. The other parts of thegjoint
u should be
visually checked from time to time. If broken wires occur obviously near rope end equipment or

13 13 13
10- equipment, the wire rope should be cut
in rope end
3- 10- short and installed to fixing equipment10of
3-
-
3-
2 again. What’s more, the length of wire
20end
rope 202 rope must be at least sufficient for winding
202 mini-
d d _d
i d o_mum number of rings around the drum.i d o_ do
gu • gu gui
If obvious wire breaking is identified close to the rope end or inside the rope end, it is acceptable
to cut the wire rope shorter and re-install to the rope fixture, and the wire rope shall not be short-
er than the minimum wraps on the drum required.
6.8.2.2 Wire Rope - Replace
Replacing wire rope should be operated according to the condition of broken wire, abrasion and
corrosion. In any of the following circumstance, it should be replaced at once without further using.
For different configurations, the wire rope service life is different:

0-13 0 -13 0 -13
02 3-1 Work type
023
1
- Recommended replacement interval23-
0
1
d 2 d 2 d2
_ Regular crane work _ 5 years _
do ido ido
gui Frequent heavy crane workgu 3 years gu
NOTE：
This is only recommended interval. Replace the wire rope immediately if any of the following fail-
ures are found.
1. Broken wire: More than 10% of the wires within one twist of wire rope (except for filling steel
wire) are open.
2. Open wire: If there are broken wires at the rope ends or nearby a piece of rope, even if only a
3 the stress of this area is high. If the-rope
-1then 13 length permits, cut off the broken wire -13
few in number,
1 0 1 0 1 0
3- reinstall the rope.
section02and 023
-
023
-
d 2 d 2 d 2
o_
d3. Partial clustering of broken wires: Ifuthe o_
d broken wires cluster within a rope length o_
d of 6d (d: wire
gui g i gui
rope diameter) or within one strand, even if only a few of broken wires.
4. Number of broken wires increasing: Broken wires appear after a piece of wire rope is used for a
period. The number of broken wires increases gradually and the interval becomes shorter.
5. Broken strand: When a whole strand is broken, the rope diameter is lessened because of the
damaged rope core.
6. Less elasticity: The rope diameter is reduced, the twist of rope is extended, various parts press
each other and lack of gap between steel wires and ropes - these are the phenomena of less elas-
1 -13 is no broken wire, the wire rope obviously

ticity. Even if0there
1 0 -13 isn’t easy to bend, which may result
1 0 -13
- - -
023 breaking with dynamic load and it should
in sudden
2 023be cast away immediately.
2 023 2
d d d
o_
d7. Corrosion: Serious external and internal o_ o_
gui g uid corrosion may occur to wire rope. The
g
d
uicorrosion can re-
duce the average value of wire rope, which diminishes the static breaking force of the wire rope
and the operational stability.

13 - 13 13
8. Abrasion: The
3 - 10abrasion 3 - 10-
of wire rope may be internal abrasion as well as external abrasion. The10-
-
2 02
internal abrasion 02 strand and the wire when the wire rope
results from the friction between2the 2 023is
d d d
bending
i d o_ upward or downward while the external i d o_abrasion results from the movement between
i d o_ wire
u and pulley or the dragging of wire rope
grope gu on the ground. gu
If there is insufficient or even no lubrication but dust exists, the abrasion will be more serious. Com-
pared with the nominal diameter, if the diameter of wire rope decreases by 10% or more, even if
there is no broken strand, the wire rope must also be replaced.
9. Distortion: The distortion of wire rope is a visible structural change of wire rope which usually re-
sults in looseness of the wire rope. Judging from the shape, there exist the following most impor-
tant distortions:
3
1）Damage due to1fatigue 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 is too small and the wire rope isdunderheavy
When the pulley
d 202 202
load, the wire rope will be damaged
d
due o _ _ _
u i u i do in the valley to break, which may also
d to fatigue."Strand valley" will cause wires u i docause the
gwires on the periphery of thewire rope to beg torn along the wire rope. g
Note: If damage due to fatigue is found, please check thatthe diameter of the used wire rope is
appropriate.
2) Deformation
When the wire rope is under load, it will be deformed ifthe wire rope is suddenly knotted; if the wire
rope is undergreat pressure, the wire rope at the knot will be deformedor slack.
Note: During disassembling & assembling andtransportation, the wire rope will be deformed if the
3 3 13
0-1 coiled around the pulley.
wirerope is improperly 0-1 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 distortion 2 2
o _d
3）Spiral
o _d _d
uid uid do
gWhen g
the strands bite into each other, the sin-
gui
gle strand will peel off from the wire rope. This
type of distortion is caused by mutual abra-
sion, which is normal. The pit is because of x
heavy load, small sheave or no rope core sup-
port, which will finally lead to single strand
marked with X breaking.
CAUTION
3
Fig 6-140
0-1
1 X has reached 1/3 d or 10 -13 0-13
- - 3-1
If the deformation
3
02 to the nominal diameter of
more (d 2refers
X.
02 3
Deformation point
02
d d 2 2
o_the wire rope must be replaced. o_ _d
rope),
d d do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
3-
4）Spherical distortion 3-1 3-1
d202 d 2 02 202
_ _ _d
dIfo the external bearing of wire is loose ior
dothe do
gui outer strand is longer than the innergustrand, gui
the wire rope with steel core will form spheri-
cal distortion. If the outer wire or strand skids
compared with the inner wire or strand, the
longer part will turn to somewhere.
NOTE：
In case of spherical deformation, the wire
Fig 6-141
ropes must be replaced.
-1 3 13 13
5）Wire0looping 0- 0-
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
_
Wired 2looping happens when a cluster of cable_ d2 _d
2
do idopul- do
gui pulled out or bent in limit angle. Whenguthe gui
ley used is too small or the wire is pulled in
acute angle, this failure may happen.
NOTE：
If the rope structure changes a lot due to
the wire looping, the wire ropes must be
replaced.
Fig 6-142
3 or strand slack
6）Single cable
1 13 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 cable or strand gets slack, it willd 202
If a single
d 202
o_ and load the exterior cable of rope _ _d
i dmove i do or do
u
g strand, which means it do not assumeg tensionu gui
assigned to it at this time, so that other cables
or strands are overload. If the rope runs on
the pulley, it will cause an increase in bending
tension, causing the cable’s premature
fracture.
Fig 6-143
NOTE：
If the cable gets slack due to the rust and
wear, the rope3 must be replaced. If the
looseness-1is
1
0-caused 1 0 -13 0- 13
3-1
by other reasons, you
need2to
3
02determine whether to replace it de- 202
3- 02
d 2
o_ _d _d
dpending on the fracture. do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
7）Knotting-
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ means the continuously thickening iofo_ _d
d
Knotting
i d do
u for a long time.
gcable gu gui
The matters embedded in the thickened posi-
tion are squeezed out of the rope. The strands
push and shove each other at the thicker posi-
tion to form an arch, causing the cable
fracture.
Fig 6-144
3 13 13
0-1
8）Shrinkage 0- 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 2 refers to the reduction of diameter _d 2
Shrinkage
_ _d
2
do along the short stretch direction, and dito do
gui gui gui
of rope
is necessary to carefully check the rope parts
in front of end fastening part for shrinkage.
The shrinkage at these positions is hard to be
found.
NOTE：
The wire rope with multiple shrinkages
must be replaced. Fig 6-145
9）Flattening
0- 13 0-13 0-13
2 3-1 3-1 3-1
Flattening20means
d
the permanent deformation
d 202 202
o_ due to pressed damage. o_ _d
of rope
d d do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
Flattening would lead to a high risk of ca-
ble breakage.
Fig 6-146
0- 13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 0- 13 0- 13
3-
10）Buckling 3-1 3-1
d 202 d 2 02 2 02
o _ _
byo di- _d
dBuckling refers to the rope deformation d do
gui rectly pulling the hole-shape rope circuit,
gui and gui
the rope does not counteract the deformation
by rotating around its axis.
NOTE：
The wire rope with one or more buckling
parts must be replaced.
Fig 6-147
13
11）Bending
0- 0- 13 0- 13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 refers to the rope deformation due tod 202
Bending
d 2 02
o_ external effects. _ _d
dhuge do do
gui gui gui
NOTE：
The wire rope with bending must be
replaced.
Fig 6-148
13
12）Curled deformation
0- 0- 13 0- 13
2 3-1 3-1 3-1
20deformation
Curled 202 rope at the edge.
is caused by pulling the bearing 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui NOTE： gui gui
The wire rope with curled deformation must be replaced.
10. Increasing rate of permanent elongation
11. Decrease of rope diameter, including the damage of rope core
In addition to these items, fatigue in some using circumstances is another major reason for wire
rope damage. And there may be broken wires inside even if there is no obvious damage on the ex-
terior. Therefore, even the wire rope passed the above-mentioned inspection but the actual service
3 life, it still needs to be replaced. 3
time exceeds service
-1 -1 3 -1
3 - 10 3 - 10 3 - 10
20 2 202 202
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
6.8.3 Wire 2Rope - - Transfer
023
-
023-1
2 2 2
_d rope may also be damaged duringo_d
owire _d
i d d do
gui gui
The
u
gtransport. For instance, the forks of lift truck
may move under the reel or poke through the
rope bundle and damage the wire rope
surface.
The best way to hoist the reel is to lift it

through the central spindle rod and lift up via
the rod.
During transport, reeve the wire rope evenly

3 13 13
0-1drum.
and neatly onto the 0- 0-
23-1
0 23-1 023-1
d2
When transporting the carbody, cover the wire d 20 2
_ _ _d
i doif there is wire rope on the drum or pawl,i do do
gui
rope
u
gso as to prevent the damage due to collision.g u
When conveying the wire ropes in bundle or

coil, try not to have the wire ropes directly con- Fig 6-149
tact the hook or fork. Otherwise, the moisture
will cause rust or corrosion and the dust or
scraps will damage the wire rope. All rope
sections shall be placed on clean and dry
surface.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-150
0-13 0-13 0-13

3-1
6.8.4 Wire02Rope - Store 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
idowire rope needs to be stored for a long
gIfuthe
do
gui time, it must be reeved on the drum and
do
guiplaced in dry
and clean area to prevent gradual corrosion or section deformation.

13 13 13
Cover the wire
3 - 10- rope with shield and store far above3-the
10-ground to prevent any dust or scraps3-rest-
10-
2 strands, which will absorb the moisture
ing on20the 202in the air and cause rust on the wire rope.
202
d d d
gu The wire rope should be stored whereguis shady and cool, clean, dry and shadowy.
gu If the wire ropes
can not be placed indoors, at least cover them to avoid moisture. Plastic film can prevent from rain,
but condensed water could form underneath and accumulate, which may damage the wire rope
permanently. Under such circumstance, put a layer of sack between.
When storing a large amount of spare parts, the common principle is First in, First out, which
means to use the wire ropes in the same sequence of inbound to prevent the wire ropes from being
stored for over long time.
6.8.5 Wire Rope - Install

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
- wire rope installation
Prepare23for
0 023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ installing the wire ropes, always ensure
o_ _d
i dWhen
i d do
gu that they are wound onto the system gfrom
u the gui
reel or wire ropes in bundle without twist or ex-
ternal damage.
The methods to prevent a bundle of wire rope

from twisting are to draw them out with turn
plate or from the ground. The ground should
be kept clean when the second method is tak-
en. For instance, if there is sand adhered to
the lubricant of wire rope, it will enter between
the pulley10and-13 wire rope causing rope 1
13
Fig0-6-151
1 0 -13
- - -
2
damage. 023 2 023 2 023
d d d
i dAo_better method to spread out the wire iroped o_ wound on the reel is using a turn plate
i d o_or bracket. A
gu method often recommended in the data gu related is to roll the wire rope coil on the
gu ground. But ac-
tually the effect of this method is not satisfactory.
Under any circumstance, the wire rope cannot be laterally pulled out from the reel or a bundle of
wire rope. The wire rope pulled out from a bundle of wire rope or the reel will generate resistance
against the torque of wire rope and form loops. When the wire rope bears load, these loops are
drawn together into knots and become permanent distortion. The wire rope with knots is unsafe,
cannot be used any more and must be replaced.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

0 3
Install wire2rope -
023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d way to install wire rope varies ac-o_d
obest _d
i d uid do
gui
The
u
gcording to different systems. Under eachg cir-
cumstance, an appropriate method should be
selected with the typical work schedule. With
this method, it’s most impossible to cause
wire rope twisting or damage due to contact-
ing the structural parts.
Fig 6-152
For some equipment, it’s suggested to remove the old wire ropes before installing the new ones.
0
For other equipment,
1 -13 especially large equipment, suggest1 0
3
-1drawing the new wire ropes with old10-1
3
- 23- the wire ropes, is to draw the actual20wire
23-
023 possibility, especially when starting to20wind
ones. Another
2
d d d
o_in with thinner auxiliary ropes.
ropes
d do_ d o_
gui gui gui
Under each circumstance, the method to wind the wire rope should be considered: to draw the wire
rope on the rope winding device, or to directly wind the wire rope on the winch from the bundle of
wire rope and then reeve the wire rope with manual or auxiliary reeving device. If one end of wire
rope is unmovable, only the free end (the other end) of wire rope can be drawn through the winding
device.
1. Wind the wire rope
Due to the nature of fabrication, each wire rope has the tendency to curl. Since the wire rope is
pulled out from planet
0 - 13 type rope strander through transfer0disc,
- 13 the wire rope provided to the user 0-13
is curled to the-1same direction. When wind the rope to the -1 drum, the wire rope must reeve in align- -1
0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
d 2 same direction. If the rope reeved_to
ment to the
_ d 2the opposite direction, the rope will rotate
_ d 2 be-
o the drum and shaft, or rotate later iduring
o operation to reach its ideal direction. o In both
uid ud uid
tween
goccasions, g
the structure change will happen. g
CAUTION
Stress release of boom rope is necessary after 300 hours of service or when the machine transfer
job site. Unlock the pin at the wedge fixture, and let the rope end free to release the inner stress
built up during operation. This step is meant to prevent wire rope damage.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
-
0 3 wire rope with auxiliary reeving 2023
2. Draw2the -
02 3-1
d 2 d 2
o_
device
o_ _d
i d i d do
gu If the new wire ropes are drawn by theguones to gui
be dismounted or by auxiliary reeving ropes,
these ropes must be ensured to be fixed. Ad-
ditionally, the auxiliary reeving ropes should
not twist together. For example, the wire rope
without twist or triangular strand wire rope is
especially suitable for being auxiliary reeving.
When using traditional wire ropes, their twist-
ing direction should be consistent with that of
3 13 13
the wire ropes0-1to be drawn. 0- 0-
23-1 23-1 23-1
When20drawing the new wire ropes with old 20 0
_ d _ d _ d2
o ropes, the ends of two wire ropes
dwire idoare o
gui usually butt welded, which will makeguthe g uid
old
ropes installed during operation twist and Fig 6-153
pass the twisting to the new wire ropes and
even result in extensive damages to the new
ropes during the installation.
A connection method of wire ropes with fewer problems is to adopt the two rings or chains welded
at both ends of the wire rope. They can be connected with strands or thin ropes. With a satisfactory
load bearing capability, this kind of connection can be bent and can prevent from passing the twist
from the old wire ropes to the new ropes.
-13
10 rope sleeve to connect wire rope is 3better.-13
10 The rope sleeve is woven rope strands,
10 -13
-
Use the wire
3 - 3 -
202 to the rope end and secured with drubber
connected
d 202 band. When loaded, rope sleeve isd 2tightened,
02
o_ grab the rope end with friction.
idand ido
_
ido
_
gu gu gu
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

-
0 3 rope with load
3. Wind the2wire
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_properly wound on the winch, the wire o_ _d
Toid i d do
gui
be
u
grope gu
should be under a tight condition, which
is important for multi-layer winding especially
for Lebus winding system. If the lower layers
are too loose, the upper layers may be
pressed between the lower strands with load
on the wire rope, which would result in exten-
sive damages of wire rope. The drawn wire
rope may be adhered to this position, causing Fig 6-154 Stop the wire carrier flange with the
the winding direction of winch to be reversed brake disc on the reel
suddenly and the 0 13 moving downwards to
-load 0- 13 0-13
1 3-1 3-1
2 0 23-
be lifted up suddenly.
2 02 2 02
_d
owire rope should be preloaded with 1% itoo _d _d
uid ud do
gui
The
g2% of the minimum breaking force. g
In no case should the wire rope preloaded
with stress by squeezing it, for example,
squeezing the wire rope between two planks.
The wire rope may become irrecoverably de-
formed due to the change of structure.
Fig 6-155 Stop the wire carrier flange with a
board
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-156 Do not squeeze the rope to preload

it
4. Retract the rope13 13 13

0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 ropes being installed but before dbeing
After the wire
d 202 operated, a certain number of small d
2
20load
_ o_ be retracted to fix its various composing _
u do must be carried out first. The wire rope
cycles
i u i dshould u i do parts
gand adaptable to the new environment. However,
g the actual condition is contrary:g After the wire
rope is installed, carry out overload inspection with load beyond the allowable load bearing ca-
pacity of the system.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
6.8.6 Wire - Rope - Lubricate
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d grease is applied during wireidrope do
gui
Sufficient
gu manufacturing. However, the grease gwill u
wear
out along the operation, and the pollutants like
dust and debris will adhere to the surface of
wire rope, causing abrasion on wire rope and
sheave surface, and also rust, or even wire
rope disorder when under squeezing. There-
fore, the wire rope shall be cleaned and lubri- Fig 6-157
cated regularly. A simple way is to wipe it
clean, and apply the heated grease evenly on
13 rope.
0-wire
the surface of 0- 13 0- 13
0 23-1 0 23-1 02 3-1
The 2
_ d grease used must be low consistency, _ d2 _d
2
o can permeate into the core of wireidrope.
dwhich o do
gui There are three common ways to glubricate
u gui
wire rope: drip, spray and brush. Anyway, the
wire rope shall be specially lubricated at curve
points, such as sheave and drum area.
NOTE：
Proper lubrication can reduce the wearout,
prevent corrosion, hardening or cracking. Do
not apply used lubricating oil, because it has
1 0 -13 to wire rope. Use special

detrimental material
0- 13 0- 13
02
-
wire rope3lubricating grease.
023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui CAUTION gui gui
Lubricate the wire rope every 100 work
hours. Do not wait until damage occurs.
Fig 6-158 Use brush or cotton cloth
6.8.7 Wire Rope - Cut

0-13 0- 13 0- 13
The users 3-1 2 3-1
02 usually need to cut the wire rope into20several sections or cut the wire rope short. 3-1
02 There
d 2 d d 2
i d o_ a lot of methods to cut the wire rope.idFor
are
o_ wire rope with a diameter of 8 mm, thei d o_rope cutter is
gu available. While for wire ropes with a gdiameter
u of more than 8 mm, mechanical gor u hydraulic cutters
are adopted. However, if power supply is provided, pneumatic or electric perpendicular type grind-
ing machine is recommended.

13 13 13
3 - 10-
Under each circumstance, the wire rope should be carefully
3 - 10- connected to the neighboring separa-3 - 10-
tion point2to 02prevent from abrasion at wire rope ends 202 or changes in the twist length of wire 2
20rope
_ d d d
and o
i o_ wire because insulation tape cannotidprevent
d strand. Bundle the wire rope ends withuidiron o_ the
u
gwire rope from structural changes. g g u
The cutting procedures are illustrated. Mark the separation points with chalk or insulation tape.
1. Place a piece of steel wire with a length of 4

times the diameter of wire rope along the
1
length direction of wire rope, and then connect
the steel wires and wire rope together at the
separation point 1.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13
-
0 3 wire rope up within the length 2023
2. Now twist2the - 2
023-1
d 2 d 2
o_ the diameter of wire rope 2. o_ _d
do
of 3 times
i d i d
gu gu gui
3. Pull the twisted wires tight with pincers and
wring them with the other end of the steel 3
wires 3.
Cut the wire with pliers, and save a distance
up to the diameter. Tap it gently, and make the 4
wire end into the outer strands to prevent
accident.
3 point on the other end

4. When the separation
-1 -13 13
1 0 1 0 0-
3-1
Fig 6-159
2 0 23- rope can be cut as 4.
is made, the wire
2 0 23- 2 02
On twodsides of the cutting point, wrap three d 1. Separation point d of
_ _ 2. The diameter_
u i do of wire with length equal to the wire
segments u i do wire ropeuid
o
g g g
rope diameter. Do not replace with one long 3. The other end of 4. Wire rope being
coil. the steel wire cut
6.9 Inspection and maintenance under special work environment

6.9.1 Muddy and Snowy Environment
1. Before operation: Check whether all kinds of plugs, pins are loose.
3 3 3
1
2. After operation:
- 0-1Clean the car, inspect whether the bolts,
- 1 0-1nuts are loose and fall off. And fill oil-10-1
3 3 3
202
and grease. 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
023 023 023
6.9.2 Seaside Operations
d 2 d 2 2
o_Before operation: Check whether a ivariety _d shall be
o_ of plugs and pins are loose, rustyidoareas
i d1. d
gu coated with grease, especially coat grease
gu on the connecting rod, joystick, etc. gu
2. After operation: Thoroughly clean out the salt on the machine, coat grease on the rusty parts,
carefully maintain electrical components to prevent corrosion.
6.9.3 Dusty Environment
1. Air filter element: Clean the filter element and dust collector in advance.
2. Radiator: Clean the center of the radiator frequently to prevent clogging.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- Clean the filter parts in advance. 23- -
023 023
3. Fuel device:
2 2 0 2
d d d
i d o_Electrical components: Carefully cleanidthe
4. o_ actuator and contact surface of the sensor.
i d o_
gu gu gu
5. Change the filter element and oil in advance.
6. Lubricate swing bearing and wire ropes in advance.
6.9.4 Stony Environment
The tension of crawler is slacker than the general environment, pay attention to whether the walk-
ing parts were damaged, cracked, worn, and scared, and whether bolts and nuts are loose and fell
off.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
6.9.5 Rock-fall Scenes
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ cover. _d
i d cab to be fitted with a protectiveid do
gui
Driver’s glass
gu gu
6.9.6 High Temperature Environment
1. Oils shall meet the needs of high temperature environment.
2. Check air conditioning and cooling performance.
WARNING
Low viscosity oil will lead to increase wear and leaks of the hydraulic system or transmission
-13make sure the quality of high temperature
mechanism, so
0 -13oil well.
0 -13 0
2 3 -1 2 3 -1 2 3 -1
0 0 0
_ d2 _ d2 d 2
o Low Temperature Environment
d6.9.7 do d o_
gui gui gui
1. Oils shall meet the requirements of low temperature environment.

13 13 13
10is- any abnormality in the rotating parts of10the
2. Check if there
- -
- machine due to snow and ice.
3-1
0-
2 023 2 023 202
3. Check_ d whether the structures have deformation,_ d cracking and other anomalies. _ d
g4. Snow and ice must be cleared on the hoisting
g rope and boom before work. g
CAUTION
If a crane will be used in low temperature environment, the crane shall be equipped with the low
temperature starting system, and the oil products meet the needs of low temperature.
CAUTION
The crane is designed
1 0 -13 to work at –20℃ to 40℃. If the work
1 0
3 is out of ranges, please contact -13
-1area 10
3 -
the dealer, increase corresponding special equipment,3-and strictly comply with the requirements
3 -
202
of this manual. 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
6.9.8 Other Working Environment
If crane has other working environment for special use which affected the structural strength and
performance parameters of the crane, please contact agents or professional and technical person-
nel of manufacturers to get confirmation.
CAUTION
If special operation conditions happen, please contact agents or professional and technical per-
3
sonnel of the manufacturers
1 to confirm. 3 1 13
0- 0- 0-
3-1 3-1 3-1
202
6.10 Maintenance 202 (If Equipped)
of Band-Type Free Fall 2 02
o_d _d _d
do
uid Band-Type Free Fall Winch Overview do
g6.10.1 gui gui
The band-type free fall realizes hoisting and free fall through adding sleeve, bearing, transmission
splined shaft, clutch and brake on the normal gearbox. Besides inspecting the winch connecting
bolt and gearbox oil level after working for 50 hours, inspect and adjust the adjusting bolt and nut
on the clutch and brake.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
- Bolt Inspection
6.10.2 Winch
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 2 2
o_ all securing bolts are appliedidowith_d _d
i d do
gui
Since
gu thread lock tight, therefore, they do not
gu need
to tighten further. Only visual inspection is
enough. If necessary, unscrew the loose, bro-
ken or defective bolts and replace with new
ones.
Inspect the connecting bolts whether there

are loose, broken, eroded or damaged bolts.
If any abnormalities occur, please tighten or
3 2 1
replace. 3 3 13
0-1 0-1 0-
3-1
02
All connecting bolts need to apply lock tight, 02 3-1 5
4
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_
and tighten with the torque is shown in the _
ta- _d
i dble i do do
g u below: g u Fig 6-160
gui
1. Bolt connecting re- 4. Bolt connecting
ducer and winch clutch and keeper ring
bracket
5. Bolt connecting sup-
2. Bolt connecting report shaft and winch
ducer and sleeve bracket
3. Bolt connecting 6. Bolt connecting mo-
drum and shaft end tor and reducer
cover
Thread Lock
Winch -1 3 Connection location -13
Specification Grade -13
3 -10 3 -10 -10
Compound
3
02 02 02
d2 The reducer and the drum d2 M20 10.9 d2
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui
The reducer and the winch
M20 10.9 gui
bracket
Bolt connecting drum and
Main and M12 10.9
shaft end cover Use Thread
auxiliary
Bolt connecting clutch and Lock
load hoist M8 10.9
keeper ring Compound
winch
Bolt connecting support
M8 10.9
shaft and winch bracket
Bolt connecting motor and
M16 10.9
3
1reducer 3 13
0- 0-1 0-
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

6.10.3 Winch
023
- Reducer Oil Level - Inspect
023
-
02 3-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_the machine on the level and firm o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Park
u
gground. gu
Unscrew the oil fill plug, and visually
inspect the oil level indicator. If the oil reaches
1
the plug screw hole, it means the oil is suffi-
cient; otherwise, it needs to add more gearbox
oil.
Install the plug after filling the oil and tighten it

with a torque of 380±10 N·m.
NOTE： 2 3
-13
Stop operation10immediately after oil leak is 10 -13 0-13
3 - 3 - 3-1
202 check the system. This must be d 202
identified and
d 202
doneoby_ qualified service engineer. o_ Fig 6-161 _d
uid uid do
g g gui
1. Oil fill port/plug 3. Oil drain port
2. Oil level indicator/
plug
6.10.4 Winch Bearing - Lubricate
Inspect the sleeve and support shaft of the

winch after working for 250 hours to see
- 3 3 13
whether the shaft 1lubricant 1
0
is insufficient, if
-1 0-
1
3-lubricant grease.
yes, add some 3-10 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ do_ do
gui gui gui
Fig 6-162
0-13 0 - 3 on
1. Grease1fitting 2. Grease fitting on
0-13
023-1 02 3-
sleeve 1 support shaft
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ do_ do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
6.10.5 Adjustment and Maintenance of Clutch
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Inspect whether the servo oil circuit pressure
gu is 45 bar. gu 11 12
10 13
9
Release the adjusting nut 2 first, screw down 8 14
the adjusting nut 1 until the hand-felt pressure 7 15
is high. And then tighten the adjusting nut 2. 6 16
This will change the position of connecting
5 17
rod, so as to change the friction between
clutch lining and inner wall of drum. 4
18
3
Adjust the nut 1 and 2 at empty hook and light 19
-13sure the clutch can work -13 13
2
load to make
1 0 0 0-
- 3-1 3-1
1
023
properly.
2 2 02 Fig 6-163 2 02
o _d o _d _d
dDuring uid to do
gui gui belt plate
operation, when the lining abraded
g
certain degree and needs adjustment, first ad-
1. Adjust bolt 11.Clutch
opening
2. Clutch band plate
just the Adjusting nut 1 and 2. Only when the 12.Tension spring
space for Adjusting nut 2 downward is small- 3. Lining
13.Connecting rod b
er, or by adjusting nut 1 and 2 cannot hoist the 4. Clutch cylinder
14.Bolt
load properly or resolving the sliding, slight 5. Adjusting nut 4
adjustment on nut 3, 4 and 5 on the expansion 15.Pivot shaft
6. Adjusting nut 3
spring and cylinder rod is allowed. 16.Expansion spring
7. Round head bolt
17.Adjusting nut 5
8. Adjusting nut 2
WARNING 18.Clutch drive frame
-13 3 nut 1 3
9. Adjusting
1 19.Clutch cylinder 0-1
- 10 - 10- 1
23-
Risk of accident! 10.Connecting rod
2 3
0should be no oil between the brake 20 2 3 hose
d 2and the drum.
There
d d 20
o _
disc o_ o_
i d i d d
gu If there is any oil between the brake disc
gu and gui
the drum, it must be cleaned thoroughly with
cleaning agent.
CAUTION
Risk of winch damage!
When the lining is thinner than 10 mm, the
clutch may fail during work.
-13 13 13
The lining shall be no thinner than 10 mm;
otherwise,-1it0must be replaced. 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 023-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 CAUTION 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d
o winch damage! _d _d
uid of
Risk
gThe g u ido gui
do
clutch performance must be checked
regularly to make sure it can work properly.
Check whether the clutch cylinder is leaking
oil. If yes, the cylinder must be replaced
immediately.
When testing the clutch performance, make
sure the clutch DO NOT slip when the rope
under load of 125% rated line pull, and the
free fall works properly.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
6.10.6 Adjustment - and Maintenance of Clutch23-
0 023-1
d 2 d2 2
o _ o _ _d
uid brake is a normal opening device. Ingfree
uid do
gui
The
gfall status, the adjusting bolt and nut can make 1
sure the clearance between the braking belt
lining and the outer of drum are even. No in-
2
terference or friction is allowed. In non-free fall
status, step down the brake pedal and the out-
er brake will clamp the drum. Operate the 3
main load hoist handle until the system pres- 4

sure reaches about 80% (about 23MPa), and
no drum sliding is allowed during this process.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

23- 23- 3-1
5
When the lining wears out, adjust the adjust- 6
2 0
ing nutd to tighten the clearance. Check d 2 0 2 02
_ _ _d
i do the nut is loose or not regularly. uido Fig 6-164 do
gui
whether
g u g
Water, oil or other pollutants are forbidden be-
1. Adjusting nut 4. Lining
tween the brake belt, the friction belt and drum
2. Lifting spring 5. Brake cylinder
wall. If there is water, it needs to be dry up or
evaporate through heat from friction. If there 3. Brake belt steel 6. Bolt M16 x 80
plate
is oil, add oil cleaning agent, and rotate to
evaporate the oil with cleaning agent.
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 WARNING 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
doRisk of accident! ido do
gui Work with defective parts g u
can cause gui
accident.
Before work after a long time, replace all de-
fective parts and clean the brake. If the oil
cannot be fully cleaned, replace these lining.
CAUTION
Risk of winch damage!
To make sure
1 0 -13the main load hoist brake 1 0 -13 0- 13
0 23-
works properly, the outer brake must be
0 23- 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d
checked
o
regularly.
o_
d _d
i d The outer brake lining cannot be thinneridthan do
gu 9 mm. gu gui
Precautions of using the free fall winch.
• The regular crawler crane for hoisting work

can only use free fall for empty hook or light
load. It is FORBIDDEN to use free fall with
heavy load and brake in air.
• Free fall speed shall not be too fast.
• 3 closely monitor the hook
During free-1fall, 13 13
3 - 0
1and 3 - 10- 3-1
0-
202 202 02
position, never free fall the hook to the
d d 2
_ground. _ _d
i d•o When using multiple parts of line, the i dofric- do
g u g u gui
tion may be too large for free fall to work
due to stiffness of wire rope. Reduce the
parts of line to realize free fall function.
• If the outer brake is defective, do not use
the free fall function.
• If the clutch brake is defective, do not use
the free fall function.
• Make sure there is no pollutant like water or
3 13 13
0-1 belt and clutch, to prevent
oil in the brake 0- 0-
023-1
sliding. 02 3-1 02 3-1
• _ d2 d2
clutch adjustment must be madeo_by _d
2
o The
do
guid well-trained experienced personnel
d
gui who gui
know the work principle.

- 13 0- 13 0- 13
• -10 the clutch must be tested
Once adjusted,
3 3-1 3-1
202
for its performance. Lift the max. load at the 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
ido relief pressure of main load hoistguhy-
critical
gudraulic ido gui
do
system. Recommend to do this at
less parts of line.
• Inspect the wearing of brake and clutch,
and adjust the nut.
• After long time of shipment, the drum brake
disc may get rusty due to salt fog. Test the
free fall function when turning on the ma-
chine. Remove the rust until it can function
-13 -13 13
properly.
1 0 1 0 0-
• For band-type
0 23-
free fall brake, if it is not used
0 23- 023-1
2
for a dlong time, the braking surface of drum d 2 2
_ _ _d
i do get rusty, or even tie the brake discs i do do
u u gui
could
g g
together, making the free fall difficult. Re-
lease the brake band first before using it,
run the drum without load to remove the
loose rust on the friction surface. Re-adjust
the clutch and brake adjusting nut until the
free fall function can work properly, and run
the free fall action regularly to avoid more
rust on the friction surface.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

-- Store - -
023 023 023
6.11 Crane
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ to ensure that the stored machinesiddoo_not reduce the performance when reused,
In iorder i d o_ the fol-
u work shall be done:
glowing gu gu
Storage (30 days or less)
• Clean the whole car, keep it dry and fully lubricated.

• Protect the car against dust.
Storage (1 month to 1 year)
• After thoroughly cleaned the crane, check whether there is any abnormality in the running gear.
13
• Keep the crane -dry.
0 0 -13 0 -13
1
- of lubricating oil to the corrosive parts 1 1
• Coat a thin23layer
2 0 2 0 23- for fully lubrication. 2 0 23-
• Carefully
_d lubricate the gear ring of swing bearing._d _d
i d o i d o i d o
g•uReplace gear oil and hydraulic oil. gu gu
• Replace all filter cartridges.
• Store the removed batteries after fully charged, and remove the end ground wire.
- 13 - 13 0- 13
• -10machine in the warehouse, and cover the
Store the
3 -10 engine with a film to prevent moisture-1and
3 3
202
dust.
d d2
02
d2
02
i d•o_After inventorying the tools, take care iofdothem.
_
d o_
g u
• g u gui
The machine runs regularly once a month at no load and low speed to prevent excessive wear
due to film breakage or rusting during the next actual operation. During this period, changes in
temperature of engine head shall be watched specifically.
NOTE：
1)Lubricating operation refers to the traveling, swing, lifting and other repeated continuous motions
after turbine warming up.
2)Pay attention to the quality of the lubricant when the machine is restarted because the lubricant
3 in the absence of operation.
tends to deteriorate
-1 3 -1 3 -1
3 - 10 3 - 10 3 - 10
20 2 20 2 202
d d d
d o_ d o_ d o_
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Troubleshooting
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Troubleshooting
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
3-1
7 Troubleshooting
2 3-1 3-1
..............................................................................................................7-1
2 2
20
7.1dJump-starting d2
0
d2
0
the Engine .....................................................................................................7-3
_ _ _
do 7.1.1 General Information ....................................................................................................7-3
do do
gui gui gui
7.1.2 Connecting the Jumper Cables.................................................................................7-4
7.1.3 Starting the Engine .....................................................................................................7-4
7.1.4 Disconnecting the Jumper Cables............................................................................7-5
7.2 Guidance on Troubleshooting .............................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Engine troubleshooting reference table...................................................................7-5
7.2.2 Electrical system common troubleshooting reference table .............................. 7-14
7.2.3 Air Conditioning Common Troubleshooting Reference Table ........................... 7-26
7.2.4 Auxiliary System Common Failure Reference Table .......................................... 7-28
1 -13 System Troubleshooting Reference

7.2.5 Hydraulic
0 1 0 -13 Table.......................................... 7-30 1 0 -13
7.2.63-Mechanical Transmission Troubleshooting 3- Reference Table............................3-7-32
2 02 2 02 2 02
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Troubleshooting SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

-1 3 13 13
-10
7.Troubleshooting 0- 0-
02 3 023-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
i o_ Jump-starting the Engine ido
d7.1 do
g u gu gui
7.1.1 General Information
The starting system voltage and the battery

voltage in the booster machine should be no -
more than 24 volts. +
+
The jumper cables and their clamps must be
undamaged, have no corrosion and be suit- -
able for the battery amperage.
1 0 -13 0-13 0- 13
0 23- capacity
The battery of both machines must
023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d same.
be the
o _d _d
uid ido ido
g All clamps must be securely attachedguto their Fig 7-1 gu
jumper cable ends.
Place the hydraulic lock levers of both the good and trouble machines in the lock position.
Set all control levers and track levers to the OFF position.
Use a jumper cable to connect ONLY the positive (+) terminals of BOTH the booster machine bat-
tery and the troubled machine battery. NEVER connect the positive (+) terminal to a negative (-)
terminal.
13 or a possible explosion may result.

Equipment damage
0- 0-13 0- 13
2 3-1
Use a20jumper 02 3-1
cable to connect the negative (-)2terminal 3-1
on the booster machine battery 2to02the en-
d d d
i d o_ block of the troubled machine and iNOT
gine
d o_ the battery. A spark may result nearidthe
o_ battery and
gu cause an explosion. gu gu
Wear protective goggles and personal protective equipment when jump-starting an engine.
Always check and then double-check the jumper cable connections to confirm that they are correct
before proceeding with engine start-up.
Be careful when disconnecting jumper cables after both engines are running. Never allow the
jumper cable clamps to touch each other or to touch either machine. This could cause a spark.
0-13 0-13 0- 13
02 3-1 023-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

023
7.1.2 Connecting - the Jumper Cables
023
-
023-1
d 2 d 2 2
o_ that the key switches of both the good o_ _d
i d i d do
gui
Ensure
u
gand gu
the trouble machines are in the OFF posi-
tion. Then connect the jumper cables as de- A
scribed here: - + - +
1. Clamp one end of jumper cable A to the

+ - + -
positive terminal (+) of the trouble engine.
1 2
2. Clamp the other end of jumper cable A to
the positive terminal (+) of the good engine. B
3 3 13
0-1
1 of jumper cable B to the -1 0-1 0-
3. Clamp one3-end
2 2 3 023-1
20 (-) of the good engine.
dterminal
0
d 2Fig 7-2 2
ground _ _ _d
ido
g4.uClamp g uid
o
gui
do
the other end of jumper cable B to 1. Normal working 2. Faulty engine
the trouble engine block. engine
A: Jumper cable B: Jumper cable
7.1.3 Starting the Engine
NOTICE
Risk of battery damage or poor start-up!
Poor connection of
1 0 -13cables could cause damage to the battery
1 0 -13or poor startup. 0-13
Make sure 2 3- all jumper cables are clamped to their2connections
that
0 3- 0
securely.
023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
g1.uiStart the engine of the good machine and
guirun it at a medium speed. gui
2. Attempt to start the engine of the trouble machine using the key switch as normal. Retry every 3
minutes if the engine fails to start.
0-13 0- 13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0- 13
023
-
7.1.4 Disconnecting the Jumper Cables 23-
0 023-1
d 2 d2 2
o _ _ _d
dDisconnect do do
gui engine has started as described here:gui gui
the jumper cables after the trouble
A
1. Disconnect jumper cable B from the trouble - -
+ +
engine block.
+ - + -
2. Disconnect the other end of jumper cable B
from the ground terminal (-) of the good 1 2
engine.
B
13
3. Disconnect-jumper
0 cable A from the posi-
0-1
3
0- 13
3-1
02 (+) of the good engine.
tive terminal 023-1 023-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do ido A do
Fig 7-3
gui 4. Disconnect the other end of jumpergucable gui
1. Normal working 2. Faulty engine
from the positive terminal (+) of the trouble
engine
engine.
A. Jumper cable B. Jumper cable
7.2 Guidance on Troubleshooting

7.2.1 Engine troubleshooting reference table
No. 13
Symptom
0-
Possible Cause
0- 13 Suggested Action
0- 13
02 3-1 Starting motor failure.
023-1 Change the starter motor.
023-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ Contactor damaged.o_
d Change the contactor. o
gui gui uid
Charge or changegthe battery.
Engine can-
1 Low battery voltage.
not start
Engine speed sensor failure. Change the speed sensor.
Key switch damaged. Change the key switch.
Engine can-
2 not start oc- Battery grounding wire loose. Tighten the battery grounding wire.
casionally
Low fuel level in the tank. Fill the fuel.
Low battery voltage. Check the battery and power circuit.
Engine
1 0 -13 0 -13 10-
13
3-1
Check the circuit of starter motor or
0 3-
2starting dif- Low starter motor speed.
02 replace the starter motor. 02 3 -
d 2 ficulty (with 2 d2
3
o_ _d _
d do do load.
gui gui
smoke) Start with load. Check if it is starting iwith
gu
Check for fuel leakage at fuel pipe,
Fuel leakage.
fuel pipe connector or fuel filter.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1 Suggested Action
3-1
02 02 02
d2 Resistance of intake system 2 larg-
d is Check the intake system resistance.d2
d o_ o _ o _
gui uid
er than required in technical
g ud
Clean or replace air filter ielement
g
specification. and intake pipe if necessary.
Wrong fuel grade or fuel quality too
Use fuel up to specification.
poor with impurities.
Check the fuel pump to see whether
it can work properly. Check output
Fuel pump failure.
pressure of pump and change it if
necessary.
Throttle position is incorrect. Check and readjust the throttle.
0-13 Too cold to work properly. 0

3
-1Check, repair or replace the starter
0 -13
02 3-1 023
1
- assisting device in for cold weather.23-
0
1
2 2 d2
_d _
Low fuel level in the tank ordno fuel Add fuel. _
do o
uid quality too uid
o
gui Wrong fuel grade orgfuel g
OEM engine protection system Isolate OEM engine protection
fault. system.
Low battery voltage; Check the battery and power circuit.
Key switch circuit failure. Check the key switch circuit.
Dry the harness connector with elec-
Moisture in wire harness connector.
Engine can trical cleaner.
start up but
-13 Air in fuel system. 3
-1system. -13
Check whether there is air in fuel
4 0
cannot1run 1 0 1 0
3-
02smoke 023
- Tighten or replace the fuel
3-
(no
2 2 pipe, fitting or filter if necessary. 202
d d d
d o_ emitted) d o_ d o_inlet
gui i
gufuel filter. gu i
Measure fuel pressure at the
Blocked or restricted
port and exit port of fuel filter.
Check if the fuel pump works prop-
Fuel pump fault. erly and also its output pressure.
Replace fuel pump if necessary.
Confirm if the fuel return pipe is
Blocked fuel return pipe.
clear.
Incorrect throttle adjustment or dam-
Adjust or repair the throttle.
age of it.
1 0 -13 1 0
3 the air in fuel system and
-1Purge 1 0 -13
2 0 23- can Air in fuel system.
Engine
2 023
- check if the fuel supply pipe is 23-
0
5
_dstart up but _ d leaking.
_ d2
do do do
gui gui g i replace
Drain the fuel separatoruor
cannot run
Blocked fuel filter.
fuel filter

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3-10
Symptom Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 02
d2 2 low,
Ambient temperature isdtoo d 2cold
Replace with fuel special for
do_ _
ido frozen. ido
_
gui
which makes the fuel weather.
gu gu
Impurities in the fuel. Filter or change fuel
Ambient temperature is too low,
Refer to engine cold starting in cold
which makes the cylinder, cooling
weather.
water, engine oil and diesel frozen.
Check if the conduct line is loose
and verify the fuel shut-off control
Fuel shut-off control valve fault. valve is effective. Check that the
Engine can- shut-off control rod is at RUN
not shut position.
6
0
down
1 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
- - in- Check the intake pipe, find out2the3-
023properly take system during engine
Combustible gas sucked into3the
2 2 02 2 0
_d _d _d
combustible gas source and isolate
id o operation id o it. id o
gu gu gu
Fuel pump leakage. Change the fuel pump.
Impurities in the fuel. Replace with high quality fuel.
Purge the air in fuel system and
check if the fuel suction pipe is leak-
Air or water in fuel system.
ing, drain the water from the oil sep-
arator and purge the air.
Engine Overload. Check if there is overload.
7
stalls
Check if 5FA13 and 5FA14 are open
0 -13 0 -13 circuit. If yes, the fuse needs to be -13

10
2 3 -1 3 -1
Failure of engine controller power
2 changed. Check if the conductor 3 -
d 20 supply. d2
0 202
wire is breaking. If yes, thed conduc-
do_ d o_ _
do or
gui gui i
tor wire should be changed
g u
reconnected.
Oil level is too low in the tank. Add fuel in the fuel tank.
Read current failure code descrip-
tion. If the failure code takes effect,
Electrical failure code activates.
please contact the authorized serv-
ice station.
Unstable Dry the harness connector with elec-
8 engine idle trical cleaner.
speed Use the PTO feature under load at
3 3 3
0-1 0-1 0-1
Too much load at idle speed.
low engine speed.
3- 1 3- 1 3 -1
202 202 Check the engine oil pump and 2
20 in-
_d _d
Engine "panting (hunting)". _ d
do uid
o take valve, etc.
uid
o
gui g
g
Use high quality or recommended
poor with impurities. fuel.

-13 0- 13 0-13
No. -10
3-1
2 023 02 02
_ dEngine can- Overload.
_ d2 Reduce engine load.
_d
2
do not reach uid
o do
gui9 rated speed Engine tachometer gfailure. Check the tachometer.gui
under load Inadequate oil supply. Ensure adequate engine oil supply.
Excessive Heavy load on engine. Reduce engine load.
10 exhaust
Blocked air filter. Clean or replace air filter.
smoke
Check if there is loose, damaged
Leakage in air inlet or exhaust
Considera- 3 pipe fitting, or missing plugs. Check
3 13
0-1 1
system.
1 -10- turbocharger and exhaust manifold. 0-
3-1
ble black
-
2 3 2 3
202
11
0 Higher resistance in air intake20sys-
d 2smoke
exhaust Check the intake system resistance.
_ d d
i d o tem than what is required
i d o_in techni- do
_
Clean or replace air filter element
i
gu cal specification. gu g u
and intake pipe if necessary.
Blockage or damage in air Check if the air intercooler is
intercooler. clogged or leaking.
Verify the correct starting
Incorrect starting procedure.
procedure.
Warm up the engine to the right
Engine is too cold.
working temperature.
Engine runs in a very low ambient Disassemble turbocharger oil return
0-13 temperature.
0 -1 3 and check the resistance
pipe
0 -13
02 3-1 Fault with engine start-up assisting
0
1
23- Check if the cold start-up assisting 0 23-
1
2 2 2
_d _d d
device. device can work properly.
do d o d o_
gui Coolant temperature
i
guis lower than i
u coolant
Refer to the symptomsgof
temperature lower than the normal
Considera- required in technical specification.
value.
12 ble white
smoke Use fuel up to specification.
Leakage in air inlet or exhaust
pipe fitting, or missing plugs. Check
system.
turbocharger and exhaust manifold.
Higher resistance in air intake sys- Check the intake system resistance.
0-13 tem than what is required in techni- 1Clean

0
3 or replace air filter element
- and 0 -13
02 3-1 cal specification.
02
- 1
3 intake pipe if necessary. - 1
023
d2 Too much moisture in fuel._d 2 d2
Drain the water in the separator.
d o_ do do
_
gui guini air
Blockage or damage Check if the intercoolerguisi clogged or
intercooler. leaking.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3-10
3-1
02 02 02
d2 2 no load
Engine runs at low loaddor Avoid the engine running d at2low load
do_ for a long time. ido
_
ido
_
gui
or no load for a long time.
gu gu
Remove the air intake pipe and
Oil enters the turbocharger.
check if there is any oil or fuel.
Oil leakage Turbocharger return oil pipe is Remove the turbocharger return oil
13 in turbo- clogged. pipe and check the resistance.
charger Check if there is oil in the inlet and
Turbocharger oil seal leakage. exhaust pipe. Change the turbo-
charger oil seal if necessary.
Turbocharger oil supply pipe is loose Inspect and tighten the oil supply
0 -13 or leaking oil. -13 pipe connector if necessary.

0 0- 13
02 3-1 0 2 3-1 2 3-1
20Clean
Remove the turbocharged return
d2 Turbocharger return pipe2is
d d
do_ Fuel or oil
ido
_ pipe and check for blockage.
do
_
gui i
clogged.
14
in the ex- gu g
or replace the returnu pipe.
haust Check if there is oil in the inlet and
manifold Turbocharger oil seal leakage. exhaust pipe. Change the turbo-
charger oil seal if necessary.
Inlet or exhaust leakage.
the turbocharger and exhaust
manifold.
Higher resistance in air intake sys- Check the intake system resistance.
Intake3 tem than what is required in techni-13 Clean or replace air filter element
1 0-1 1 0 - and intake pipe if necessary 1 0 -13
3 -
manifold cal specification. -
3 -
15 202 pressure 202 023
2
d below nor- indair Check if the intercooler is dclogged or
o_
Blockage or damage _ _
i d do uid
o
gu gui
intercooler. leaking.
mal value g
Turbocharger damaged. Change the turbocharger
ice station.
Impurities Discharge and flush the cooling sys-
Rust in the coolant, coolant not up to
16 in the tem and inject the coolant up to the
the specifications.
coolant specifications.
0- 13 Coolant level too low.

0- 13 Add coolant. 13
3-1 3-1 3 10-
-re-
02 Coolant Radiator fins damaged or20 2 Check radiator fins, and clean 2or
0
d 2 tempera- pair then as necessary. _d 2
blocked.
_ _d
u i do 17 ido o
uid of belt.
g ture is too Loose fan belt. gu Check the tensiongpulley
high
Check temperature sensor and
Damaged temperature sensor.
cable.
-13 0-13 0-13

No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2
Air gets into water cycling system. Drain the air in the coolant.
_d
2
d o_ do
_
do
gui ui
Thermostat breaks gdown. gui
Change the thermostat.
Check water tank, heater, hose and
Leakage in water tank or heater.
fittings for leakage.
Check the engine and parts to see if
Coolant lev- Leakage in the exterior part of
18 there is leakage in the seals or
el drops engine.
washers.
Aging hose. Change the engine hose.
Fastening pipe clip is loose. Tighten the fastening pipe clip.
-1 3 Engine overload. - 13
Reduce engine load.
-13
3 -10 Wrong fuel grade or fuel quality too 1 0
23- Use high quality or recommended 23-
1 0
02 0 0
d2 poor with impurities.
_d
2 fuel. d 2
d o_ d o d o_
gui Fuel leakage. gu i i
gu pipe, fuel
Check the fuel fitting, fuel
filter for leakage.
19 Fuel knock Check fuel pump to see if it can work

Fuel pump failure. properly. Check the output pressure
of pump.
Engine suspension device is worn,
Check the suspension of engine.
damaged or incorrect.
Dry the harness connector with elec-
trical cleaner.
0- 13 Overloading of crane. 0
3
-1Reduce the load or change to the
0 -13
02 3-1 023
1
- lower gear.
023
- 1
2 2 2
_d o_
d d
o_level.
do
Lubricant oil level is too high. Drain engine oil to the proper
d d
gui gu i i
gu and
Purge the air in fuel system
Power out- Air in fuel system. check if the fuel suction pipe is
20 put is too leaking.
low
Poor fuel quality. Use high quality fuel.
Valve clearance is incorrect. Adjust valve clearance.
Filter is too dirty. Change the filter.
Injector is damaged. Change the injector
No display
of engine-13 3 -13
Speed sensor connector loose or
21 0 0 - 1Check and reconnect the sensor or
0
1 1 1
23- 23- 23-
damaged. change the sensor.
speed
20
d Weak d 20 d 20
o _ lift- o_ o_
id
gu22 gui
d uid
Change the fuel filter atg all levels.
ing, engine
Fuel filter clogged.
speed
drops

-13 0-13 0- 13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 202
d2 Engine
_d
2 d
do_23 o adjusted.
idwell
Adjust power limiter or o _
re-start the
gui
stalls when Power limiter is not
gu uidthe load.
engine after takinggoff
on load
Fuel leakage. Check and repair the leakage.
ice station.
Poor fuel quality. Use high quality fuel
Too much
fuel con- Check if there is loose, damaged
24
-13 13 pipe fitting, or missing plugs. Check 3
sumption
0 Inlet or exhaust leakage.
0- the turbocharger and exhaust -10
-1
02 3-1 02 3-1 3
2 2 manifold. 202
_d _d _d
do doair intake sys- ido resistance.
gui
Higher resistance iin Check the intake system
g u
tem than what is required in techni- g u
Clean or replace air filter element
cal specification. and intake pipe if necessary
Incorrect engine operation. Operate and change gear correctly.
Fan belt is loose, tight or not
Check the belt driving fan.
aligned.
Refer to engine oil technical
Engine oil is too thin or diluted.
specification
Damper damage. Check the damper.
1 0 -13 0-13 Check if there is loose, damaged 0-13

02 3-Engine Inlet or exhaust leakage.202
3-1 2
0 3 -1
2 d2
_25d noise too _d the turbocharger and exhaust_
do do uid
o
gui loud
gui manifold.
g
Engine suspension abraded, dam-
Check the engine suspension.
aged or incorrect.
Too much noise in fan, hydraulic Isolate each part to examine the
pump or compressor. noise.
Fan gets loose, damaged or clear-
Check the fan.
ance of wheel hub shaft is too large.
Change oil and filter. Refer to the
Too much oil sludge in engine oil.
item of Sludge in crankcase.
1 0 -13 0-1
Engine oil is contaminated by cool-
1
3
0- 13
2 -
3Engine oil
023
- Change engine oil and filter.
3-1
26 20 contamina- 202
ant and fuel.
d 2
_ _d d
_ in
ido o do
Check the engine oil supplied
uid i
tion
gu g
Engine oil in bulk is contaminated.
u
bulk. Drain enginegoil and replace
with clean engine oil. Change en-
gine oil filter.

-13 0-13 0-13

No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 02
d2 _d
2 2
Check the engine for external den-
d o_ ido o _
gui gu
Engine oil leakage (exterior). g u d bolts,
gine oil leakage. Tighten ithe
pipe plugs and fittings. Change the
washer if necessary.
Engine oil level low than the techni- Check the engine oil level. Add en-
cal specification. gine oil if necessary.
Engine oil not up to the technical
specification in the operating Change the engine oil and filter.
condition.
Too much
engine oil Engine pressure switch, pressure Check engine oil switch, pressure
27
consump-13 gauge, pressure sensor failure or in- 1gauge,
3 pressure sensor to see if
13
1 0 - 1 0 - they work properly and are installed 10-
-
tion - -
023 023 023
correct mounting position.
correctly.
d 2 d 2 d 2
d o_ do_ Read current failure codeid o_
gui guiactivates.
Electrical failure code
description. gu
Check the engine oil cooler for leak-
Engine oil cooler leakage.
age or cracks.
Serious blow-by in the engine. Check if there is serious blow-by.
Check if there is leakage in the
Turbocharger oil seal leakage.
turbocharger oil seal.
Bulk oil is contaminated. Check the supplied bulk oil
Refer to the instruction on coolant
-13 3 -13
Coolant temperature is low than
10 1 0 -1temperature lower than normal
1 0
3 - specified.
23- value. 23-
02 much
Too 20 20
d2
_ oil sludge in d d
i
28 do i d o_
Crankcase ventilation system Check and clean crankcase _
i d orespira-
g u the blocked. gu tor and vent-pipe. gu
crankcase Wrong fuel grade or fuel quality too
Engine oil is not compliant with tech-
Change engine oil and filter.
nical specification.
Refer to the instruction on coolant
Coolant temperature is lower than
temperature lower than normal
specified.
value.
High pres- Engine oil is not compliant with tech-
29 0
sure in en- - 13 nical specification. 0 - 3
1Change engine oil and filter.
0 -13
- 1 - 1 - 1
2 023 oil Engine pressure switch, pressure
gine
2 023 Check engine oil switch, pressure023
2
d _d or in- gauge, pressure sensor to see d
i d o_ gauge, pressure sensor i d ofailure i d o_ if
gu gu
correct mounting position.
they work properly andguare installed
correctly.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 2
Change the engine oil anddengine oil
d o_ do
_
Engine oil filter clogged.
id o _
gui gui
filter.
gu
Read current failure code
description.
The feature curve exceeds the tech-
Refer to engine technical specifica-
nical specification when engine is
tion table.
running.
Engine oil is not compliant with tech-
Change engine oil and filter.
nical specification.
Check engine oil gauge, rain cap or
0- 13 Engine oil is diluted by water.

0- 13 whether the oil filling port cap is
0 -13
023-1 3-1 missing. Change the engine oil 3- 1
2 202 d2
02
_d _d by the
Engine oil is contaminated _
Refer to the engine oil contamina-
do d o tion symptom table uid
o
gui Low pres-
coolant and fuel u
g i g
sure in en- Check the exterior part of the engine
30
gine oil to see if there is leakage. Tighten
Engine oil leakage (exterior).
the bolts, plugs and fittings. Change
the washer if necessary.
Engine oil level higher or lower than Check the engine oil level. Add or
specified. drain engine oil if necessary.
Read current failure code
description.
0- 13 13 Check engine oil switch, pressure 0-13

3-1 -
Engine pressure switch, pressure
3 10- gauge, pressure sensor to see2if3-
1
2 02 202 or in-
gauge, pressure sensor failure 20
_d o_
d they work properly and are
_ d installed
do correct mounting position.
d uid
o
gui gui correctly.
g
Battery connector loose or Clean and tighten the battery
corroded. connector.
Check and adjust then belt tension
Alternator belt slips.
roller.
Alternator
cannot be Alternator belt roller loose. Tighten the securing bolt of belt
charged or roller.
31
inadequate- Poor grounding for motor. Check the grounding.
ly charged Charging indicator is always on.
Tighten the connector.
0 -13 Generator connector loose.
0-1
3
0- 13
02 3-1 Generator damaged.
02 3-1 Change the generator.
02 3-1
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ do
_
Excitation diode breakdown. Change the diode.
do
gui gui gui

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- system common troubleshooting - reference table -
023 023 023
7.2.2 Electrical
d 2 2 2
o_ Symptom Possible Causeido
_d Suggested Action ido_
d
i
No.d
gu gu gu
The battery power is low
Use multi-meter to inspect and then charge or
or the battery is
replace it.
No power to damaged.
crane with Power contact 4KF1 is
1 Replace
ignition damaged.
switch on
Key switch is damaged. Replace
Fuse 5FA3 is damaged. Replace
No signal after starting
-13 3 13
Check the1line.
0 the signal line 0702a. 0- 0-
02 3-1 3-1
02 if the GPS is damaged and replace;202 3-1
2 2 Check
_d _d _d
do do ido the
gui gui
GPS power line 0511 open circuit. Check
line; g u
GPS lock crane failure.
Fuse 5FA11 open circuit. Check the line;
GPS bus failure. Check the bus;
Check if the water level in the tank is too low
and add water.
Check if the water level sensor is damaged
The starter
and replace.
motor does Low engine water level
2 not work Water level sensor power line 0502 open cir-
13 -13the line. 13
alarm.
after
1 0 - 10 between water level sensor and 3-10-
cuit. Check
23-
ignition
20 202
Line3 -
0208
202
d d d
o_ _ _
controller open circuit. Check the line.
d do Fuse 5FA2 open circuit. Replace. uido
gui g u i g
Battery voltage is low. Replace or charge the battery.
Starter motor failure. Repair or replace.
Starter relay 4KF3 or
starter contactor 4KF4 Replace
damaged.
Line 0702# between
starter relay and starter Check the harness.
contactor fails.
13 -13 13
- 10-
The starter
3
Seat interlock switch 1 0
3- the harness or replace it. 3-1
0-
202 does 202 02
Check
d
motor failure. 2
_ _d _d
u i2do not work Servo lever switchguid
o ido
g after Check the harness or replace it. gu
ignition failure.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
02 02 02
d2 The accelerator is notd 2
_d
2
d o_ do
_
do
gui i gui
calibrated or incorrectly Recalibrate the throttle.
Engine rota- g u
tion speed calibrated.
3
cannot be Check if the CAN bus resistance and voltage
Telecommunication is normal.
controlled
failure.
Check if the Bus is correctly connected.
Check if the angle sensor or force sensor is
damaged and replace.
Check if the angle sensor and force sensor
Overload alarm
power line 0515 is open circuit. Check the
0- 13 line. 3
0-15FA15 open circuit . Change. 0- 13
023-1 02 3 -
Fuse1 3-1
2 2 202
_d _d Check if the limit switch is damaged d
o_ and
do do d
gui gui replace. gu i
Line 1503 line between the controller and the
Main boom upper limit limit switch open circuit. Check the line.
alarm
Limit switch power line 0502 open circuit.
Check the line.
Fuse 5FA2 open circuit. Replace it.
Main hoist
Check if the angle sensor is damaged and
cannot lift
replace.
Line 2401 between the controller and the an-
3 -13 open circuit. Check the line. 13
0-1 10-
Main boom upper limit
4 1 gle10sensor
3- (LMI) alarm -
023Angle sensor power line 0515 open circuit.
023
-
202 2 2
_d o_
d
o_
d
do d Check the line. d
gui gu i i
gu it.
Fuse 5FA15 open circuit. Replace
replace
Main boom lower limit
gle sensor open circuit. Check the line.
(LMI) alarm
Angle sensor power line 0515 open circuit.
Check the line.
0- 13 Check
0 -13if the limit switch is damaged and 10-13
023-1 - 1
23replace. 23-
2 20 20
_d o_
d _d the limit
do
Main hoist Main winch over-winding Line 2404 between the controller oand
d d
gui cannot lift alarm gu i i
guline.
switch open circuit. Check the
Check the line.
-13 0- 13 0- 13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 202 5FA15 open circuit. Replace it. d 202
d2 d Fuse
d o_ _
do Check if the limit switch is damaged o_
dand
gui g u i g u i
replace.
Line 2405 between the controller and the limit
Aux. winch over-winding switch is open circuit. Check the line.
alarm
Check the line.
Check if the limit switch is damaged and
replace.
0-13 13 13
3-1 10- between the controller and the limit3-10-
Line 2408
3 -
02 Third winch over-winding
202 open circuit. Check the line.
switch 202
_d2 alarm _d _ d
do do do
gui gui i
Check the line. g u
Check if the revolution speed sensor is dam-
aged and replace.
Main winch hook Line 1506 or 1507 between the motor revolu-
reached the highest limit tion speed sensor and controller open circuit.
(Boom working area Check the line.
limit) Motor revolution speed sensor power line
0502 open 3circuit. Check the line.
0-13 0 -1 0 -13
02 3-1 02
1
Fuse3-5FA2 open circuit. Replace it.
023
- 1
2 2 2
_d d Check if the revolution speed sensor is_dam-
o_ aged and replace.
d
do d d o
gui gu i gu i
Line 1508 or 1509 between the motor revolu-
Aux. winch hook reached
tion speed sensor and controller open circuit.
the highest limit (Boom
Check the line.
working area limit)
Motor revolution speed sensor power line
aged and replace.
13 3
0-1or 1507 between the motor revolu- -10-1
3
- 10-
Main3hoist Main winch motor over-
Line 1506
- 1
202 lift
cannot speed alarm 2 023speed sensor and controller open circuit.
tion
2 023
_ d _d Check the line. _d
do do ido
gui gui gu line
Motor revolution speed sensor power

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
02 02 Fuse 5FA2 open circuit. Replace it. 202
d2 _d
2 d
d o_ do d o_
gui gui i
Check if the revolution speedgusensor is dam-
aged and replace.
Main winch failure hook tion speed sensor and the controller open cir-
slip alarm cuit. Check the line.
Free-fall hook allows sol-
0-13 enoid valve QM91 Check 3
0-1 if the free-fall hook is opened 0- 13
023-1 023-1 3-1
202
energized
2 2
o _d Main winch locked o _d _
Check if the lock switch is turned oon d
d d d
gui gui Check if the sensor is damaged u i
g and replace.
Line 1409 between the sensor and the control-
ler open circuit. Check the line.
No servo pressure
Sensor power line 0515 open circuit. Check
the line.
Check if GPS is damaged and replace.
GPS power line 0511 open circuit. Check the
0- 13 GPS failure line. 13

0- 0-1
3
023-1 023
- 1
Fuse 5FA11 open circuit. Check the line.23
0
- 1
2 d GPS bus failure. Check the bus _d 2
2
_d _
do do do
gui gui uidamaged
Check if the proximity switchgis and
replace.
Main hoist Line 1501 between the proximity switch and

Main winch three-circle
cannot the controller open circuit. Check the line.
protection alarm
lower Proximity switch power line 0502 open circuit.
Check the line.
5
aged and replace.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13
3- hoist
Main
Main winch motor revolu- 23- -
023cir-
202cannot 2 0 tion speed sensor and the controller open
2
_d tion over-speed alarm
o_
d
o_
d
do d d
gui i i
lower cuit. Check the line.
gu gu
；Motor revolution speed sensor power line

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 202 5FA2 open circuit. Replace it. 202
d2 d Fuse d
d o_ _
do Check if the revolution speed sensor
_
dois dam-
gui g u i g u i
aged and replace.
Main winch failure hook tion speed sensor and the controller open cir-
slip alarm cuit. Check the line.
Free-fall hook allows the
0-13 solenoid valve QM91 13 free-fall hook is opened
Check if0-the 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202
energized
2
_d _ d _ d
do Main winch locked
do Check if the lock switch is turned on do
gui g u i u i
g replace.
Check if the sensor is damaged and
No servo pressure
the line.
0- 13 line. 13 13
10- open circuit. Check the line. 10-
GPS failure
02 3-1 3 - 3 -
202 202
Fuse 5FA11
2
_d d
_ GPS bus failure. Check the bus _ d
do do do
gui g u i u i
g sensor is
Check if the angle sensor or force
damaged and replace.
Aux. hoist Check if the angle sensor and force sensor
Overload alarm
cannot lift power line 0515 is open circuit. Check the
line.
6 Check if the limit switch is damaged and
replace.
Aux. hoist
1 0 -13 Main boom upper limit 3
0-1 circuit. Check the line.
switch1open 0- 13
23- lift
cannot
0 alarm 23- 23-1
d2 20 switch power line 0502 open circuit.d 20
d Limit
d o_ _
ido Check the line. ido
_
gui gu Fuse 5FA2 open circuit. Replace it.
gu

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
02 02 Check if the angle sensor is damaged2and 02
d2 _d
2 d
d o_ do do
_
gui gui i
replace.
g u
Main boom upper limit
(LMI) alarm
Check the line.
replace.
-13 -13 open circuit. Check the line. 0-1
3
-10 (LMI) alarm
gle 0sensor
-1 -1
0 2 3 0 2 3 0 2 3
d 2 d 2 Check the line.
Angle sensor power line 0515 open
d2
circuit.
d o_ do
_
do
_
gui gui gui it.
replace.
Main winch over-winding switch open circuit. Check the line.
alarm
Check the line.
0- 13 Check13if the limit switch is damaged and

- 0- 13
3-1 -10
3replace. 3-1
2 02 2 02 02
_d _d Line 2405 between the controller and_ d 2the limit
do ido ido
gui
Aux. winch over-winding
alarm g u switch open circuit. Check theuline.
g
Check the line.
replace.
Third winch over-winding switch open circuit. Check the line.
Aux. hoist alarm
3
cannot1lift 3 13
0- 0-1 the line.
Check 0-
02 3-1 3-1
02 Fuse 5FA15 open circuit. Replace it. 202 3-1
2 2
_d _d d
o_ is dam-
do Main winch hookido d
gui i
Check if the revolution speed sensor
gu limit aged and replace.
reached the highest gu

-13 0-13 0-13

No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 02 02
d2 (Boom working area 2 1506 or 1507 between the motor revolu-
d Line d2
d o_ _
do tion speed sensor and the controller o _
gui
limit)
gui g uidopen cir-
cuit. Check the line.
aged and replace.
Aux. winch hook reached
tion speed sensor and the controller open cir-
the highest limit (Boom
0- 13 cuit. Check
0 -13the line. 0 -13
3-1 1 1
working area limit)
2 02 2 0 23- revolution speed sensor power line 2023-
Motor
o _d d 0502 open circuit. Check the line.

o_
d
o_
d d uid
gui gui Fuse 5FA2 open circuit. Replacegit.
Check if the speed sensor is damaged or
replaced
Aux. winch motor revolution speed sensor and the controller open cir-
tion over-speed alarm cuit. Check the line.
0-13 13
Check1if0-the revolution speed sensor is dam- 10-
13
02 3-1 -
023 and replace.
aged 023
-
2 d2 d2
_d _ _
do o Line 1508 or 1509 between the motor
uid tion speed sensor and controller gopen
orevolu-
uid circuit.
gui g
Aux. winch failure hook
slip alarm Check the line.
Free-fall hook allows the
solenoid valve QM90 Check if the free-fall hook is opened
energized
3 Aux. winch locked. Check if the3 lock switch is turned on.

-13
1
Aux. hoist
- 0-1 1 0 -1
- if the sensor is damaged and replace.23- 1 0
023 lift 023
Check
cannot
2 2 0
d d2
d Line 1409 between the sensor and the_control-
d o_ No servo pressure uid
_
o ler open circuit. Check the line. ido
gui g gu
the line.

-13 0-13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
d2 _d
2 d
d o_ do d o_
gui gui Check if GPS is damaged and i
gureplace.
GPS failure line.
Fuse 5FA11 open circuit. Check the line.
GPS bus failure. Check the bus.
Check if the proximity switch is damaged and
replace.
Line 1502 between the proximity switch and
Aux. winch three-circle
the controller open circuit. Check the line.
0-13 protection alarm -13 -13
3-1 3 - 10
Proximity - 10
switch power line 0502 open circuit.
3
2 02 202 Check the line. 202
_d _d _d
do do idoit.
gui gui
gu
aged and replace.
Aux. winch motor over- tion speed sensor and controller open circuit.
speed alarm Check the line.
1 0 -13
Aux. hoist Check
1 0 -13if the revolution speed sensor is dam-10-13
7
3-
cannot - and replace.
23aged 23-
d 202lower d 20 d 20
d o_ id o_ Line 1508 or 1509 between the motor
d o_ revolu-
gui gu hook
Aux. winch failure
i
gu open circuit.
tion speed sensor and controller
slip alarm Check the line.
Free-fall allows solenoid
Check if the free-fall hook is opened
valve QM90 energized
Aux. winch locked Check if the lock switch is turned on.
Check if the sensor is damaged and replace.
3 -13 -13
0-1 0 0
023-1 1
- 1409 between the sensor and the control-
023ler open circuit. Check the line.
Line
023
- 1
2 2 2
_d No servo pressure o_d d
o_ Check
do d d
gui gu i Sensor power line 0515 open
gu i
circuit.
the line.

-13 0-13 0-13

No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 202 if GPS is damaged and replace. d 202
d2 d Check
d o_ _ _
do GPS power line 0511 open circuit.uCheck
do the
gui g u i g i
GPS failure line.
replace.
Main boom upper limit switch open circuit. Check the line.
alarm
3 3 13
0-1 0-1line. 0-
3-1
Check1the
02 3- 3-1
d2 202 5FA2 open circuit. Replace it.
Fuse 2 02
o_ _d _d
d do o
uid and
gui gui
Main luffing Check if the angle sensor is damaged
cannot rise replace. g
(LMI) alarm
Check the line.
Main boom upper limi t replace.
8
0 -13 (boom working area Check angle
0 -13 sensor power line 0515 for open 10-13
023-1 limit) 1
23- Check the line.
circuit. 23-
_d _ d Fuse _
do do do
gui Main luffing lockedg u i u i
Check if the lock switch is turnedgon.
No servo pressure
Main luffing Sensor power line 0515 open circuit. Check
cannot rise the line.
0- 13 GPS power0 -13line 0511 open circuit. Check the 10-13

02 3-1 23-
line.
1
23-
20 0
GPS failure
d2 d Fuse d2
d o_ do
_ 5FA11 open circuit. Check
ido
the _
line.
gui gui GPS bus failure. Check the bus. gu

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
02 02 Check if the limit switch is damaged and 202
d2 _d
2 d
do_ do do
_
gui gui i
replace.
g u
Main winch over-winding switch open circuit. Check the line.
alarm
Check the line.
replace.
10-13 Aux. winch over-winding switch 3

0-1open circuit. Check the line. 0-1
3
3 - 3 -1 3 -1
2 02Main luffing alarm 0 2 0 2
d d 2 Limit switch power line 0515 open _circuit.
d2
do_ cannot
ido
_
ido
gui
Check the line.
lower gu gu
replace.
9 (LMI) alarm
Check the line.
-13 3
Fuse 5FA15
-1
open circuit. Replace it.
-13
3 -10 - 1 0 if the angle sensor or force sensor 3is- 1 0
023damaged and replace.
Check
02 202
d2 d 2 d
do_ do
_ _
do sensor
gui g
Overload alarm u i Check if the angle sensor anduforce
g i
power line 0515 for open circuit. Check the
line.
replace.
Line 2401 between controller and angle sen-
Boom lower limit (Boom
sor open circuit. Check the line.
working area limit)
0 -13 -13the line.

Check
10 5FA15 open circuit. Replace it. 10-
13
023-1 3 - 3 -
202 202
Fuse
2
o _d _ d _ d
d Main luffing
do do and
gui
Boom lower limiti(boom i
Check if the angle sensor is damaged
cannot g u g u
working area limit) replace.
lower

-13 0-13 0-13

No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
02 202 2401 between the controller and thed an-
202
d2 d Line
do_ _
do gle sensor open circuit. Check theuline.
do
_
gui g u i g i
Check the line.
No servo pressure
the line.
0- 13 1 3 13
3-1 10- open circuit. Replace it.
Fuse 5FA15
3-1
0-
02 23-
20 if the lock switch is turned on. 02
d2 Main luffing locked
_d
Check
_d
2
do_ do o
gui gui uid
g
GPS failure line.
Slewing booster solenoid Line 2001 between the controller and the sole-
valve QM44 energized noid valve open circuit. Check the line.
Controller program failure. Change the control-
ler and update the program.
0- 13 13
Check1if0-the proximity switch is damaged and 10-
13
02 3-1 3- 3-
2 202
replace. 202
_d _d Line 2002 between the controller andothe_d sole-
do do d
gui gui gu i
Slewing lock cylinder sol- noid valve open circuit. Check the line.
enoid valve QM20 Controller program failure. Change the control-
energized ler and update the program.
10
Line 1505 between the proximity switch and
Proximity switch power line 0502 open circuit.
Check the line.
0- 13 13 slewing encoder is damaged and 0-13

Check if -the
0
3-1 3- 1
replace. 3-1
202slewing 202 encoder power line 0515 open circuit.
202
Slewing angle reached
dLeft left limit (swing working _d Slewing d
do_ o o_
gui no action area limit)
g uid Check the line. uid g
Bus communication failure. Check the bus.

-13 0- 13 0- 13
No.
3 -10
3-1
d2 _d
2 d
d o_ do d o_
gui gui i
gu and replace.
Check if the sensor is damaged
No servo pressure
the line.
Line 2004 between the controller and the sole-
Slewing brake not noid valve open circuit. Check the line.
opened.
-13 Controller
- 3 program failure. Replace the con- -13
1and
3 -10 1 0
troller
- update the program.
- 10
02 023Check if GPS is damaged and replace.2023
d2 d 2
_d
d o_ d o_ d o
gui GPS failure gu i i
gu Check the
GPS power line 0511 open circuit.
line.
Left slewing
GPS failure GPS bus failure. Check the bus.
no action
Line 2001 between the controller and the sole-
Slewing booster solenoid noid valve open circuit. Check the line.
valve QM44 energized Controller program failure. Replace the con-
troller and update the program.
0- 13 Check
3
0-1 if the proximity switch is damaged and 0-1
3
023-1 - 1
023replace. 023
- 1
2 2 d2
_d o_
d _ the sole-
do d Line 2002 between the controller oand
d
gui gui u i
g the line.
noid valve open circuit. Check
Slewing lock cylinder sol- Controller program failure. Replace the con-
enoid valve QM20 troller and update the program.
11 energized Line 1505 between the proximity switch and
Proximity switch power line 0502 open circuit.
Check the line.
-13 -13if the slewing encoder is damaged and -13

Right slew-
1 0 Check
1 0 1 0
3-
ing no -
23replace. 23-
202action Slewing angle reached 0
d2 d2
0
_d _
right limit (swing working _
do do o
uid open circuit.
gui gui
Slewing encoder power line 0515
area limit)
Check the line. g
Bus communication failure. Check the bus.

-13 0- 13 0-13
No. -10
Symptom
3 Possible Cause
3-1
d2 d Fuse
d o_ _
do Line 2004 between the controller and
_
dothe sole-
gui g u i g u i
Slewing brake not noid valve open circuit. Check the line.
opened. Controller program failure. Replace the con-
troller and update the program.
No servo pressure
the line.
0-13 13 13
3-1 10- open circuit. Replace it.
Fuse 5FA15
3- 3-1
0-
02 2
Check if GPS is damaged and replace. d 20
0 2
d2 d 2
d o_ _
do GPS power line 0511 open circuit.uCheck
_
do the
gui GPS failure
g u i g i
line.
Right slew- GPS failure
ing no GPS bus failure. Check the bus.
action
Wiring failure between
the monitor and the Check the line.
host.
13 Fuse 5FA9 damaged. 13 13

Black Replace
screen-10- 10- 0-
12
23 3 - 3-1
202 02
Monitor damaged. Replace
20 2
_d or_d _d
do
Power line 0509 loose o
d do
gui i gui
Check the line.
open circuit. gu
Incorrect CAN bus connection is
Check if the CAN bus is properly connected.
displayed incorrect.
data or Corresponding sensor
13 Replace
alarm with- damaged.
out a
reason Monitor damaged. Replace
7.2.3 Air Conditioning Common Troubleshooting Reference Table
0-13 0 -13 0-13

No. 3-1 Symptom
3-1 cause
Possible Suggested action
3-1
d 202 d2
02
Loose/open circuits or d2
02
1o_ The fan does not run o _ _
uid uid connectors. do
Check the circuit.
g g gui

0- 13 -13 -13
No.
3-1 Symptom 10
-Possible cause -10
Suggested action
02 23
0Damaged 02 3
d2 d 2 wind flow d2
do_ do_ Replace.ido
_
gui gui
switch, relay or ther-
mostatic controller.
gu
Faulty/open fuse or
the battery voltage is Replace.
too low.
Damaged fan. Replace.
Blocked air inlet pipe. Clean the air inlet pipe.
Blocked fins of the
Clean the evaporator or
evaporator or
condenser.
The 1 3 runs normally but the wind 3
condenser.
13
2 1 0 -fan 1 0-1 10-
023-flow is small 23
Poor- heat Check the heat trans-3 -
2 20transmission. 202
_d _d d
mission system.
do do o_
gui gui Stuck or damaged Checkguoridreplace the
impellers. impellers.
Compressor clutch
failure due to open cir- Check/repair electrical
cuit or loose/open connections.
electrical connection.
Compressor belt is too Adjust the belt as
The compressor fails to run or run required.
3 loose.
roughly
Broken or failed wire
Replace the AC clutch
3 13 clutch
in compressor 3
10-1 coil.-1 0 - coil. 0-1 1
3- 3 3-
d 202 d 202 202
_d
Refrigerant level is Add/remove refrigerant
_ _
gu ido gu ido incorrect.
guido
as required.
Leakage in AC Locate/repair the
The coolant (refrigerant) level is low
system. leakage.
4 Not enough refrigerant
Add more refrigerant as
The coolant (refrigerant) level is low added at previous
required.
service.
The expansion valve Replace the expansion
is too wide open. valve.
Low
pressure Frost forms on the sur- Faulty contact of the Replace/reinstall the
-13 -13 sensing -13

is higher face of the low pressure temperature temperature sensing
1 0
-or lower pipe. -
unit.1 0 unit correctly. - 1 0
023than the 3 023
5
2 02
d d2 d 2 as
Remove refrigerant
d o_ do_ Too much refrigerant. o _
gu i actual
gui uid
required.
g
value
Readings of both high Add more refrigerant as
Insufficient refrigerant
pressure gauge and low required.

0- 13 -13 0-13
No.
3-1 Symptom -10 cause
Possible Suggested action
3-1
02 023 02
d2 pressure gauge are low- d 2
_d
2
d o_ er than normal values.ido
_
do
gui gu gui
Blocked low pressure
Reading of the low pres- Repair the system. If it
hose, or expansion
sure gauge sometimes is blocked by ice, then
valve blocked by ice or
is negative. replace the cistern.
debris.
Replace the
Frozen evaporator. Faulty thermostat.
thermostat.
Expansion valve inlet Blocked expansion
Clean or replace.
port is cold and frosts. valve.
-13 Expansion valve outlet Leakage at the

- 1 3 tem- 13
-10 0
-1sensing pipe 0-
3-1
port is not cold. Low perature Replace them if
023 pressure sometimes is 0 2 3 necessary. 02
d2
or 2the expansion 2
d _d
d o_ negative.
do _valve.
ido
gui gui g u
Drain empty, make it
Air mixed in the cy-
The reading of high pressure gauge vacuum and then fill in
6 cling system.
is higher than actual refrigerant.
Too much refrigerant. Drain some.
Condenser is blocked by dust and
Clean or replace the
7 foreign matters and condenser fan Poor cooling.
condenser.
is damaged
High The reading of high Insufficient Add refrigerant as
pressure 3 pressure gauge is low, refrigerant. required.
1 0 1
- and the reading of low 1 0 -13 0-13
3-1
gauge
- 23- low pressure
2 023
reading pressure gauge some- Blocked
2 0 Clean. 2 02
o _d is low o
d
_pipe. _d
do
times is negative.
i d i d
gu 8
High The reading of highg
u gui
pressure pressure gauge is low, Compressor and high
gauge and the reading of low pressure pipe heating. Inspect and replace.
reading pressure gauge some- Internal failure.
is low times is negative.
Hot air offset the cold
Replace hot water sole-
9 Hot water valve damage air, compromising
noid valve.
cooling effect.
-1 3 1 3 13
10System
7.2.4 Auxiliary
3- 10-Table
Common Failure Reference
- 3-1
0-
202 2 023 202
d Possible_d _d
o_
No. Symptom cause Suggested action
o do
guid The working in-
i d
gu switch.
Damaged rocker Replace. gui
1 dicator is not EPAD communication failure. Check if CAN bus is properly
working connected.
0 13
-Symptom -13 0- 13
No.
3- 1 -10
Possible cause Suggested action
3-1
02 023 02
d2 2
d circuit.
Fuse 5FA2 open Replace.
_d
2
d o_ d o_ d o
gui gui power line 0502 or
EPAD panel gui
Check the circuit.
work indicator power line 0507
open circuit.
Loose or open radio wire 0504. Check and repair the circuit.
The radio does
2 Failed (open) fuse 5FA4. Replace.
not work
Damaged radio. Replace.
Rocker switch damaged. Replace.
EPAD communication failure. Check if the CAN bus is prop-
0-13 0 -13
erly connected.
0- 13
02 3-1 023
Fuse 5FA5 open circuit. - 1 Replace. 3-1
d2 d 2 202
o_ 0505 EPAD panel
o_ power line 0502 Check the circuit.o_d
d d d
gui u i
or work gindicator power line 0505 gui
The windshield open circuit.
3 wiper does not
Windshield wiper damaged. Replace.
work
Transmission stuck or damaged. Repair and replace.
Motor 11M1/11M2 (windshield Repair and replace.
wiper) failure.
Windshield wiper damaged. Replace.
Controller issue. Replace the controller and up-
0-13 0 -13
date the program.
0- 13
02 3-1 1
23- at wire
Failure or loose connection
0
Check the line.
02 3-1
d2 2
1304# betweendthe buzzer and the
_d
2
d o_ The buzzer
controller. ido
_
do
gui 4
does not sound g u gui
when a fault Damaged buzzer. Replace.
occurs Controller issue. Replace the controller and up-
date the program.
Monitor mute button failure. Replace.
The alarm Monitor and controller communica- Check if CAN bus is properly
5 sound cannot tion failure. connected.
be stopped Controller issue. Replace the controller and up-
date the program.
1 0 -13 Faulty or loose connection

1
3
0-1at wire Check the line. 0- 13
023- Fault alarm in- 23 -
1305 between the 0indicator and 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d 6 d _d
dicator cannot
controller. _
do ido do
gui gui
light up
guindicator.
Damaged Replace.

-13
10 Possible cause -10
-13 0-13
No.
02 3 -Symptom
02 3 Suggested action
02 3-1
d2 Controller issue. d2 d 2 up-
Replace the controller and
d o_ d o_ date the program. ido
_
gui gui gu
Failure of wire 1301#, 1302# and Check the line.
1303# between the tricolor light
and the controller.
The tricolor Incorrect calibration of the load Recalibrate.
7 warning light is moment limiter.
off or incorrect
Damaged tricolor warning light. Replace.
Faulty controller. Replace the controller and up-
date the program.
1 0 -13 Failure of wire 1307 between the

1 0 -13 Check the line.
0-13
23- alarm
Slewing and horn and controller. 23- 02 3-1
d 20travel 20 2
o8_ Horn damaged. _d Replace. _d
gui
d horn does not
gu ido
Controller program failure.
ido
gu and up-
Replace the controller
sound
date the program.
Lever horn button damaged. Replace.
Line 0901 between the lever button Check the line.
Manual horn and the horn.
9 does not Manual horn damaged. Replace.
sound Lever horn power line 0502 open Check the line.
circuit
-1 3 Fuse 5FA2 open circuit.

-13
Replace.
13
-10 1 0 0-
02 3 Bus resistance anomaly, 3
0
- within
2not Reconnect the electric
02 3-1
d2 the range of 60 ohms.d 2 resistance.
_d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui i
gu error.
Bus connection Check the line. gui
Communica- CAN bus connection is loose or Check the connection.
10
tion failure open between the modules of the
corresponding communication
lines.
Controller damaged. Replace the controller.
7.2.5 Hydraulic System Troubleshooting Reference Table
No. 13
Symptom
0-
Possible cause
0-13 Suggested action 13
3-1 3-1 Adjust the main valve spool stroke23-
10-
02 202
Output pressure from hydraulic
0
_ d2 _ d
control lever are inconsistent. or replace the pedal valve. _d 2
u i d1o Cannot travel ido uid
o
g straight gu flow and
Main valve opening g
Adjust main valve spool stroke to
output flow adjustment are
align output flow.
different.

1 0 -13 Possible cause-10

-13 0- 13
No.
02 3- Symptom
023
Suggested action
02 3-1
d2 d 2 is
Traveling motor leakage d 2 or
Adjust main valve spool stroke
d o_ different. uido
_
ido
_
gui
replace motor.
g gu
Inconsistent displacement in Change the pump current to
the two pumps. correct.
Main valve or traveling balance Disassemble the valve element and
valve is stuck due to dirty oil. clean it.
Traveling can- Failure of traveling pedal valve, Inspect the line or replace traveling
not change to no pressure output. pedal valve.
2 high speed (if
the machine No pressure output at the trav-
Replace the reducer assembly.
has) 3 eling variable port.
0- 1 0- 13 0- 13
023-1 Hydraulic components 3-1 3-1
2 Hydraulic sys-
202 02
Replace hydraulic components.
2
_d d d
damaged.
tem seeping _ o_
do dowearing out. Replace the hose.guid
gui i
3
or leaking hy- Hose agingg uor
draulic oil O-ring aging. Replace the O-ring seal.
Free slewing valve pilot pres-
Check the pilot pressure.
sure is zero.
Removed the slewing valve spool
Free slewing valve spool stuck.
and clean.
Free slewing Slewing reducer brake not Check the slewing reducer brake
function can- turned on. control valve.
4
not work Slewing locking cylinder is not
-13
properly
0 turned on or slewing locking 0 13
-pin 0- 13
3-1 - 1 3-1
Inspect slewing locking.
2 02 023 has
is not pulled (if the machine
2 2 02
_d this function). _d _d
do ido ido
gui gu selection not
Slewing mode u
Select the correctgslewing mode on
correct. the monitor.
Reducer can-
not brake or Remove the brake valve spool to
5 Brake valve spool stuck.
brake cannot clean, replace the brake valve.
be turned on
1. Inspect slewing locking control
solenoid to see if it is powered on.
Slewing locking cylinder is not 2. Slewing locking cylinder control
-13 no
Slewing
1 0
turned on or slewing locking-pin
1 0 13 solenoid stuck.
0- 13
3. Problems in slewing locking 3-1
6
023-action 3- has
is not pulled (if the machine
2
2 2 0 202
_d d d
this function). cylinder.
d o d o_ _
ido position-
gui gui 4. Pull out slewinggulocking
ing pin.

-13 0-13 0- 13
No.
3-10
Symptom Possible cause
3-1 Suggested action
3-1
02 02 02
d2 2
Slewing reducer braked not d2
Check the slewing reducer brake
d o_ ido
_
ido
_
gui
turned on. control valve.
gu gu
No pressure output at the level. Replace the level.
No change in slewing pump Confirm the slewing pump current
current. on the monitor.
Slewing valve spool stuck. Check the main valve.
Servo hydraulic line failure. Check the servo output pressure.
Main valve spool stuck to only
Check the main valve spool.
one direction.
Servo hydraulic line to the down
3 3Clean servo pipeline. 13
0-1 direction is blocked. 0-1 0-
2 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
d 20Winch can on- Servo lever damage.
2 Replace servo lever.
2
7o_ _d _d
do ido the
ly rotate up
uid gui
Confirm on the monitor that
g but not down g u
eight-way proportional valve group
No electrical signal in the eight-
is lowered on. Check if the solenoid
manifold proportional valve
valve is energized, or remove the
group or valve spool lag.
proportional cartridge valve to
clean.
Inspect proportional pump sole- Check if proportional solenoid is
noid (if it is proportional pump). powered on, or the plug is loose.
No action of Measure the pressure of load sen-
Inspect pressure of load sensi-
8 each main sitive port, and decide whether
tive port (if it is load sensitive
0-13
actuator
pump). 0 -1 3
there is problem on the line or main
0 -13
2 3 -1 3- 1 valve. 3- 1
20 2 02 2 02
_d Servo line failure. _d Check the servo pressure. _d
do do uid
o
gui Pressure output i incorrect
guis g
Adjust the pressure when opening
No action of when opening the clutch control
the control valve.
9 free fall valve.
operation Check if each solenoid is powered
Electrical problems.
on.
Main valve Line breaking on main winch
Reconnect.
has no conflu- confluence button.
10
ence (if it is
applicable) Confluence solenoid stuck. Remove and clean it.
1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

- - -
2 023
7.2.6 Mechanical Transmission Troubleshooting
2 023 Reference Table 2 023
d _d d
i d
No.o_ Symptom i
Possible d ocause i d
Suggested action o_
gu gu gu
Cannot travel The tensions of left and right Adjust the track tension as
1
straight tracks are different. required.

1 0 -13 Possible cause-10

-13 0- 13
No.
02 3- Symptom
02 3 Suggested action
02 3-1
d2 d2 d2
Adjust the track tension as
do_ o_ is too loose.
The track tension
d ido
_
gui gui
required.
gu
Large resist- Adjust the track tension as
The track tension is too loose.
2 ance on required.
traveling Soft road surface. Firm the road surface as required.
Adjust the track tension as
The track tension is too loose.
Crawler gets required.
3
slippery Replace the worn track shoes as
Excessively worn track shoes.
required.
Loosen the bolts, and install steel
1 0 - 3 roller
The 1track The installing surfaces of the
1 0 -13 shim of 1 mm thick, shrinking the 0-1
1
3
4 3-leaks oil or can 023
- or de-
track roller are not even,
23-
202 not move
clearance to no more than 10mm,
formed track roller2seals. 2
_d _d _d
and then tighten the bolts.
do do ido
gui gui
The track tension is too loose. gu
Adjust the track tension with jack.
Drive sprocket Repair welding and grinding to cor-
Drive sprocket and track shoes
and track shoes rect the top edge of driving gear.
pin hole worn out, meshing
5 mesh incor- Replace into thicker track shoes
pitch becomes large.
rectly and connecting pin.
noisily
Rough meshing surface with
Grind and round it up.
interference.
Drive sprocket
6 Loose track pads. Tighten the crawler.
abrasion
0- 13 13 0-1
3
3-1 3 - 10- Load pre-tightening force at 10% of
- 1
023 to
Insufficient pre-tightening
2 02 force. 202
the rated single-rope load again
2
o _d _ d tighten the rope. _d
do ido
Wire rope dis-
d
gui i
7
order or stuck g u u with diame-
Change into wiregrope
Rope diameter and drum
ter 2.5% -4% than nominal
mismatch.
diameter.
The slewing
Loose gearbox mounting
8 gear box Tighten the bolts.
bolts.
vibrates
Lack of lubrication in the slew- Fill the lubricant grease at the
Abnormal ing bearing. slewing bearing roller path.
sound during Large clearance between ex- Add shim(s) to reduce the
9
0 -13
slewing tension beams. -13 0
clearance. - 13
3 - 1
operation
3 -1exten- -10
Fill the lubricant grease at the23ex-
02 Lack of lubrication in2the
0 0
d2 d2 tension beam shaft. _d 2
o_ _
sion beam shaft.
gui
d Slippage of luff- Brake disc ido
guabrasion in the g u ido
10 Repair or replace the brake disc.
ing, slewing slewing gearbox.

-13 0- 13 0-13
No.
23-10
Symptom Possible cause
3-1 Suggested action
3-1
2 0and 2 02 202
d traveling
_d _d
d o_ do do
gui gui gui
brakes
The crane stalls
11 Loose luffing valve spool bolts. Tighten the bolts.
when luffing
Luffing pawl Luffing pawl pin is rusty and
12 Grease it to make it flexible.
cannot lock stuck.
The lifting The bolts of main winch valve
13 speed of main spool are loose, and the valve Tighten the bolts.
winch is low stroke is not long enough.
The lowering
-13of -13 13
stroke of lower-
1 0 10 0-
23- winch is
ing valve -
The bolts of main winch lower-
3 3-1
202 02
14 Tighten the bolts.
2 0main ing valve spool are loose. 2
d _d _d
i d o_ narrow, and do do
gu speed is low gui gui
Fault in the gearbox. Check and repair the gearbox.
The main/aux.
Main/auxiliary hoisting brake is
winch and main Release the main/auxiliary brake.
15 not released.
luffing winch fail
to rotate Main/auxiliary clutch is not
Open main/auxiliary winch clutch.
released.
Free fall is Too many parts of line or clutch Reduce parts of line or adjust
16
rough is not fully open. clutch pressure, or run with load.
No action3on Brake disc of auxiliary winch 13
-1 - Replace the brake disc. 0-13
-10 winch -10
17
auxiliary
23
burnt.
023 3-1
d 2 0A-frame guide d2 d 202
i o_
d18 wheel is noisy i
_
Lack of lubricationoof
d bronze i
_
do the
Add more grease or replace
g u g u
bushing on pulley. bushing. g u
when running
Pulley rotate
Bearing lubrication is inad- Add more grease or replace the
19 roughly or
equate or it is damaged. damaged bearing.
noisily
Noise from
hinge pin of
boom base or Inadequate lubrication of bear-
20 drawing plate at ing, bushing or contacting Add more grease.
the traverse face.
- 1 3 -13 13
shaft of
1 0 A-
1 0 0-
23-
0frame 023
-
02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Specifications
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Specifications
0- 13 0- 13 0-13
3-1
8 Specifications
2 3-1 3-1
...................................................................................................................8-1
2 2
20
8.1dOutline d2
0
d2
0
Dimensions...............................................................................................................8-3
o _ o _ o _
guid8.2 Major Performance & Specifications uid ..................................................................................8-3
g uid
g
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Specifications SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane Specifications
-1 3 13 13
-10
8.Specifications 0- 0-
02 3 02 3-1 02 3-1
d2 _d
2
_d
2
d o_ Outline Dimensions
8.1 do do
gui gui gui
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d 13000
_d
do do do
gui gui gui
3400
3000
1500
R4230
1000 980
5058
3300
2918
1751
1146
4800 760
364
4392/2996(Extended/Retracted)
5630
0- 13 0- 13 0- 13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
o _d _d _d
dFig do do
gui gui gui
8-1
Unit: mm
8.2 Major Performance & Specifications

Specifica-
Performance Indicators Unit
tions
Max. rated lifting capacity t 60
Boom con-
Max. rated lifting moment t·m 222
figuration
0- 13 Boom length 0- 13 m 13~52 0- 13
02 3-1 3-1 3-1
2 202
Max. rated lifting capacity t 2 02
7
_d _d _d
do ido do6.1~15.25
gui gui
FJ Jib length m
gu
Longest boom + jib m 43+15.25

Specifications SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 Performance Indicators 02 3-1 Unit
Specifica-
0 23-1
d2 d2 d2
tions
d o_ _
o load hoist do
_
gui uid
Rope speed of main/auxiliary
g m/min u i
g 0–130
winch
Speed Rope speed of boom hoist winch m/min 0–80
Swing speed rpm 0–1.9
Travel speed km/h 0–1.3
Main load hoist wire rope: Diameter × length ømmxm 22 x 180
Auxiliary load hoist wire rope: Diameter ×
ømmxm 22 x 130
Wire rope length
3 single line pull of main/auxiliary-load

Rated
-1 13 13
-10 1 0 t 7 0-
- 3-1
hoist wire rope
02 3 02 3 2
d2 d2 ISUZU d 20
4HK1/
i o_
dEngine o_
Model/Displacement
d
/L _
ido5.19
g u gui gu
Rated power/revolution speed kW/rpm 133/2000
Weight of machine with basic boom t 48
Rear counterweight t 16
Transport Transport weight of basic machine (with

t 30.5
crawlers and boom base)
Machine transport dimension (with crawlers
m 12.1×3×3.35
and boom base) L×W×H
13
Average ground pressure (basic boom)3
13
MPa 0.062
-1
Other speci-
0 - 0-
fications -1
3 Gradeability -10 3 % 40 3-1
02 02 02
d2 d2 _d
2
d o_ d o_ do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

0-13 0-13 0-13
02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

02 3-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1 3-1
202 202 202
_d
www.sanyglobal.com _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
0-13 0-13 0-13

023-1 02 3-1 02 3-1
2 2 2
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui
Zhejiang SANY Equipment Co.,Ltd.

No.2188, Daishan Road, Wuxing District, Huzhou, Zhejiang, China
Tel: 0086-4006098318
1 0 -13 0-13 0-13
3-1 3-1
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn
-
0 23
Website:2www.sanyglobal.com 202 202
_d _d _d
do do do
gui gui gui

Crawler Crane: SCC600A-5

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Crawler Crane: SCC600A-5

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-1 3 -1 3 Quality Changes the World

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

SCC600A-5 Crawler Crane

1 0 -13was accurate at the time of publication. Product

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

SANY expressly3bears no liability for any consequence due

3 instructions and other safety rules and3 precautions.

3. Train the operation and maintenance personnel based on their needs.

3. Periodically checks the safety awareness of relevant personnel at the worksite.

9. Prepares a careful and safe operation schedule of the crawler crane.

Duty of all working personnel

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

1 0 -13 Distribution ...................................................................................................

1 0 -13 protection equipment (PPE)....................................................................

Operation Manual- III

Operation Manual- VII

VIII Operation Manual-

Operation Manual- 1-1

1-2 Operation Manual-

• Understand the structure and performance of your crawler crane.

– Chapter 33System Function

Operation Manual- 1-3

– Chapter 2 Assemble and Disassemble the Basic Crane

– Chapter 3 Assemble and Disassemble the Boom System

1-4 Operation Manual-

1.3 Documentation Storage

2. To ensure that the documentation is always complete and up to date.

-13 stick to print and replace any missing-1pages

1.5 Your Sany Machine

Operation Manual- 1-5

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 0-13

1.6 Machine Direction Reference

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

1-6 Operation Manual-

the data plates of the machine or

Operation Manual- 1-7

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

0-13 0-13 0-13

1-8 Operation Manual-

0 -13 0 -13 -13

1 -13 and Hand Signals of Signal Person

2-2 Operation Manual-

Safe operation and maintenance are very important.

Operation Manual- 2-3

1 0 -13 1 0 -13 1 0 -13

0-13 0 -13 0 -13

0 - 13 provided in this manual is only to give

2.1.3 Machine Decals